THE Lighting Colomne OR SEA-MIRROUR Containing The Sea-Coasts of the Northern Eastern and Western Navigation setting forth in divers necessarie Sea-Cards all the Ports Rivers Bayes Roads Depths and Sands very curiously placed on its due Polus-heighth furnished with the discoveries of the chief Countries and on what cours and distance they lay one from another Never heretofore so clearly laid open and here and there very diligently bettered and augmented for the use of all Sea-men As also The Situation of the Northernly Countries as Island the Strate Davids the Isle of Ian-Mayen Bear-Island Old-Greenland Spitsbergen and Nova Zembla adorned with many Sea-cards and Discoveries Gathered out of the experience and practice of divers Pilots and Lovers of the famous Art of Navigation By JAN VAN LOON VVhereunto is added a brief Instruction of the Art of Navigation together vvith nevv Tables of the Suns Declination also an Almanack extending untill the yeare 1661. At AMSTERDAM Printed by JOHN JOHNSON Bookseller dwelling upon the Water in the Passe-card 1654. A SH RT Instruction in the Art of Navigation THe art of Navigation is a Science by which through certaine rules you may steere a Shipp over the Seas from one place to another and is not improperly devided into two parts to witt into ordinary and extraordinary Navigation The ordinary Navigation useth no other Instruments then the Compasse and sounding Plummet as principally consisting in experience and practice in knowledge of Lands and Corners how they are different in Points and distances and are knowne from the Sea in depths shoales qualityes of grounds the running and falling of Streames upon what point the Moone maketh high water in every severall place such like which in part are learned from the information of experienced Pilots but most out of our owne experience Extraordinary Navigation useth besides the foresayd ordinary practise divers other private Instruments and rules which must bee taken out of Astronomy and Cosmography It is therefore needfull that every Pilot who will use and practise thâ—s extraordinary Navigation must first of all bee well instructed in the principales of the same Arts that is that hee know and understand the proportions and devisions of the Spheare of the World the motions of the Heavens especially the eighth fourth and first together with the Fabrique of the Instruments without which knowledge its impossible to accomplish happily greate and never before sought out Voyages over the Vast Seas And seeing that such knowledge may bee attained out of good Instruction wee have here set downe in this Tractate for the benefit of young seamen who are desiruns to bee Pilots as cleare and plaine rules as the shortnesse hereof could suffer The first Point Of the Sphere and the divers motions thereof A Spheare properly is called a Ball wholly entire and round whose superficies and outside is everâ— where alike distant from its center By that World Sphoera Mundi or Spheare of the World wee understand commonly the whole Ball of the Heavens with all that is therein contained and it is devided into two parts Elementary Coelestiall the Elementary part hath againe 4 parts the first is the earth which with the water as the second maketh a compleate Ball upon which wee dwell The third is the Aire encompassing the earth and the fourth is the fire which according to the opinion of Philosophers containeth the space which is betweene the Aire and the Spheare of the Moone From these Elements which are the beginning of all things which are alwayes subject to changes together with the Warmth of the Heavens arise and perish by a continuall change and alteration of the one into the other all things which wee see and find upon Earth The Celestiall part containing within in its Hollownesse the Elementaryes is pure shining Seperate and voyd of all changes is devided into 8 Speares or round Hollow Balles which are called Heavens whereof the greatest alwayes containeth one the other in manner of a Ball the seaven lowest have but every one one Starre or Plannet whereof the first next the Earth is the Heaven of the Moone the second of Mercury the third of Venus the fourth of the Sonne the fifth of Mars the sixth of Iupiter the seaventh of Saturne and the eigth of all the fixed starrs The number of these Heavens are knowne by their Courses which wee see in them round about the Poles of the Zodiaque The Moone runneth through her Heaven by her own naturall course from West to East in 27 dayes 8 howres Mercury Venus and the Sunne theirs in a yeare Mars his in two yeares Iupiter his in 12 and Saturne in 30 yeares The eighth heaven perfects its owne course according to the affirmation of Tycho Brahe in 25400 yeares These Heavens are turned about all alike in four and twenty houwres on the Poles about the Axes of the World by the ninth Heaven which is called the Primum Mobile that is the first mover by which Motion in our sight is caused Day and Night and the daily rising and falling of the heavenly lights The Second Point Of the Roundnesse of the Earth THat the Earth with the Water together maketh a round Globe appeareth not onely out of experience very clearely but also out part of the Shaddow of Earth in the Eclips of the Moone In whatsoever part of the Heaven the moon is Eclipsed or touched by the Shaddow of the earth that Shaddow seemeth alwayes round If the earth were foure square three corned or of any other forme then the Shaddow of the moone should bee also foure square three cornerd or some other forme For of what proportion any body is such also must bee the Shaddow thereof And seeing therefore that the Shaddow of the earth is alwayes and on al sides round the earth itselfe must alsoo bee necessarilly round That the Heaven is round wee marke from the eye but is most clearely perceived from the Circular motions of the heavenly lights as of the Sonne Moone and Starres The Third Point that the Earth is in the middle of the World THat the earth standeth in the middle of the World may clearely bee understood by what is hereafter spoken for if soo bee that the Globe of the earth stood not in the middle of the World but that the heaven was nearer it on one side it would come to passe that the stars in their daily courses should bee nearer on one side of the earth then on the other and by that meanes should appeare to our sight to bee greater on one side of the earth then on the other likewise if that part of the heaven next to the earth were a boveus we should then see lesse then halfe of the heaven according to instruction of the first Figure and on the contrary when that part of the heaven farthest from us were above us wee should then see more then halfe of the Heaven according to the Instruction of the second Figure But standing upon the flatt side
the needle beginneth to decline from the north towards the west untill you come a little on the east side of the Iland S. Brandaon where it is at the height of 22 gr or two whole strokes that is increasing northwestering Sayling from thence you begin to decrease till you are at the south point of Celebes where againe the needle draweth right this is called decreasing northwestering For the common navigation from this Countrey to the east north England France or Spaine the stiles to direct the Lilly right north set fast under the rose about two third parts from the stroke from the north to the east The stretching and course of the one Country towards the other in the common Cards are drawne by such a Compasse so that you may sayle it without altering of the Compasse or shaking any other reckoning or account In great journies when the needle declineth sometime to the west and sometime to the east a stroke or two or more it is necessary to observe it sharply over what side and how much it standeth from the north that you may be certaine what course you shall hold in sailing Lastly make a ring of brasse or wood as P Q R that you may hang the box on it that the uppermost flat A B C D may hang Water-compasse the south side B C F G and the edges B F C G and the Line L O just in the lead this being thus prepared the use followeth Of the Tides IT is knowne to all experienced Mariners that the ebbing and flowing of the sea is governed by the Moone soo that every new and full Moone the waters are higher which they call spring-tydes and at the quarter of the Moon the waters are lowest so that you may know and that certainly by former observation although the true and reall cause thereof is yet hidden from us the houre of the tyde and on what point or stroke the Moone maketh high water in any particular place to the great profit and furtherance of navigation If you set such a compasse with the bottom water compasse the line H K just north and south to wit H to the north and K to the south and the lower end of the gnomen by such a degree of the Quadrant F C according to the height of the Pole where you are there will the roundell A B C stand even with the surface of the true Equinoctiall and the gnomen E D with the axeltree of the world The sight on such a Compasse and a common one differeth very much and by how much nearer the Equinoctiall soo much more will the difference bee as will appeare by this example following The first Example On the height of 50 gr or thereabout the Sunne being in the beginning of Cancer in the greatest northerly declination it is on a common Compasse east at halfe an houre past seven and west at halfe an houre past foure that is he goeth from the east to the west through the south in nine houres but from the west through the north to the east in 15 houres The Second Example At the height of 30 degrees hee comes little before halfe an houre past nine at the east and a little after halfe an houre past two to the west and so it goeth in lesse then five houres and a halfe from the east through the south into the west but from the west through the north to the east he goeth more then 18 houres The third Example The Dragonshead being in the beginning of Aries and the Moone in the beginning of Cancer they make 5 gr more declination than the Sunne and go to the foresaid height of 30 gr more then an houre sooner from the east to the west then the Sunne to wit about the space of 4 houres and againe from the west to the east about the space of 2 houres Under the line the Sunne having noo declination riseth in the morning in the east and rising remaineth east untill he commeth to the Zenith and passeth that to the west and abideth so descending west till he approacheth the Horizon and is according to a flatt driving compasse the one halfe of the day east and the other west without comming on any other stroke but it is not so on such an Equinoctiall compasse The Sunne and Moone both going alwayes in the same distance of time over every stroke to wit from the east to the south in six houres and from the south to the west in six houres and againe from the west through the north in twice six houres The first Example Under the Line the Sunne being in the Equinoctiall I set the end of the gnomen E directly north the other end D to the south at the upper-edge of the Quadrant at G on O the gnomen E D shall lye water Compasse like the axeltree of the world and the roundell right in the lead upright like the true Equinoctiall there The Sun comâ—ing above the Horizon the shaddow of the gnomen â—â—all direct you to the sixt houre in the east for the rising but if hee rise beyond the edge of the roundell and devideth that in the same time into equall parts with the shaddow being 45 gr above the Horizon the shaddow of the gnomen will direct you to the 9 houre in the south being â—ome into the Zenith the shaddow shall fall just on the â—ead at the twelfth houre in the south againe 45 gr that is â—escending halfe way the west the shadow shall be at the â—â—ird houre in the afternoone in the southwest but coâ—ing to the Horizon the shaddow shall fall on the sixt â—oure in the west As this is spoken of the Sun the same must bee underâ—â—ood of the moone in as much as concerneth the points 〈◊〉 strokes af the Compasse To reckon by the age of the moone we have set in the table following under every stroke two rankes of ciphers the first are the dayes of the age of the moone or the dayes past since the moone was new or at the full The second the houres and minutes of those dayes in the which the moone comes to such a stroke maketh at the place standing by high water The Second Example Eight dayes after the moon hath beene new or at the full I desire to know when the moone commeth to the south at Embden or Enckhuysen and such like places makes high water for there a north and a south moone makes full sea I seek under the north and south stroke the 8 day in the 1 columne and by that in the second 6 houres 24 minut on that then shall the moone come to the north and south at 6 hour 24 min. and make high water in that place The tyde 48 min. later every day that is foure or fivâ— parts of an houre then if you know at what houre the new or full moone make high water in any one place you shall reckon from that first day every day foure or five parts of an
or 12 fathom soft ground Easter Til. then that is certainly of the Broadbalgh or Wester Till take then the sounding of which side that you will and sound it about by the grounds in 4 or 5 fathom and you shall find amongst the sands smooth water and good roade and may lye sheltered for all winds The wester Till lyeth in first eastsoutheast alongst by the north shoare it is deepest on the south shoare you cannot sail within any tailes in sailing out but you may in sayling in when you come somwhat further in lyeth up more to the southwards there are divers Balgs or channells where men may saile through that are acquainted The Easter Till or Broadbalgh lyeth betwixt the Wester Till Wester Til. the Hondtbalgh which runneth in seven fathom into the eastermost point or the old Schorhorn that is a taile which lyeth off a good wayes and which you might at unawares sail within in seven fathom comming from the westward This Till lyeth in also like as the other first eastsoutheast but a little further in more easterly Here also you may take the sounding of which side or shoare that you will Being com within you shall get smooth water of the sands for all winds In this channell is not lesse then 7 fathom water The Hondtbalgh Hondtbalgh lyeth right into the westwards of the Steep-buye or Schorhorn If you will goe in there with small shipps for to saile over the Wadt into the Weser then goe when you have the Steepe buye in southsoutheast The Hondtbalgh is without indifferent wide keepe that course untill you come thwart of the beakons which you must leave on the starboard side you may well sound in about the off-side of the Schor-horne but not the west side by it lye plates which you might saile foule of in 9 fathom in comming in but on the Schor-horne you cannot doe amisse Holy land The Island Holyland and the outermost buye in the Weser lye one from the other south somewhat westerly and north somewhat easterly When it is cleare and good sight you may see Holy land when you lye in the Weser by the buye upon the head Holyland and Bornrisse lye one from the other southwest and by west and northeast and by east according to the common opinion two and thirty leagues When you come from the westwards and begin to get Holy-land in sight it sheweth it selfe with a high reddish steep point which is slat above For to anchor or make roade under Holy land comming from the westwards then runne to that land in tenne or twelve fathom When you saile towards the south point and come somewhat near the land you shall espie a rock like unto a small tower close by the high land called the Monck Monck which is almost so high as the high land About southsoutheast an English mile or a little more from that rock under water Rock under water If you keepe your self in eight and nine fathom then you run without this rock and cannot take any hurt of it When the Monck is covered of the other land then you are thwart of this suncken rock When the soresayd Monck commeth a handspikes length past or without the other land there is the road good anchoring in ten or eleven fathom the ground is there faire and cleane except it be of wracks of lost shipps or lost anchors which are there may Lying there in nine tenne or eleven fathom you have shelter for a westfouthwest northwest and north windes From the point where the Monck standeth by shooteth off a little riffe from the shoare which men may sound in 3 fathom you may also runne in 5 fathom from the shoare and saile cleare of the foresayd suncken rock to wit through betwixt the suncken Rock and the little riffe but if you runne into deeper water to wit in 7 fathom you shall runne right upon the suncken Rock In 8 or 9 fathom you doe runne about without the suncken Rock From the north side of Holy-land lyeth off a filthy Riffe almost a league into sea so that you cannot come nearer the whole north side then in nine or tenne fathom If you will goe about to the northwards of Holy land being come so farre that the east end of Holy land come to be south and south and by east from you sayle then freely unto the Scholvers point Scholvers poynt that is a flatt point which you may sound in five six and seven fathom If so be that you will runne in eight fathom off from it you shall runne above two great leagues from the shoare The right fareway bewixt the Hever and Holy-land is not more then nine or tenne fathom deepe When you come about the point to the roade and that Scholvers point lye northeast and the Rock southwest from you there is good lying in five fathom Scholvers point is the point where the South Haven South-haven lyeth within which lyeth from the high land about east into sea From the outermost end of Scholvers poynt lyeth a banck of three fathom unto the poynt where the Monck alsoo standeth within it is very good lying for ships of little draught that is called the south Haven of Holyland A southsouthwest and northnortheast moone maketh there the highest water Of the Elve The Roade of Holy land and the outermost buye of the Elve called the Schortunne or the Steep-buye lye right southeast and by east and northwest and by west 8 leagues asunder which lyeth right to the northwards of the Schor-horn that is the outermost poynt of the New-workes ground on the south side of the Elve the right deepe of the Elve runneth in alongst to the northwardes of it On the north side of the Elve lye the north ground which lye somewhat flat far off to seawardes upon the northwest side The south end of the north-grounds Mirdle of Vogelsand called Voghelsand runneth from the foresayd buye a good wayes west and by north into sea with a narrow tayle of perfect hard sand about a halfe league broad which waxeth by little and little the farther from the shoare the deeper Three leagues from the foresaide buye there is upon it eleven fathom water when you saile on north from the steep-buye you runne over it in three fathom or three fathom and a halfe but it doth soone deepe againe in five seven eight tenne fathom soft ground that is in the creeke of the North Elve North-Elve To the southwardes of that a foresayd Voghelsand in the right fareway of the Elve for him that commeth from the westwardes it is also somewhat soft ground and fourteene and thirteene fathom deepe to the southwardes of it towards the souther or Steepe grounds the ground is againe very hard and the grounds very steep you may not come nearer them especialy by night or darke weather then in eleven or twelve fathom if you come nearer to them you might sayle foule of
Ameren-Born He that commeth off from Holyland and is bound to the northwards need not feare so much for the shoale for it shooteth out most by the land The Haven of List About eight leagues to the northwards of Silter-deep lyeth the Haven of List which runneth in by the north end of the Island Silt. For to sayle in there comming from the southwards runne so long to the northwards in six or seven fathom that you may see a little Island without the poynt which lyeth within these outer Islands upon which standeth a house called Ieurtmans house when that house commeth a mast length without the poynt of List then goe in east and by south and eastsoutheast keepe those markes so standing untill that you bee within the poynt off List edge then up to the southwards about the poynt and anchor before the Vuchts house there it is nine and ten fathom deep At the entring of the channell lyeth a plate or sand called Haef-sand Haefsand that you shall leave on the larboard side when you come in it is on the off-side very flat and good for to sound when you come from the northwards For to avoyd that when you come from the northwards edge off so far from the shoare that the red Cliffe come without the sand-hills or that you may see it plainely Then you may goe well over Haef-sand with a ship that is not of a very great draught Likewise when you come out at the channell of List and are bound to the northwards sayle so farre out that you may see the Cliffe and then you may goe over the foresayd sand which lyeth from the south end of Rem a good wayes into sea On the south side of the channell of List lye also two sands or banks alongst the shoare not very farre without the strand the innermost or northermost is called Barling-sand Barling sand and the outermost Rust or Rusting Rust or Rusting that lieth to the southwards almost thwart of the red Cliffe betwixt these sands and the strand of Silt goeth in the Land deep For to sail in there comming from the southwards you must seek betimes to the strand of List about the red cliffe because of the Rust which lyeth off from the north end of List a little without the strand When that you have the sounding of the shoare and are come somewhat within that red cliff there shall meet you a flat from the shoare which you must somewhat avoyd and then you may sound very well keep all alongst the foot strand there you can take no hurt of it From the Inner poynt of List shooteth off alsoo a little riffe where of you must take heed When that you are come within the Innermost poynt of List then you may anchor where you please If you will goe to Lutke Tonderen then leave that sand which lyeth to the southwards of Iuresand on the starboardside and runne through betwixt them both He that is bound to Hoesem or Silt over the Wad must leave that sand on the larboard side Upon Vooren stand two or three trees these you must keepe over the westermost church or steeple and run so alongst unto Vooren Betwixt the Rust and Barling-sand goeth a faire deep channell through called the New deepe right in alongst to the southwardes of Rock-sand Rocksand that is a shoale which lyeth to sea-wards of Rust and Barling-sand For to sayle in at that New-deepe bring the white cliffe upon Silt east and east and by north from you and run in so right with it and you shall fall right in the New-deep betwixt these two bankes leaving Rocksand or the Maber on the larboard side of you run in so alongst by Rust but come also no nearer to it then in foure fathom untill that you come into the Land-deep but comming against the shoare and getting shoaling of the strand run in alongst by the foot-strand on inwardes as is rehearsed in the description of the Land-deep Betwixt Haef-sand or Haes-sand and the Island of Rem goeth in yet a little Land deep of about a fathom a halfe water The Island Rem is three leagues long and very flat on the off-side so that you shall scarce see that land in 6 or 7 fathom Banck of at sea About eight or nine leagues a seaboard of the Island Silt lyeth another banck along the shoare of eight or 9 fathom and is about two leagues long about so long as the Island is Betwixt this Bancke and the Island it is thirteene fathom deepe being in nine fathom a sea-board the Island Silt then lyeth Holyland about south from you Knuyts-deep or Riper-deep From the channell of List to Knuyts or Ryper-deep the course is north and south about seven leagues but Ryper-deepe Holyland lye north somewhat westerily and south somewhat easterly one from the other for to sayle into Knuyts or Ryper-deep comming from the southwards run about by the flat of Rem and Manu towards the south end of Phanu called souther head or Souther-heigh and so you shall see two Câ—pes upon a drye sand somewhat to the southwards of Southerhead bring those Capes a little through one another to wit the innermost or longst a little or a hâ—ndspikes length to the northwards of the shortest or outermost and then they shall stand eastnortheast from you keep them so standing and sayle right in with them and so you shall finde the outermost buye lying on the north shoare in foure fathom in the channell called Old Ruper-deepe leave that buye on the larboard side and then goe inwards east and by north east and east and by south unto the second buye you must runne also about to the southwards of it for thwart of it commeth a shoale shooting off from the north shoare from the outermost Cape towardes the second buye which you must avoyd Or keepe the sounding of the south shoare called Coersand Coersand and run by your lead first east and by north then east and at last east and by south in by it you shall finde there upon the shoalest not lesse then ten foot at low water and common tyde there within it is again 6 7 and 8 fathom deepe Being past the Capes then luffe up to the northwards about the sand where the Capes stand upon and anchor there where you please there it is wide and broad and also deep and steepe so that there you can take no hurt The Ryper ships that are bound out doe lye there for to stay for a winde Behinde the Island Manu it is 6 and 7 fathom deepe there also men may ride from thence you may go up the deep to Rypen but not up alongst to Rype with great ships close to Rypen the deep endeth so that there is a shoaleneck betwixt both where there is no more then 6 foot depth With small ships you may also sayle about behind Rem towards Iursand there is a low water about 7 foot water
league long and upon the end flatt which men may runne over by the lead When you will sayl into the Golversound you must leave these two Islands lying on the larboard side The Island Laland hath upon the west poynt over against the south end of Langeland a riffe or Hooke Riffe on Laland lying off from Laland at least half wayes over the Belt for to avoyd that you must runne alongst within an English mile to the eastwards of Langeland or when that you leave the two third parts of the water on Lalands side and the other third part on the side of Langeland you shall not come too neare it When you come from the southwards are bound into the Belt and that then the steeple of Mascon which standeth upon Laland commeth to stand northeast and by east from you then you are past that riffe and lyeth to the southwardes of you It is here in this Channell betwixt Laland and the south end of Langeland five sixe and seven fathom deep From the south end of Langeland to Femeren the course is southeast and southeast and by east distant eight leagues When as you come off from Langeland and are past the riffe or Hooke of Laland then the south coast of Laland lyeth east west alongst by it lyeth a sand which is called the Red-sand Redsand lyeth alongst untill before Golversound which runneth in betwixt Laland and Gester To the northwards of this sand is a roade of fourteen sixteen and eighteen foot water before the little townes of Aelholm and Roo-buy Aelholme Roobuye where men do lade nuts and Barâ—â—â— Betwixt Laland and Gester thwart of this Red-sand as hath been sayd runneth in the Golversound which men may run into come out again into the Belt but in this sound or channell there is little depth there lyeth a stone banck within thwart over the channell The little town Nicoppen lyeth upon the Island Falster a league within Gester Nicoppen Gester rif From Gester shooteth of Gester riffe at least three leagues into sea which is a shoale riffe To the eastwards of Gester riff lieth an Island called Bout Bout it is there abouts all shoale water to witt three and four fathom To the eastwards of Bout goeth in the Green sound Green-sound by the little towne Stuybekuype commeth out again into the Belt to the northwards of Laland the Green sound lyeth in about west and west and by north in three fathom there lyeth a shoale on the larboard side of the mouth of the Sound called the Tolck Tolck which men must avoyd you must goe into the eastwards of it you may lead it in alongst by the land of Meun in fourteen or fifteen foot that foresayd town Stuybekuype Stuybekuyp lyeth about a league within the mouth of the channell From Gester riff to Meun the course is northnortheast seven leagues but from Bout to Meun it is northeast about six leagues From the Gelversound to Meun Meun the land lyeth in a bay you may anchor there for a northeast north northwest and west winde in five and six fathom He that commeth out of the Sound and is bound to the southwards of Meun may come so near Meun as he will and luffe up to the westwards by the poynt and anchor where he please in five or six fathom On the north side of Meun you may also anchor in six fathom behinde a little riffe that shooteth off from the north poynt for an east southsouthwest and westwind it is there all over flat and good ground Of the depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land In the Ripe Eyder and Hever a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and the ebbe out of the southeast and so run over the north grounds In the deep of List or Silt a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and falleth very little alongst the land and the ebb to the contrary In Knuytsdeep a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water The floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth but a great quarter tyde alongst the land and the ebbe to the contrary In the Haven of Zuyder-zyt the Growe-deepe the Schellinghkroegh a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth over the Reefshorne towards the Iuttish Island and the ebbe againe to the contrary off from the land in the north Sea Of the grounds and Depths The grounds of the Hever and the bankes of the Small deep without Strand and Eyderstee lye at least two leagues without the coast of the land Betwixt Holyland and Ameren or Strand it is tenne or eleven fathom deep in that depth you may see both the lands if you climbe up in the shroudes Strand is to bee knowne by the steeple of Pielworme standing upon the south end of the land Upon the Island Strand stand more Churches and steeples but none so easy to be knowne as Pielworme Ameren is a league and a halfe long and hath all alongst low sandhills growne with spiry grasse The Island Silt you may see in ten fathom Upon this Island nearest to the north end lyeth a high â—â—eepe red cliffe on both sides going sloping downe upon the south side of the cliffe standeth a flat Church with a low steeple and to the eastwards of it another Church with a high thick steeple called Heydom The north end of the Island is called List and the south end Voortrap Courses and Distances From the Eyder to Hever the land lyeth northnorthwest and southsoutheast 5 leagues From the Hever or the south end of Strand to the south end of Ameren northnorthwest about 5 leagues Two leagues north from Ameren lyeth Silt which is about five leagues long and lyeth south and by east north by west From the north end of Silt called List unto the south end of Rim or Rem it is northeast and southwest one great league Rem is three leagues long and lyeth most south and north From the north end of Rem to the south end of Manu it is northeast and southwest a league and a halfe you can hardly get sight of it by reason of the grounds and great shoals which lye thwart of it to seawards Manu and Phanu lye about two leagues one from the other Manu is almost a league long and Phanu about 4 leagues long and lyeth from Phanu Knuyters to Knuytes-deepe southsoutheast and northnorthwest This Island hath also a faire strand but the north end towards Grouwe deepe is very flat From Phanu to Doodenbergh it is about foure leagues betwixt them lye the Havens of the Growedeepe Schelling-kroegh From Holyland to the Eyder east and by north and west by south 7 leagues From Holyland to the outermost buy in
called the black Oxe Black Ox. Betwixt it the point goeth in an entrie called after the foresaid rock also the black Oxe northeast and by east it is not verie wide and upon the shoalest 4 or 5 fathom deep at low water the nearer to the Oxe the deeper the nearer to the main land the shoaler water A little within the Rock the black Oxe lyeth an other great rock or Island pale of coulour called White-holme which you must leave in sayling also on the larboard side you cannot sayle through betwixt it the black Oxe be cause from the one to the other it is all full of rocks some above some under water A little within or to the end of Whiteholm Whitteholme lyeth a sunken rock Suncken Rock which you must leave also on the larboard side In calm weather or smooth water you cannot well see it but when it doth blowe any thing hard you may well perceive it by the breaking of the sea upon it On the starboard side within Whiteholm lyeth a great multitude of rocks as if they where sowed along the shoare amongst these rocks a little within or to the eastwards of the point of Stemneshest lyeth Smeerholme an Island where men may ride under and lye sheltred for all winds Smeerhelm except with e. northeast windes which blowe there in open with those windes you cannot also come out there neither with southsoutheast south southsouthwest southwest winds you cannot also come in there You must sayle in there from the northwards behind the Island In the going in which is not above a cables length broad 8 or 10 fathom deepe lyeth a little round rock at high water about a fathom above water by which you may runne about on both sides Northnorthwest about a halfe league from the black Oxe lyeth also a greater and broader but a lower rock called the Vogel The Voghel which at high water lyeth a little above water but with a spring tide the sea runneth alongst over it Betwixt it the black Oxe there seemeth to lye in a broade and wide channell but betwixt them it is full of suncken rocks and soule grounds under water When it is smooth water it is in no wise good to runne in there but in foule weather and with a growne sea and that you cannot doe otherwise you might runne in there by the breaking of the sea Mew-holme A great half league northnorthwest from the Voghel lye yet some rocks lying to the eastwardes called the Mew-holmes betwixt them and the foresayd Rock the Voghell goeth in a broade large channell verie cleane without any dangers which after the Rock is also called the Vogell there men may see all that can doe hurt The marks for to finde this channell comming out of the sea are two hills verie easy to be knowne which lye from thence east and east by north within the land The westermost is a hill somewhat low and round of fashion Clapmuts Mangelbergh allmost like a flat cap called the Clapmuts The eastermost is a high steepe sharpe Hill above on the one side with a cutt like as a steepe called Manghelbergh When these are one in the other then they are about east by north from you and then you are also right open before this channell For to saile in there keepe these two foresaid hills one in the other and sayle in right with them east and east by north or when as you come within the Vogel somewhat more easterly so that you have the foresaid Hills out a head a little on the larboarde side untill that you come by the main land and then eastnortheast alongst by the shoare if you be bounde to Dronten unto the Island Edou or Edoe About a league within the Vogel lye two rockes the westermost is high and somewhat round the other is low and also round and lyeth to the eastwardes from the first towards the land you shall runne with the a foresayd course of east e. by north off from the Vogel about a shot of a cast-peece alongst to the southwardes of the 2 rockes About half wayes betwixt them and the Vogell but nearest the 2 rocks lye two suncken rocks Two sunken rocks these you leave with the same course also on the larboard side you may see the sea alwayes breake upon them except in very smooth Water You may also sail through betwixt these two foresayd Rocks and the Mewholmes to wit alongst to the northwardes of the rocks untill you come into the Liet leaving these 2 rocks on the larboard side and the Mewholms on the starboard side Alongst to the northwardes of the Mewholmes and those two foresaid rocks lyeth also a channell where men may sayle through into the Liet then you must leave these 2 rockes to the southwardes on the starboard side some other rocks to the northwards of them on the larboard side and so come also into the Liet About three quarters of a league within these two foresayd Rocks lyeth a great suncken rock right in the middest of the farewaye which breaketh allwayes and at low water is uncovered about which you may sayl on both sides From this suncken rock to Swegge sound the course is east and east and by north a league but the Voghel or black Oxe Sweggesound are distant about three leagues Sweggesound Sweggesound is a litle Haven behind three great rocks with a little Island of an English mile long on the east side of it when you sayle alongst by it being but a little off from the shoare you cannot discerne this Island from the maine land but it seemeth to be all whole land he that is not there verie well acquainted cannot perceive that to be an Island before that he come close to it for to runne in behind it You may sayle into Sweggesound either to the eastwards of that Island or to the westwards of it according as the winde will serve To the westwards of Sweggesound or the three foresayd rocks at the west end of the end of the foresayde Island lye a great multitude of rocks foul grounds For to sayle into the western channel you must leave them all on the starboard side and runne in betwixt them and the three foresayd rockes when you come to the and of these three Rocks you must luffe up to the southwards about by them towards the northeast or north anchor there in seven or eight fathom there you shall lye landlockt for all winds but with a storm out of the west the growne sea can come in rowling there through You may also sayle in further behind the rocks untill you come in behinde the foresayd Island in a little narrow Bay there men doe lye in 2 fathom and a halfe or three fathom and also sheltred for all windes In this Haven of Sweggesound the ships commonly doe lye there to tarrie for the winde He
church on the west side of the flatte Island Betwixt the little Island is also a good haven where men may lye in three foure and five fathom it is not broade but cleane To the eastwards of this Yellow Island lyeth the high land of Dromsnes Dromsnes From thence eastwardes further up into the Liet towardes Dronten or Agenes it is most all whole land and not so broken as to the westwards of it Thwart of the rocks of Hammer-sound lying on the east side of Stangwyxfioird lyeth a faire channell called Gryp-sound one of the best channells for to come in out of the sea into the Liet it is about a quarter of a league broade and goeth in close to the eastwardes of the Island Grype Grype Gryp is a little rounde Island lying from the Voghell northeast and by east distant about five leagues upon it dwell manie Fishernen which goe from thence to sea to fish upon divers bancks of fortie fiftie seventie eightie and hundred fathom foure five sixe seven eight and some tenne leagues without the land which they knowe to finde by markes on the shoare On the north side of Grype there lye but two or three rocks close to the shoare some saye that thereabout is anchor ground in twelve fathom On the south or west side it is full of Rocks but they lye most above water About halfe wayes betwixt Grype and the three Flesses somewhat without all the other Rocks lyeth a suncken rock a little under water he that runneth alongst without these rocks must be mindfull thereof For to goe into Grypesound comming in out of the Sea Grypsound you must bring the high Mountain of Toester Poester eastsoutheast from you and sayle in right with it and so you shall not sayle to runne in sight of the Island Gryp which is easy to knowe from the other rocks by the great manie Fishermens houses which stand upon it and upon no other Island nor Rocks thereabouts leave that Island on the starboard side and goe in first eastsoutheast right with Toester being past the Island Gryp bring Toester two poynts on your larboard bowe and goe so in southeast you shall come into the Liet betwixt Hammersound and Toester From thence to the little Island Edou Edou are about four leagues About three leagues to the westwardes of it or a league to the eastwards of Grypsound in the Lieth lyeth also a suncken rock almost even with the water and almost amidst the farewaye nearest the north side you may alwayes see the sea breake upon it leave it on the larboard side and runne to the southwards of it there it is broadest you may for a neede run also to the northwards of it through betwixt it the other rocks but it is there narrow Edou Edou or Edoe is a somewhat low plain Island a league long very narrow which is the first land out on the larboard side upon the Liet that men have shelter of from the sea to the westwards of it there is nothing but broken land Rocks and little Islands where the growne sea commeth rowling in through Not farre from the west end upon the south side of Edou standeth a little white Church thwart of it or a little to the eastwards of it men may anchor in eight nine and tenne fathom The shoare is steep rising ground If men doe come neare it in foure fathom they shall be presently fast but the grounde is soft When as men come from the westwards and will anchor there they must comming neare the west end of the Island continually feele with the leade for the anchor ground and so soone as they feele it let fall their anchor thwart of the aforesayd little white Church or a little to the eastwardes of it so that the little Church come to stand over the houses When as they let fall their anchor in 10 fathom and wending up towards the land verie out the cable then the shippe shall come to lye there in sixe fathome the Liet is thereabouts aboute a halfe league broade Upon the east end of Edou is also a little haven called Kurow Kurou and it is so little that there can lye no more then two or three ships there lyeth a little black rock not farre from the shoare men doe runne in betwixt that little rock and the Island anchor betwixt them both there men lye landlockt for all winds but the ground there is not cleane At the east end of Edou lyeth another Island somewhat long called Glaseu Glaseu To the eastwards of it runneth a great broade Sound into sea called Ramsfioird but it is known of few Ramsfioerd With northerly winds there commeth through a great growne sea into the Lieth To the eastwards from Ramsfioerde lieth the land of Hitteren two greate long Islands Norther Hitteren Highland of Hitteren Souther Hitteren together about seven leagues long so that he that sayleth up the Lieth thwart of them can not perceive otherwise but that he sayleth in betwixt two maine lands At the south end or west end of Hitteren which is on the cast side of Ramsfioerd ly two little Islands called Weroy Weroy there you may sayle in betwixt them anchor in good white sand ground you may also saile through betwixt the little Islands alongst into the Liet then you leave a suncken rock lying on the starboard side by the southermost little Island From the Island Edou to the Highland or the pointe of Dromsnes Dromsnes it is northeast and by east and eastnortheast distant about three leagues To the westwards of that poynt to witt betwixt that poynt the land to the westwardes of it called Schipnes lyeth a haven called Schaerswycke Schaerswyke In the mouth of this haven about the middest of the channell but somewhat nearer Schipnes then Dromsnes lyeth a suncken rock which falleth drie at low water you may runne in about it on both sides A little within the poynt on the south side standeth a Countriemans house before which you may anchor in five sixe or seven fathom cleane rising ground which you may come neare by your leade This haven lyeth about a league more to the eastwards then Ramsfioird on the south side of the Liet fitt for to come to anchor in for those which can sayl no further by day To the westwards of this foresaid haven Schaerswycke alongst the land of Schipnes lye manie Rocks by the shoare some above some under water therefore you must somewhat shunne the southshoare thereabouts but the north shoare alongst by Hitteren is verie cleane The Liet is thereabouts a great halfe league broade Aboute five leagues to the eastwards of Schaerswyke on the north side of the Lieth lye the two Islands of Lexen Lexen to witt norther and souther Lexen which are together about a halfe league long There the Liet lyeth betwixt both eastnortheast and northeast and by east In souther
is dangerous to sayle about by night if men doe come too near it which is upon the end so steep that in 3 fathom or 2 fathom a half you shal not be a ships length off from it But when as you comming from the southwards keep your self in six or seven fathom then you cannot sayl so neare to it To the southwards of that rif upon the land standeth a firetowre which is verie easy to be knowne with a firebeakon also a little white house when these come one in the other then you are thwart of the poynt of the riff To the northwards of this riff upon the land stand two white firebeakons whereupon there is fired by night for to avoyd this riff When as you come thwart of the poynt then are these also one in the other so that these doe serve for thwart marks and the other to the southwards of them for longst marks for those that will sayle about it from the southwards Comming from the northwards alongst the shoare in 5 or 6 fathom untill you come by the firebeakons upon the north side you must keep somewhat off from the shoare before they come one in the other or els you should run on against the rif When they are one in the other then they stand s w. by w. from you and when as the high firebeakon to the southwards of Winterton cometh to be s west somewhat more westerly from you then you are thwart of the point of the rif you may not also run about far within that riff for then you should lightly bee foule of the grounds on the eastwards of it especially when you come from the northwards for there it is not verie wide betwixt them both From Winterton to Haesbrough poynt the course lyeth northwest 3 leagues Betwixt Haesbrough the Admiralshouse stands a ruinous tower upon the strand When as you keep it the steeple of Haesbrough one in the other comming from the northwards then you run right upon the poynt of the foresayd riffe Foure leagues without the land lyeth Winterton sand the south end where of lyeth about east the north end northeast from Winterton Thwart of Admiralshouse not far from the shoare lyeth also a little plate where no ship can go over but if you goe in six or seven fathom you cannot sayle too neare it you may also runne through in 2 fathom betwixt this plate the land From Haesbrough to Cromer the coast lyeth alongst northwest and by west and westnorthwest three or foure leagues The land lieth from Cromer to Bornum first westnorthwest and west and by north and then west and west and by south 9 or 10 leagues From Cromer to Blakeney it is 2 or 3 leagues At Blakeney Blakeney standeth a high steeple which you may see alongst farre over the land when it commeth to the little steeple then you have the first buy of the channell which lieth at the south end of the Pole which is a sand at the west side of the channell of Blakeney go from the first buy to the other and alongst by them untill you come within the Haven This is a tyde-haven where men doe lye dry at low water Four leagues to the westwards of Blakeney lyeth Wels betwixt them both lyeth the foresayd shoale called the Poll and Pyper Pol and Piper there it is shoale far off at sea At the west end of this shoale goeth in the Deep of Wels the beacons that you must saile in alongst by stand all alongst by the Pyper When Hoebrom standeth eastsoutheast from you then you are to the westwards of the Pyper thwart of it is good road in 6 fathom Wels Wells lyeth then southeast from you and the trees stand then also against the steeple then you may sayle open into the Haven of Wels alongst by the foresayd beakons Of the Depths and Shoales about these places and in what Depths men may see the land Five or six leagues north and by east northnortheast from the north Forland or from Margat lyeth a banck called Kentish-knock upon it is three fathom water Being by it you may even see the land from belowe Five leagues northeast from this banck it is twentie fathom deep Northeast and by north from the north Forland nine or tenne leagues and about east from the Naze eight leagues into the sea lyeth a banck called the Galloper of five six and seven fathom depth The westrocks is a stonie ground lying betweene the Court and Long-sand whereupon is no more then two fathom water at a half floud Without that sand or Harwitch five leagues from the Naze it is twentie and two and twentie fathom deepe being there you may see the land Thwart of Orfordnes you may see the land from below in two and twenty fathom Five or six leagues without Leystaffe Yarmouth southeast and east into sea it is 27 and 28 fathom deep there you may see the land Foure leagues east and by south from land without the Holmes of Yarmouth lyeth a banck called the Newsand which is not deeper then two fathom Eastnortheast at least 7 leagues from land thwart of Yarmouth it is 15 fathom the ground red grosse sand with little round stones being there you may even see the land from below Thwart of Winterton and Cromer 7 or 8 leagues from the land it is 18 and 19 fathom deep and there you may see the land Winterton sand lyeth 4 or 5 leagues from land northeast from Winterton What moon maketh high water at the places At the north Forland a north and south moone maketh high water Within the Thames a south and by east moone Before the Thames at Harwitch and Orfordnes a southsoutheast moone At Leistaff Yarmouth a southsoutheast moon maketh high water Without the bancks of Yarmouth and before Cromer a southeast Moon maketh full sea Betwixt the bancks of Harwitch and the Holmes of Yarmouth the flood falleth south and the ebbe north Thwart of the banks of Winterton and Cromer the flood falleth southsoutheast the ebbe northnorthwest Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames From the north Forland the flood falleth to the Recolvers and over the Brakes westsouthwest and west and by south Without about Good-win towards Kentish-knock the flood falleth north and by west and northnorthwest there commeth the floud also against it from the northwards and meet one another by the Galloper with very great rippeling and noyse whereof this banck is also called the Galloper and falleth to the westwards into the sands channels and also to the eastwards towards Flanders Betwixt the North Forland Orfordnesse the streame falleth without the sands south and by east and southsoutheast When you are to the northwards of the Galloper then you can reckon no ebbe then that which runneth alongst England to the northwards the streames fall there all alongst the coasts To the southwards of the Galloper the ebbe goeth to the contrary
that will anchor upon the ballast plate let him bring the flat steeple which standeth a little to the northwards or the eastwards of Hull to the high point of Pawl and keepe them so standing untill that he come to the plate there it is best for to anchor upon it From the North poynt of the Humber called Spurne head to Flambrough head Flambrough head the course is northnorthwest nine or ten leagues betwixt them it is shoale water of six seven and eight fathom deepe Flambrough head hath many white spots and Chalke Hils especially upon the north side towards Fyley Flambrough hath a Head or Piere A league to the westwards of it on the south side lyeth a little Towne called Burlington Burlington which hath also a Piere You may anchor there in the Baye in six or seven fathom Three leagues by west Flambrough head lyeth Fyley Fyley in a round baye to the southwardes of a poynt that lyeth out which hath a Pier or Head where you may lye within it but it falleth there drie at lowe water Without the head of Fyley lyeth a rock under water called Fyley bridge Fyley bridge betwixt it and the Pier you may well lie a flote with a shippe of an hundred lasts in five fathom at low water and have shelter for a northeast east winde From the poynt of Fyley to Scharbrough it is northwest two leagues Scharbrough Scharbrough hath 2 Pieres or Heads where you may runne within them at high water from the southwardes but at low water it falleth there also drie Men come in there from the southwards From Scharbrough the coast lyeth alongst by Robbinhoods bay Robbinhoods bay untill before Whidbye most northwest but past Whidbie the land falleth in westnorthwest by little little more westerly unto the Tees Robbenhoods bay is a good roade for a southsouthwest and west winde there men lie in seven or eight fathom Whidby Whidby is a tide haven which falleth drie at lowe water at the east side of the haven runneth off a riffe of rocks where of you must take heede For to saile in there you must runne in betwixt the two beakons untill that you come in betwixt the two lands and anchor there From Whidbie to the Teese the coast lyeth most westnorthwest and west and by north about seven leagues betwixt both lye Huntley foote Redcliffe Huntley Huntleyfoot foote is a high hill lying on the sea side about 4 leagues to the eastwardes of the Tees Redcliffe Redcliffe lyeth about halfe wayes betwixt Huntleyfoote and the Tees it is a cliffe of such verie redd earth that when the sunne doth shine against it it is to see to like redd cloth these two are verie good markes for to know this coast by Close to the southwardes of the mouth of the Teese lye three Riffes which lye about a halfe league eastnortheast into sea which are verie foul and stonie and fall drie at low water upon the north side they are verie flatt so that you may sound about by them in five sixe seven fathom but on the south side are so steepe that comming neare them and sounding in thirteen and fourteen fathom you should be upon them before you should be able to heave the lead the second time A league and halfe to the northwards of the Teese lyeth Hartlepoole upon a poynt that lyeth out almost like an Island For to goe in there you must runne into a bight to the southwards of the towne with in a head untill you come against the towne there you shall lye drie at low water About halfe wayes betwixt Hartlepoole Hartlepoole the Teese runneth off also a riffe of rocks thwart from the shoare a good wayes into sea come no nearer in then 5 or 6 fathom There standeth a mill to the northwards of the towne Hartlepoole if you keepe that to the west side of the towne Hartlepoole then you cannot sail upon that foresayd riff but if you bring the foresayd mill a little to the westwards from the town so that you may plainely see through beâ—wixt the mill and the towne then you shall not faile to saile upon that riffe For to sayl into the Tees For to sayle into Teese comming from the northwardes you must observe these markes following A good wayes to the northwardes off Hartlepoole a little to the southwardes of Sonderland and a little within the land lye upon the high land two hommocks close one to the other verie easy to be known off fashion like womens breasts called the Paps The Paps keepe these 2 hommocks even without the poynt of Hartlepoole which shall then stand from you northwest and by north and sayle so on to the southwardes and you shall fall before the Tees and shall not sayle to neare the sands that lie out before the mouth of the Tees and lye off about a halfe league into sea On both sides as well on the north side as the south side of the Tees stand 2 little white houses for fire beacons If you come from the northwardes and get sight off them then bring first the 2 southermost one in the other which shall then stand from you south and by east sayle right in with them untill that the other 2 which stande on the north side of the Teese come also one in the other then leave them on the south side and sayle in right with them that stand on the north side and so you shall runne in amidst the channell there is upon the barre or shoalest at low water no more then five foote but it floweth there with a common tyde at least 2 fathom up and downe A southwest moone maketh there full sea If when you come from the southwardes you will sayle into the Teese then bring the innermost of the 2 firebeakons which stande on the north side at least a handspikes length or the length off a capstane barre to the northwardes of the other and runne so westwardes towards them untill that the two firebeakons on the south side are one in the other then saile in right with them as hath beene saide untill that the 2 firebeakons on the north side come one in the other when you have them one the other runne in right with them untill that you come by the north shoare then close alongst by it When as that you come so farre in past the first fire beakon to wete that you may see Hartlepoole betwixt the 2 firebeakons there you may anchor in three 4 or five fathom or when Hartlepoole commeth betwixt the foresaide firebeakons then go southsouthwest untill that you come by the south shoare there it is also good anchoring Further it is pilots water unto Stockton for there within the deepes doe shifte oftentimes and that in shorte time 3 4 or 5 times in a summer He that will sayle in there with northerly windes and a floud must reckon well his
and in what Depths men may see the land Thwart of Winterton Cromer seven or eight leagues from land it is eighteene and nineteene fathom deep and there you may see the land Northeast and northeast and by north from Cromer lyeth a Bancke whereupon remaineth at halfe floud no more water then 4 fathom from thence you may see the land indifferent well North by east from Blackeney lyeth a bancke whereupon remaineth at halfe floud no more water then five fathom In eighteene fathom thereabouts you may see the land From thence to the poynt of Chappell it is all shoaly About northnorthwest and north and by west from Winterton-sand lyeth the banke before Cromer 5 leagues without the coast To the northwards of the Humber of Hull you may see the land in 25 fathom Flambrough-head men may see in five and thirtie fathom Scharbrough men may see from below in five forty fathom Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places Before Crommer a southeast Moone maketh high water At Blackeney Wels Bornum and Lyn an east and west Moone Before the Humber of Hull an eastnortheast and westsouthwest Moone From Blackeney to Flambrough-head the floud falleth southeast the ebbe northwest At Flambrough and Fyley in the Peer a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea At Scharbrough and Robbinhoods-baye a southwest and northeast moone In the Tees at Hartlepoole also a southwest and northeast moone Before the River of Newcastle a southwest northeast moone maketh also the highest water Thwart of Flambroug-head Scharbrough the Teese also thwart of the river of Newcastle the floud falleth southeast and the ebbe northwest To the northwards of the Tees the floud falleth southsoutheast alongst the land from the Tees to Scharbrough southeast and by east How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Crommer to Blackeney westnorthwest 3 or 4 leag From Blackeney to Bornum through within the sand west 7 leagues From Bornum to Chappel westsouthwest 2 leagues From Chappell to Elleknock or the north poynt of Bostondeep the course is northwest and by north 5 leagues From thence to the north poynt of Humber north and north and by west 7 leagues From the north poynt of the Humber to Flambroug-head northnorthwest 9 leagues From the north poynt of the Humber to the Tessel east and by south eastsoutheast 55 leagues From Flambrough-head to Feley northwest and by west and westnorthwest 3 leagues From Fyley to Scharbrough northwest and by west westnorthwest 2 leagues From Scharbrough to Whidbye northwest 5 leagues From Whidbye to the Teese the course is first westnorthwest and afterwards west by north 7 leagues From the Teese to Tynmouth northnorthwest 8 or 9 leagues From Whidbuye to Tinmouth the course is northwest and southeast 16 leagues From to Cocket Island northnorthwest 8 or 9 leagues Heights The north poynt of the Humber of Hull in 53 d. 35 m. Flambrough-head lyeth in 54 degrees 5 minutes Scharbrough in 54 degrees 12 minutes Tynmouth or the River of Newcastle in 55 deg 10 min. How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Flambrough-head Fyley Scharbrough Robbinhoods-bay Whitbuy Huntleyfoot Redcliffe Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Tees and Flambrough-head when you saile alongst by it Huntleyfoot Redcliffe Teese Hartlepoole Esington Schel Sonderland Thus sheweth the land betwixt Tinmouth the hills of Huntleyfoot Redcliffe to the southwards of the Teese when you saile alongst by it De Custen van SCHOTLANT met de Eylanden van Orcanesse van eylandt Coket tot I. Sande Tinmouth Cocket Thus sheweth the land betwixt Tinmouth and Cocket Island The twelfth Demonstration In which The east side of Scotland is shewed from the Island Cocket and Orcaneis FRom the Cocket Islands to the Staples Staples the course is northnorthwest north by w. 8 or 9 leagues The Staples they are high Islands rocks right to the eastwards of Bambroug lying at least 3 leagues from the land northeast into sea a little to the northwards of them lyeth the Holie Island Holy Island To the southwards or the westwards of the Holie Island is a baye where you may lye landlockt almost for all windes against the Castle is the best roade you may also run in there from the southwards through betwixt the Staples and the maine land Betwixt the Staples and Holy Island lye two suncken Rocks which at low water come verie neare even with the water the westermost towards the Holy Island is called the Goldstone Goldstone Plough the eastermost by the staples is called the Plough For to avoyd them when you will sayle through betwixt the Staples the Holy Island whether you come from the Southwards or the Northwards then bring the Steeple of Teustenbrough over the Castle of Bambrough and keepe them so standing and then you shall run through betwixt them both this channell lyeth so through northeast southwest From the outermost end of the Staples to S. Abbens head S. Abbens head the course is northwest 8 or 9 leagues From Holy Island to S. Abbens head it is northnorthwest 7 or 8 leagues To the northwards of S. Abbens-head men doe runne in unto Lieth and to Edenbrough in Scotland S. Abbens head the Island the Bas lye east and west 4 leagues assunder The Island May S. Abbens head northwest southeast 4 great leagues May Bas lye one from the other southwest by west and northeast by east three leagues a halfe The Bas The Bas. is a high round Rock cleane round about which you may sayle alongst by on both sides Betwixt the rock and the south shoare it is ten and twelve fathom deepe but the common faire way is alongst to the northwards of it Betweene S. Abbens head and the Bas it is most part a cleane Coast but without anchor ground The Island May Island May. is greater then the Bas also cleane round about except on the east side there it is foule From S. Abbens head alongst to the northwest of the Bas the course is west and by north and west northwest foure leagues and from by north the Bas to the Island Inchkieth Inchkieth west and west and by north about five leagues Betweene the Bas and Inchkieth by the s shoare lye many Rockes little Islands and foule grounds where at divers places is road but are not to be used but by them which are there verie well acquainted Inchkieth and Island May lye s w. by w. n. e. by e. 7 great leagues asunder Inchkieth is somewhat a long small Island a league to the northwards of it lyeth an out poynt on the north coast called Kingornesse Kingornesse before it and about it lie some little Rocks under water but a little to the eastwards of the eastwards of the point is good anchor ground road for westerly winds Betweene that point and the Island
May or the point of Fifsnes on the north shoare lye divers little Havens where of some of them doe also yeeld out coales but are little or nothing used by the Hollanders On both sides of Inchkieth is good ground good lying as well for westerly as easterly winds From Inchkieth to Lieth it is southeast a league Before Lieth Lieth about halfe an English mile from the shoare lyeth a Rock upon which standeth a Mast with a crosse or some other thing of wood upon the top of it for a beakon At high water the Sea floweth over it at low water it falleth dry With a spring tyde at low water men may go on foot to it From the east side of that Rock lyeth off a Riffe almost unto Inchkieth You may also run through to the southwards of Inckieth betwixt that foresayd Riffe the south shoare but is not to be done but by them which are there exceeding well acquainted There is altogether full of Rockes foule grounds When as you sayle in to the northwards of Inchkieth you must leave the foresayd Mast on the larboard side and run about to the northwards of it then towards the south shoare and anchor about halfe an English Mile by west Lieth and also halfe an English Mile from the shoare in 6 7 or 8 fathom Lieth the Haven Edenbrough are tyde Havens which fall dry at low water From Lieth to Queenes Ferrie Queenes Ferrie there lye on both sides many Rockes some above and some under water In the Narrow before Queenes Ferrie lyeth a little Island called Inchgarve which you must runne alongst to the northwards of on the south side it is with a Stone bancke where men may goe over at low water fast to the mayne Land alongst to the northwards of it it is cleane and deepe Within that little Island lye Caryn and other places more where men doe lade Coales Under the east side of the poynt to the northwardes of Queenes Ferrie is good road in 2 3 or 4 fathom according as you lye farre from the shoare A league north from the Island May lyeth the poynt of Fifsnes Fifsnes lying from S. Abbens head northwest and by north 4 great leagues From thence to Dondee it is northnorthwest five leagues Dondee Dondee is a good Haven which goeth in betwixt 2 high Lands being within men doe anchor before the Towne Farther in upon the River lyeth another Towne called S. Johns S. Iohns which you may goe up to at high water Betweene the poynt of Fifsnes and Dondee lyeth also the Baye of S. Andrewes S. Andrewes there is all over good anchor ground Foure great leagues north by e. from the poynt of Fifsnes northeast from S. Andrewes lyeth a great Rock called the Inchkap Inchkap which the Sea floweth over at high water and at low water it falleth so dry that the Fishermen goe upon it Seven leagues to the northwards of Dondee lyeth Monrosse Monrosse a good Haven First you must sayle in there amidst the channell and edge up to the northwards anchor before the Towne Over against Monrosse lye three Hommocks which shoote out from the other land bring the middlemost and the houses upon the strand together then shall you find the middle of the fareway on both sides of the havens mouth lyeth a blind cliffe Betwixt Dondee and Monrosse lyeth an out point called Redhead Redhead about a great League to the Southwards of Monrosse There standeth a high Tower upon the Land called Abrot From Monrosse to Stone Baye Stone-Bay or De Torre the course is northeast by North foure leagues This is a deepe bay a good Havē for those that are bound to the southwardes where men may lye Land-lockt with many Ships Three leagues to the northwards of it lyeth Aberdyn Aberdyn In this Havens mouth it is three fathom deep The west poynt is somwhat foule therefore you must run in by the east land untill you come within the Haven and anchor before the Towne in foure or five Fathom Up to the northwardes is a great Bay but is shoale on both sides There goeth through a little Creeke towards old Aberdyn which is an old ruinous Towne From Aberdyn to Boeckenes Boeckenes the course is northnortheast twelve or thirteene leagues Betwixt them both lyeth a tyde Haven Boeckenes is a high Hill and lyeth upon the south side of the point To the northwards of Boeckenes lyeth a Bay as a Haven called Spy Spy or Spilaert and right before the shoare lyeth a sand called Ruttenbrugh which you must take greate care thereof as you come from the northwards From thence the land lyeth in west west southwest unto the Haven of Rosse or Luvernes To the northwards of Rosse lyeth an out poynt called Cape Tarbate C. Tarba right in the bottome of the Baye betwixt Catenes Boeckenes distandet from Boeckenes about 19 or 20 leagues In this bay are manie havens sounds which are deep enough for to come into with great ships It is from thence to Catenes 14 leagues northeast by north Catenes lyeth from Boeckenes northwest northwest and by north 20 21 or 22 leagues From Boeckenes unto the outermost Orckanes it is north and by west and northnorthwest two and thirtie or three and thirtie leagues The Orkeneys are one and thirtie Islands in number first Wayets or Elhoy which lyeth next to Scotland five leagues about the poynt About northnortheast off from the poynt of Catenes lye two little Islands Pits Pichlandscare there you may run through to the westwards betwixt Elhoey and Scotland To the northwardes of them lieth an Island called Heynda with an other Island called Platta to the northwardes off Platta lyeth Mayland or Ponoma On the north side of this greate Island are all the havens where the ships come to Upon the east side of this great Island lyeth another Island called Kabunsa to the northwards of it lyeth an other Island at the northeast poynt of the greate Island you may also run through there towards Papewester and leave Sand a lying on the starboard side Close to Papewester lyeth Fara to the southwards of it is Sirza To the eastwards of Sirza and Fara lye two Islands in the middest of all these Islands called Eeda and Chapnoza Sanda lyeth to the northwards of al these Islands but Papa Stronza lye to the southwards of Sanda To the eastwardes of Stronsa lyeth an Island called Cuistella that is the eastermost Island of all the northermost is called Ronalze or Northernase Eleven or twelve leagues northwest from the great Island lye two rocks the one under water the other above water he that commeth from the westwards must take heede of them Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames On these coasts betwixt Tinmouth S. Abbens-head a southwest northeast moone maketh high water At Lieth in the Haven a southwest
as it is at high water and neepe tydes the water falleth and floweth there at least two fathom up and downe at Spring-tydes little lesse then three fathom or two fathom and an halfe Within the poynt or in the bight of Lombascho you may not anchor there remaineth not above three foot water and the ground is stony and foule To the northwards of Lombascho lye five Islands lying alongst the coast allmost halfe wayes to Swetenoes Three leagues to the southwards of Lombascho lyeth a black steep poynt untill that the coast lyeth of from Lombascho also southsoutheast but from that poynt to Orlogenes Orlogenes the course is south 9 leagues betwixt them there is no place where men may anchor but all alongst a whole coast cleane and steepe From the poynt of Orlogenes lyeth off a stone-riffe a shot off a cast peece into Sea which falleth dry a great wayes at low water whereof men must take very good heed From Orlogenes to the river Ponnoye it is six leagues betwixt them lye the three Islands Three Islands First from Orlogenes to the two first Islands the course is south three leagues from thence to Ponnoye southwest by south 3 leag A halfe league to the northwards off Ponnoye lyeth the third of the three Islands so that the two and the third lye about two leagues asunder These Islands are much lower then the maine land so that they can hardly be seene or not at all except you be by the shoare thwart of them you may come neere the shoare in seven fathom without danger Thwart of these three Islands and Ponnoy the mouth off the white sea is at the narrowest About foure leagues thwart off to seawards from the three Islands in the middest of the mouth lyeth a shoale which is very uneven and stony and at some places with low water commeth dry above water it lyeth south and north first north alongst the coast at last north and by west untill thwart of Lombascho but there alongst it is deepe enough fifteen and sixteen fathom About southeast from Ponnoy it is at the shoalest seven fathom deep You may also saile alongst to the eastwards of this shoale into the white Sea but there it is shoale water uneven very shoale The right fareway is alongst to the westwards of it and five and twenty fathom deep Ponnoy is a River where at low water remaineth no more then ten foot water it floweth there with a spring-tyde three fathom up and downe and with an ordinary tyde 15 foot From the three Islands to the Island Sousnowits which men doe call the crosse Island the course is southwest by south or as some doe hold southwest ten leagues or from Ponnoy nine leagues All alongst this coast men may anchor every where in eight or nine fathom and with contrary winds stop the tydes there goe strong tydes especially in the spring of the yeare withan Ebb. Between the three Islands and the crosse Island lyeth a poynt upon which stand also three crosses one by the other which men doe mistake oftentimes for the crosse Island but it is much smaller to see to When you doe get sight of that poynt there sheweth by it as if there lay a shippe before the land with the topmast-stricke The right crosse Island hath upon the north end two Crosses and upon the South end three by all these markes they are easy to bee knowne one from the other Behind the Crosse Island you may have road in 6 or 7 fathom you may sayl in behind it as well from the northwards as from the southwards it is there cleane and cleare every where men doe anchor when as the great crosse doth stand from them e.n.e. there is the right road Southeast and by south from the three Islands and Ponnoy on the Russe side there goeth in the Meseens golfe into which commeth a great River where men may go up to Kilda and Kolmogro and also another upon which the town Slowoda lyeth Southeast from Ponnoy lyeth a little Island in the mouth of the Meseens golf where you may have road under for westerly and southwest winds The south poynt of this golf is a low sand-strand all grown with trees there you may also anchor alongst by the shoare but close by the land if you lye somewhat of from the shoare in 9 fathom there the ground is foule from thence alongst the shoare to the Blew point it is al faire strand ground From the Crosse Island to the blew or Gray point the course is southwest twenty leagues In this fareway in the mouth of the White-sea Current in the mouth of the white sea there goe sometimes very strong currents especially in the spring through the terrible great freshuts of the melting of the snow which falleth from both sides into the White-sea and runneth through this strait into the sea with graet whirling terrible riplings It happeneth sometimes that the current runneth there so terrible strong to the w. wards into the sea that with a reasonable gale full sayls men can doe no more but stem the tide where of men must be mindfull Under the Gray poynt Gray-poynt men may anchor on the south side in tenne eight or seven fathom there it is good lying for easterly windes a northeast winde commeth from the poynt the ground is there reasonable good but not the cleanest From the Gray poynt eastwards to the Meseens Golf the coast is all faire sand-strand with some bancks of 2 fathom and an halfe and three fathom alongst the shoare not farre without the land where sometimes the current falleth over with great riplings From the blew poynt to the river of Arch-Angell the course is south and by west fourteen leagues When as you sayle so towards the rivers you shall then first espy the land a good wayes to the westwards of S. Nicholas it arriseth in a long strake and then there riseth more land towards the River as if it were a round Island afterwards you shall see the steeple of S. Nicholas when that standeth south and by west southsouthwest from you then you are open before the mouth of the river of Arch-Angell The cape of Candenoes Candenoes and Orlogenes lye northeast southwest 7 and sixty leagues asunder The point off Candenoes is very easy to bee knowne there stand five great crosses upon it for markes When as you fall with it you may very well perceive that the land falleth away on the one side to the southwest towards the White sea and southeast on the other side About thirteen leagues to the eastwards of the cape de Candenoes lyeth an Island called Morsonowits Morsonowits to the eastwards of it goeth a great Baye into the land but it is very shoale water with many shoales and Dwale-grounds It hath heretofore happened that some ships have beene here lost thinking that they runne into the mouth of the White Sea for it
ye have stonie-ground Ships could come in to ly there but there is no anker-ground A mile and a half southwest southerly from the aforesaid rock that seemeth like to be a ship there lieth another rock of that same fashion yet not so sharp above as the other this lieth but a small canon-shot from the land besides this there are many other little rocks whereon are abundance of fowls standing out in a corner between this and the Bears-gat is the wall rough and rockie and sometimes here and there small foot-strands whereon ye cannot come with your boat and from thence begins the land to be higher and stonier for from the aforesaid corner Seawards in it is rockie and stonie and landwards in full of hills and mountains in time of need ye may bring your boat to the foot of the hills half a mile further there lieth more such rocks stayly descending to the water alongs the shore so far from land as a small piece of canon can carrie it is commonly fiftie or sixtie fathoms deep The matter of three miles south and to eastward from the south or west-corner there lyeth a stone A Stone which at the undeepest hath about eleven foot of water which stone in circuit is about so big as a man can throw a small-stone Lucas Bouwenson from Delfs-Haven hath with calm water broken the ruder of his ship there on about this stonegoeth commonly a hollow water The length of half a mile northeastward from this stone ye have uneven ground for casting your sound-lead one time ye can have but seven fathoms and at the other time ye can sound five and thirtie from this stone towards the land falleth the ground by degrees off to the depth of six and thirtie fathoms and deeper yea so far from the wall as a small peece of canon can carrie ye have fourscore fathoms water with soft clay-ground but about the stone the ground is stonie and sandie Claes Dirckson Seyn from Wijck wrote in the year after our redemption 1616. that about eleven or tvvelve miles south south-east from the South-corner of the Island he found 35 or 36 fathoms vvith black moulie sand and small stones John Sybrantson Pael-man writes that south-eastward from the south-east corner of the Island about two miles he found rockie ground my neighbour had once 60 and I had but 30 fathoms so that it is very uneven there About a quarter of a mile northwestward from the South-corner there stands a rock high above water with sundrie other little rocks by him which are commonly called the seven or five rocks The seven or five rocks when ye come from the north ye can easily passe through between them hard by the land there lieth a Holmken Holmken a little above water From these seven or five rocks till near under the wall drieth it up from thirtie to five fathoms From the southwall north northwest a short mile the land falleth out with a corner commonly called the Low-south-corner The Lovv-south-corner on the shore is it low and there lieth the sloops that keeps watch Between the South-corner and this corner there are severall infalls with a low shore commodious for boats to come by in the infalls is it sandie ground six or seven fathoms deep Between this and the South-corner lye some small rocks some above and some under water from thence about two canon-shot is the land somewhat crooked to an infall which is commonly called the Bocht of Guinea The Bocht of Guinea From this aforesaid Bocht north-east northward about half a mile come ye into the South-bay South-bay a lesser Bocht as the aforesaid there were wont to stand ten tents in this bay for the handling of fish oil but in one year the sea washt away three tents thirteen chaloups tuns and oily-vessels pertaining to the chamber of Amsterdam it washt away likewise most of the ground whereon they stood wherefore those from Amsterdam did delve a large peece of ground the sommer following whereon they have set two tents Afore this Bay ye have from nine to fifteen and so forth to eighteen fathoms with black sandie-ground a little further off ye have five and twentie yea thirtie fathoms with short stonie ground and again so far as a small piece of canon can reach ye have fourscore fathoms and soft ground Between the Bocht of Guinea and the South-bay the wall is very stay stonie and rockie when ye ly on fifteen fathoms afore this South-bay then ye can see through between the land and the Fowlie-rock or Vogel-klip Some two canon-shot from this Fowlie-rock Fovvlie-rock into the Bocht there lieth a small rock and on land there is a Red-hill Red-hill in the aforesaid Bocht there lieth a channel whereon ye may lay four or five chaloups The matter of a mile north-eastward from the South-bay ye shall finde a little corner then ye have a gate or entry where ye can row through from the mountains into a Kolk or depth there ye have so much room as to lay some twentie chaloups on and it is very convenient for the waiting on whales this is called of Sea-men the Hoepstocks-Bay The Hoepstocks-Bay A large canon-shot from this Hoepstocks-Bay ye shall finde a corner where there are many small rocks which are called the Rudsen The Rudsen from thence to the Red-hill the wall is rockie and stonie The matter of a mile north-east northerlie from the aforesaid Rudsen there is an outlying corner commonly called the Walrush-gate VValrush-gate without or rather at the which there lieth the Briellish-steepel between these two the land hath a great infall which is commonly called North-bay and is the most convenient place of all for the handling of fish-oile A quarter of a mile from these Rudsen or small rocks towards the Bocht there is a flat place North-Bay which is called the Wood-bay VVood-bay because of this flat the land lieth high this flat is a short quarter of a mile large between this and the Walrush-gate there lieth a great flat Channel whereon lie all the tents and kettles of the chambers of Holland and Zeeland this Bocht hath a flat sandie-ground where the ships may lie at anker on fifteen or sixteen fathoms water about a canon-shot from land In the fore-sommer the ships lie near on land within the Bay on eight or nine fathoms water From the Briellish-steepel the land lieth eastward up and hath for a mile flat strand which is very convenient for chaloups to keep watch the aforesaid corner of the Walrush-gate is very high and stay towards the sea at the end of the aforesaid mile ye finde nothing but rockie stay land without any strand and which is worthie to be made mention of a canon-shot from thence ye have a stone on the fashion of a steepel At the end of this aforesaid land a little foreby the steeple there ye finde a little infall
is called the Fair-haven The fair haven which is a brave road and in time of need a man might keep a ship there without anker or tow it is a clean slipperie ground From the Klock-bay to Yce-zond lyes the coast all northwesterly and north northwest between these two it is durtie and foul without any bochts or Infalls yet when ye come a little about the south corner ye finde there the Green harbour there is a good road and ye may freely anker there so hard under the wall as ye please and that on eight ten or twelve fathoms water it is there every where a clean flat upgoing ground and ye ly there befreed from all sorts of windes When ye come a little about the north corner ye finde the Safe haven The Safe haven which lies northward up and sailing a quarter of a mile upward ye come to a good road which is called the Safe-haven the ground is somewhat stay but clean there ye may let anker fall on thirtie fathoms and ye ly secure from all windes Farther eastward up the fare-water runs so far up that never any boat yet hath been at the end of it for it lyes most commonly the whole sommer throughfull of Yce but if ye shun this north-wall there is no danger ye need to fear The Yce-zond The Yce-zond is a wide river to come into but when ye come into the Hoorn-zond or Safe haven or get into the Yce-zond and when ye perceive that theyce begins to come out of the south ye must make haste to lift anker otherwise ye should be besiedged with Yce so that ye could not come forth and chiefly in the after-sommer Whilest ye sail this passage upward ye shall finde a great many Roes of which ye can take some and all alongs the shoar ye have such a multitude of fowls on the rocks where they breed their Young-ones that by their dung the rocks grow as if it were green there growes likewise a sort of herb which is called Slae and is alike to scurvie-grasse the which herb tastes even as salate and refreshes a man extreamly From the Yce-zond to the south-corner of the Foreland the coast lies northwest yet ye must shun the south-corner because it is a little foul there lies a rock southwest from the lād off seawards in which is a quarter of a mile long The Foreland lies south and north from the south to the north-corner or fowlie corner wel fifeteen or sixteen miles in length a mile and a half benorth the south-corner of the Foreland there lies two Islands the one a canon shot from the other and as far between them and the wall on these Islands there are many thousands of fowls like to Rotgeese and drakes there are likewise a great multitude of egges to be got a great mile benorth there lies a rock of clear white stones under which there are many great ones this lies from the wall seawards in about a mile and a half three miles beyond the Persh-Rif there lies a little Island near under the shore where likewise are many fowls and egges to begot between both it is reasonable clean but towards the wall lyes some rocks wherefore ye must take heed that ye come not too near to the wall About the north-corner of the Foreland between the maine land ye can cast anker on twentie eighteen fifeteen ten and four fathoms according as ye are far into it but nearest the foreland At the fast land lies the Crosse-bay Crosse-bay and somewhat forward southerly within the foreland there lies the English-bay The English bay where the English come a fishing From the Fowl-corner or north corner of the foreland to the Danes-Island the course is northeast northerly the matter of nine miles under way lies Madaleenen-bay Madaleenen-bay where ye have a good road at the south-corner of the bay but it is high stay land and we cast anker commonly a little within the south-corner yet ye may sail a little farther in and let the anker fall at the north wall for ye have every where good ground on fifeteen twentie and five and twentie fathoms The north-corner of the Madaleenen bay is the south-corner of the English-bay Which is stonie and foul and very dangerous for those that knows it not From the Madeleenen-bay to Robbe-bay the course is north north east and south southwest two miles between those two there lies a low Island which is called the English-look-out English look-out from whence a stonie channel lies in length of a canon shot ye can come through this channel but with great danger From the Robbe-bay which lies on the Danes-Island to the south-bay the course is north north-east about half a mile we sail commonly benorth the south-corner of the south-bay into the bay but when ye come into the south-bay ye must shun the north-wall for it is foul in the incoming ye may go somewhat near the northwall and cast anker on ten fifeteen sixteen or twentie fathoms good ground safe from all windes The Hollands or Maurits-Bay AT the north-corner of the South-Bay there lieth four small Islands of which the uttermost is the greatest from the westmost part of those four Islands to the Hollands or Maurits bay the course is east northeast a quarter of a mile if ye shun the rocks ye need fear no danger except some rocks otherwise is it a fair coast for ye may ly at anker under two severall corners of this bay and that a canonshot or two from the wall as ye please that on fifteen eighteen or twenty fathoms if ye sail a little south southeast in ye can see the Hollands ships lying at anker afore their tents but if ye would sail to them ye must not come nearer the southwall as where ye have seven fathom water and then ye come first where the Amsterdams tents are when ye are there ye may go as near the wall as you please yea if there come an Yce ye may make your tow fast on land and need not fear any windes then come ye to the tents of the chamber of Middelburgh and Vlissing likewise where the Danes and others stands From the westmost tent there runs a craig off by the which ye cannot come it runs most the whole passage over and then ye see flat out of the South-Bay on the south side of the afore said craig there lieth sundrie little Islands as also many stones under water it were possible to sail from hence out of the South-Bay to Sea but it must first be marked with beacons or tuns because it is a narrow passage From the west-most tent out of the South-Bay is about a mile in length and is called the Amsterdams-Island Amsterdams-Island because their tents stands there the place where the tents stand is about a musquet shot in breadth after which runs a Kinde of water or a still standing pool East southeast and
the south-end to the north-end of the foreland north 15 or 16 miles From the north-corner of the foreland to the Danes-Island north-east northerly 9 miles From Magdalene-bay to Robbe-bay north northeast 2 miles From the Robbe-bay to the South-bay north north-east half a mile From Devils-Island to the Vogel-sang east north-east a large mile From the Vogel-sang to the Zews-Uyt-kijck south-east easterly a large mile From the Zews-Uyt-kijck to Moniers-bay south-east half a mile From Moniers-bay to the Red-bay the course is east south-east 4 miles From the Red-bay to Reene-velt east south-east 5 miles From Reene-velt to the Gray-corner south-east 3 miles From Reene-velt to the Moffen-Island north-east northerly 4 miles The Hights The Bears-Island lieth on four and seventie grades and a half The Cape the Kijck-uyt lieth on six and seventie grades and six and thirtie minutes The north-corner of the Foreland lieth on nine and seventy grades twentie minutes Thus appears the land in your sight when ye are on sea Reenevelt Red-bay Thus appears the Red-bay when the round hill lieth south from you Thus appears Hoopen-Island when ye are north-east north and north-west from it The fourth Demonstration Containing A Description of Orlogenes from the Cape of Candenoes to the west-coast of Nova Sembla and the Weygat ORlogenoes and the cape Candenoes Candenoes lieth severally north east and southwest 35 miles The corner of Candenoes is well enough known there stands 5 great crosses up for tokens which when ye come by ye can perfectly perceive that the land fails you on the one side south-west toward the White sea and on the other side south-east About ten miles easterly from Cabo de Candenoes there lieth an Island called Morsonowits Morsonovvits from thence easterly there lieth a great Inham landward in which is a flat undeep water withall a deceitfull ground There hath been divers ships who have saild amisse here thinking that they had been in the mouth of the Whitesea therefore it is necessarie to learn to distinguish the land for the Russish coast eastward Candenoes is very sandie and a flat shoar and the coast of Lapland is high and full of mountains Into this Inham there runs a river from the land through the which ye can come in boats to the White sea Besides this Inham about twentie miles east and east southerly from Candenoes there lieth an Island called Colgoya Colgoya which is ten miles in length ye may sail round about it but on the south-side thereof lieth a craig which comes from the east that ye must shun because it joyns to the west-end of this Island There are a great many geese on this Island which in the sommer time are wholly naked having no kinde of feathers they lay their egge under their stump or taile and on that fashion breeds forth their young ones there are such multitudes of those geese there that the Russes comes with their Lodges or boats to land and takes of them by multitudes and salts them in tuns From the Candenoes to the Island Tussara Tussara the course is east south-east 32 miles and between both lieth this great ham On the west-side of Tussara lieth the corner of Swelgenoes Svvelgenoes From Tussara to the river of Colcova Colcova the course is eastward five miles that is a good river and some twelve foot deep there is no other traffique there but that the Russes comes from Colmogro and St. Niclaes with their lodges to change their wares for rough skins Five miles eastward from the river Colcova lieth the river Pitsana Pitsana which is but six foot deep and is not well known a little westerly from this lieth a drie bank which ye must shun Olivier Brunel coming from Nova Sembla sat here on ground Ten miles eastward from Pitsana lieth the river Pitsora Pitsora that runs by the east-corner in south south-east and is deep six Holland yards the land there is low and sandie on the west-corner there stands a Pack-house whereon stands some crosses when ye come within the river turn a little westward up toward the Pack-house and let anker fall on three or four fathoms water there is a great poole or lake Ye must shun the east side of the river for it is full of sand and banks The town of Pitsora lieth 26 Dutch miles landward in there is abundance of costly skins and cristall Between Pitsora and Way-gats lieth Oltgijn Oltgijn and without on the land lieth two rocks or little Islands the one called Oranjen and the other Graef Maurits there ye may ly at anker on six or seven fathoms From the south-side there comes a sandbed off-falling where ye have but three fathoms On the east and west-side of these two Islands there is a great Inham flat water the land lieth there in the round to the corner of Pitsora all in one Inham it is from Pitsora to Way-gats north-east easterly 24 miles Way-gats VVay-gats which is likewise called the Strait of Nassowen is a narrow passage through which ye can sail into the Tartarish sea It lieth first easterly and then north-east the matter of six or seven miles about midway there lieth an Island which ye can sail by on both sides A little within the corner on the north-side is a brave bay Traen-bay into the which ye can let anker fall so deep as ye please to wit on five four or three fathoms good strong ground toward the east wall ye have the deepest water and ye ly there safe from all windes or Yee-flouds It hath been assayed at two severall times to finde away through this Strait to sail be-north Tartarie to come to the rich Kingdomes of Cathy and China and from thence to Molucquen but all in vain because of the great Yee that lieth there the whole year and never melts by reason of the constant cold From the east-end of the Strait Way-gats to the Inham of Oby Oby the course is east south-east and south-east easterly thirtie miles On the east-side hereof the land lieth north-east thirtie miles more to the two norther rivers and from thence northeast but how far is not as yet known The west-coast of Nova Sembla Nova Sembla lieth from Way-gat northward to Constint-zarck north-west about fourtie miles Benorth this falls it north easterly-ward to the corner of Langenesse or the Staten-hoeck or States corner and so forth north north-east north-east and east north-east to the Islands of Oranje the northmost part of Nova Sembla lieth on the heighth of 77 grades and an half Of the Tides and flovving of Streams From the east-side of Candenoes to the Island of Colgoyen the stream fals east and east southerly as likewise along that same Island From Colgoyen to Way-gats fals the stream east and west Alongs Nova Sembla the streams turns about with the moone Alongs Rusland they come from between Candenoes and Pitsora out of the west and west
with halfe flood or against the highest Water to the shoales goe from Flushing first alongst by the shore and then westnorthwest untill that West-cappell come within two shippes length to the poynt of the Sand-hill to wit that West-cappel stand soo much within the west poynt of the Sand-hils bring that alsoo not further out not neerer to the poynt of the Sand-hills for els you should sayle upon the Raen When that West-cappell standeth soo and S. Anne a flat Steeple in Flanders to the westwards of Sluce standeth amongst the east Sand-hils of Casand then goe northwest and by west out at the Doorloy When that S. Anne commeth then to the westwards of that foresayd Sand-hill then commeth the castle of Sluce under or behinde that sand-hill keepe that under or right to the east side of the foresayd sand-hils then goe out northwest and by west and you shall goe cleare of the Raen and the Rasses If you bring West-cappell without the sand-hills before that Saint Anne come without the foresayd sand-hills of Casand then you shall be to farre to the northwards and to neer the Rasses Or if you bring Sint Anne without the sand-hills of Casand before West-cappell come to the end of the sand-hills then you shall be to farre to the southwards shall come against the Raen but when you bring West-cappell to the poynt of the sand-hill S. Annes without the sand-hills of Casant one as soone as the other then you are amid the channell of the Doorloy right in the fareway For to finde the Doorloy comming in out of the sea For to find the Doorloy comming in out of the sea you must run to the Raen by the lead untill that West-chappell come within a masts length neere to the Sconce and sayle soo right in or take the sounding of the Raen and run alongst by it untill that S. Anne come to the foresayd east sandhill of Casand then goe in alongst s e. by east you shall soon be over the shoalest find deeper water but you must reckon wel your tyâ—â—â— for the flood falleth in to the Doorloy first south as also the after-ebbe afterwards s s e. at last to the southwards Therefore if you will goe in at the Doorloy with a fore-flood you must go at least e. s east or els if you should goe in upon your direct course you should lightly be carried against the Raen Comming then out of the sea alongst by the Raen untill that S. Anne be hidden amongst the sand-hils of Casand then goe on eastsoutheast untill that Westcappell come within the poynt of the sand-hils and then run boldly right on with Flushing In darke weather men may sound alongst by the Rasses when that you keep the Castle of Sluce to the eastwards of the foresaid sand-hill upon Casand then you cannot take hurt of the Raen but when the Church of Sluce standeth to the w. side of the foresayd sand-hills then you are thwart of the shoalest of the Raen The Splete For to saile from Flushing out at the Splete you must goe on first as is before fayd w. n. west untill that west-cappell come almost to the poynt of the sand-hils but not without it or that the steeple of Middlebrough come to the Inner sand-hill then goe w. s west then you run out at the Splete which is more then a great halfe league broad and at low water upon the shoalest 4 fa. a halfe deepe Betwixt Soutland and Dyshoeck lieth a high sand-hill which is at the east end somewhat steepe called the Doorne-hill Doornhil to the eastwards of it lieth another sand-hil which is somwhat long not altogether so high as the Doorne-hil with a clift or little dale in it which doth as it were divide the long sand-hill in two sand-hills the southermost is called the Inner sand-hill Inner sand hil because that to the southwards of it there are no more high sand-hils When that the steeple of Middlebrough commeth over that Inner sand-hill or in that foresaid clift keepe that over it or in it then you runne out at the Splete and can take no hurt neither of the Poll nor the Raen Engllsh Pol. The English Poll is â—epe but with easterly windes men may borrow of it by the lead The Raen The Raen is flat on the Inner side as well as on the out side so that men may sound out alongst by it all the Splete when you cannot have sight of the foresayd markes in dark weather and it is so broad that men have an halfe houres worke for to sayle thwart over it but the English Poll is so narrow that men may runne over it with foure or five casts of the lead When that Aerdenburgh commeth without the foresayd sand-hils of Casant then you are past the drye Raen Markes of the Raen but it lyeth yet out to the westwards with a great flat soo farre to the westwards untill Bridges commeth to the eastwards of Blanckenbrough in the Gallow sherds which are high sand-hils to the eastwards of Blanckenbrough where in times past was wont a Gallowes to stand then you are past all the shoales and may goe your course where you desire to be Blanckenbrough hath a flat steeple somewhat higher but not so thick as Liswegen From the end of the English Poll lieth a long ribbe about a shot of a cast peece broad to the westwards untill past Oostend The Ript called the Ript it is hard sand good ancher ground When Blanckenbrough standeth southeast by e. from you there is upon the Ript at low water sixe fathom deepe more to the eastwards towardes the English Poll it is shoaler but the farther to the westwards the deeper unto the outerbanck thwart of Oostend A shot of a cast peece to the northwards of that Ript it is deeper and soft ground Also when you come towards the south or s s e. a shot of a cast peece over the Ript it will be presently a halfe fathom deeper and soft ground that is then the other channell of the Wielinge Therefore when you come out of the sea and will sayle in at the Splete edge to the coast of Flanders when you are by your reckoning past Oostend and borrow to it by your lead untill that you get hard ground and shoaler water that is then for certaine that foresayd Ript having found that in sixe seven or eight fathom according as you shal be to the eastwards or the westwards then edge of againe to the northwards into the sea until it begin to shoale and bee hard ground keep so the sounding of the Ript untill that you find again deeper water and soft ground runne in then eastâ—â—â—theast and edge now and then to the southwards towards the north side of the foresayd Ript untill that Bridges comâ—eth to Liswegen being a flat and very thick steeple or that Blanckenâ—rough stand south from you then you come thwart of
in from the westwards betwixt the foresayd banck and the land For to fall into Newport and sayle unto the southwards of the banck soo long untill that the innermost beakon come even through or to the eastwards of the outermost and then run in so right by them in alongst amidst the channell betwixt the heads Betwixt the banck and the land it is on both sides flat rising ground so that you may sound the shoares on both sides but on the north side the banck is somewhat steep it is 3 fathom deep close alongst by it Within the havens mouth it is set on both sides of the deep with beakons where you must run through betwixt untill you come before the Towne which lyeth about a Cannon shot from the seaside There is fire in the night upon the 2 great beakons out not longer then from halfe flood to halfe ebbe From New-port to Dunkercke alongst by the shoare through within the banckes it is cleane without any foule ground or bancks and at low water fifteene foot deepe the neerer the shoare the deeper Thwart of the Cloyster Ten Duynen betwixt it and Broers banck it is narrowest which lyeth not farre from the shoare thwart of it you must goe close alongst by the shoare The Quade-bancke Quade-banck runneth of to the eastwards of the head of Dunkercke at least two leagues to the westwards ending thwart of the heads of Dunkercke To the eastwards of the easter head of Dunkerck mē may anchor behind this banck and lye sheltred for a northwest north and northeast winde it is two fathom deepe there at low water but in the comming in it is shoaler Before the Havensmouth of Dunkerck it is 9 and ten fathom deepe and to the westwards of the wester-head of Dunkerck 6. 7. and 8. fathom from thence men may runne over the small banck in three fathom and come against the Broad bancke This small bancke Smal-banck lyeth right thwart before the Haven of Dunkerck to wit betwixt Dunkercke and the Broad-banck For to sail into Dunkerck For to saile into Dunkerck you must bring the fires within a capstane barrs length one to the other to wit the innermost so much to the eastwards of the outtermost keep them soo and run in then close alongst by the easter-head the wester-head lyeth somewhat further of into the sea then the other thwart of it lyeth a sandplate with some pales therefore you must avoyd it and runne in close alongst by the easterhead it is a narrow haven at high water and a common tyde there commeth no more then 12 foot water In the night they doe fire there as at Newport from halfe flood to halfe ebbe and the lowest fire-beakon standeth next unto the sea From the wester-head of Dunkerck runneth of a bancke about 2 leagues long called the Splinter The Splinter which falleth dry at low water at many places men may sayle in by the shoare behind this banck from the westwards almost to the westerhead of Dunkerck and there may come to an anchor in 5 6 7 and eight fathom About halfe a league from the foresaid wester-head there runneth a Slenck through the foresaid bancke where little Shippes may goe through at high water Graveling Graveling is also a tyde-haven where men must goe in at high water there stand two beakons which you must keepe one by the other and sayle so in betwixt the heads on the west side runneth off a little riffe which you must avoyd When you come from the eastwards alongst the coast running through Wolbreck Sound at the end of the Brakes that are the banckes before Dunkerck and from thence westwards then you come against the west poynt of the foresayd little riffe or out-sand off Graveling which lyeth a good way of into the sea to the eastwards of it men run into the Haven of Graveling by night right in with the fires To the westwards of the Haven of Graveling lyeth a bancke or flat alongst the shoare lying a good way of from the land to sea-wards almost as farre to the westwards as Callice Newlanden called the New-Land men may runne alongst by it or over it in five foure and three fathom according as men will The haven of Callice Callice falleth every tyde altogether dry and at high water with a common-tyde there is no lesse then three fathom water For to sayle in there you must keepe the mill standing on the east corner of the towne right over the easter-head run in soo close alongst by the easterhead and let the castle lye on the west side of you from the wester head runneth of a little the riffe therefore you must avoyd it When you are come in within the westerhead you must goe up to the westwards into Paradice and there lye dry at low water By night when the tyde serveth there stand two fires you must run in right with them It is not good to come into this haven before high water because of the exceeding strong tide that runneth in there with the flood for to avoid the anchors of the ships which lye there within It is there within dangerous and bad lying especially with a n. ly winde which bloweth there opē in Thwart of from wester-head of Callice lyeth a bank of two fathom betwixt the head or Meyland and the same banke men may runne through in three fathom at halfe flood the bank is two fathom deepe Under Callice cliffe at the east end men may anchor in then fathom but at the westend lyeth a rocke under water a bow shot from the land Callice cliffe Callice-cliffe lyeth betwixt Callice Blanck nesse Of the Flemish Bancks West from West-cappell and northwest from Oostend about nine leagues without the Coast of Flanders lyeth a little plate whereupon at low water is no more then two and twenty foot water in foule weather the sea breaketh very much upon it About two leagues from Oostend without the land lyeth the Trick The Trick or outerbanck upon it there is no more then fifteen or sixteen foot water When S. Catherines steeple commeth against Oostend then you come on against this banck betwixt this bank and the heads of Oostend lyeth another bank of three fathom water Betwixt Oostend and Newport lye foure bancks all which foure begin about thwart of Oostend the two nearest to the lands end thwart of Newport The other lye all alongst the land almost to Dunkercke the first and nearest to the land is called the Geere The Geer betwixt that and the land goeth a channell through of 8. 9. 10. fathom The second called Laland Laland endeth also against Newport betwixt these two goeth a channel through of eight and nine fathom The third are two banks one to the other the eastermost ending halfe wayes Laland is called stroom Stroom the westermost ending thwart of Dunkerck is called the Stone-bank Stone-banck which hath on the
the Somme through two channells from the east poynt called the East Downe lyeth off a sand thwart before the channell to the westwards off that riffe lyeth alsoo another great banck between them goeth in the Easter-channell For to sayle in there bring S. Valery a cables length to the westwards of the west poynt of the River called the Oordell and run in thereupon untill you come to the land at that foresayd west poynt and from thence close alongst by it or as soon as you get againe deeper water over the banck then turne up eastward towards the beacons From the poynt of the Oordel lyeth of to the northwards a little riffe upon the end of it lyeth a buy which you must leave on the starboard side and run in close about to the northwards of it From the point of the Oordell upwards it is set allongst with beacons you must run alongst close by them untill you come within the poynt of S. Valery where you must anchor and lye every tyde dry The sands there within do shift so often that they are not to be described for alwayes For to sayle into the western-channell For to sayle into the wester channel comming from the east or the north you must run alongst by the banks in six or seven fathom and not neerer they are so steepe that a shipp sitting fast upon them with the fore castle at the stern hath three fathom Comming towards the land at the end of the bankes you shall finde a buy Or els if you come from the west and bring Crotoye a cables length within the Oordell and sayle soo right in you shall finde the foresayd outermost buy Besides this there lye three other buyes whereof that foresayd buye on the poynt of the Oordell is the fourth the innermost You must leave them all on the starboard side towards the land and run in alongst by them to the northwards of them These channels and sands there within all untill past S. Valery Fall at low water altogether drye the buyes alsoo fall drye that men may goe by them at halfe flood with an ordinary tyde there is no more then two fathom Water it is not good to goe in there before that two third parts of the â—lood bee spent With an ordinary tyde it floweth there five and sixe fathom but with a spring-tyde seven fathom up and downe At high water and spring-tyde a man may goe over all the bankes and sands with eight or ten foot Water five leagues upwards lyeth Abbeville Thwart of the Somme it is farre off in to the sea shoale water five sixe seven eight nine and ten fathom three or foure leagues off into sea He that commeth from the west and findeth himselfe in darke and misty weather to bee in such shoaling may bee well assured not to bee farre from the Somme From the Oldman to Diep the course is southsouthwest 18 leagues but from the Somme to Diep southwest and by west eight or nine leagues About halfe way betweene the Somme and Diep lyeth the River of Heu within it on the north side lyeth Tresport Tresport being alsoo a tyde-haven where men must goe in at high water and at low water lye dry At the east side of the Haven of Diep Diep lyeth a ranck of rocks and from it lyeth a little riffe of chindle towards the north or the west to the southwards of this riffe goeth in the channell about southeast in it is very narrow and a short inlet therein lye three buyes in in the middest of the deepe not above a stones cast one from the other men may run in on both sides of them comming to the end of the buyes they must keepe the middle of the channell and run in betweene the heades untill they come within the towne there make fast with a cable on the shoare Men may not sayle in there before flood but not at halfe ebbe at low water it falleth altogether dry but within at the Towne men may ride a float at high water there commeth three fathom or at the highest not more then 3 fathom and a halfe water there come out alwayes Pilots to bring ships in S. Valery in Caux From Diep to Saint Valery in Caux it is southwest and by west foure leagues that is alsoo a tyde-haven where you must goe in with high water it is a narrow channell where you goe in between to the Heads there is neither sand nor bancke before it that can hurt you being come in you may let your anchor fall and make you fast with a cable on the shore Hee that hath neither cable nor anchor may being come there within saile his ship on against the shoare in the chindle and soo save his ship goods without dammage From S. Valery to Fecam Fecam it is w. s w. foure leagues that is a deepe tyde-haven there remaineth at low water little lesse then 2 fathom water At the east side of the havens-mouth lyeth a banke or plate men may with small shippes sayle in through betwixt it and the land and so runne in sounding borrowing it eight or nine foot alongst by the east shoare which is flat For to sayle into the westwards of the plate you must keepe the Tower of Fecam without the land or without the West poynt of the Haven and then it shall bee southsoutheast from you run then upon that mark into the Haven and then the foresayd sand shall remaine on the larboard side of you and at halfe flood you shall have in the Havens-mouth 2 fathom water being come in before the towne you may anchor there by the Westerne shoare in three fathom From Fecam to Struysaert Struysaert it is westsouthwest three little leagues Without the poynt of Struysaer lye two high sharp rocks From thence to Seynhead it is s and s and by west 2. leagues and a halfe About northwest from Seynhead lyeth a bancke upon which at low water remaineth no more than two fathom and a halfe water when the towne of New-haven commeth without Seynhead then are you thwart of the back For to avoyd it run in close aboard the Seynhead alongst untill you come within the first mill there let fall your anchor in 6 fathom stay for a Pilot to bring you into the haven For to sail into the River of Roan For to sayle into the River of Roan comming from the north or the east you must runne close aboard the land to the northwards of Seynhead and alongst by it soo long untill the south side of the river come unto the poynt of Seynhead then runne in with it untill the land to the westwards of Newhaven come without Newhaven sayle then unto the Haven of Newhaven Or elâ—e if you will goe without about the bancke or the Rettires then edge over to the westwards soo far from the land untill the river come open sayle then towards the poynt of Tochet and run in
Beufkin at the east end many of them lye above at the west end most of them lye under water Men must sayle through betwixt them and the riffe of Mortefaim that are bound for Granville Betwixt the foresayd rockes Beuf and Beufkin lieth another great rane of rockes called Eckerof Eckeroâ— which lye of from the southeast poynt of Iarsey towards Granville you must leave all these rockes on the starboardside run alongst to the eastwards of them From the riffe of Mortefaim to Granville the course is southsoutheast and from bufkin southeast 4 leagues Cape de Voorha Granville Gâ—anville are two points that lie without the other land About the south poynt of Granville lye two or three little rockes along by them men must run in within a Pier or head where the ships lye dry at low water Betwixt cape de Hague and Granville men may see upon the land many little houses mills trees as they sayle alongst by it A little to the southwards of the riffe Mortefaim standes a Church with two steeples called Quotanse All alongst this whole coast is every where good anchorage in 6 or seven Fathom especially a little to the southwards of Cape de Hague About two leagues west from the poynt of Granville lyeth another great rane of rockes two great leagues long lying east west called La Shausee La Shausee betwixt them the poynt of Granville men must sayle through that are bound for Concalle or S. Maloes About five leagues to the southwards of Granville in a great baye lyeth an Island before the river of Avrantie about a league without the land called Mount de S. Michiel Mount de S. Michiel upon it lyeth a Castle or little towne called S. Michiel with a high Tower which men may see at sea This Bay is to the southwards of Granville within the rocks of Concalle very flat and rising ground from thirteene tenne eight sixe and foure fathom to one fathom so that at low water the Bay falleth soo farre drye that from the strand men see no sea nor water From Granville to the poynt of Concalle Concalle the course is southwest 5 leagues from that eastwards lye three rockes under which men may anchor in ten fathom For to sayle to the towne men must run in betwixt the poynt the foresayd rockes It is betwixt them both eight and nine fathom deepe Before the towne it is shoaler water To the north-wards of the Towne lye other two rockes there men may also anchor under in 5 and 6 fathom water From the outermost rockes by the poynt of Concalle untill you come before S. Maloes the course is west west and by south 5 leagues Before the haven of S. Maloes lyeth an Island called Sisember S. Maloes Sisember upon the west end thereof standeth a mill and upon the east end a church with some little houses being a Friery comming out of the sea you can but even scarce see the Church but being within the Island you may see it better because it standeth on the south-side of the Island A great shot of a east peece to the eastwards of Sisember lyeth a great high rock called the Meuwstone Meuwstone betwixt them and Sisember it is all full of rockes and stones which at high water lye most under water there is a little channell betwixt them both which the French men use with theyr small shipping through betwixt the rockes but is not to be used with great shipping neither by them that are not very well acquainted with it Betwixt the Meuwstone and some other rockes to the eastwards off it lyeth in a channell south and south and by east called la Congie La Congie For to sayle in there you must runne in close aboard to the eastwards of the Meuwstone southeast and by east right in with the towne untill you bee gotten in two third parts of the distance betweene the Meuwstone and the Towne from the Meuwstone are one third part of the distance from the Towne that is when the Meuwstone is twice so farre from you as the Town then you shal see by the northwest poynt of the Town two great rockes about a cast peece shot from the foresaid poynt upon each rock standeth a little house the outermost is the smallest is called the little Bee the neerest to the Towne is the greatest and is called the great Bee The lâ—ttle and great Bee saile then towards them and run in about them within a cables length of them but keepe that course so long untill that the little Tower that standeth a little to the southwards of the towne upon the poynt come over the tower of Bore a little to the eastwards of Saledoor keepe them one over the other and sayle soo in unto the south end of the town where the mils doe stand then you shall see there upon the rocks two beacons run betwixt them through at high water untill you come within the towne at the eastside the shippes lye moored with soure cables dry at low water two fast on the towne two upon the sand Betwixt these two foresayd beacons to the southwards of the town and thereabouts is the ground sharpe rockie and stonie therefore men must take heed not to stay there at low water or to ground there but within on the east side of the town it is cleane sandie ground there may the shippes lye a ground without danger A little within or to the southwards of the foresayd rock the little Bee men may anchor in five or 6 fathom water at low water so that the towet of Bore commeth little to the eastwards of the little Tower upon the poynt to the southwards of the Town that road is called by the French La Ranse The Road La Ranse there men commonly first anchor and stay for high water for to goe in about to the southwards of the Towne It sloweth here at S. Maloes thereabouts seven fathom up and downe with an ordinary tyde From the west end of Sisember lye off alsoo a great many rocks alongst to the westwards more then a great shot off a cast peece at the end of them goeth in the Wester-channell of S. Maloes east and by north in For to sayle in there you must look out for a sharp little Tower that lyeth somewhat to the northwards or to the eastwards of S. Maloes within the land called Pellemy when you have brought that east and by north from you then you shall see upon the shore right against it a great black rocke which for Blackenesse sheweth it selfe without all the other rockes thereabouts and thereby is very easy to bee knowne Bring that rocke the foresayd little Tower one to the other saile soo right in untill you come thwart of the Island Sisember or els that the little Tower upon the poynt to the southwards of the Towne come to the
Tower of Bore to the eastwards of Saledoor sayle then towards the roade of La-Ranse to the southwards of the little Bee or els if it be high water you may run in upon the markes and then in about to the southwards of the Towne as here before is sayd When you saile into this westerne channel you shal leave on the starboard side a high rocke called the Schoorsteen with more other rockes to the westwards of it which at high water are most of them over flowne On the north side that is on the larboard side lye alsoo many rockes whereof many of them are overflowne at high water and also many remaine above water Yet a southerne channell More a Southerne channell lyeth in by the land to the southwards of the rock of S. Antony upon marks that men may see a stearne the ship but it is not used but with small ships About halfe wayes betwixt the westerne channell of S. Maloes and C. de Farela lyeth a stony banck Stony banck under water A little to the westwards of C. de Farela lyeth a great rock When you will sayle from C. de Farela towards S. Maloes and that you keepe the foresayd rock right upon the poynt of Farela you shall so without faile sayle upon the Stone-banck but if you keep the rock hidden under or behind the poynt then you shall sayle alongst to the southwards of it Or else if you keepe it without the poynt soo that you may see through betwixt it the point then you shall sayle alongst to the northwards of it The foresayd rock is a good mark for to know Cape de Farela by S. MALOES De Haven van S. Malo Foure leagues west from S. Maloes lyeth a great Sandbay where men may lye landlockt for all windes Men use to anchor within a great rock right against a mill and some trees About two leagues northwest from that Sand-bay lyeth the Cape de Farela Farela which is alsoo called Cape de Late after the Castle de Late that standeth to the eastwardes off the poynt there is a good Roade for west southwest windes Two great leagues northwest from the entry of the Haven of S. Maloes lyeth the Oysterbanck â—ysterâ—â—nck there under it men may anchor in 6 or 7 fathom To the westwardes of Cape de Farela unto the north-end of the Island Briack Briack the course is west and by north nine or ten leagues Two leagues from the land west from the Cape lyeth a great rane of rockes above water Betweene the foresayd Cape and the Island Briack lye the Havens or Rivers of S. Brieux â— Brieux and S. Benit S. Benit The Island Briack is two leagues long lyeth southsouthwest and northnortheast when you come from the east you shall see two mills upon it and betwixt them a high round hill with a little house upon it you may sail round about this Island and may make roades on every side where you will although round about it here and there lye some rocks yet it is all over good anchor-ground A good wayes off from the northeast point lyeth a rock called Souffe and at the north end lyeth a ledge of rockes under water where of you must take heed A great league westsouthwest from Briack three or foure leagues a seaboard the land lye the out-rockes called the Pickeles men may sayle round about them also but to the eastwards of them towardes the main land lye many suncken rockes Foure leagues to the westwards of Briack lyeth the Port Blanck upon a great river called Lantrilliers Portblank Lantrilliers seven Isles to the eastwards of this haven lye off many out-rockes To the westwards of Port Blanck lye the Sept Isles or seven Islands lying from the Pickels distant five leagues east and west A league to the southwardes of them lyeth the Green land there you may ride round about it Betweene the seven Islands you may not sayle through but to the southwards of them betwixt them and the Green Island Greene Island goeth a broade channell through From the eastermost Island lyeth off a fowle riffe to the southwards upon the outermost end of that riffe lyeth a rocke as a good marke for to sayle about the riffe Northwest from the west-end of the seven Islands lyeth alsoo a suncken rock wich at low water may be seene Men may alsoo sayle alongst by the coast from Port Blanck within to the southwardes of the Green Island and come out againe into the sea to the westwards from thence northwest off into the sea lye the Triacle Pots Triacle Pots these are great feare full out-rockes which lye spred wyde and broade westsouthwest from the seven Islands and foure or five leagues a seaboard the land Betwixt the Triacle Pots and the seven Islands lyeth the River of Laminoe R. Laminoe to the westwardes of the Greene Island For to sayl in there men must take good heed of the northeast poynt which is fowle Thwart of the seven Islands upon the maine land standeth a Church with a high steeple called Our Lady of the Clearnesse thereby men may know them Thwart of the Triacle Pots standeth alsoo a high Tower thereby men may know when they are neere them but it must be very cleare weather before men can well discerne it upon the land Hee that commeth by night or darke weather from the Fourne or Ushant and is bound to Saint Maloes let him not goe with a southerly winde to the eastwardes of east-northeast or northeast and by east with a westerly winde so long untill hee hath the length of the Triacle Pots that they bee on his broad side The flood falleth southeast within the Triacle Pots and the seven Islands and should by night easily draw a ship towards them By day or when there is sight there is no such danger Within the Triacle Pots lyeth the tyde haven of Saint John de Doy two leagues to the westwards of the Green Island and two leagues to the eastwards of Morlions men may sayle from thence through the rockes unto Morlions and anchor in five and sixe fathom at low water To the westwards of the Triacle Pots lyeth a great rock the easterne entry of Morlions Morlions lyeth from it southwest and by south distant two leagues but the westerne entry lyeth from it westsouthwest west and by south foure or five loagues that goeth in by a great long ragged rock This entry men may sayle in south south and by west unto the castle of Morlaix Morlaix being about the castle they may run through the rocks againe to the eastwards and runne out againe at the easterne entry northnortheast and north and by east into sea according as the tyde shall be the flood commeth there out of the northwest If a man would goe from Morlaix to Morlions hee may goe on east through the rockes and so sayle to it It is all
broken land and there remaineth at low water five fathom depth If you are bound to S. Paul de Lion S. Paul de Lion you must run right with the great rock with the two horns or Sadle and so close alongst by it being past it edge to the land upon the strand lyeth a village called Plempoll sayle right with it alongst by it to the eastwards of it goeth in the river These are all tyde-havens but betwixt the rockes of the Morlions and the Islands Bay it is at lowe water deepe enough for to save a ship The land of S. Paul de Lion is double land upon S. Pauls Church stand two sharpe steeples The Island Isle de Bas lyeth thwart before it upon it standeth two stakes to see to a farre off like milles Upon the east end of that Island lieth a very high ragged rock when you are to the eastwards of this rock you shall see two sharpe steeples a little one from the other these are the steeples of Plempolle you may also then see the Castle of Morlaix lying southeast from you upon a high rock The foresayd outermost long ragged rocke of Morlaix lyeth from the top of the Island Isle de Bas Isle de Bas east and east and by south three or foure leagues Men may sayle alongst by the maine land within and through these rocks untill they come to the seven Islands they are all great bayes where inmost places is good anchor ground Five greate leagues north and by east of Isle Bas and southwest and by west 27 leagues from the Caskets lyeth a dangerous rocke or Cliffe called Roche Blanche Roche Blanche and lyeth from seaven Islands westnorthwest 9 leagues Within the Isle de Bas lyeth the town of Roskow Roskow you may sayle into the haven of Roskow on both sides of the Island For to sayle into the easterne channell when you are passed by the high rocke with the saddle or two hornes called Le Taureau and come by the land betwixt the east poynt of the Island and the poynt of the maine land over against it you must sayle still keeping the middle of the channell It is in this channell 7 and eight fathom deepe Being come within the poynt of the Island you must runne in about by it west by south west on untill you come about halfe wayes within the Island and anchor there in eight or nine fathom And then Roskow shall lye south and south and by east from you If you will sayle into the westerne channell you shall see to the westwards of it close by the maine land two great long rockes From the point of the maine land a little to the eastwards of the eastermost long rocke lyeth of a riffe from the land which maketh the west side of the channell you must runne in southeast betwixt that riffe and the west poynt of the Island when you come within the poynt of the Island you must edge up northeast unto the middest of the Island anchor there as here before is sayd From Isle de Bas alongst to the Fourne or Ushant lyeth the coast westsouthwest 16 leagues From the Island Isle de Bas unto the Fourne the outermost or westermost end of the maine land of Britaigne the course is westsouthwest and west and by south thirteene leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them both lyeth Obbevrack or Abberwrack About a league northwest without the rockes of Obbevracke or Abberwracke Abberwrack lyeth a rane of Rockes under water They that by night wil saile or turne to windwards from the Fourne or towards the Fourn The Fourn let them not come thereabouts nearer the land then in 45 fathom A league to the eastwards of the Fourne all alongst the coast even unto the Fourne lye many long black ragged Rockes in many places appearing like Villages these are called the Ovens within them on the maine land which is not very high men shall see sayling alongst by them many white sand-bayes and here and there some little houses whereby the foresayd land thereabout is very easy to be knowne The Fourne and Ushant Ushant lye westsouthwest eastnortheast distant two great leagues Ushant sheweth it felfe at sea at the south-end low and at the north-end going up sloaping upon the midst of it standeth a little flat Tower by which markes it is good to be knowne Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames At Cape de Hague by the shore a south and by eâ— moone maketh high water In the Race of Blanckert a north and by east south and by west moone The flood falleth through the Race northeast and the ebbe southwest In the Islands also a north and by east and south and by west moone maketh a full sea Men cannot well reckon the tydes there because they have divers courses about the Islands but for the most part northeast by north A quarter of the tyde the flood falleth thwart into the Caskets In Garnsey a north and by east and south by west moon maketh full sea At Concalle Granville a westnorthwest moone At S. Maloes an east west moone maketh high water The flood falleth in there at the westerne channell goeth out againe at the easterne channell men must reckon there upon when they will sayle into these channels From the Island Briack in the bay of Benit the flood falleth southeast but in the fareway eastsoutheast and westnorthwest At the east-side of the Island Briack in the road southsoutheast An east and west moon maketh there the highest water Betwixt the Island Briack and Garnesey a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea the flood runneth there eastsoutheast and the ebbe westnorthwest On the coast within the Caskets the tyde runneth continually against the Sunne soo that it is there never still water Betwixt Sept Isles or the seven Islands and Garnsey in the fareway a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea Betwixt Briack and the seven Islands an east and by north and west and by south moone maketh full sea The flood fulleth there east and east and by south Betwixt the seven Islands and the outer rockes of Morlions the flood falleth in south east within the Triacle Pots towards the Green-Island but in the fareway in the offing east and east and by north At Morlaix and S. Pauls a west and by south Moon maketh the highest water but in the fareway in the offing thwart of it a southwest and by west and westsouthwest Moone At the Isle de Bas maketh high water a west and by south Moone In the fareway there in the offing the flood falleth e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. and so likewise from thence all alongst the coast of Bretaigne unto the Fourne or Ushant At Abberwrack an e. n. e. and w. s w. moone maketh full sea without Ushant a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moone and within the Trade a s w. by w. moone maketh full-sea Of the Depths
floweth 15 foot up and down With a common tyde at high water there is 12 foot and at low water 3 foot depth The towin Shorum lieth a little English mile within the haven ships that draw but 8 or 9 foot water can lie a float a little beneath the towne at low water or else they lye dry every where When you come from the eastwards from Beachy or New-haven along by the shoare you may see open into the Haven before you come thwart of it But comming from the westward you shall not see it open before you come right before it because the west poynt lieth somewhat further out then the east poynt From the west point runneth off a little tayle but at high water you may runne in alongst over it otherwise you must runne in by the east shoare Upon the east poynt stand 2 beacons which you must bring one in the other run in so right with them untill you come by the n. shoare and then in alongst by the foresayd north shoare At Shorum somtimes there are builded many great ships of 3 or 400 tunnes About sixe leagues to the westwards of New-haven lieth Arundell Arundell a tyde-haven where a ship may go in at half Flood you must goe in thereby the west land north east in In the entry it is two and betwixt the two lands 3 fathom deep at high water But within the Haven remaineth at low water 4 and 5 fathom There you must anchor before the village Five leagues west s w from Arundell and 13 leagues west and by south somewhat westerly from Beachy lye the bancks or shoals of the Owers Owers under water a great league and a halfe a seaboard the land About 2 leagues e. n. e somewhat easterly from the south side of the Owers and two little leagues south from Arundell lieth a shoale of rocks and chindles called East-borough-head Eastborough-head as great as an aker of land which falleth at low watet and spring-tide dry otherwise it commeth not above water close to it it is 15 fat deep They that sayle off from the haven of Shorum and are bound to the westwards must not go more westerly then s s.w untill they come in 18 fathom before they set their course more westerly for feare of this shoale About an English mile n. w. from this foresayd shoale lieth alsoo a sunken rock whereupon at low water it is no more then 5 or 6 foot water About halfe wayes betwixt Arundell and Selsey runneth of a ledge of Rocks thwart to the southwards from the shoare obut an English mile and a halfe into the sea called the Bogners whereof some of the rocks fall dry at low water but the outermost are alwaies under water De Custen van ENGELANDT tusschen Fierley en Poortlant â—ock hoese van Ornay gelegen zyn Betwixt the Owers and Portsmouth goeth in a great sound or haven within lieth the town of Chichester Chichester On both sides of the Island Wight men may saile within it and there come to anchor either under S. Ellens or before Newport where they will For to sayle into the Eastwards of Wight you must bring the easterne castle that lieth to the eastwards of Portsmouth over the Lyme-kilne that is a white spot in the land to the northwards of that castle and keepe them soo one over the other untill that the Culver cliffe come within or under the northeast poynt of Wight Then bring the Lyme-kilne over the east end of Portsmouth and keepe them soo untill that the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth come to the wood Thus doing you shall come neare neither plate nor sand to take any hurt of them and you shall come soo by little and little before S. Ellens Church When the Church commeth two ships lengths within the red poynt then you shall not come too neare the riffe at the poynt Or-else if you cannot see the Lyme-kilne then keepe the Castle to the westwards of the Culver cliffe untill that S. Ellens Church commeth a ships length without the poynt of the Island goe then boldy northwest in and you shall not come too neare the riffe And then bring the square Tower betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle When the Castle to the westwards of Portsmouth commeth to the east side of the Wood then you shall not as here before is said come too neare either the plate or the sand to take any hurt of them When the eastermost white spot standeth a ships length to the westwards of the Castle then you are to the eastwards of the riffe and when the Culver cliffe is covered or hidden behind the n. e. point of the Island theÌ„ are you also within the riffe The markes of the little plate Markes of the plate are these there standeth a square tower within the land a castle on the water side to the eastwards of Portsmouth thwart from it lyeth the foresayd Lime-kilne when that commeth to the eastwards of the foresayd Castle so that you may even see through betwixt them both the are you upon the little plate which at low water is not deeper then 10 foot then standeth the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth at the west side of the Wood. But when the foresayd square tower commeth to the west side to the foot of the Castle the Castle by west Portsmouth to the west side of the Wood there it is deepe at low water upon the little plat 12 foot When the square Tower standeth betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle even betwixt the Lyme-pit and the Tower and the Castle by west Portsmouth in the west side of the Wood there it is at high water tenne fathom deepe When Saint Ellens Church lyeth southwest and by west from you then lyeth the southeast end of the plate northeast and by north from you and the west end north and by east From the poynt of the roade of Newport eastwards lyeth abroad sand alongst the shoale called No mans-land No mans-land which falleth almost dry at low water it is so steepe that halfe a cables length off from it it is twelve fathom deepe upon the high land of Wight thereabouts stand two or three mills If you come neare the shoare that the foresayd mills bee hidden behinde the foresayd high land you shall not misse to come a ground against that foresayd sand but so long as you can see these mills you shall goe cleare of it The Roade of the Cowes is the best Roade in Wight Over against betwixt that and Calshot Castle lyeth a hard sand nearest the north shoare lying from thence to the westwards alongst the fareway almost soo farre as thwart of Newton called the Brambles The Brambles at low water and spring-tydes it falleth almost dry and then the sea breaketh much upon it to the northwards of it goeth alsoo a channell through but it is not to be used but with small
shipping For to sayle in at the west end of Wight you must runne right in with the Needles For to sayl in at the Needles they are high sharpe Rockes as Masts lying at the West end of Wight bring then the innermost poynt of Wight or the Castle that standeth upon the chindle over against that poynt called Hus castle a little without or to the northwards of the Needles sayle in there upon untill you come to the Needles leave them then on the starboard side of you and run in within a cables length alongst by them for to avoyd the bancks which lye off from the chindle to the northwards of the Needles of the west end of Wight almost to the Needles Betwixt the bancks called the Swingels and the Needles it is not very broad and at low water 5 fathom deep When you sayle in here you must cast your tydes well The fore-flood falleth strong upon the bancks When you are then come within the Needles then edge a little more off from the shoare unto Hus Castle that standeth upon the Chindle for to avoyd some Rocks which lye alongst by the Island under water Being come within the Castle or Chindle there it is wyde broad leave two third parts of the channell on the larboard side and one third part on the starboard side sayle soo in untill you come before the village Newton anchor there in nine or ten fathom or else sayle forth if you will about the poynt of the Cowes and anchor there before the haven of Newport in tenne or twelve fathom there is the best Roade and the best lying of all the Roades in Wight The Haven or Roade before Newport lyeth from the foresayd Hus Castle upon the Chindle northeast and by east and eastnortheast about two leagues asunder From the Needles of Wight west and by south about three leagues lyeth the poynt of Saint Albons-land called Peverell poynt Peverel poynt from it lye off some little Rocks to the eastwards A little too the northwards of that poynt is a Bay called the Bay of Sandwitch Sandwitch Bay there is a good road for them that are bound to the Westwards If you will goe to ryde there comming from the westwards you may take the sounding of Saint Albons land and runne aboard the poynt in foure or five fathom at a halfe flood and you shall take no hurt of those little rocks Being gotten about the poynt edge by it up to the westwards towards Sandwitch A little to the northwards of Sandwitch in the Baye lyeth a round Hommock and thwart of it somewhat within the land standeth a mil bring that mill to the south side of the round Hommock and sayle soo in untill you come in foure or three fathom and anchor there soo deepe or shoale as you will there it is good lying for southwest winds A little league north and by east from the foresayd poynt right west from the Needles of Wight lyeth another poynt called Handfast poynt Handfast poynt to the northwards of it lyeth a litâ—â—e Towne called Studland before it is alsoo a good roade Upon the outermost part of that poynt is a hole through the land where men may see through and a little without the poynt standeth a high steepe rocke like a Mast allmost like the Needle at the west end of Wight For to come to ride before Studland Studland you must sayle about the second poynt with the hole or the steepe rocke in foure or five fathom and goe in westnorthwest towards Studland a little to the southwards of it lyeth a little valley bring that westsouthwest from you and goe towards the shoare in foure or three fathom and a halfe there is the best roade lying there you may see the foresayd hole in the poynt A league to the northwards of that foresayd poynt with the hole lyeth the haven of Poole Poole for to fayle in there comming about the foresayd second poynt with the steepe rocke you must goe on northwest or somwhat more northerly and then you shall see right a head of you a high flat hill which standeth higher then any other land thereabouts keepe that betwixt the two shoares and run in so right with it If you must turne toe and againe then spare not to use your lead and runne not further over to the westwards then that the flat hill come to the west-land soo soone as it beginneth as it were to touch it you must cast about or else you should be fast aground And after you have cast about runne not further over to the eastwards then that the foresayd high flat hill commeth even to the east sand-hill which is a high gray and sharp sand-hill lying at the East side If you keepe these foresayd markes in this manner you shall have there going in at halfe flood water enough there remaineth upon the shoalest at low water ten and eleven foote but it floweth there no more then five foot up and downe It floweth there twice in a tyde A southeast and northwest Moone maketh there full sea Also a south by east north and by west Moone once more that commeth to passe by reason of the sore-ebbe that commeth out of Wight When you come within the entry go then northnortheast on and keepe the beacons that stand on the east land on the starboard from you and runne indifferent close alongst by them The shoares are on both sides steepe and the channell is not wide without the channell it is shoale or flat This is Pilots water From the west end of Wight to the poynt of Portland Portland the course is westsouthwest eleven leagues but from Dunnose the southwest poynt of Wight west and by south thirteene leagues Road under Portland If you will goe to anchor under Portland comming from the west then come within two cables length or a shot of a cast peece about by the poynt of Portland and being come about the second poynt edge up to the westwards untill you come before the castle and anchor there in 7. 8. 9. 10. or 11. fathom soo that the poynt of Portland doe lye south and by east and southsoutheast from you there you shall lye landlockt for a south and south and by east winde With a southwest and a s s.w winde men must be very mindfull of terrible rippeling of the race of Portland which beginneth a little to the westwards of Portland and endeth a little to the westwards of S. Albons The ground in that race is also very uneven shoale sometimes seven otherwhiles ten and also fifteen fathom deepe About a league to the northwards of the road of Portland lyeth a little Towne called Waymouth Waymouth with a tyde-haven before it men may anchor in foure or five fathom Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames At Beachy by the shoare before the seven Cleeves the flood faâ—leth east and by south the ebbe west and
Saltees eastnortheast until Carnaroort with many bayes and all oasie and black sandy A man being acquainted there should at a need in many places finde good roads there is nothing that can hurt you except a little fowle place a little to the. w. ward of Carnaroort close by the shoare He that commeth out of Waterford For to avoyd the fowle grounds of the Saltees and will goe about to the southwards of the Saltees must not go more easterly then e. s east for to go cleare of the fowle grounds wich lye to the southwardes of the Saltees and when the Saltees shall be north of him then lyeth the course from thence to the Tuskar directly northeast or a little more easterly But for to go alongst without the Tuskar a man must goe at least northeast and by east to goe cleare of him The Tuskar Tuskar is a great black smooth rock lying like unto a ship turned up-side down but is about twice so great at the north side of it lye also two small rockes under water The Tuskar lyeth from the poynt of Grâ—noore s e by east and e. s east distant one league from the Saltees n.n. east foure leagues and a halfe from Black-rock also east northeast two leagues and a halfe and from the Lands end of England n. and by west Southeast and by south about ten leagues from the Tuskar lye two little Jslands close one by another about foure leagues from Grasholme called the Smaels Smaels at high water spring tydes the water floweth over them the northermost is called Scakum the southermost is called Kamey there lye off in the sea 2 little shoals from them the one north-northwest and the other southsoutheast Betwixt the Smals and Grasholme lyeth also a ledge of rockes which at low water may bee seene above water It is not without great danger to goe through betwixt them both especialy with calmes by reason of the tyde that runneth very strong there through an eastsoutheast moone maketh high water without the Smaels From the Tuskar east and by south about eight leagues lyeth also a great rock with many small rockes round about it called Mascus Mascus rock Hee that commeth from England and will sayle towards Ireland must take great heed thereof especialy when as through westerly or northerly windes he shall be driven a little to the eastwards of the course Road under Carnaroort For to anchor under the poynt of Carnaroort comming from the west you must take heed to come no neâ—rer the shoare then in sixe fathom untill that you shall be passed by the high hill that lyeth to the westwards of the point when you shall have brought out the mill to the eastwards the length of a capstane barre then you may anchor in 9 fathom There is very good riding From Carnaroort to S. Margets bay the shoare lyeth along northeast one league it is betwixt both rocky and fowle but the fowle ground lieth not farre off at sea For to keep cleare without it you must keepe so far off the shoare that you may see the topps of the double land within about the cliffe land you need not feare but if you come so neere the shoare that the double land within bee covered of the foremost cliffe land or that thereby it get out of your sight you shall then surely sayle upon the foresayd rockes By S. Margets Bay upon the foresayd land standeth a Gentlemans house in the hills when you have brought that wâ—th the mill that standeth within one in the other then you may goe into the roade and leave the rockes which lye above water halfe waies over the bay either on starboard or larboard of you anchor there in five or sixe fathom sandy ground About s f.e from S. Margets Bay off at sea lyeth a suncken rocke that at low water lyeth dry called Caliach Caliach for to avoyd it take heed unto these markes when you come from Carnaroort and have Black rock with the great Island of Saltees one in the other and keep them so and then sayle on northeast you shall goe right upon this suncken rock For to goe to the southwards of it then keepe black rock with the smallest Island of the Saltees one in the other Marks for Caliach or els for to goe to the northwards of it keep Blackrock without or to the eastwards of the great Island and then you shall not need to feare any danger of this suncken rocke From S. Margets bay to the point of Grenore lyeth the coast northeast halfe a league The poynt of Grenore is not very high but steep and flat on the toppe Riffe of Grenore off from it goeth a shoale about a quarter of a league into sea east and by south of very rocks and stones the which at low water falleth dry a good wayes off the shoare The ships comming from the southwards that are bound for Dublin or washford goe in commonly betwixt the Tuskar and the foresayd rockes of Grenore for to come within the banck or sands Oftentimes they goe into Waterford for to hire a pilot to bring them up For him that will be his owne Pilot wee will describe all the markes that are to be taken heed of as well for to sayle into Grenore as also into the deep or haven of Washford as they are now at this time and hereby doe advise men that they doe not alwayes continue so because by reason of the floods the channell doth shift and stretch it selfe out more northerly and also waxeth deeper Comming out of the sea about a league or two neere unto Grenore you shall see the high ragged double land high above the poynt of Grenore which as is aforesayd is not very high but flat on the top By that sayd high ragged double land within men do know the entrance of the channell of Washford When men doe come from the southwardes and the eastwardes When you have sight of the poynt of the Grenore you may boldly goe right with it untill that sayd double land doe shew it felfe by estimation but a mans length above the poynt of Grenore a sheweth this figure The high land over the poynt of Grenore The stat foore land of Grenore Then are you farre enough from the shoare not to bee in any danger of the shoale of Grenore Or els you may fit you selfe that you come no neere the shoare then in sixe or seven fathom but yet for need a man may borrow of the shoale in five fathom or foure fathom a halfe but you must also take heed that you goe not so farre off from it that you have more the eight or nine fathom depth otherwise you should come to neere the banck that lyeth to the northwardes of the Tuskar which on the inner side is very steepe and needle too upon it is no more then twelve foot water and close by it ten fathom deepe If that you
fathom and a halfe Somewhat more further out towards the n. point also on the n. side of the bay standeth a Castle called Mousehils Castle by it is a sandy bay where is good anchorage as well for great ships as small for the n. and the n.w. winds but a southwest winde maketh a bad road in these places A little to the northwards of the North point of the bay of Knockfergus lieth a little Island called Kow Kow island from thence lieth the Coast of Ireland forth northnorthwest about 9 or 10 leagues unto the Islands of Raghleens Betwixt them both lye the 9 Maydes one great league without the land The Maids and two great leagues to the northwards of the Bay of Knockfergus they are great Rocks that lye but little above water or low rocky little Islands and a multitude of rocks under water about them that lie off so far to the north north east that men cannot come neare them within 5 or six English miles There goe some Creekes through the soule grounds where men for need might sayle through but it is no wisdome to go about it when there is no need and that men can do better Not very long since there came a man by night unacquainted there in and ranne through onely upon the sight of the breaches of the water and got through without any hurt but not without great feare and danger He that commeth off from the faire Forland must at least goe South east and by east sor to runne alongst cleare of these foule grounds From the west side also lieth off a little tayle of a ledge of Rockes towards the land Further it is there cleane that men may sayle through there within but men must not come nearer the Maydes then about halfe channell betwixt them and the maine but the maine land so neare as they will which is both cleane and cleare with many Bayes where men may every where anchor yet here and there lie some Rocks but they are all above water There is nothing that can hurt you but men may easily see it A great league to the northwards of the north poynt of the Bay of Knock fergus and a halfe league south southwest from the Mayds lieth a haven called Old-fliet Old fliet For to know it when men come from the Northwards they shall see two flat little Towers the one somewhat higher then the other like as if men saw a ship with maine sayle foresayle without toppe or toppe-sayles these stand upon the northside of the Bay At the south point lieth a small round little Island or rock called the Knee Island Knee a speciall marke for to know this Bay Men run in there amidst the channell But when you come from the southwards and get sight of the little Island Knee then run in close about it From Old-fliet to the northwards unto faire Forland the coast is very cleane that you may sayle close alongst by it boldly without any feare except you runne farre off from land without the foresaid Maydes towards the Scottish coast Faire Hid or Faire Forland Faire Fotland is the outermost north east Poynt of the maine land of Ireland and lieth a little to the southwards of the Island Rachleens so that this point and the east point of Rachleens lye neare about south and north one from the other At Rachleens or Faire Forland the north east point of Ireland come Scotland Ireland nearest one to the other The Rachleens is an Island that men may sayle round about either to the Northwards or to the Southwards as they will according as it happeneth best convenient with winde and tyde At the southwest side is a faire bay where is good lying almost for all windes When men come from West it seemeth to the southwards of the Rachleens to bee close without any opening because the eastermost poynt of Irelands Faire Forland lyeth somwhat further out behinde the Rachleens but when they come neerer betwixt them sheweth it selfe open by little and little On both sides are the shoares flat and cleane so that men may anchor there where you wil either by the coast of the maine land of Ireland in 8 or 9 fathom or in the bay under the Jsland in cleane sandy ground Over against the Rachleens close by the maine land lyeth another little high Island called the Lambs Lambes Island or sheeps Island to the southwardes of it betwixt it and the main men may not sayle there about it but betwixt it the Island Rachleen it is broad enough From the Rachleens unto the Skires Portrush the course is w. s w. distant 7 leag About 2 leag to the e. wards off it in the maine land lyeth Porto Belletrie a bad roade for great ships the ground is there fowle and sharpe Betwixt Porto Belletrie and Skires Portrush neerest unto Skires Portrush lye the Chickens Chickens these are suncken rockes which may be sayled about on both sides for to come to anchor under Skires Portrush Skires Portrush The Skires Portrush is a rocky Island it hath on the south side a faire bay where you may lye in sixe and seven fathom cleane sandy ground land-lockt for all winds except for the eastnortheast winde which bloweth alongst the shoare there open in For to come under this Island from the east you must goe close alongst by the shoare off the maine land for to shun these foresayd suncken rockes the Chickens It is there all over cleane and cleare or els if you were minded to goe without or to the southward off the Chickens for to come under the Island you must shun the East poynt of the Island because of a suncken rocke that lyeth a little off from the east poynt of the Island At the northwest side of this bay is also a small narrow channell where you may sayle through A little to the westwards of Skires Portrush lyeth the Bant-haven Bant-haven there alongst you may sayle up unto the new Towne Colran it is a bad channell to come in as well by reason of the strong freshoale that commeth out as also because it is very shoale with shipps that draw 8 foote water you must have at least 3 quarters of the flood before you can goe in Three leagues n. west and by west from Bant-haven or west and by north from Skires Portrush lyeth the haven of Loughfoile Loughfoyle before it lyeth a great plate of sand called the Touns which lyeth from the west poynt of the haven a great wayes to the northwardes off from the shoare when the winde is out of the sea it breaketh very much upon it with small ships that draw little water men may sayle into Loughfoile haven at high water to the southwardes of the Touns betwixt the Touns and the souther-poynt called Magillions poynt but it is there very uneven and at full sea there cometh no more then eight foote water but alongst to the westwards
southeast side there is the roade Men may also anchor in the Islands over against it towards the maine in divers places and lye landlockt for all windes Upon the northwest point of Ireland a good wayes landwards in lyeth a high hill of fashion al most like a Sugarloafe which is seen in cleare weather before any other land at least nine leagues at sea When that hill lyeth east and by south from you then sayle in in right with it you shall not misse to fall right with the great Island Aran. Erom the Island Aran unto the point Telling-head called by the Irish cape de Telling or Tellin Cape de Telling-Telling-head rhe course is southsouthwest eight or nine leagues Three or foure leagues to the northwards of C. de Telling lyeth an Island called Raigleene borne At the Cape Telling lyeth a little Island halfe a league from land men may saile through betwixt the Island and the cape boldly without any danger To the southward of C. de Telling to wit betwixt the Cape and the Stagges of Broadhaven lyeth the land with a great bay where in lye many good Havens as Tilling-haven Kilbegh Dungall Ballashaven Slego Endrigo and Moye From the Cape of Telling unto Kilbeg Kilbegh lyeth the coast e. s.e about foure leagues betwixt both about one league and a halfe from the cape lyeth Telling-haven a round bay with good sandy ground there may about 30 ships lye west and southwest windes doe blowe there open in for all other windes men are there landlockt De Noordwest zyde van YERLANDT Beginnende van Capo de Hoorn tot aen Schynes ofte Slyne-head About a little league to the eastwards lyeth another Bay within some rocks called Mackswyns bay Mackswyns bay but it is not to goe in except men be very wel acquainted they must go betwixt the rocks in untill they bee gotten in there they may save a ship without cable or anchor A great league to the southwards of Kilbegh lyeth a long lying out poynt called S. Johns poynt S. Johns poynt right west from that poynt a quarter or a little halfe league lieth a great Rock under water whereupon the sea breaketh with great noyse Betwixt that rock and the poynt of S. Johns point men may sayle boldly through it is there cleane and cleare About 2 great leagues to the eastwardes of that foresayd point S. Johns point lyeth the Haven of Dungall Dungall-haven into the southwards For to saile in there you must first shun the easter shoare which is very foule with dry plates and Rocks When you are come right against a little castle that standeth on the north side right against it lieth off a little riffe from the shoare that you must avoyd also And when you are come about the poynt of that riffe you must goe over again to the northside for the south side is there slat and shoale Betwixt Saint Johns point and Dungall-haven alongst the coast is all over good anchor ground The Haven of Moy Moy. hath at the comming in a broad bay in it lye some rockes For to sayle in there you must leave them all on the west side that is on the starboard side run towards little sandy Island that hath at the north end a little riffe you must goe into the westwards of it and leave that Island on the larboard side Even within that foresayd Island lieth another little round green Island that must bee left on the starboard side so soon as you shal be right against it you must let fall your anchor for a little further it is shoale and hard sandy ground the greatest anchor must be brought towards that foresayd long small Island the small anchor towards the little greene Island it falleth there at low water allwayes dry If you will goe from thence before the Town Moy you must light your ship to 8 foot for to come through betwixt the long small Island and the s grounds there is at high water with an ordinary tide no more then 9 foot water being come over the neck you shall come into a poole before the towne Moy there you may ride a float at a low water In the road against the Island it is 15 or 16 foot deep The Stagges of Broad-haven Staggs of Broad haven are Rockes that lye to the northwards a league or a league a halfe a seaboard of the point to the northwards of Broad-haven Broad-haven lieth in s and by west in the sound lye 3 or 4 rocks these must be left on the larboard side run in there alongst to the westwards until you come within the haven A great league to the westwards of Broad-haven lyeth an out point southwest from the Staggs From thence lyeth the coast alongst to black-rock s s.w Black-rock Blackrock is a great high black-rock with more other rocks by it and lyeth from the foresaid point s s.w distant about 6 leagues about a leag northwest from the out point Acklehead Acklehead Acklehead is a very high poynt and sheweth itselfe a farr off like an Island with agreat Saddle thereby it is good to be knowne Within this poynt lye also 2 exceeding high hills which together with the point men shall see first at sea before any other part of the land so that the poynt doth shew it selfe first like three Islands Men may sayle through betwixt Acklehead and Blackrock comming from the southwardes men doe leave Acklehead on starboard and Blackrock with the rocks thereby a seaboard on larboard the course lieth through betwixt them both n.n.e. n. by east unto the point of Broad-haven it is there large and wide To the n. wards to the e. wards of Acklehead lie divers havens where it is good riding a little to the n. wards of Aclehead you may run into the w. wards betwixt the low land to the n. wards on the larboard side the high land of Acklehead on the starboard side a great wayes in anchor in 7 8 fathom landlockt for all winds from thence may come out againe to the n. wards or else may come out into the sea again to the s wards round about the land of Acklehead From Acklehead to Slynshead by the seafaringmen called Twelve-pence Slynshead Twelve-pence because the land doth shew it selfe in 12 round hommocks the course is southwhat easterly 11. leagues betwixt them both lye three Islands before a great bay the northermost or next to Acklehead is called Cleere this hath a high hill on the n. end that is very steepe and at the south end it is slat going downe The second or middlemost is called Boche wihin it is a road for those that are bound to the southwards where men may anchor in foure fathom The southermost is called the Horse Betwixt Acklehead Twelve-pence lyeth within in the land a very high hill like a Sugerlorfe called S. Patricks-hil Patricks-hil
and Lavender s s.w n. n.east He that will sayle through here must be very careful to cast his tides well for it runneth most thwart over this Race so that with a southwest wind and an outfall or ebb and also with calmes it is very dangerous to come into this Race A little to the southwards of the Keyser lieth the east end of the Seames Seamâ—s and lye from thence at least three or foure leagues w.n.w. into sea A great league northwest from the west poynt off the Seames lyeth a suncken â—ock where of men must take heed And westsouthwest about two leagues from the Seames lyeth a row of rocks like a bancke whereupon it is not deeper then seven fathom but betwixt the rocks the Seams it is 50 fathom deepe Betwixt the Seames and Ushant the broad sound Broad-sound lyeth in e.n.e. to S. Matthewes poynt and from S. Matthewes poynt w. s.w 5 leagues into sea To the eastwards of Fontenay or the Lavender lieth the Frieze Bay Friese bay there men may anchor for a southeast east wind in good anchor ground To the eastwards of the Frieze Bay lyeth Boldavids Bay Boldavids Bay a broad deep sound lying into the land east northeast At the e. side of that haven lie 2 little Islands or Rocks where men may anchor round about them and lie sheltred for all windes From the Race of Fontenay to the Pennes the course is southeast somewhat easterly about 10 or 11 leagues betwixt them both lieth Oldyarne Oldyarne a good Haven about 7 leagues east southeast from Fontenay Thwart before the entry of it lieth a banke where men may run about it on both sides in 6 fathom The south poynt of this Haven is flat therefore run in alongst by the north point there is at low water not lesse then 3 fathom depth From Oldyarne to the Pennes it is s e and by south If you will anchor before Port Kapstand you must anchor in 12 or 13 fathom before the village that standeth upon the high land about halfe waies betwixt the point of the Race and the great sand-bay of Oldyarn where the little sharpe Tower doth stand the point of the Race shall then lie from you about northnorthwest and you shall then lie a great half league from the land further off from the shoare it is rocky and foule ground as some say There have some neverthelesse come to anchor there by night in 3 or 4 leagues from the shoare in 25 fathom but have not received any hurt neither of cables nor anchors The west end of the Seames and the Pennes lie southeast and by east and northwest and by west distant about 13 leagues The knowledge of the land betwixt Fontenay and Oldyarne are two round hills which men doe call the sheets Sheete or Slaeplakens to the westwards of them stand two Mills It is a very ragged point and by these foresaid markes very good to be known Men may see them without the Seames in 55 fathom From Oldyarne to the Pennes lieth the coast southeast and by south 5 leagues The Pennes The Pens are very easy to be known for him that hath seen them once upon the southeast end standeth a thicke flat Tower a little to the westwards of it standeth a sharpe tower and somewhat more to the east wards against the high land standeth a village apprearing like a castle upon the east side there of standeth a flat tower and there close to the land lie 2 great rocks The pennes lye off from the maine land southeast two leagues into the sea For to sayle in there you must come in there from the eastwards and run alongst by the strand of the maine land leaving all the rocks on the larboard side untill that you come to a great rock which you must leave on the starboard side and runne about to the southwards of it being past it edge within it up towards the Northwest and you may anchor there a little within in three fathom at low water lying there you can see no sea but at high water the sea cometh very much tumbling in through the Rocks You may goe away from thence at high water southeast through the Rocks into sea but you must take very good heed because it is there full of Rocks where of some are above water and some under water Without the foresaid great Rock in the comming in of this haven it is at least ten fathom deep so that for need men might well save a great ship there From the Pennes to the Glannons Glanons or Glenant Glenant the course is e. s.e with that course you shall run alongst to the southwards of them Within the Glanons lieth a Haven called Bindeth Bindet at the east point of that Haven it is full of rocks For to saile in there you must take heed unto these marks there stand two Mills farre within the land bring the eastermost of the 2 over a little castle that standeth upon a point within the Haven and run in keeping them soo n. n. e. and by east in and then you cannot take hurt on neither of both shoares and being come within the haven anchor before the Town A league southwest from Gloylend or Glenant by the Dutchmen called the easter-Penmarkes lieth a great Rock under water but is good to be espied in regard the sea alwaies breaketh upon it as well within as without this Rock it is 40 fathom deep When you come of from the Pens with an e. s.e course you shall runne alongst farre enough to the southwards of it About 2 leagues the eastwards of Glenant lye the Islands of Muttons Moutons-Jslands by the French called Isles aux Moutons you may sayle through betwixt them and the main land unto Groy or Blavet also you may anchor within them in 10 or 12 fathom betwixt the land and the foresaid Islands which are cleane upon the north side Betwixt the Island Mutton and Glenant lyeth a rock for to avoyd it for them which will saile through there betwixt them they must leave one third part of the channel towards Glenant and the other two third parts towards Mutton and then they may boldly run through there without feare From Mutton to the Island Groy Groy the course is east and by south upon the outer side of Groy stand 3 or 4 mills the east end of it goeth steepe downe and the west end sloping and flat down thereby it is good to be known Under Groy is good anchoring for a s w winde in six or seven fathom Under the n.e. point also is a good road for a w. s.w n.w. winde there is very good anchor-ground At the s w end runneth off a foule ledge where of men must take good heed Within the Island Groy lyeth the Haven of Blavet Blavet which lyeth in about northwest in 4 and 5 fathom Upon the west side of this haven standeth
the markes thereof are these There standeth a mill upon the high land somewhat farre within the land when that commeth over a countrey-mans house which standeth below by the river then are you thwart of the rocks being past them keep yet the north shoare and runne alongst by it untill you come within the poynt of S. Nazare and anchor there in 6 or 7 fathom In the middest of the river betwixt the foresayd rocks with the hole and S. Nazare lyeth a row of Rocks called Les Porceaux Les Porceaux these come at halfe tyde above water Because of them also more other shoals lying in the river you must run all alongst by the north shoare I as is before sayd Somewhat within S. Nazare upon the north-land standeth a sharp Tower when that commeth without the south land then you cannot take hurt of the foresand rocks run alongst to the northwards of them a little to the eastwards of them lyeth another shoale of Rocks where men may run about the eastwards of it with great shippes it is there very shoale water alongst to the poynt being within the poynt men may anchor as is sayd in 6 or 7 fathom To the eastwards of Saint Nazare lye two other villages and there betwixt the Villages it is very shoale and stony ground there men must borrow over the souther shoare but when you are halfe wayes to the eastermost Village then you may well sayle right on with the poynt of the Village untill you be past it but against that eastermost Village on the s side upon the poynt lyeth a banck called Pynbut Pynbut which lieth at least halfe wayes over in the River but men may run through betwixt the poynt and this bancke in 5 or 6 fathom this is the road for shippes that are bound out to sea A league further in in the middest of the river lie two stony banks in the fareway At Pelerin Pelerin is the lading place 2 leagues from Nantes where the good are brought off with Lighters from the ships but from S. Nazare to Nantes or Pelerin it is Pilots water which men do commonly take in by the above named sharp Tower called S. Nazare S. Nazare where men when they are within it may anchor in 10 or 12 fathom and stay for a Pilot. For to run into sea from S. Nazaro alongst to the south wards of the rock with the hole you must run first alongst by the north shoare as is before sayd untill that you come without the second poynt of the River edge then off from the north land to the middest of the River and sayle a good wayes about to the southwards of Pierre-perce when as you can see the Rocke which lieth to the northwards of Pierre-perce without the poynt there it is deepe 4 fâ—thom a halfe and when as Pierre-Perce is n. n.west and north and by west from you then you come thwart of the Rock and there you finde deeper water to wit 5 6 and at least 7 fathom but when you come in the fareway of Pickeliers then you get 10 or 12 fathom water Banks before the Loiret Before the River of Nantes lye many bancks but at half flood men goe over them the south poynt of the river of Nantes lyeth from the North poynt Northnorthwest and southsoutheast 4 leagues asunder to the southwards of it the land lyeth in with a great indraught and there men doe run into the Bay These uneven banks in the river of Nantes are very unlike sometimes men sound in 15 fathom and presently afterwards but 7 or 8 fathom But to sayle from Bell-Isle to the bay or Armentiers Armentiers you must goe e. s.e untill that you see the Abbey of Armentiers to the eastwards of the trees which stand within the land over the same Abbey then goe on e. and by n. so long untill that the Abbey come within the castle of Armentiers then are you within the Moncks legge Goe then againe e. s.e untill that you bee within the rock of Pierremen Pierremen you may goe about it on both sides and when that you can see the Grave open then you may anchor in 7 or 8 fathom and row a shoare to fetch a Pilot it is Pilots water From Bell-Isle to Armentiers the course is eastsoutheast about 12 or 13 leagues asunder From Armentiers to Use or Heys it is south and by east 7 leagues and from Bell-Isle to Use or Heys southeast 16 leagues The Island of Pickeliers Pickeliers lyeth right before the poynt of Armentiers Betwixt Armentiers or Pickeliers and Use it is an uneven fareway with many shoales and banks from 4 5 6 and 7 fathom Upon Use Heys or Use standeth a sharp tower and some little houses or mills whereby it is very easy to be knowne It is in the fareway betwixt Use and Bell-Isle 35 and 40 fathom but when men are within the fareway it is 25 fathom deepe Under Use it is not very good riding the sea commeth alwayes so rowling in as if the water came through under the Island at the northend it is shoale water the road is when the Church steeples is southwest from you in 8 or 9 fathom but men lye there not sheltred but onely for a south west and w. s.w winde and it doth ripple there allwayes very much From Use to the Killiats or to the Island of Saint Martens the courses is eastsoutheast twelve or thirteene leagues Betwixt both lyeth the Baerges of Olone about halfe a league off from the land of Poictou and east and by south seven leagues from Use in the right fareway and in regard that it is nothing but Rocks and stones therefore it is not good to come neare them in darke weather men may sayle round about them and at low water they are uncovered If you will sayle from Use unto the Killiaets or unto the tayle of Aise through within the Barges then sayle on first east and being within the Baerges of Olone sayle to the land of Poicton which lyeth from Olone to Saint Martens Island eastsoutheast and from Olone to the Pickelliers northwest From Olone to the Killiaets the coast lyeth most easâ—southeast foure or five leagues For to sayle into the Killiaets For to sayl into the Killiats which is in alongst to the northwards of the Island of S. Marten in betwixt the foresayd Island and the mayne land of Poictou you must goe in somewhat more northerly then the middle of the channell or leave two third parts of the channell towards S. Martens Island one third part towards the mayne land Alongst by the Island of S. Martens it is uneven and somewhat full of bancks come not too neare also the mayne land for there lye off also some banckes but you may borrow of them by your lead Goe in alongst as before is sayd Marks of the banck before S. Martens untill that the Church of S. Martin
you may also sayle about to the northwards of it and sayle in by the Tower of Voorn or Four At low water this river falleth dry at least 4 leagues within the land For to sayle from Burnt-Island to Burwage you must sayle away s s.e keepe the little Tower of Heer 's to the westwards of the wood so long untill the tower of Voorn or le Four come over the little red-tyled house that stands rpon the s side of the river of Sherrant sayle then in s e and by little little s e by east untill that Pront a village that lieth upon the strand commeth to the n. wards of Soubise when as then Soubise cometh within the foresayd village and the mill above the village then you shall be against the poynt of Oysterbanck Oysterbancks goe then in alongst s e. by south and bring that outermost little Tower of Heer 's over the outermost sandy place where the gallowes standeth by keep them so standing and sayle in s s.e when as then the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the east side of the valley whicb is in the wood then keepe that sharpe little Tower right over the east side of the valley of the wood and sayle in so into the Creeke or river of Burwage At Burwage was wont not to stand a house where now is a strong faire Towne being builded so within 70 or 80 yeares past The Bannier lyeth alongst the land of Oleron and lyeth untill within Burnt-Island at low water it is uncovered and the tayle of it lyeth farre to the northwards If you should turn out from the Creek towards the Burnt Island then bring the Tower of Rochell not without the Burnt-Isand before you come thwart of it because of the Baniard Baniard thē you shall take no hurt of it At the south end of Oleron betwixt Oleron and the land to the southwards of it is yet another channell where men may sayle in and out called the Mamme-sound deep enough for great shipps it lyeth in from out of the sea east and by n. being come there within there runneth up ariver southeast towards Sales where men doe lade salt being past that to the other poynt of the Mamme-sound Mamme sound lyeth a plate where of men runne to the northwards upon these marks you must keepe the mill that standeth upon the lands of Oleron over the trees and so you shall runne to the northward off the plate there is the road for them that will lade salt at Oleron or Olderdon But if you will runne in through and out againe then you must fayle so farre to the eastwards untill that Sales come over the trees which stand within Merven for to avoyd the tayle or riffe that shooteth of from Oleron when Sales commeth over the trees sayle then north and by w. on the Burnt-Island but bring Duke Charles Tower to the s wards of the Burnt-Island for not to sayle within the Banniard When the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the wood keepe it then so standing untill Rochell commeth over the north side of the Burnt-Island sayle then out at the Portrush There shooteth of also a riffe from the west-end of Saint Martens Island Riffe at S. Martens Island where of you must take heed About south or a little more westerly thirteene leagues from the Island Use southwest and by west from the Island S. Martens and w.n.w. or somewhat more northerly from the river of Burdeaux lye the Rockes of Rockedon or Rochebon Rocks of Rochebon of some called Urkamia in forme of a Trevet or Brandize The southermost of the three is the shoalest whereupon remaineth at low water about 2 fathom depth At the southeast side the ground is black little stones and at the northeast side white sand but you may not come neare them by your lead sound by them A little to the westwards not farre from the foresayd rocks lyeth yet another rock where upon is at low water 5 fathom water neverthelesse with a storme the sea breaketh terribly upon it Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Upon all these a foresayd places as kewise over the whole bending of the French Coast as alsoo before the River of Bordeaux a southwest northe moone maketh the highest water Of the Depths ahout these places and in what depths men may see the land Bell-Isle men may see from below in 55 but under the top in 60 fathom Without Use it is 35 fathom deep and then men may see the land from below when it is cleare weather men may see it in 60 fathom Westsouthwest from Use about 9 leagues you shall find 45 and 46 fathom the ground is full of fine small stones as greate as course sand and verry steepe The land of Olone men may see it from below in 25 and 30 fathom S. Martens Island and the north end off Oleron men may see in 28 and 30 fathom When men get sight off S. Martens Island they shall see upon it a high Tower with a high house and upon the strand a mill with foure or five high sand-hills Upon Oleron men shall see a high spire Tower upon a red poynt where men shall see some trees stand over it and to the southwards of it is at 2 or 3 places ragged sandhills How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Bell-Isle to the river of Bourdeaux southeast somewhat southerly 47 leagues From Bell-Isle to S. Sebastians s s.e southerly 75 leg From Bell-Isle to S. Andero south 71 leagues From Bell-Isle to C. de Pinas or Tores s s.w somewhat westerly 76 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Ortegall s w 88 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Finisterre s w 121 leagues From the east poynt of the Cardinall to Croswyck e.n.e. 7 leagues From the poynt of Croswyck to Pierre-Perce east s e. 4 leagues From the Cardinall to Old-downes e. n. e. 7 leagues From the north poynt of the River of Nantes to the Picqueliers n.n.e. 7 leagues From Pierremen to Armentiers westsouthwest 2 leag From Armentiers or Picqueliers to the West end of Use s by e. s s.e at last 7 leagues From the east end of Bell-Isle to Use southeast easterly 16 leagues From Use to the Barges of Olone e. by s 7 leagues From Use to the Killiates or S. Martens Island e. s.e 12 or 13 leagues From Use to Cape de Pinas southwest and by south 75 leagues From Use to Cape de Ortegall southwest and by west 93 leagues From Use to Portrush or the Band of Oleron the course is southeast and by east 15 or 16 leag From the Band or Craghe of Oleron to the Tower of Cordan s s.e and s and by e. 14 or 15 leagues From S. Martins Island to the tower of Cordan or the river of Bourdeaux s s.e 16 leagues From S. Martens Islands to Cape de Pinas southwest somewhat westerly 80
2 great leagues s east the course is as before is said and it is there deep 4 5 6 and 7 fathom Over against Pouliack in the midst of the River lieth a little Island to the eastwards men must runne about it right in with Bloy but there men must goe over with the tyde for it is there at low water but a little more then one fathom deep When you are before Pouliack and will sayle to Bloye then let the water first flow an houre and then you may well goe over with a ship that draweth nine or ten foote water The markes for to sayle alongst in the deepest water of this reach are these there standeth a Mill halfe waies betwixt Bloye and Rocktaw keepe that without the new wall of Bloye and then you shall run in the deepest of the Channell Before Bloye Bloye it is againe three or foure fathom deepe runne then alongst by the north land in three foure and five fathom When you come before the River which lieth up to the eastwards called Dordoigne then sayle first right with the middâ—st of the second Island and leave it on the starboard side and go indifferent neare alongst by it untill that you be over against or past the Gallowes which standeth upon the east poynt of the River and then againe alongst by the north land unto the foure little houses From thence you must edge over to the high tower of Dublot or Pigeonhouse coming thwart of it you must presently edge over against to the east side to the hight neare Lermond in that edging over you shall runne through betwixt a stone banke on the larboard side and a shoale sand-plate on the starboard side over a banke called the Pace The pace which is the shoaliest of all the river there remaineth at low water a little lesse then a fathom Being come over the Pace to the east side goe then in alongst by the east shoare untill you be past Lermond then sayle againe over to the west side right with the houses of Charterhouse and then in all alongst by the west shoare untill you come before the towne of Bourdeaux in that crooked reach betwixt Larmond and Charterhouse it is 5 6 and 7 fathom deep and before the town 4 and 5 fathom When men will sayle out of the river of Burdeaux they must stay at Royan untill they have good weather and a sore-ebbe to run out with in running out keepe the high sand-hill north north east from you so long untill that the tower of Cordan be south east and by east from you then you may sayle out through the Asses northwest and by west into sea From Cordan or the river of Bourdeaux unto Arcachon the coast lieth s and n. twenty leagues it is all low sandy land betwixt them both lieth a tyde-haven called Anchises men may go in there well at high water with great ships Before the haven of Arcachon or Arcason Arcason lie three shoals men may sayle into the northwards of them and also into the southwards of them the norther entry goeth in betwixt the north poynt and the northermost shoale but it is narrow and not deep The souther entry lieth to the southwards of all the shoals by the souther poynt in betwixt two shoaly sand-bankes where of the one lieth off from the southermost shoale and the other from the south point of maine land s west and by w. in to the sea The land to the n. wards of this haven is altogethet somewhat low sandy land without trees but to the southwards of it they are all somewhat high sand-hils without trees also but comming before the havens mouth you shall see within in the land many trees When you come out of the sea either from the northwards or the southwards neare about this havens mouth you shall easily aspy the foresaid bankes on both sides of the souther entry by the breaking of the sea and you may borrow of them by your lead as neare as you please they are very cleane and flat Upon the sandhils within the haven mouth stand two great high masts If you will sayle in there For to sail in to the haven of Arcason then bring the two Masts one in the other and then they shall stand north east and by east from you keepe them one in the other and sayle in so right with them and you shall so sayle in betwixt the two foresaid bankes and at low water you shall not finde lesse then two fathom water but at high water you shall have five and a halfe and sixe fathom water go in so upon the markes untill you come within the shoals and to the end of the shoale sand on the larboard side Being gotten in within it you must luffe up about by it and goe then on north untill you come to the poynt which you shall see on the starboard side but give that a birth because there runneth off a tayle there is in that reach no lesse then ten eleven or twelve fathom deep Being come about that poynt you may then sayle in close alongst by the land on the starbord side which lieth east south east or you may anchor there in sixteen fifteen twelve and ten fathom or further in about the second poynt in two and three fathom Over against the first pont on the north side it falleth very far dry a great waies within From Arcason to Bayone Bayone the coast lieth south and north sixteen or seventeen leagues The Rivers mouth of Bayone lieth in betwixt two plaine strands e. s.e and east and by south and sometimes more easterly or northerly by reason of the shifting and altering of the sands before the Rivers mouth Upon the land on the south side of the channell stand two masts these you must keepe one in the other or the innermost a little to the northwards of the outermost and run so in over the Barre or shoaliest place untill you come against the south point and then in alongst by it Upon the foresaid Barre is at high water and Spring tyde at least three fathom with an ordinary tyde two fathom and a halfe but at low water no more then 3 foot water When you come about the point you must sayle up to the southwards keeping about the middle of the channell alongst the river or rather nearest the west side for to avoide some foule ground and shoale that lie on the east side and anchor before the town in foure five or sixe fathom This Bar and this River is Pilots water A little within this Barre on the north side of the river lieth up to the northwards a great water within of 7 leagues long and falleth out into Sea by Cabritton Alongst that great water the ships were wont to sayle up to Bayone but it is now upon the south end at the river of Bayone almost altogether paled too so that there can but small barkes goe through for to keepe the better
Odier which stands above Wolves Wolves come over the east side of the havens mouth keepe them so standing and sayle alongst by the strand without 2 cables lengths untill you come about the poynt and then you run up north to Palos or northwest to Wolves and anchor there in sixe or seven fathom It is deepe there within sixe seven and also three foure fathom in sayling up according as men doe sayle farre up or els not this Barr is upon the shoalest at halfe flood three fathom and a halfe but within it is five fathom deep There commeth also a channell running out of the sea betwixt the sands then Wolves commeth to the east-side of the havens mouth and men sayle n. n. w. in when they are within the havens mouth then they must doe as before is sayd This channell is three fathom deepe For knowledge of the land hereabouts you shall understand that at the west end of the Roduyn lyeth a white steepe land cliffy being reddish earth or chalke he that falleth there with may think that he is by the havens mouth of Saltees upon it stand some little bushes of trees els the land is all without trees reddish sand therefore called Roduyn or Red sand-hill Of the Tydes and Courses and streames A southwest northeast Moone maketh at all these places on the sea side high water and within in the havens a poynt or 2 later according as they lye farre within the land As on all the coastes of Portugall even so here also on these coasts a southwest north e. moone maketh the highest water A s w. n. e. Moon maketh on these coasts full sea within the havens a poynt or two later according as they lye farre within the land A n. e. s w. Moone maketh high water at the C. S. Vincent at the Cape S. Maria also on the coasts lying betwixt them both But to the eastwardes on the Condaet maketh full sea a s w. by s s s w. moone Courses and Distances From C. Pitcher to the C. S. Vincent s somewhat easterly 29 leagues From the river of Lisbona to the Isle de Salvages southwest and by south 213 leagues From the River of Lisbona to Porto Santo southwest 160 leagues From the River of Lisbona to the Isle Madera south w. 176 leagues From the River of Lisbona to the Island Tercera west 263 leagues From the C. S. Vincent to Lagos or Laves east by north 6 leagues From Lagos to Villa Nova e. 3 leagues From Villa Nova to C. Maria or Faro east by south 10 leagues From C. S. Maries or Faro to Tavilo n. east and by e. 5 leagues From Tavila to Ayemonte e. n. e. 5 leagues From C. S. Vincent to C. S. Maria east 19 leagues From C. S. Maries to Leepe or S. Michaels e. n. east 17 leagues From C. S. Maries to Saltees e. n. e. 24 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the C. Cantin s 90 leagues From C. Vincent to C. de Geer south westerly at least 138 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the Island Lanzerotte s s west 180 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the great Canaries southwest and by south 210 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the Isle de Palma south west 224 leagues From C. S. Vincent to Porto Santo southwest and by west 144 leagues And to Madero s w. by w. 157 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the Isle de S. Maria w. 236 leag From C. S. Maria to Sipiona e. 29 leagues From C. S. Maria to the Straite e. south e. and southeast and by east 42 leagues From C. S. Maria to C. Cantin s by w. 90 leagues From C. S. Maria to the great Canaries southwest and southwest and by south 220 leagues From Cape S. Maria or Faro to the Isle de Madera s w and by west 174 leagues Heights The Cape de S. Vincent and S. Maria lye in 37 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Roxent Cascalis The land to the eastwards or to the southwards of Roxent towards Restiers sheweth it selfe as standeth pourtrayed in this and the figure following S. Gillis This belongeth to the former Cape Pitcher Thus sheweth the Coast betwixt the River of Lisbona and S. Uves poynt called C. Pitcher Thus sheweth S. Uves poynt when you come from the northwards Thus sheweth S. Uves poynt when it lyeth east and by north 6 leagues from you Thus sheweth S. Uves poynt when it is northeast and by north foure or five leagues from you Jn this forme ariseth S. Uves poynt when it is northnortheast five or sixe leagues from you Cust van HISPANGIENVande Rivier van Sivilien tot aen Malaga en de De cust van Barbarien van Out Mamora tot Penon de Velex Blew hil Salines Mount Chigo C. S. Vincent Thus sheweth the land about the C. de S. Vincent when you come from the northwards and sayle alongst by it Cape S. Vincent Mount Chigo The Cape de S. Vincent sheweth thus when it is north and by east and northnortheast from you about 8 leagues The Vigebergh or Mount Chigo lyeth then northeast and by north from you in forme as is here pourtrayed When the Vigebergen or Mount Chigo is northnortheast and northeast and by north from you 12 or 13 leagues it sheweth thus in one long hill going downe flat at both ends with another peece of land much lower to the eastwards of it Thus sheweth the Cape S. Vincent when it lyeth northwest seven leagues from you Thus sheweth the Vigebergh or Mount Chigo when it is with cleare water northnorthwest from you 11 or 12 leagues Vygebergen or Mount Chigo White poynt Lagos Villa nova Village Albofero Thus sheweth it selfe the land about Lagos and Villa nova when you are thwart from Villa nova not farre from land a little to the westwards of Lagos lyeth a white poynt where by men may easily know Lagos The Cape S. Maria sheweth it selfe then as in the figure following Alboera This is red land Cape S. Maria. This followeth the former figure from Albofero to the Cape S. Maria. Thus sheweth Cape S. Maria when it is northeast and by east from you nine or ten leagues When the Cape S. Maria is northeast and by north from you it sheweth it selfe thus The ninth Demonstration In Which Are shewed the sea Coastes of Andalusia from Palos untill you are past the Straights by Madril and the Coast of Barbarie lying over against it and also the Cape Spartell on the Coast of Barbarie to the Old Mamora FRom Saltees to the river of S. Lucas the course is southeast southeast and by east betwixt 8 9 leagues If you will sayle into the river of S. Lucas For to sayle into the River of Saint Lucas then sayle alongst the red sand-hils so long untill that you get the towne of S. Lucas in sight about e. s.e from you there lieth a white cloyster to the eastwards of
or Porteventura great Canaries Teneriffe Gomera Palma and Ferro The Island Lancerota lyeth from Cape S. Vincent southsouthwest distant about 165 leagues It hath one haven upon the northeast end betwixt the two Islands Alagranca and Gratiosa where men may come in from the northwards lye landlockt for all winds it is deep there 10 15 and 20 fathom and they may sayle out again to the southwards along by Lancerota At the east side of Lancerota is a good road before the Towne of Lancerota there lyeth a banck to the northwards of it which men must avoyd and run about to the southwards of it there they may anchor in 10 11 and 12 fathom on the same southeast side lye also two bad havens a great shot of a cast peece one from the other the northermost is called Porto de Naos the southermost Porto de Cavallos which we have demonstrated in a large volume in the northwest corner of this card shewed the depths with number of feet at high water spring-tide Porto de Naos the deepest of these bad-havens goeth in northwest and by north betwixt two ledges of rockes there stand two beacons of heapes of stones in manner as the warders of Norway which you must bring and keepe one in the other and sayle so right in through betwixt the two foresayd ledges of rockes The shoalest of the Barre betwixt the two ledges of rockes is but a short space a great shippes length long and is deepe at high watet 17 foot at low water seven foot so soone as you shall be over it will presently bee 20 24 26 28 foot deep then you must edge up n. and then presently northeast anchor behinde the rockes which lye to the northwards of the Barre in the Channell the ground is rocky hard uneven If a ship should come to strike there it should presently be broken The ledge is so without as it is within very steep soo that you may come very close unto it where the anchors stand marked it is altogether cleane sandy ground 30 34 foot deep at high water with a sea wind there can goe here a great sea but that happeneth seldome for the winds doe blow most out of the n. n.e. and therefore it is almost alwayes there smooth water This haven is very narrow betwixt the rockes which lye to seawards of you the shoare it is but a little more then a great cables length broad and from the havens mouth to the main land about a Cables length a halfe The Havens mouth also is not broad but at high water the rockes doe flow a good wayes on both sides under water which at low water againe are uncovered Betwixt Porto de Naos and Porto de Cavallos lye two little Islands the northermost is the greatest at high water men may goe through with boats within the Islands into Porto de Cavallos but not with ships for at low water it falleth dry there within Upon the southermost little Island standeth an old Castle fallen downe which heretofore hath beene spoyled by Englishmen From the south side of that little Island shooteth off a riffe to the southwards or the w. wards of it lyeth in the Barre which is very narrow not above ten fathom broad upon the maine land stand also two little beakons as at Porto de Naos which you must bring one in the other and saile so right in At high water and spring-tide there is no more then twelve foot water or an halfe foot more the ground in the havens mouth is also hard nothing else then rocks where you must goe in over but within it is cleane sandy ground where you may lye a ground without any danger with a shippe that draweth tenne or eleven foot water At the highest water the most part of the rockes on both sides of the Havens mouth lye under water so that at many places men may goe over them with boats At low water there remaineth in this Havens mouth no more then a foot or a foot and a halfe depth so that a shippes boat cannot goe in within men lye landlockt for all windes and although it blow very hard yet the water is alwayes smooth In both these havens a south and by west and north and by east moone maketh high water Neare the Havens there are no houses where Spaniards or Moores doe dwell then only by Porto de Cavallos a little Church where they have Masse sayd on Sundayes when shippes lie there Men go from thence betwixt the Mountaines to the town which lieth 3 leag from thence He that wil come here must provide himselfe with fresh water for there is very seldom fresh water to be gotten Upon this land there groweth neither fruit nor wine In some good years it giveth out Wheat Bally Orsilly the Inhabitants are Moore under the command of the King of Spaine Betwixt Lancerota and Forteventure lyeth a little lIsand called Isle de Lobos which is on the outer side to wit on the n. west side very foule Men may anchor on both sides of that Island in 15 or 20 fathom also in six fathom a shot of a cast peece southwest and by west from the west point off the Island there men may lye land-lockt for all windes except for a northnorthwest and southeast windes The coast of Forteventura is at the northeast end very foule with many riffes that lye out whereupon the sea doth break exceedingly The Island of great Canaries lieth from Forteventura west 19 or 20 leagues distant The road there lyeth at the east side of the Island behinde the n.e. point thwart off a Castle that standeth upon a Chindle The foresaid northeast point is a very high point with a long small and low sandstrand fast to the other land so that when it is five or sixe leagues northwest or southeâ—st from you it seemeth to be an Island asunder off from the other land If you desire to go in there into the road then saile about by that northeast point alongst by the Isolettes leaving them on the starboard side of you untill that the Castle do lie near about northwest and by north from you anchor there in eight nine ten or twelve fathom then lieth the north point northeast and by north and the south poynt southsoutheast from you At the south end of the great Canaries is a faire sand-bay called Maspalomba there is a good road for southerly windes fresh water to be gotten The north point of the great Canaries and the northeast point of Teneriffe called Punte de Nago lie westnorthwest and eastsoutheast distant 21 leagues In Teneriffe is a road on the southeast side before the town S. Cruz there is a faire sand-bay a little to the northwards of the town is the best road in 20 or 24 fathom and then Punte de Nago the northeast point of Teneriffe lieth northnortheast from you and the south point south and by west
the Leape yeare upon the 20 of May I desire to know the Sonnes Declination I seeke in the Tables the Month of May in the second yeare and there under in the first Collumne of the figures the twentieth day I find in the second Collumne 20 4. That is 20 degrees and 4 minutes to bee the Sonnes Declination And seeing that it is betweene the 20 of March and the 23 of September that the Son is by northwards of the Line soo comes it to passe that the Declination is Northerly The second Example UPon the 12 of February in the Leape yeare I desire to know the Sonnes declination seeke therefore in the Table of Leape yeares toe Month of February and count in the first Collumne to the 12 day and you find there by it 13 degrees and 14 minutes for the Declination of the Sonne on that day seeing that it is betweene the 23 of September and 20 of March that the Sonne goeth by South the Line The Declination is then Southerly Now follow the Tables of the Sonnes Declination reckoned properly upon the length of the earth or Meridian of Englands Landt-End because that this length is used most by our Netherland seamen as well in running upon the Channell of the Sea as alongst the Coasts of France Portugal and Spaine NOTA. LOok how many degrees and minutes the Line is raised above the Horizon just so many degrees and minutes are there between the point right over your head called the Zenith and the Pole and thence it followeth that as many degrees and minutes as there bee betweene the Zenith and the line just as many are there from the Horizon to the Pole that is to say so many degrees is the Pole elevated therefore when we say we are in such a height wee understand that wee are so many degrees on the north or the southside of the line This rule and instruction is universal and common through out the whole World both ih the north and southside of the line An Admonition to the Reader IF a man would observe the height of the Sunne it is necessary that he know how many foot he stands above the water for the higher a man stand the farther hee is from the Horizon because that from the eye to the Horizon is 60 degrees if wee stand waterpas as they call it but if he stand higher then the water as is sayd it will bee more then 60 degrees to the Horizon And to mend this fault I have here placed a table thereby to know whether wee stand highe then the water or no and how many minutes difference it makes and also how much neerer the eye the Crosse standeth then adding the min. to that which the Crosse standeth below the Zenith so shall you mend the fault that is to say that you see the crosse so many minutes downward look on the table following Example In this height above the earth feet minutes 2 1 4 2 8 3 14 4 20 5 27 6 39 7 53 8 67 9 82 10 100 11 118 12 140 13 16â— 14 180 15 LEt your eye bee above the water suppose 27 feet that the crosse may stand 45 degrees from the Zenith that is beginning to tell from that end where the eye is these 27 feet being sought in the first rancke or Columne of the Table and you shall find over against it 6 minutes so much is the Horizon below that which they call the waterpas or the surface of the water and so many feet must the crosse bee thrust downward so will it fall out 45 degrees 6 minutes where the Crosse ought to bee Of the vapours and exhalations which the Sunne Moon and Stars as they are nearer the Horizon do seem to draw up more as indeed and truth they are EXperience teacheth that the lights of heaven by how much they are nearer the Horizon by so much doe they seeme to bee higher then indeed they are and by reason of the fumes and damps which continually arise as they are nearer the Horizon so much are they more thick and rising by little and little they lessen and at the least are cleane vanished and as wee come nearer the Pole the vapoers do more and more increase and for that cause doe the lights seeme to bee higher than they are Yea it is found about the height of 83 degrees towards the north that the Sunne seemeth to bee 40 minutes higher than in truth it is this hath that famous Astronomer Ticho Brahe searched out and written in Denmarck as you may see in this table A Table of the rising of the Sunne  Degrees Minutes  When the Sunne is found to bee high 0 34 higher then indeed it is 1 26 2 20 3 15 4 13 7 it seemes 10 10 7 15 3 23 1 32  A Table of rising of the Starres  Degrees Minutes  When the stars are of the hight 0 30 higher â—han indeed they are 1 22 2 15 4 they seeme 11 7 8 11 5 15 3 The use of this table will we declare by an example and whatsoever is sayd of the rising of the Sunne the same may bee sayd of the Starres Example LEt the height of the Sunne be measured and found to bee 7 degrees above the Horizon and in the table of the Sunne above written there are 13 minutes which the Sunne seemeth to bee higher than it is therefore substract 13 minutes from the 7 degrees there will remaine 6 degrers 47 minutes for the true height of the Sunne But if we take the distance of the Sun from the Zenith according to this example it would bee found to bee 83 degrees and then the 13 min. added to the 83 degrees the product is 83 degr 13 min. for the true distance of the Sunne from the Zenith then if we take 83 degr 13 min. from 90 degrees there will remaine 6 degr 47 min. as before and soo will it bee in all the other The TABLE Of the Suns Declination after the new stile FOR THE LEAP-YEARE Ianuar. Februar March  April May. Iune da. de mi. da. de mi. da. de mi.  da. de mi. da. de mi. da. de mi. 1 23 5 1 17 8 1 7 13  1 4 55 1 15 22 1 22 13 2 23 0 2 16 51 2 6 50  2 5 18 2 15 40 2 22 21 3 22 54 3 16 33 3 6 27  3 5 41 3 15 57 3 22 28 4 22 48 4 16 16 4 6 4  4 6 4 4 16 14 4 22 35 5 22 41 5 15 57 5 5 41  5 6 27 5 16 31 5 22 42 6 22 34 6 15 39 6 5 17  6 6 50 6 16 48 6 22 48 7 22 27 7 15 20 7 4 54  7 7 12 7 17 5 7 22 54 8 22 19 8 15 1 8 4 30  8 7 34 8 17 21 8 22 59 9 22 10 9 14 42 9 4 7  9 7 57 9 17 37 9 23 4 10 22 2 10 14
declination towards the north 28 degrees 51 minutes The clearest in the Foot commeth a quarter of an houre before the great Dogge into the South his declination is 16 degrees and 40 minutes towards the north Canis Minor or the little Dogge called Canicula Procyon This little Dogge Canicula hath 3 starres in this forme the clearest of them commeth 50 min. after the great Dogge into the South his declination is six degrees 7 minutes in the northside of the Line The Water Snake Hydra The Heart or the clearest in the Water-snake commeth after Syrius or the great Dog two houres 40 minutes to the south his declination is in the Southside of the Line 7 degrees and 8 minutes and sheweth it selfe with such little stars as are here noted whereby he is easily knowne The Lyon The Lyon hath foure beautifull stars sit for use sheweth it selfe with other as is here set forth the first and foremost of them is called Regulus or Basiliscus otherwise the Heart of the Lyon which commeth 3 houres and 30 minutes after the great Dogge into the south his declination is 13 gr forty min. in the northside of the line the second called the necke of the Lyon 3 hour 30 min. after the great Dogge into the south and hath his declination from the line 21 gr 37 m. the Back of the Lyon comes into the south 26 min. after the great Dogge his declination is in the Northside of the line 22 gr 28 min. the taile of the Lyon comes 5 houres after the great Dogge into the south his declination 16 gr 33 min. in the Northside of the Line Virgo or the maide That which is in the Wing called Vindemiatrix comes into the South 6 houres 16 min. after the great Dogge her declination is in the Northside of the line 12 degrees 54 minutes The eare of corne or Spica Virginis cometh 6 houres and 36 min. after the great Dogge into the South her declination is 9 degrees 15 minutes in the Southside of the Line Bootes the Waineman Seven houres 30 minutes after the Star called Syrius the clearest Star of Bootes comes into the South standeth between his thighes in this forme with some other Stars and is called Arcturns his declination is in the North-side of the line 21 degrees 5 minutes The Northern Crowne After Bootes followeth the North Crowne bearing fashion of a Circle as followeth of the Mariners it is called the Hospital and when in cleare whether they behold some small Stars in it they call them the sick the greatest and clearest of them comes eight houres 58 minutes after the great Dogge in to the South its declination is in the Northside of the Line 27 degrees 57 minutes The Waights Libra The ballance or Waights follow the signe of Virgo as followeth The North Ballance comes 8 houres 48 minutes after Syrius to the South the declination thereof is 8 degrees 58 minutes in the Southside of the Line The Scorpion Scorpio Then followeth the Scorpion as this figure sheweth the heart of Scorpion Antores commonly called comes 9 houres 38 minutes after Syrius into the South his declination is 25 degrees 33 minutes in the South side of the Line The Snakebearer and Hercules The head of the Snakebearer comes 10 houres 48 minutes after Syrius to the South his declination 12 degrees 52 minutes in the Northside of the Line The head of Hercules standeth by the head of Serpentarius and comes 20 minutes before it into the South and hath his Declination Northward 14 degrees 51 minutes Lyra. Then followes Lyra in this manner the greatest with two little ons by it which the Mariners call the three Castles the lightest and clearest Starre come 11 houres 55 minutes after the great Dogge into the South the declination thereof is 38 degrees 30 minutes on the Northside of the Line The Eagle Sheweth him self as this figure declareth the clearest of these that is to say the middlemost of the three comes 13 houres after the great Dogge or 11 houres before into the South the declination thereof is 8 degrees on the Northside of the Line The Swanne The Swanne is shaped thus the starre that is the most North in the brest cometh 13 houres 40 minutes or after 10 hour 20 minutes into the South before the great Dogge and hath his declination in the Northside of the Line 39 degrees 9 minutes That which stands most to the South of the two in the brest is a new starre and hath shewed it self first in the yeer 1600 the North wing comes 10 houres 4 minutes after the Dogge into the South the Northern declination thereof is 44 degrees 15 minutes The S. Wing comes 14 houres after the great Dogge into the South the declination of it is 32 gr and thirtie minut in the Northside of the line The lightest and clearest of the Swanne which is placed in the taile of it comes 14 houres after the great Dogge or 10 houres before into the South the declination of it is 44 degrees 3 minutes in the Northside of the Line Capicorne The most Southerly and clearest of the two lightest in the houre of Capricorne as is here to bee seen cometh 13 houres 30 minutes after the great Dogge into the South the declination is 15 degrees 50 minutes in the Northside of the Line The Flying Horse The Flying Horse Pegasus we may see in the heavens in this proportion the Starre in the mouth comes 14 houres 56 minutes after or 9 houres 4 minutes before the great Dogge into the South his declination is 8 degrees 15 minutes The Northside of the line That which standeth on the right hippe or right legge called the Schaet the same comes 16 houres 16 minutes after the great Dogge or 7 houres 44 minutes before it into the South the declination of it is 26 degrees 9 minutes in the Northside of the Line at the same time comes the first and foremost into the South placed in the Wing which is called Marcab The declination of it is 13 degrees 18 minutes on the Northside of the Line The last and utmost in the Wing of Pegasus comes 16 houres 44 minutes after the great Dogge or 7 houres 16 minutes before it into the South the declination of it is 12 degrees 3 minutes in the Northside of the Line The Head of Andromeda making with some Starres of Pegasus a great quadrangle whereby it is easily known comes after the great Dogge into the South 17 houres 24 minutes or 6 houres 36 minutes before it the declination is 27 degrees 39 minutes North from the Line The Starre named Fomahant is placed a good space in the Southside of the Flying horse in the uttermost part of the flood running from Aquarius it is a great and cleare Starre and comes 16 houres 16 minutes after Syrius or 7 houres 44 minutes before it into the South the declination thereof is 31 degrees 26 minutes in the Southside of the Line Cetus or the Whalfish After these
followes the Whalefish it hath two notable Starres in the tayle of it the more Northerly comes before the great Dogge into the South 6 houres 28 minuts the declination of it is 10 degrees 47 minutes in the south-side of the Line 24 minutes after comes the Southermost into the South and it is in the Southside of the Line 19 degrees 58 minutes In the head of Aries there is a cleare Starre appeareing with that in the Horne in form as is here described and comes foure houres 43 minutes into the South before the great Dogge standeth in the Northside of the Line 21 degrees 44 minutes Directly North followes Perseus a bright Starre in forme thus and it comes before Syrius into the South three houres and a halfe hath the declination in the Northside of the Line 48 degrees 31 minutes The Coachman Ericthonius The right shoulder goeth 57 minutes before the great Dogge toward the South his declination is in the Northward 44 degrees 51 minut Also that called the North Horne of Taurus goes one houre 22 minut before the great Dogge into the South his declination is 28 degrees 15 minutes Northward The Gyant The first of the three in the Girdle which are called the three Kinges goe one houre 16 minutes before Syrius into the south the declination of it is 36 minutes in the Southside of the Line Foure minutes after commeth the second or middlemost into the South the declination is 1 degrees 27 min. Nine minutes after the first commeth the last or third of the three Kings into the South and hath his declination in the Southside of the Line 2 degr 10 minut These three Kinges stand alwayes and appeare a little above the great Dogge whereby they are easily knowne Here doe follow some Starres which show themselves in the North and therefore by some men may are caled Northstares The Southermost of the forewheeles comes into the North to his highest right over the Pole 5 houres 5 min. after the great Dogge is past the South his declination 55 degr 42. min. in the Northside of the Line and is distant from the Pole 34 degrees 18 minutes The most Northern in the fore wheele followeth 23 minut after and then commeth to his highest the declination of it is 59 degrees 1 minute and it standeth above the Pole 30 degrees 59 minutes The Horse the next to coach commeth to its highest in the North 6 houres 8 minutes after the great Dogge is gone through the South it declineth to the North 57 degrees 57 min. is distant from the Pole 32 degr 3 min. The middlemost Horse comes halfe an houre after it to the highest the declination of it is 56 degrees 50 minutes therefore it standeth distant from the Pole 33 degr 10 minutes The uttermost Horse of the coach cometh to the highest 7 houres 4 minut after Syrius is past through the South the declination of it is 51 degr 9 minut it is distant from the Pole 21 degr 51 minutes The middlemost and brightest of the waiters declineth to the north 75 degr 43 minut is distant from the Pole 14 degr 17 minutes NOTA. Touching the north Starre her declination and how it is to be used with the watchmen is decliniated in the difcourse following Half an houre after followeth the Brest named Schedir the declination is 54 degrees 36 minutes and thus it standeth from the pole 75 degrees 24 minutes Fifteen houres after that followeth the star that standeth in the Hipp in declined 58 degreet 48 minutes so that it standeth from the Pole 31 degr 12 minutes Yet 27 minutes later followeth that which is placed in the knee hath its declination 58 degrees 21 minut it is distant from the Pole 31 degrees 39 minut The 17 Point How to find the houre of the day or of the night To finde the houre of the day at any hight will bee done most readily and certainely with such a water compas as is described in the Chapter of the ebbing flowing of the Sea in the night one may finde it by the nightdiall as this Figure above describeth which hath two rondels the one moveable the other immoveable in the lowest which is immoveable are the 12 signes of heaven placed is also the moneths and dayes of the yeere On the moveable roundel are the houres this turnes with the gnomen whose right side answereth to the middle point where there must be a nayle with a hole through which a man may see The use of this night diall is this We set first the foot to the twelfth houre on the moveable roundel and to the day of the yeere on the undermost unmoveable roundel and set the Instruments hight with the lowest corner of the foot A B so that it stand water-pas in such sort that a man may see the North-star through the hole of the nayle turning the diall up and downe so long till the hinder wheeles of the great Wagon come into the diall which being so the gnomen shall shew the houre on the moveable roundel And if in place of the hinder wheels of the Wagon you take the brightest of the watchtmen it will be 4 hour 15 minut later as the diall will shew because the wheeles aforesayd of the great cart goe so much before the wayters Men may finde the houre by the ascension of the Sunne and the Starres in this manner when we see any Star in the South whose just ascension is knowne and that we know the true ascension that day then draw the ascension of the Sunne from the ascension of the Star the remainder we devide into houres by 15 for 15 degr make 1 houre and this wil be the right houre of the time but if the ascension of the Sunne be more then the Stars in that cause you shall add 360 degrees to the ascension of the Star and then to as aforesayd I. Example On the 10 of April in the evening in the south I se the heart of the Lyon whose right ascension is 147 degr the ascension of the Sunne on that day is 19 degr take those from the ascension of the Star there remaines 128 degrees and these devided by 15 I finde 8 houres 8 degrees over plus and for as much as 15 degrees make one houre every degree will make 4 minutes the 8 degrees over plus make 32 minutes of an houre it will be than at that time 8 houres 32 minutes from the noone tyde II Exempel ON the 5 of November in the night I finde in the south the Star Aldebaran the south eye of the Bull whose right ascension is 64 degrees the Sunnes right ascension on that day 220 degr which is more then that of Aldebaran therefore I add to the ascension of the Srar 360 degrees it makes 424 degrees the Sunnes right ascension being taken from this there remains 204 degr which is the difference betweene the ascension of the Sunne and the Star aforesaid which being devided by 15 you shall finde 13
houres 8 degrees which make 36 minutes it is then 13 houres 36 minutes from the noone tijde that is 1 houre 36 minut after midnight How to finde the ascension on any day in the yeere of the Sunne and the Stars we have here adjoyneth 2 tables the one of the Sunne showing from 5 dayes to 5 dayes the Sunnes ascension out of which you may easily finde the same in other dayes The other for thirtie of the primest fixed Starres both of them onely by degrees that being sufficient for this businesse The 18 Point A Table of the right ascensum of the Sunne The first number in the table shewed the day of the moneth the second of degrees of the ascension of the Sunne on that day Ianu. Febr. Mart. April May. Iuni. da. deg da. deg da. deg da. deg da. deg da. deg 5 287 5 319 5 346 5 14 5 42 5 73 10 292 10 324 10 351 10 19 10 47 10 78 15 297 15 329 15 355 15 24 15 52 15 83 20 303 20 334 20 360 20 28 20 57 20 88 25 308 25 339 25 4 25 33 15 62 25 94 31 314 28 342 31 10 30 38 31 68 31 99 Iulius Augu. Septe Octo. Nove. Dece da. deg da. deg da. deg da. deg da. deg da. eg 5 104 5 135 5 164 5 191 5 220 5 251 10 109 10 140 10 168 10 195 10 225 10 257 15 114 15 145 15 173 15 200 15 231 15 263 20 119 20 149 20 177 20 205 20 236 20 268 25 124 25 154 25 182 25 210 25 241 25 274 31 130 31 159 30 187 31 215 30 246 31 281 A Table of the right ascension of the primest Starres THe Girdle of Andromeda 12 degrees The clearest in the head of the Ram. 27 degrees Menkar the brtghtest in the mouth of the Whale 41 degr Aldebaran the south eye of the Bull. 64 degrees Capella in the left shoulder of Erichtonius 72 degrees Regel the left foot of Orion 74 degrees The Star in the left shoulder of Orion 84 degrees Syrius the great Dogge 97 degrees The North head of Gemini 180 degrees The South head of Gemini 111 degrees Procyon the little Dogge 110 degrees The brightest in the watersnake CorHydrae 137 degrees Regulns the Heart of the Lyon 147 degrees The tayle of the Lyon 172 degrees Vendemiatrix the right wing of Virgo 191 degrees Spica Virginis the eare of corne 196 degrees Arcturus the brightest in Bootes 210 degrees Arcturus the brightest in Bootes 218 degrees The South Waight 210 degrees The north Waight 224 degrees The brightest in the North Crowne 230 degrees Antares the Hart of the Scorpion 242 degrees The Head of Hercules 254 degrees The Head of Serpentarius 259 degrees The tayle of the Eagle 282 degrees Vultur the clearest in the Eagle 293 degrees The Star in the mouth of the horse Pegasus 521 degrees Formohant the brightest in the end of Aquarius 339 degr Marcab the sack or foot of Pegasus 342 degrees The uttermost in the wing of Pegasus 358 degrees The most Northerly in the Whales tayle 360 degrees The 19 Point Of the Horizon or the Circle that boundeth the sight WHere the heavens the earth or the waters seeme in our sight to meete together that is called the Horizon or the Circle bounding the sight because our sight endeth there can go no further by our Netherland Sea-farers it is also called the Kimmen This circle devideth the heavens just in two eveÌ„ parts so that just the one halfe is seene by us here above and the other halfe can not be seene by us because it is hidden underneath us which happeneth in this manner The earth as in the first chapter is shewed standeth as a center in the middle of the heavens the which by reason of the unmeasurable quantitie or largenes thereof is so farre separated from the earth that the whole thicknesse of the Earth in respect of the heavens is no more then a poynt or prick or at least so little that it cannot be perceived by our sight and that which by our sight along upon the Earth or the Water we can comprehend which can not reach further then about three Dutch miles that is 10 English myles seemeth in our eyes by reason of the space so little to be no other then an halfe Globe falling perpendicular upon a plaine so that our sight falleth in the heaven as if we stood in the middle poynt of the world and saw-right compasse wise whereby it falleth out that just the halfe of the Heaven is seene by us and the other halfe is not seene by us in like manner as if a man should lay a line over the center of a Circle then the one halfe of the Circle is above and the other halfe is just under All the heavenly light as the Sunne Moone and Starres by the turning of the heavens comming above the Horizon are seene by us and going downe under it goe out of our sight The Zenith is the poynt of the heavens directly over our head and is on all sides equally distant from the Horizon it is also called the Pole of the Horizon An Explication The Horizon is too bee considered in The eye being elevaâ—ed above the water The visible Horizon is lower then â—he trues foote minutes 2 1 4 2 8 3 14 4 20 5 27 6 37 7 39 8 53 9 66 10 82 11 100 12 140 13 163 14 186 15 a two-fold manner according to the true and the visible the true goeth every way right waterpasse from our sight that is passeth through the Center of the Sphere as is sayd deviding it into equall parts is every way from the Zenith 90 degrees the just fourth parts of a Circle The Visible is the uttermost part of the Earth or Water that our eye can reach or see when our eye is just on the flatt or surface of the even Water then the true and Visible Horizon are one and the same but our eye lifted up above the surface of the Water the sight falleth over the Globe of the earth every where lower then water-passe and thence it followeth that the visible Horizon is lower than the true although this be not much materiall in the Art of Navigation for as much as it is recompenced by the refraction of the visible Horizon We have added this table for those that desire to be exact where men may see how much the visible differs from the true that being changed or altered by feet Example THe sight being elevated above the surface of the waters 14 feet in the 1 Columne in the 2 Columne over against it you find 4 min. which the visible Horizon is lower then the true The sight being lifted 140 feetabout the Horizon the visible wil be 13 mi. lower then the true The 20 Point Of the Meridian or Middle Circle THe Meridian is a Circle in the Heavens which we must conceive to passe through both the Poles of
themselves they are divers things yet they are allwayes one like unto the other Any Countrey being scituated under the breadth of 30 degrees lyeth also in the height 30 degrees which by Sea-faring men is taken without difference but what it is or what it hath in it or signifieth few men understand and yet it behooveth a seafaring man that seeketh for the height of any Countries to bee expert therein for that no man without it can wel understand how many instruments whether it be Astrolabium or Crosse staffe no nor the Sea-compasse it selfe should well be used for that these things are all built upon one foundation and like a chaine hang one upon the other But it may be that some man will object and say that there are many Pilots which doe not well understand such things and yet are able to goe directly unto divers places whether they desire to sayle which I confesse to be true but tell me how many times are they deceived How many times are they in great doubt feare and how seldome dare they trust unto the height which they have taken or reckoned when they are to seeke out any Countrey thereby how oftentimes hath it heretofore happened that for want of such knowledge shippes have sayled out of their way either behinde England or upon France which thought to passe through the chanell between England and France and that in so short and well knowne and common sayled water as to come out of Spaine or France what would such men doe if they should passe the Line and were to seeke or finde out certaine Ilands Or that after they had sayled up and downe the Seas certaine moneths together should then seeke out for Land but I am of this opinion which I know every man will grant that it is much better and more assured to goe away being guided by his owne eye-sight then like a blinde man to bee led by another and knoweth not whether that other seeth well or not but to come againe to our matter touching the height of Countries it is no other but the height of the Pole above the Horizon that is to say so many degrees as the Pole in any Land is lifted up above the Horizon so much is the height of such a Country this height agreeth allwayes with the breadth as aforesayd In the 10 Chapter it is shewed that wheresoever a man goeth or turneth alwayes the one halfe of the Heavens sheweth it selfe above the Horizon and the other halfe is hidden from us in the first chapter it is said that the two Poles stand right one against the other whereby it is evidently to be understood that whensoever a man being upon the earth is right under the Equinoctiall line that then both the Poles of the World lye right in the Horizon one in the south and the other in the north and as much as a man travaileth northward from the Equinoctiall line and winneth breadth northerly so much the north Pole riseth above the Horizon and the south Pole contrarywise goeth so much under and on the contrary as many degrees as a man goeth from the Equinoctiall line southward and winneth breadth southward so much the south Pole riseth above the Horizon and the north Pole goeth so much under which may easily be understood by the figure here after following In this figure the innermost roundel that turneth about signifieth the Heaven N the north Pole S the south Pole AE the Equinoctiall the uppermost edge of the halfe moveable roundell signifieth the Horizon the one halfe off the Heavens is above it and the other halfe just under it the round ball in the middle signifieth the earth where in you see a little man that may be turned upon the earth southward and northward Now perfectly to marke and perceive that which is before written that is to know what height is and that it alwayes agreeth with the breadth bring the little man upon the Earth Globe right under the Equinoctiall that is to say that it have no breadth neither northward nor southward then you shall see that both the Poles lye just with the Horizon and that neither of them both are elevated above it nor depressed under it and withall you shall see that they that dwell under the Equinoctiall have no height or elevation of the Pole nor yet any breadth But if you remove the man so much northward that hee goeth tenne degrees upon the earth that is that hee commeth tenne degrees upon the north breadth you shall see that the north Pole shall bee raysed or elevated tenne degrees above the Horizon in the north and the south Pole shall goe ten degrees under the Horizon and if you remove the man upon the earth more northerly as thirty forty or fifty degrees the north Pole will also be so much elevated and the south Pole to the contrary so much depressed under the Horizon so that if you turne the man upon the earth to ninety degrees then the north Pole also will bee elevated ninety degrees that is the Pole will stand right above his head and the Equinoctiall will joyne with the Horizon in one circle that which thus is â—â—id of the elevating of the north Pole is also in the same manner to be understood of the south Pole for if you likewise move the man upon the earth in the figure toward the south the south Pole will be elevated above the Horizon as much as the man in breadth goeth southward and the north Pâ—le will goe so much under the Horizon One thing is herein to be noted that as much as the Pole riseth above the Horizon just so much the Equinoctiall goeth under it and when the Pole goeth under the Equinoctiall riseth againe in equall proportion But above all you must marke that the number of the Poles elevation added to the height of the Equinoctiall alwayes make even ninety degrees so that when the Pole is elevated 30 degrees in the north the Equinoctiall is elevated sixty degrees in the south but if the south Pole bee elevated above your Horizon twenty degrees the Equinoctiall will bee elevated in the north seventy degrees which is clearly understood and shewed in this manner we alwayes see halfe the Heavens above the Horizon as aforesaid which is twice ninety degrees from the south to the Zenith or the point just over our heads and froâ—â—he Zenith to the Horizon in the north Now seeing 〈◊〉 betweene the Equinoctiall and the Pole there are alwayes ninety degrees as is shewed in the second chapter it followeth that which is beneath the Pole and the Equinoctiall maketh also ninety degrees therefore when we know the height of the Equinoctiall and take it out of ninety that which resteth over is alwayes the height of the pole this also may bee seene in the figure aforesaid The 29. Point Concerning the difference and agreement of the Declination in divers places of the earth THese Tables of the Suns declination are
houre later and so you shall find the just timâ— of high water or full sea in that place The third Example When the moone is new or full then it is at Amsterdam and Rotterdam and wheresoever a southwest and northeast moone maketh full sea high water at three of the clocke a day after the new or full moone at three of the clocke 24 mi. two dayes after at foure of the klocke and 36 min. and foure dayes after the new or full moon at six of the clocke 12 minutes Here follow the Tables of the Water-tydes South and North. da. ho. mi.   0 12 0 At the Iuttish Ilands Before the Hever Eyder and Elve before Emden Delfeziel Before Enchuysen Horn and Vrck upon all the coasts of Vlanders upon the foreland At Dover in the Pier at Bevesier on the sand at Hanton on the Kay Before Schietenburch and the Ras of Blanckert at Olfernes In the conduit at Iubleter in the Road. Falling of streams upon the same stroke 1 12 48 2 1 36 3 2 2 4 3 1 5 4 0  6 4 48  7 5 36  8 6 24  9 7 12 From the Nesse to Beunen 10 8 0 11 8 48 12 9 36  13 10 24  14 11 12   15 12 0   South Southwest and North Northeast da. ho. mi.   0 12 45 Within the Mase within the Veer at Flushing Neare Bevisier in Sea In the Chamber In Charmsey Falling of streames upon the same stroke 1 1 33 2 2 21 3 3 9 4 3 57 5 4 43  6 5 33   7 6 21   8 7 9  From Beunen to the Sont Also from Estaple to Beunen 9 7 57  10 8 45  11 9 33  12 10 21  13 11 9  14 11 57  15 12 45   South and by West and North and bâ—â—â—st da. ho. mi.   0 1 30 Vnder the Holy Land Before the Mase and Goeree Before the Veere at Armewe Upon the slat before Rammekens Before the Wielings On the Sealand Coasts Before the Thames of London Before Yarmouth In Duyns on the Road Neare the Cingle On the Wester end of Wight Without Callice and Swartenes In Blavet Bunlline at the Land Faâ—â—â—â— of sâ—reâ—â—â—â— upo◠〈◊〉 sâ—me stâ—oâ—â— 1 2 18 2 3 6 3 3 54 4 4 42 5 5 30  6 6 18  7 7 6  8 7 54  9 8 42 From the Gravel â—â—ghen to Beunen 10 9 30 11 10 18 12 11 6 13 11 54  14 12 42  15 13 30   Sout west by South and Northeast by North. da. ho. mi.   0 2 15 Without Fontenay Without Blavet Under Bulline Before the Wieling Before the Mase Falling of streames upon the same stroke Amidst through the Heads From Duynckerck to Greveling From Staples to Fecam From Dortmout to Exmouth 1 3 3 2 o 3 51 3 4 39 4 5 27 5 6 15  6 7 3  7 7 51  8 8 39  9 9 27  10 10 15   11 11 3   12 11 51   13 12 39   14 1 27   15 2 15   Southwest and Northeast da. ho. mi.   0 3 0 At Amsterdam Rotterdam Dort and Ziericksea Before Newcastle the These Harie poole In Robinhoods bay without the Flemish bankes In the pas of Calice Before Conquet at peymarques groy Armentiers Heys Kiliaets Porthus the river of Burdeux On all the southcoasts of Britagne Gascoigne Poictu On all coasts of Biscaye Galissien Portugale and Spaine On the West coasts of Ireland at Bokenes or Orkenesse In Hitland and Fairehill Falling of streames upon the same shok From Ca. de Hague to the Iland of Ornay From Garney to Caquet from Mylford to Ramsey At Fawike in the chanel At Portland in the Sack 1 3 48 2 4 36 3 5 24 4 6 12 5 7 0 6 7 48 7 8 36 8 9 24 9 10 12 10 11 0 11 11 48 12 12 36  13 1 24  14 2 12  15 3 0  Southwest by West and Northeast by East a. ho. mi.   0 3 45 between the pas of Calice the Mase at Roan In the Soths before S. Matthews point In Bristow and Crixdown In the forde betweene Heysant Before the Bos. at S. Marten before Rochel before Brouwage at Roan In the river of Bourdeaux within the chanels situated on the coasts of Spain Galissien the Southside of Bretaigne Gascoigne and the west coasts of Ireland Falling of streames upon the same stroke 1 4 33 2 5 21 3 6 9 4 6 57 5 7 45  6 8 33 From Strusaert to Deepe From Lezart to Start From Cale Clare to London 7 9 21 8 10 9 9 10 57 10 11 45 11 12 33 12 1 21 13 2 9 14 2 57 15 3 45   West Southwest and East Northeast da. ho. mi.   0 4 30 From Texel to the pas of Calice in the fareway Before Humber before Flambrough Schetenborough Abruac In Famouth in the Mouschole Seven Ilands S. Pauls with out the haven betweene garnsey and the seven Isles in the farewater In the Breesand without the foure All south coasts of Ireland as Kinsael Corke Iochel Waterfood and Cape de Cleare Falling of streames upon the same stroke From Ostend to S. Catelines from Berchfleur to Strusaert The Breesand out and in From C. de Cleare to the Iland 〈◊〉 Saltees between London Holmes so far as Bristow from Sorlings to EnglaÌ„ds end From Start point to Portlant 1 5 18 2 6 6 3 6 54 4 7 42 5 8 30 6 9 18 7 10 6 8 10 54 9 11 42 10 12 30 11 1 18 12 2 6 13 2 54  14 3 42  15 4 30  West by South and East by North. da. ho. mi.   0 5 15 In Torbay and Dartmouth In Plimmouth and Fawyke In the Sea of Galles In Famouth In Milford At Ramsey in Wales Before Lin in England Against London In all havens on the South-coasts of Ireland Falling of Streames upon the same strok From Isle â—as to the Foure From Dorsey to Caep de Cleare From the Sotlis to Lizard From Portland to Wight From Wight to Beach otbovesier 1 6 3 2 6 51 3 7 39 4 8 27 5 9 15 6 10 3 7 10 51 8 11 39 9 12 27 10 1 15  11 2 3  12 2 51  13 3 39   14 4 27   15 5 15   West and East da. ho. mi.   0 6 0 Before Hamburgh Before Bremen Before the Maersdeep or Tessel At Hull At Blakney and Wels. Before Antwerpe Tergoes Tergouwe At Concallo and S. Malo S. Pauls in the haven Without the Sorlis in the channell Falling of Streames upon the same Stroke 1 6 48 2 7 36 3 8 24 4 9 12 5 10 0  6 10 48 From the Kilcasses to Berchs fleur
1659. New-stile  Moon da. ho. mi. Januar. Februa March April May June July August Septēb Octob. Novēb Decēb. full moon 8 3 23 last quart 15 18 33 new moon 22 8 51 first quart 29 18 31 full moon 6 20 46 last quart 13 1 57 new moon 20 21 5 first quart 28 15 20 full moon 8 11 20 last quart 15 9 17 new moon 22 11 43 first quart 30 9 38 full moon 6 22 55 last quart 13 16 11 new moon 21 1 3 first quart 29 5 9 full moon 6 7 0 last quart 12 23 12 new moon 20 16 1 first quart 28 19 26 full moon 4 16 36 last quart 11 6 14 new moon 19 7 3 first quart 27 4 18 full moon 3 22 10 last quart 10 19 2 new moon 18 22 44 first quart 26 15 20 full moon 2 5 24 last quart 9 9 20 new moon 17 12 18 first quart 24 21 26 full moon 31 17 1 last quart 8 2 31 new moon 16 2 1 first quart 23 4 0 full moon 30 1 2 last quart 7 22 2 new moon 15 14 53 first quart 22 10 58 full moon 29 14 57 last quart 6 18 1 new moon 14 2 45 first quart 20 19 1 full moon 28 8 0 last quart 6 13 9 new moon 13 3 56 first quart 20 5 52 full moon 28 2 3 The golden Number is 7 the Epact is 7 the Romane Indict 12 the Sundayes letter E afterwinter 8 weeks 4 dayes Lent the 2 of March Easterday the 13 of April Ascension the 22 of May Whitsunday the 1 of June the Advent the 30 of November This year there will happen 4 Ecclipses 2 in the Sun and 2 in the Moon the first in the Moon on the 6 of May at 7 a clock at evening whereof we shall see but the end the 2 in the Sun on the 21 of May beyond our Horizon The third in the Moon on the 30 of Octobr. on 2 a clock 57 min. in the morning shall be seen by us The 4 in the Sun on the 14 of Novemb. whose begin we shall perceive in the setting but those of America shall see her compleatly Almanack for the year 1660. New-stile  Moon da. ho. mi. Januar. Februa March April May June July August Septēb Octob. Novēb Decēb. last quart 5 5 40 new moon 12 0 42 first quart 18 19 45 full moon 26 22 53 last quart 3 19 14 new moon 10 10 51 first quart 17 12 36 full moon 25 17 10 last quart 4 5 15 new moon 10 21 12 first quart 18 7 12 full moon 26 8 36 last quart 2 12 45 new moon 9 8 15 first quart 17 2 6 full moon 24 21 30 last quart 1 18 12 new moon 8 20 15 first quart 16 20 6 full moon 24 7 42 last quart 30 23 45 new moon 7 9 15 first quart 15 18 45 full moon 22 15 46 last quart 29 6 13 new moon 6 23 10 first quart 15 2 8 full moon 21 22 45 last quart 28 15 8 new moon 5 14 22 first quart 13 13 50 full moon 20 5 53 last quart 27 3 5 new moon 4 6 6 first quart 11 23 20 full moon 18 14 5 last quart 25 10 19 new moon 3 22 8 first quart 11 6 10 full moon 18 0 20 last quart 25 13 6 new moon 2 13 30 first quart 9 14 36 full moon 16 13 15 last quart 24 9 30 new moon 2 3 34 first quart 8 22 30 full moon 16 4 40 last quart 24 7 40 new moon 31 16 0 The golden Number is 8 the Epact is 18 the Romane Indict 13 the Sundayes letter D C afterwinter 6 weeks 3 dayes Quadrag the 15 of Februarie Easterday the 28 of March Ascension the 6 of May Whitsunday the 16 of May Advent the 28 of November Three Ecclipses will be this year one in the Sun and two in the Moon The first in the Moon on the 24 of April beyond our Horizon near under us shall be seen the second in the Sun on the 6 of May shall appear in the South at the latitude of about 60 degrees The third in the Moon on the 18 of Octob. beyond our Horizon Almanack for the year 1661. New-stile  Moon da. ho. mi. Januar. Februa March April May June July August Septēb Octob. Novēb Decēb. first quart 7 8 25 full moon 14 22 41 last quart 23 3 49 new moon 30 3 2◠first quart 5 19 51 full moon 13 17 21 last quart 21 19 39 new moon 28 13 14 first quart 7 9 11 full moon 15 11 47 last quart 23 7 19 new moon 29 22 33 first quart 6 0 10 full moon 14 4 39 last quart 21 15 27 new moon 28 7 45 first quart 5 16 52 full moon 13 18 37 last quart 20 21 17 new moon 27 17 23 first quart 4 10 5 full moon 12 5 54 last quart 19 2 23 new moon 26 4 5 first quart 4 4 0 full moon 11 15 11 last quart 18 7 48 new moon 25 16 29 first quart 2 20 56 full moon 9 23 16 last quart 16 14 39 new moon 24 6 29 first quart 1 10 52 full moon 8 7 16 last quart 15 0 0 new moon 22 23 49 first quart 30 23 16 full moon 7 15 48 last quart 14 13 12 new moon 22 17 33 first quart 30 9 49 full moon 6 1 45 last quart 13 6 21 new moon 21 11 3 first quart 28 19 8 full moon 5 13 21 last quart 13 3 10 new moon 21 3 7 first quart 28 3 49 The golden Number is 9 the Epact is 29 the Romane Indict 14 the Sundayes letter B afterwinter 9 weeks 6 dayes Lent the 13 of Februarie Easterday the 17 of April Ascension the 26 of May Whitsunday the 5 of June Advent the 27 of November This year there will be 4 Ecclipses 2 in the Sun and 2 in the Moon The first in the Sun on the 30 of March at two a clock 6. min. afternoon and shall be seen of us the second in the Moon on the 14 of April at 5 a clock 6 min. afternoon the third in the Sun on the 23 Sept. at 3 a clock 24 min. afternoon shall be seen of us the fourth in the Moon on the 8 of Octob. at 3 a clock 38 minut in the morning shall likewise be seen by us A TABLE For all Lovers of the Navigation Of the eastern-Eastern-Water whereby commodiously to finde of each Folio all the Sea-Cards Coasts and the chiefest places named in this Book The first Book No. 1. THe Generall Pas-Card of Europe 1 No. 2 The Generall Pas-card of the north-North-Sea 1 No. 3 The South-Sea the Fall of Urk and the Vlie-stream 1 No. 4 The Vlie and Ameland-hole in grand forme as also the Eastern and Western Eemses 6 No. 5 The Wats as also the Weser Elf and Eyderstreams untill Hever 6 No. 6 The Jutland-Coast and the Belt 13 No. 7 The Schager-Rack and the Sound in
grand forme 23 No. 8 The Coast of Norway from the Pater-nosters till Neus 32 No. 9 The Coast of Norway from the Neus till Bergen-lied 37 No. 10 The Bergen-liedt 38 No. 11 The Norway-Coast between Jeltefloert and the Point of Horrel 41 No. 12 The Dronten-Liedt 43 No. 13 The Coast of England from the river of London untill Wales 47 No. 14 The Coast of England and Scotland from Wales untill Coggen-Island 53 No. 15 The Coast of Scotland betwixt Coggen-Island and the Orcades 57 No. 16 The Coast of Fayerhill Hitland as also of the Isles of Ferie and other Islands behinde the North-West Point of Scotland 59 The second Book No. 17 The Generall Pas-Card of Dronten untill the Isle of Jan Mayen Spitsbergen Archangel as also Nova Zembla 63 No. 18 The Coast of Norway from Dronten untill J. Tromsond 63 No. 19 The Coast of Finmarcken from J. Tromsond untill North-kyn 64 No. 20 The Coast of Norway from North-kyn untill the river of Kola 67 No. 21 The Coast of Lapland betwixt the river of Kola and the Island of Swetenoes 70 No. 22 The Coasts of the Mouth of the White-Sea 74 No. 23 The Coasts of the White-Sea 77 No. XXIII The River of the Archangel in grand form 77 The third Book No. 23¼ The generall Pas-Card how men shall go from Hitland the Isle of Jan May Ysland and the Strates of David 78¼ No. 23½ Card or Map of the Isle of Jan May. 78½ No. 23¼ Card of Spits-bergen 78¼ The fourth Book No. 24 The generall Pas-Card of the East-sea 79 No. 25 The Coast of Schonen between Valsterboen untill Schenckenes and from the Isle of Ruga untill Rygs-head 79 No. 26 The Coast between Rygs-head and Der Winda 86 No. 27 The Coast between Der Winda and Revel as also the Islands of Alands-Haff 88 No. 28 The Coast between the Wolff-Isle and the uttermost of the East-sea 94 No. 29 The Coast of Sweden betwixt Oeland and Stockholm as also the Islands of Oeland and Gotland 98 No. 30 The Lied of Stockholm and the hole of Uttoy in grand form 99 A TABLE Of the western-Western-Water The first Book No. 2. THe Generall Pas-Card of the north-North-Sea 1 No. 3 The South-Sea the Fall of Urck and the Texel-stream 1 No. 31 The Coast of Holland from Texel to the Mase 3 No. 32 The Sea-Boesems of Texel and the Mase in grand form 3 No. 33 All the Sea-Boesems betwixt the Mase and the Wielingen 8 No. 34 The Coast of Flanders betwixt the Wielingen and the Heads 13 The second Book No. 35. The generall Pas-Card of England Scotland and Yrland 17 No. 36. The Coast of France from Swartenes to Ornay and from Dover to Bevezier 17 No. 37 The Brittan-Coast from Ornay to Heysant 21 No. 38 The Coast of England from Bevezier to Portland 26 No. 39 The Coast of England from Portland to Lezart 29 No. 40 The Coast of England from Lezart to the Cape of Cornwall and the Bristow-Canal 33 No. 41 The South-East and Eastern Coast of Yrland from Corkbeg unto Hedenhoo or Dublin 40 No. 42 The North-East Coast of Yrland from Hout to Horn-head as also Scotland right over 48 No. 43 The North-West Coast of Yrland from Hornhead to Slynehead 52 No. 44 The West-point and South-Coast of Yrland from Slynehead unto Corck-haven 55 The third Book No. 45 The generall Pas-Card of the France-Coast and the Coast of Spain from Heysant unto the innermost of the Strates 61 No. 46 The France-coast from Heysant unto the Isle Boelin 61 No. 47 The Coast of France from Boelin and the river of Bordeaux 67 No. 48 The Map of the river of Bordeaux as from thence also to S. Sebastian 71 No. 49 The Coast of Biscay from the Kings-road unto the Island of S. Cyprian 75 No. 50 The Coast of Gallicia and Portugal from the Isle of S. Cyprian and Camina 80 No. 51 The Coast of the Northern part of Portugal and Camina untill Pissage 86 No. 52 The Coast of the Southerly part of Portugal from Pissage to S. Uves 88 No. 53 The Coast of Algarbe and Andaluzia from S. Uves unto Palos 90 No. 54 The Coast of Andaluzia from Palos untill through the Strate of Gibraltar by Modril and the Coast of Barbarie from Cape de Spartel to old Mamora 93 The fourth Book No. 55 The generall Pas-card of the Coasts of Barbarie Gualata Arguyn de Flamish and Canarian Coast as also the South-Islands from the Strate to C. de Verde 99 No. 56 The Coast of Barbarie from old Mamora unto C. de Geer as also the Flamish Isles 99 No. 57 Map of the Canarie Islands 105 Pascaart van EUROPA Al 's mede een gedeelt vande cust van Africa The first part THE FIRST BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN IS The Description of the whole NORTH-SEA Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famous Seamen and lovers of Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pas caarte van de NOORT ZEE Vertonende van Caliz tot Dronten al 's oock tusschen Doeveren en Hitlandt Pascaarte vande ZUYDER-ZEE Texel ende vlie-stroom al 's mede 't Amelander gat The first part of the New LIGHTNING SEA COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE FIRST BOOKE Of the EASTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The description of the north Sea the Coast of Holland Friesland Holstein Iutland Meklenburgh and Denemarck to Valsterboen in the Island of Rugen and with all the coast of Norway to Dronten as also the east side of England and Scotland The first Demonstration Where in Are described the south Sea the Vliestreame the Vlie and the channell of Ameland WHen you saile from Amsterdam to the Fall of Vrck you must keep the middle of the channell in sailing to Tyoort and from thence over Pampus Pampus with a shipp of great draught that draweth tenne foot or more keepe Marcken church without to the land of Udam called Schyteldoecks-haven so long untill that the steeple of Zuyderwouw come past Kinnigherbuert which are the houses half way betwixt Schyteldoecks-haven Durgerdam goe then towards the land e. untill that the New church of Amsterdam come about Durgerdam keepe that so standing untill that the church of Weesp be come past the House or Castle at Muyen so that it do stand somewhat nearer to Muyen then to the House keepe Weesp standing so untill that Edam come without the east end of Marken In this farewaye it is a foote deeper then if you sailed right through For to avoyde Muyen sand men were wont to bring the houses which were wont to stand upon Tyoort to the southwards of the Heyligher-stee at Amsterdam thereby you may make some
reckoning they are good longst markes when Monnickedam is about the west end of Schyteldoecks-haven and the house at Muyen betwixt Weesp and the church at Muyen then are you thwart of Muyen sand For to saile right through over Pampus then keepe the steeple of Diemen over or about the point of Tyoort so long as you can see Tyoort that is a right longst marke for to saile over Pampus When you are come thwart of the east end of Marken goe then on northeast or somewhat more eastwardly towards the Fall of Urck which is 7 leagues when you are come with in a great league of Urck you shall meete with a hard sand The Houtribbe called the Houtribbe lying southeast and northwest thwart over the Farewaye there is no more water upon it then upon the Flat of Wieringen or of Freesland you shall finde alsoo no deeper water there then eight through When Enckhuysen lyeth northwest northwest and by west from you then you are upon the Houtribbe Before that you come against the sand you can by night see the fire upon Urck. When as Urck or the fire is more northerly then northeast from you and that you get shoaling then that is certainly of the Houtribbe for so you cannot come too neare the Enckhuysen sand When you come from the southwards you are not about the Enckhuysen sand before that the church upon Urck come without the little village of houses which is then east and by south and east southeast from you if that then you goe away northwest and by west or westnorthwest you shall runne close alongst by the side of the sand With a ship of great draught bring the church a good way through the houses untill that it stand eastsoutheast from you then goe bouldly on northwest and by west or keepe Medenblick without the point of the Ven and so you shal not come too near neither to sand nor shoale Likewise if you come from the northwards and bring Urck not more eastwardly then eastsoutheast from you Marks of Enckhuysen sand then you cannot take hurt also of the Enckhuysen sand From Urck to the buyes upon the Cripple and Hof-stede the course is northwest and by west with that course you may runne all alongst unto the souther buye upon Wieringheâ— Flat in turning to windwards you may well bring Medenblick a little within the point of the Ven but when as Medenblick is without it then you are in the right fareway Betwixt Urck and the buye upon the Hofstede northeast somewhat eastwardly from the steeple of Enckhuysen lyeth a little plate of hard sand lying towards the end of Enckhuysen sand which is not deeper then the Frees Flat about to the eastwards of it is the deepest water but about to the westwards of it by some called the Katte-gar you shall be sooner about the High horne or the Enckhuysen sand it is good for ships that draw but little water The thwart markes of the buyes Marks of the buyes upon the Hof-stede Cripple both upon the Cripple and Hosstede are Grootebroeck and Hem two sharp steeples right one in the other and Warnis a little sharp steeple in Freesland to the south side of the Cliffe of Staverne then you have the length of these buyes which lye each of them in three fathom the one on the east shoare and the other on the west shoare upon the tayle of the Cripple There is in the right fare waie two foot lesse then five fathom and soft ground When the steeple of Medenblick commeth to the northwards of the house of Medenblick so farr as the house is broade then you are cleare of Cripple sand and past it goe then on northwest and northwest and by north to the buye upon the Creyl according as the winde and tyde shall be the right farewaie there is deepe 5 fathom scarce Thwart of the Creyl in sailing out or about the Cryel in sailing in that is a little within the Creyl The Crâ—yl on the north shoar lyeth alongst the reach towards the buye upon the Hosstede a hard sand or plate called the south Creyl South Creyl upon which there is no more then twelve foot water at low water betwixt that banck and the north shoare it is three fathom deepe and soft ground and to the southwards or the westwards of it foure fathom and an halfe When Mirnes a little flat steeple in Freesland commeth over a long countrie-house to the southwards of the cliffe of Staverne then you come right thwart of that foresayd plate Mark of the Creyl The markes of the buye upon the Creyl are the sharpe steeple of Twisck over the Cornemill to the westwards of Medenblick and that little flat steeple of Mirnes to the south side or east side of the cliffe The right fareway there is four fathom and an half five fathom deep soft ground the buye lyeth in four fathom if need require men may runne wel a cables length about to the eastwardes of it From the buye upon the Creyl to the buye upon the Freese plate Freese plate the course is north and by east When the steeple of Twisck commeth a little to the northwards of Medenblick then keepe them soo standing so long as you can see it then you shal not saile within any shoales betwixt that plate and the Creyl Betwixt the buye upon the Creyl and the Freese plate on the west shoare alongst the Reach lyeth a hard sand called Monick-sand Monick-sand which men may be foul of if they runne somewhat too farre over to the westwards When you are come about the Creyl you may goe on north and by east with a shippe that draweth but little water over the tayle of Broad-sand right to the buye upon the sand called West-worckum but with shippes of great draughts you must keep the right farewaye For to finde the deepest water upon the flat bring Pendragen a little flatte steeple standing to the westwards of Worckum to the westwards of a little village which standeth alsoo to the westwards of Worckum and saile so right with it that is a good longst marke of the buy upon the Freese plate and soo you shall runne right with the buy when as that Warnes and Mirnes come one in the other to the northwards of Staveren then you have the length of the buy which lyeth on the west side of the Plate you must runne alongst to the westwards of it there is the deepest water when you come from the northwards you might sayle within the Freese-plate on the east shoare Being past the foresayd buye upon the plate goe on northnortheast untill that Pendragen come betwixt the little village and Voorwolde If that you have then the cliffe through Staveren then you have the deepest water upon the shoalest of the slatt then men runne commonly a little more norherly unto the buye in the Bight Buy in the Bight and alongst to the westwards
of it which lyeth right in the farewaye in sixteen foot but alongst to the eastwards of the buye is the deepest water the farther into the Bight towards Freesland the deeper The marke of this buy is the little flatt steeple of Mirnes on to the southwards of Molqueren Bring that foresayd little slat steeple in Molqueren keepe it so standing then you come in the farewaye of the buy of West-worckum that is a very good marke when the buyes are taken away The old thwart markes of the buy in the Bight are Mirnes Molqueren Hemelum and a little long village when they stand in four parts Betwixt the buyes upon the Freese plate and in the Bight is the shoalest of the flatt When the buy in the Bight is on your broad side then go on north and by west somewhat more westerly unto the buy of West-worckum Buy of West-worckum which lyeth on the east shoare in 16 foot at low water upon these marks a little sharpe steeple far within the land called Harich commeth over a little village to the northwards of Hinlopen called Dertwisch the right deepe thwart of it is three fathom The old markes are two villages next to Mackum upon the water side standing northeast off from it when these stand a little asunder one from the other you see yet two little steeples somewhat to the northwards of Bolswart almost one to the other neare about as the other upon the water side stand asunder the one is called Idsegahuysen The thwart markes are a high house on the east end of Coudom that commeth within a capstane barres length to the south end of Hinlopen From thence to the buy upon Yghelhoeck Yghelhoeck the course is north the markes there of are a little sharpe steeple with the first long village to the northwards of Worckum called Geest when that little steeple commeth in the innermost swampe of that long village then you have the buye that is a good thwart marck the longst marks are the sharpe steeple of Pingom over the flat steeple of Coorenwaert upon the waterside and Pendragen to a little house to the northwardes of the village with the swamp or when the mil of Staveren standeth betwixt the towne and the Block-house of Stavern these are all good longst markes of the buy upon Yghelhoeck From Yghelhoeck to the middle ground the course is north the right deepe in the Middle ground Middle-ground is seven fathom in the farewaye betwixt Westworckum and Yghelhoeck the right deep in four fathom soft ground the east shoare is flat and the west shoare steep The buy of the Middle ground lieth upon these marks the two sharpe steeples Arun and Pingom one in the other about northeast from you or Bolswaert right to the northwards of a Countrie house to the northwardes of Mackum these are good thwart marks of the Middle-ground The longst markes are kinswaert that is the runner commeth behind the church of Surich then you are right in the farewaie The Church of Surigh standeth upon the water side upon a point that lyeth out about northeast and by north from the buy or when the flat steeple of Wynaem to the northwards of Harlingen commeth betwixt Midlum and the east end of Harlingen then you are right in the Middleground on which side that Wynaem standeth nearest that shoare you are also nearest unto the west shoare is steep the east shoare indifferent flat you may runne over it in three fathom and come againe in five fathom towards Friesland From the Middle-ground outwards to the Flye you can sail within no tayles of sand on the west shoare Being past the buy in the Middle-ground then goe on northnorthwest unto the buy upon Swanebalgh Swanebalgh which lyeth in 3 fathom on the east shoare the thwart marks there of are Bolswaert over a little short house to the southwards of Cornwaert When you runne over betwixt the buyes of the Middle-ground and Swanebalgh on the east shoare more easterly then in three fathome that you come againe in four or five fathom you might in sayling out sail behind the shoals of Swanebalgh or when you are bound in behinde the shoals of the Middleground the west shoare thwart of this you may sound in four fathom or three fathom and a half over against the buye upon Swanebalgh on the west shoare is good ground for to anchor in From the buy upon Swane-balgh to the buy upon Schuytesand Schuytesand the course is north w. somewhat northerly the thwart markes there of are Wynaem over the highest part of Harlingen the longst markes are Bolswaert the northwards of the Sluys which lyeth to the northwards of Woens this buye lyeth in six fathom on the east shoare upon a taile or point which you might saile within when you saile out the right deepe thwart of it is 7 and 8 fathom the west shoare is indifferent flat which you may sounde in 4 fathom the e. shoare is steepe but a little without the buye it is flatte all alongst to Keeshoeck and you may sound it all alongst unto the Sloot In sailing up you might sail within the w. shoare over against Schuytesand or a little to the southwards of it in 3 fathom or 3 fathom a half into a Deadbalg behind a taile of sand Point of Waert called the point of the Waert but keeping in 4 fathom from that shoare you cannot take hurt of it In sailing up with a forfloud keep the east shoare or els you should be lightly carried therwith into the foresaid balgh behind that Waert before you should be aware of it Upon the point of that waert standeth a drift beacon 2 to the northwards or the westwards of it which men do call the beacons of Claesoomen and to the southwards of it standeth a beacon upon Dominicuâ— plate or as the Pilots do name it Meynsen plate Tâ—e marks for to sail alongst this long reach are Mackâ—â— with a mill upon the water side and a village with a liâ—â—â—e flat steeple to the southwards of Mackum called Idsegahuysen when Pandragen commeth betwixt Mâ—ckum and that village then you shal go cleare of that fo esayd taile or Deadbalg If Pandragen come nearest to â—dsegahuysen then you are too near the foresaid taile or plate or if Pandragen come nearest to Mackum then you are too neare the east shoare Keeshoec From Schuytsand to the buye upon Keeshoeck the course is w.n.w. or northwest and by w. according as the wind tide shall be In that long reach goe little more then half tides alongst the deep the afterfloud fore-eb fall thwart over there to the westwards the after-eb fore-floud right contrarie to the eastwards The marks of the buy upon Keeshoeck are Franiker steeple betwixt the mill the towne of Harlingen or to the mastes of the Schips which lye in the haven Tâ—is buy lyeth on the east shoare the right farewaye thwâ—rt of it is
8 9 and ten fathom deep Bâ—twixt Keeshoeck and Schuytesand or betwixt the beakons of Claesoomen the point of the water lyeth a little narrow plate alongst the reach allmost in the middest of the fareway nearest to the west shoare where upon it is not deeper then four fathom or 3 fathom and an hâ—lfe when men turne to windewards they are over it with 2 or 3 casts of the lead Westwards from the buy upon Keeshoeck lyeth the Old-Flye Old-Flye it lyeth in first s s.w and then forth to the buy upon the Nesse in the Tessel stream The after floud with the fore ebb fall in verie strong into this channel In sailing upwards you might sail within it in 4 fathom The marks of it are the steeple of Franiker right to the southwards of the steeple of Harlingen From thence outwards off unto Schieringshals the w. shoare is verie steep in eight fathom you shall be close by the shoare The fareway betwixt these buyes and thwart of the buye upon the Ellbowâ— is tenne and eleven fathom deep From Keeshoeck to Wolfshoeck Wolfshoeck the course is first northwest and northwest and by north unto the buye betwixt them both by some called the Schor tun and by the Pilots the buy upon the Ellbowe Schor tun or the buy upon the Ellbow and from thence to the buy upon Wolfshoeck north or somewhat more easterly which lieth in four fathom on the east shoare From the buy upon Wolfshoeck unto the buy unto Schieringshals Schâ—eringshals the course is northnorthwest north w. and by north according as the winde and tyde shall be To the northwards or to the eastwards of the buy upon Wolfshoecke goeth up a broade bight southeast farre into the groundes so deep as the right farewaie called the Inschot The Inschot comming in you might saile within in seven fathom the forefloud falleth from Schieringshals verie strong into it and the fore ebbe to the contrarie very strong out of it upon the taile of Schieringshals where by maine ships are miscarried Schieringshals is a tail of sand which shooteth off from the west shoare upon it lyeth a white buye in three or four fathom comming in from without men might saile within it in sixe fathom the right deepe betwixt Wolfshoeck and Schieringshals is nine fathom From Schieringshals to Longsand Longsand the course is northwest and northwest and by north betwixt them both on the w. shoare it is shallow water and the best roade of al the Flye streame there goeth also little tyde The right deepe is eight nine and ten fathom Longsand men might sail within it on the east shoare in sayling up but if they keep themselves in 7 or 8 fathom they shall not come too neare neither of Longesand nor Schieringshals When the eastermost house upon Grindt commeth a little to the northwards of the westermost then you have even the length of the buye upon Longsand From Longsand to the Sloot the course is forth northnorth w. the right deep is tenne fathome Moncksloot or men runne alongst by the beakons upon Crakesand untill they come into the Sloot The Island Flyeland is three leagues long and a land very easy to be known upon the east end lye high white sand-hilles and to the westwards it is a land ful of short low hommocks or knobbs Upon the west end standeth a Church with a mill to the eastwards of it From the w. end shooteth off a riffe a good waies into sea To the westwards of this riffe betwixt Flyeland and the Eyerland goeth in a deep called the Westergat or Westfiel deepe which is not for great ships but onely for Fisher boates there is not above 8 or 10 foote water Upon the east end standeth a mill with a Cape the which are markes for to avoyd the grounds which lye before the Flye The east end of Flyeland and the west end off Tessel lye eight leagues asunder Eastwards from Vlieland lyeth der Schelling der Schelling and is about three leagues long Upon it stand two Churches and upon the west end thereof it hath an high stubbed tower called Brandaâ—ies and by it standeth a Mill about the middle of the land standeth a sharpe steeple called Midlands East thereof standeth another Spire steeple called the Hoorn betweene Midland and the Hoorn standeth a mill On the east end there lye little hills or downes Upon the west end standeth a Light-house upon which there is fire at night and two Capes the biggest serveth as a Mark of the easterne Booms channell and the least for the westerne Booms-channel Stortemelck To sayle into Stortemelck that is the Landdeep of Vlieland bring the Cape that is on the east end of Vlieland and the Lighthouse together they shall then stand from you southsoutheast or a little easterly sayle there upon and you shall fall right upon the first buy that lyeth in five fathom on the outermost of the long Banke the Banke is on the northside reasonable plaine so that those who come out of the north may run thereby upon the lead in five or six fathom and so likewise find the outermost Buy If neede require men may run over the end of the long banke but nâ—â— too farr eastwards of the outermost buy in three â—â—â—â—om or eighteen foot towards the shoare though not eastwards of the second Buy but a good way westwards lyeth right southwards the point of another small tayle whereupon neere the buy is no more then eleven foote water betweene this tayle and the long banke runneth a Chopp in the ground to the eastwards off five fathome deepe It happeneth sometimes that shippes comming over the end of the Long bancke and finding againe deeper water doe thinke themselves to bee in the right depth of Stortemelck where upon they luffe but runne in the foresayd Chopp in betwixt the two foresayd tayles and if with a westerly wind not without greate danger and yet must run out againe backwards Comming out of the west alongst by Vlieland in foure or five fathom you shall not misse to run the foresayd outermost buy in sight Hee that in the night falleth about Stortemelek let him bring the light-house southsoutheast from him and run there upon till hee come neerer the shoare hee shall run to the westwards of the outermost buy within Stortemelck there lye 7 blacke buyes with one white buy sayling in leave all the blacke on the larboard and run alongst the southwards leave the white on the starboard even as al other white buyes as well in Booms channell the letting as upon the Vliestream In comming from Stortemelck you must somewhat shun the shoar for it hath a shoale right over against the first buy The second Buy called the outtermost Drooge drie lyeth on eleven foote upon the ridge or the shoalest of the channell south thereof is alsoo not more then 11 foot water and a little further againe 16 foote deepe The third is called
leagues From the Flye to Hitland the course is n.w. by north somewhat northerly 156 leagues From the Flye to Fairehill northwest by north about 151 leagues From the Flye to Scuytenes the course is north by w. somewhat northerly 106 leagues How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the Schelling when you saile alongst by it about two leagues from the Land Thus sheweth Flyeland when you are two leagues thwart off from it Ameland sheweth it selfe thus when you are two leagues thwart off from it The second Demonstration Where in The Scholbalgh Lauwers both the Eemses the Weser the Elve the Eyder and other channels of the Sea betweene them SChiermonck-oogh Schiermonck-oogh lyeth from the east end of Ameland east somewhat northerly 3 leagues it is a little low plaine Island about 2 leagues long there standeth no speciall thing upon it to bee knowne but upon the west end two capes with a white sand-hill otherwise it is all with lowe blackish sand-hils or hommocks but higher then upon the east end and mingled with white the east end is a long flat strand with little low rough sand-hills When you bring the two capes upon the west end one in the other and runne so in you shall finde the outermost buye which lyeth without the channell at sea in 7 fathom or there abouts Sometimes there lye two and sometimes three buyes in the channell which you must leave on the starboardside and runne alongst to the eastwards of them being come within the channell you shall find also beacons on the w. shoare which you must follow all along untill you come to Ostmerhorn where you may anchor The lying in and depths of that channell do alter and shift oftentimes and sometimes much within a short time so that there is no certaintie to be written off it where unto men might trust Foure leagues to the eastwards of Schiermonckoogh lyeth the Island Rottum Rottum and betwixt them the little Island the Bosch A few yeares past through setting off spyrie grasse or heath there was grown two or three handsome sand-hils but are now againe altogether blowne away and altered into a plaine flat strande which the sea at high flouds doth altogether runne over Betwixt these Islands the Bosch Schiermonckoogh was wont to goe in a channell of indifferent depth called the Lawers which is now most cast too by the foresayd strand of the Bosch which is grown in all alongst unto the oogh so that there is no more remaining then a narrow shoale creek To the eastwards of the Bosch goeth in the Schille also an altering uncertain channell which is sometimes deepe and sometimes againe shoale and the channell shifteth too and againe so that there is no certaintie to be written of it whereunto men might trust The Island Rottum is a little Island about a league half long and very easy to be knowne the west end is high and steep the rest is low land with some little sand-hills Upon the east end stand two capes the greatest or the runner standeth upon the e. end upon the flat strand the smallest on the south side of the sand-hill There stand also two houses upon it the one upon the west end the other in the middst of the Island in a valley Borckum Borckum is also an Island easy to be knowne two great leagues long it ariseth commonly when you come in out of the sea in three parts as if it were three Islands when you come from the westwards it sheweth it self in foure parts for with high flouds the water runneth through in 3 places The Wor. Counsell of Embden hath caused to be set upon the west end a high thick steeple which men may see far off at sea on the west side of that steeple standeth a little low church From the west end of Borckum shooteth off a riffe a great wayes into sea called Burckum riffe To the southwards of it to witt betwixt Borckum Rottum goeth in the wester-Eems which is the verie best channell that lyeth in all this coast The Old or westerne Eems Bring the Capes upon Rottum together and they shall then stand southeast and somewhat more easterly if you come out of the sea sayle resolutely upon them then shall you find the outermost Buy then shall you have the Tower of Borckum e. and more southerly from you the west end of Rottum southeast by south lyes upon the tayle of Geltsacks plate Geltsacks-plate there is a white buy with a little flagge lyeth upon 6 fathom with low water and is marked in the Card with the letter a. From the first to the second the course is southeast by south is marked with letter b and is the first black buy upon 7 fathom on the south shoare let this buy in your sayling in lye on your starboard and the white on your larboard then have you from this foresayd black buy the tower upon Borckum east the Capes upon Rottum southeast by e. from you from the first black buy to the second third and fourth buy marked with the letters c d e your course is east and by south Comming from the w. neere the Lauwers or Bossandt keepe the stroake of the shoare upon 5 fathom till you are past it sayle then freely eastwards on so shall you run within through Geltsack plate in five foure and three fathom afterwards on eight fathom and soo come by the fourth blacke buy which lyeth in foure fathom Pascaarte vande EEMSEN Al 's de oude ofte wester Eems en de ooster Eems Pascaarte van't VLIE Al 's mede een gedeelt van't Amelander gat PascaerteVande EEMS ELVE Weser Eyder en de Hever al 's mede hoe die selvighe gaten van Heylighe landt gelegen syn The Borckummer riffe Borckummer riffe commeth on from without and is flatt on the end when as the Capes upon Rottum stand southeast off then come you over the riffe and shall come upon the tayle of the riff with low water with lesse then 7 dutch ells depth of water for it is flatte and broad on the inner side it is very high and steep and shootes with a brest inwards but you may cast your lead well upon it From the fourth buy till within the bending of Rottum the course is eastsoutheast is marked with f and lyeth upon 7 fathom from this to the buy upon the high plate and is the sixth buy marked with g and lyeth upon 7 fathom as also to the Huyberts buy h the course is east and by south when the Cape upon the south-side and the tower come together they stand southsouthwest from one another so are you even with the outtermost Huyberts buy goe then eastsoutheast on to the innermost Huyberts buy marked with i which lyeth also even as the first Huyberts buy in 6 fathom upon the west side of these buyes you have Huyberts plate which is now devided from
the north in east Friesland stand two towers one by another of which the one is stumpy and greate and the other low and small when these towers come with the north end of Bandt a little Island upon the WATT even one with another then have you the Buy upon Conings plate they are good longst Marks and when Iuyster tower commeth northnortheast from you they are good thwart Marks of the same buy From the buy upon the Conings plate to the buy upon the Westernbalgh the course is southeast till you get the two Capes upon Bandt together that is the buy southsouthwest from you from the first buy upon the westernbalgh to the second the course is southwest even as the whole westernbalgh is you shall not misse if you keepe both the Capes upon Bandt together to run out of the balgh but at last a little more westerly From the balgh beacon to the beacon upon Eems-horn the course is south and north to sayle through the channell from these beacons forth to the Knock the course is southsoutheast from thence to Loegen east About a half league within Juyst betwixt the beacon upon the High Horne and the buye upon Kings-plate on the east side of the Easter Eems lyeth Memerbalgh Memerbalgh Jt lyeth in most north that is a good road for small shipps that are bound to the westwards or out into sea Within the balgh he that runneth in by the High Horne shall finde good road for small ships that are bound to the eastwards which lyeth in south Comming from the eastwards you may sound Iuyst riff which is flat on the off side without in the point of the riffe is a shoare or Deadbalgh with 2 points betwixt them it is 3 fathom and an half deepe A southsoutheast and a northnorthwest moone maketh without in the Easter Eems the highest water To the east of Iuyst lyeth Buys the shortest and smallest Island that is upon all this coast It riseth up in two Hommocks where of the one Hommock which is the most easterly is the highest and sharpest Betwixt Iuyst Buys goeth in the Buysdeepe Buysdeep the Wor. Counsell of Embden was wont to set it with buyes but it is done no more in regard it doth so oftentimes shift Two great leagues to the eastwards of Iuyst lyeth Norderny Norderny betwixt them both lyeth that little Island Buys Norderny is to be known by a broad flat tower which standeth upon the west end but sometimes men can hardly perceive it About the midst of the Island nearest the east end lyeth a high white sand-hill thereby it is best to be known Further the land is all full of Hommocks Betwixt Norderny and Buys goeth in a channell called the Norder-deepe or Norderny A great league to the eastwards of Norderny lyeth the Island Baltrum â—â—ltrum which is about two leagues long a little shorter then Norderny Upon this Island standeth no speciall thing whereby men may know it but upon the east end a high sand-hill which is sharp above the west end is low sand-hills When the foresayd high sand-hill is southeast and by east from you then it is round to see to Upon the west end there goeth a swamp through Betwixt Baltrum and Norderny runneth in a channell called the Whichterie Whichtery there is no certainty to be written of it that men may trust to sometimes there is 2 fathom water more sometimes no more then 4 or 5 foote The Island Langeroogh lyeth a league to the eastwards of Baltrum which is soure great leagues long and hath on the off-side a faire strand three or four sand-hilles where by men may know it which lye from about the middest of the Island unto the west end a good wayes one from the other the tops of them are plaine and slat Betwixt Langeroogh and Baltrum goeth in the Acumy Acumy wherein lye 2 buyes It is no channell for great shipps it lyeth out alongst by the foote strand of Langeroogh first northeast then somewhat more easterly but it is not to be trusted to because it altereth and shifteth very often Betwixt Langeroogh and Wrangeroogh lyeth the Island Spyckeroogh â—â—â—â—â—erâ—â—gh which is about a league long At the e. end there was wont to lye a little Island easy to be known called Luttick Spyckeroogh which is now altogether gone Upon Spyckeroogh standeth nothing whereby men might know it but it is a black land with Hommocks Nobbes like to the other Islands Betwixt Spyckeroogh and Langeroogh goeth in the Oxebalgh Oxebalgh Wrangeroogh Wrangeroogh lyeth two great leagues to the eastwards of Langeroogh which is a great league long being a little plaine white Island Upon the east end lye high broad white sand-hills Upon the west end the â—arle of Oldenbourgh hath caused to be made a great thick tower with 2 spires when they stand one right in the other then you are by the outer buy of the Weser the aforesayd tower men may see two kennings off at sea Betwixt Wrangeroogh and Spyckeroogh goeth in the Harrel The Harrel about southsoutheast but it is not to be trusted because it shifteth very often The Acumy and Harrell are set both with buyes by the Wor. Counsell of Embden These channell serve not but for small ships like as all the other lying betwixt the eastern Eems and the Weser The Land lyeth from Bornriffe to Wrangeroogh eastnortheast and westsouthwest 29 or some will have it 30 leagues For to sayl into the Iade or Western Weser with a southerly winde runne to the strand of Wrangeroogh in foure fathom with a westerly winde runne no further then five fathom and lead it in so by the strand of Wrangeroogh in 4 or five fathom untill you come a good wayes within or to the end of foote strand of Wrangeroogh there you shall finde the first buye in 5 fathom at low water Menserchurch shall then stand south from you Thwart of this first buye the redde sand is very steepe which you must leave on the larboard side and the buye on the starboard side when you come in Thwart of this first buye commeth a tayle shooting off from the south shoare that is the innermost point of the Stonebalgh which men might at unawares sail within in three fathom and an halfe or foure fathom the first buye is laid upon the point of this tayle The Stonebalgh goeth in to the eastwards of Wrangheroogh the south side where of is steep but the north side flat which men may sound In this Balgh it is ten foot deepe at low water From the first buye to the second and alongst to the third the course is east the second buy lyeth in two fathom and an half The third that is the Jade buye lyeth in three fathom upon the shoalest of the High-waye It is very uneven betwixt the first and the third buye you shall get wise depth of five or six fathom and then again
the wester Till or Souther-Broad-Balgh which runneth up to the southwards into the grounds to nothing When you come from the westwards and saile to the Elve you shall finde betwixt Holyland and the Weser and thereabouts somewhat to the eastwards depth of twenty fathom untill that you come well halfe wayes to Holyland toward the Steenebuye then it doth begin to shoale from eighteene to sixteene and fourteene fathom close by the Steep buye it is twelve fathom deep If you come by night alongst by the steepe or southergrounds with a southerly winde in twelve or thirteene fathom and goe on east and by north you shall at last meet with the shoaling of the New-workes-grounds right to the northwards of the Hondt-balgh in eight and seven fathom there you must then let fall your anchor for to stay for the day and you shall finde your self not farre from the buye With northerly windes you must anchor further from the south shoare in the foresayd shoaling in eleven or twelve fathom To the northwards of the foresayd narrow tayle or shoaling which lyeth off from Vogelsand runneth in a great bight or Slenck into the norther grounds called the Norther Elve Norâ—â—â—r-Elve it is in the going in somewhat within so broad that you may there in turne to winde-wardes but within it runneth narrow and sharp too and at last to nothing ending allmost against the whitebuye which lyeth upon the Elve upon the tayle of the New-grounds it is going in more then halfe wayes thirteen and twelve fathom deepe and soft ground very much like the right Elve It happeneth oftentimes by darke wether that the shippers thinking that they are entred into the right Elve runne in there sometimes with danger especially with westnorthwest windes for they must come out there back againe When you sayl off from Holyland on eastsoutheast you shall have depth of twelve or thirteene fathom being a league off from it that you leese the white cliffe out of your sight then you shall get one eve depth of thirteene fathom and soft ground all alongst untill you come within the foresayd north Elve When you shall perceive that you are entred in there you may when the New-worke is more southerly then southeast and by south from you run alongst over the taile of Vogelsand in five fathom and so come against the Steep-buye upon the right Elve For to set sayle by night from the road of Holyland the course is southeast and by east then you shall run over the foresayd tayle of Vogelsand in seven and eight fathom and somewhat hard sandy ground If you then run a little more southerly you shall get againe twelve and thirteene fathom and somewhat soft ground that is the right deep or channell of the Elve betwixt Vogelsand and the steep-grounds If you runne then more southerly you shall get againe somewhat hard ground of the souther grounds which are as hath beene here be foresayd very steep and hard when you come neare them in twelve or eleven fathom you must edge off againe from them unto twelve or thirteene fathom and alongst by them towards the steepe-buye unto the foresayd shoaling of the New-workes grounds and there stay for the day light When you come by day from Holy-land or from the westwards and that you get New-worke in sight of you bring that and the Cape one in the other and sayle so right in with them then you shall finde the steepe-buye which lyeth as hath beene already sayd towards the south land on the side of the Schorhorne the outtermost poynt of the New-grounds in ten or eleven fathom From the Steep-buye to the Kool-buye that is the second buye the course is due east which lyeth in eight fathom Upon the New-work stand three country mens houses the middlemost of them and the steeple of the New-worke come one in the other when you come to the second buye The third buy lyeth in six fathom from the Kool-buye east and by north somewhat easterly but nearest east and by north The fourth lyeth in five fathom from the third east and by north Betwixt these buyes a little within the third runs a deepe Creeke eastsoutheast into the New-workes-grounds called the Kinder-balgh Kinder-balgh which is wide at the entring in and at halfe flood well nine fathom deepe but runneth at length altogether drye to nothing Hee that commeth running alongst by the south-grounds might lightly get in there therefore the third buye lyeth a little further off from the south shoare because men should avoyd that Creeke Betwixt the third and fourth buy on the north side of the deep lyeth a white buye in three fathom upon the tayle of the New-ground New-Grounds which men might saile within when they come inwards that you must leave on larboard side and all the blacke buyes on the starboard side The foresayd white buye and the New-worke lye northnortheast and southsouthwest one from the other to the eastwards of it the north side is very steepe The fifth buye lyeth in 3 fathom and a halfe or 4 fathom and lyeth from the fourth full east The sixth buye that is the poynt buy lyeth in six fathom from the fourth and fifth due east In the right deep to the northwards of these foresayd black buyes from the Kool-buy to the point buye in the right fareway it is all alongst six and seven fathom deep From the poynt buye to the buye in the Rosse the course is southeast which lyeth in seven or eight fathom when the Ros beakon commeth to the little steeple of Gron or Groen then you are thwart of this buye Halfe waies betwixt the poynt buye and the buye in the Rosse lyeth yet another buye on the south side which is there betwixt them both exceeding steepe and needle too Right east southeast from the poynt buye over against the buye in the Rosse somewhat further inwards lyeth a white buye upon the tayle of Romaerl plate which men might at unawares sayle within in foure or five fathom when they saile upwards When the little sharpe steeple of Woord commeth to the westwards of Oldenbroek that is a church with two spires upon one steeple then they are south from you from thence inwards you may sound Romaerl plate in six fathom without danger otherwise it is on the off-side very steepe From the Ros beakon to Bruns buttell are fivâ— leagues betwixt the buye in the Rosse and the buye upon Romaerl plate begins a sand lying right in the middest alongst the fareway about two leagues long called Pilgroms-sand upon it is alongst no more then two fathom water or a little more upon it lie three black buyes and over against it on the north side two white buyes you must saile through betwixt them alongst to the northwards of that sand being past it you shall come upon the flat There lye yet two buyes which you must leave also on the starboard side in sayling up before you come to Bruns
buttell All the depths here before mentioned are reckoned at halfe flood From Bruns buttell to the buye upon Salfhorne or Friburger-sand the Course is east and east and by north alongst by the north-land From Salts-horne to the buy against the Steur east and by south eastsoutheast from the Steur to the buye upon Gringer-oortssand southeast and southeast and by east that lyeth against Bilenburg more then halfe wayes in the deepe Betwixt this buye and the buye upon the Steur lyeth another buye in the fareway From the buye of Gringeroort to the buye upon Stader-sand southeast and by south and southsoutheast This buye you must leave on the starboard side From Stader-sand to Willems-fliet or the buye upon the Luye it is southeast and southeast and by south and from thence to the buye upon Terloo eastsoutheast From thence to the buye upon Hanneball the course is east and west From Hanneball to the buye upon Blanckenes sand east and east and by north you must keepe that buye right with a great tree and then runne alongst by the north land untill you bee past the buye From Blancknesse sand unto the buye in the bight the cours is eastsoutheast from thence unto the Eeckhout east and by north in the right channell it is there 3 or 4 fathom deepe there lye the great ships for to lade unlade The Eyder Six leagues to the northwards of the Elve lyeth the Eyder with many shoals lying farre out without the land chiefely and most on the south side on the north side of the deepe alongst by the land of Eyderstee lieth a long sand called the Broad-back or New-grounds on the south side lye Blavoort the Iron Hendrick the Hound and Hecksand To the southwards of Blavoort the Iron Hendrick about a league to the southwards of the mouth of the Eyder goeth yet a Deep in called the North pipe where men may saile in and come out againe by the Hound upon the Eyder In this Eyder lye on the south side of the Deepe seven black buyes which you must leave all in sayling in on the starboard side and on the north shoare which you must leave on the larboard side The outermost buye lyeth from the steepe buye right north and from Holy-land east or a little moâ—e northerly seven or eight leagues When you fall with the land with that course you shall espye to the northwards of the Eyder upon the land of Eyderstee a sharpe steeple indifferent high called Gardingen bring that over or to the south side of the little sand-hils lying on the north side of the Eyder called the Souther-Heads they shall then stand from you northeast and by north or a little more easterly sayle right in with them so you shall fall with outermost buy when that then the sharpe steeple of Weslinburen standing to the southwards of the Eyder in the land of Ditmarsen commeth to be east or a little more southerly from you then you have the length of the foresayd buye then S. Peters Church upon the Eyderstee to the westwards of Gardingen not farre from the sea side shall stand from the northn east Thus or comming out of the southwest upon the foresayd markes of Gardingen and the Souther-heads you shall run over the shoale of Blavoort which men do call alsoo the taile of the Hound lying off from Blavoort almost halfe waies to Holy-land It is also by some called Blavoort or comming from the northwards bring the foresayd steeple of Weslinburen east or a little more southerly from you saile so right in untill that Gardingen commeth to the foresaid southerheads or that S. Peters church bee northnortheast from you in doing so you shall not misse also the outermost buy From the outermost buy to the second third fourth it is al one course eastsoutheast the second lieth upon the shoalest of the channell at low water in 16 foot the the third in 4 fathom and the fourth in 5 fathom These three last lye alongst the north side of Blavoort on the south side of the deepe In sayling in You must leave them all on the starboard side runne alongst to the northwards of them From the fourth to the fifth that is the buye upon the Hound the course is east which lyeth thwart of the Hound on a point which lieth off from Heckesand which in comming in men might at unawares sayle within alongst to the southwards of the buye therefore you must leave that also as well as the former on the starboard side and sayle alongst to the northwards of it Betwixt this foresayd buye upon the Hound and the fourth lyeth another buye upon the north side of the deep upon the southermost poynt of the New-grounds which you must leave on the larboard side runne about to the southwards of it From the buye upon the Hound to the sixth the course is northnortheast and two fathom deep From the sixth to the seventh and last buye northeast and by north and the deepe alongst to the northwards of it three fathom Being past the last buye follow the beakons which stand alongst on the north shoare untill you come to Hulck runne close alongst to the southwards or to the eastwards of them for to avoyd a tayle of sand which commeth off from the east shoare which men might unawares sayle within into a Dead-creeke From the Hulck to Schulperzile the course is east southeast In that reach the beakons stand on the south side upon the Ballast-plate and you must run alongst to the northwards by them leaving them on the larboard side From Schulperzile to Tonningen the course is northnortheast Before Tonningen the Eyder is at the shoalest and at low water no deeper then one fathom and a halfe From thence further in towards the Newtown called Frederick stadt there is depth enough The depths here before mentioned are all to bee understood at low water From Tonningen towards Wollersum the Eyder lyeth alongst northeast and by east From Wollersum towards Harebleck northnorthwest From Harebleck towards Reymers-bode northeast From Reymers-bode towards Nyenzyle eastsoutheast From Nyenzyle to the Nyen-veere south Betwixt the fourth buye upon the Eyder and the fifth that is the buye upon the Hound over against the buye upon the southermost poynt of the New-grounds stand two beakons a little to the southwards of the foresayd two buyes the westermost upon the east poynt of the Blavoort or the Iron Hendrick and the eastermost upon the taile of the Hound Betwixt these two beakons goeth in through a deepe southeast or southeast and by east where you may sayle through alongst by the beakons upon the Iron Hendrick which you must leave then on the starboard side untill you come into the end of the North-pipe which lyeth from thence about west into sea You may sound in at the North-pipe comming in out of the sea by the south shoare in 3 4 fathom untill you come to the foresayd beakons
then about by them northwest or somewhat more westerly up unto the Eyder or else you may runne further alongst by the foresayd south shoare untill you come about the beakon upon Hoedmeersand and then forth betwixt the Island Bulheads and Buysen alongst by the Beakons upon Hoedmeersand with many poynts and bights on to the southwards and come out at last upon the Old Elve about northeast from the New-work against the New-grounds which is not well to bee sayled but of those that are there very well acquainted Alongst by the North shoare of the Eyder close to the southwards of the little sand-hills the southerheads runneth in yet a Land-deepe east and east and by north in commeth out againe upon the Eyder by the Hulck that serveth but onely for small ships there remaineth at low water but five foot Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Before the Scholbalgh the Lauwers and the Schille before the Western-Eems a southeast and northwest Moone maketh high water Before Embden and Delszyle a north or north by east and a south or south and by west Moone In the Eastern-Eems Burckumbalgh a southsoutheast and northnorthwest Moone Before the Channells betwixt the Eastern-Eems the Weser a south south by east a north north by west Moone In the fareway betwixt the Flye the Elve the foreflood commeth out of the north sea turneth about by little and little with the sunne falling the halfe tyde eastnortheast alongst the shoare the ebbe westsouthwest Before the Weser and Elve and alsoo in the Eyder a south and north Moone maketh high water The flood commeth there out of the northwest the ebbe out of the southeast and fall very strong over the grounds that lye out there Under Holyland a northnortheast southsouthwest Moone maketh full sea Of the Depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land Schiermonickoogh men may see in 12 13 fathom 4 great leagues without the land Rottum Borckum men may see in 14 15 fathom Thwart of Borckum the ground is grosse red sand mingled with some black Juyst men may see in 13 and 14 fathom 3 leagues without the land it is 12 fathom deep Buys Norderny men may see from the Poop in 12 13 fathom Baltrum Langeroogh Wrangeroogh men may see it in 14 and 15 fathom Thwart of Botjadigerland Reidingerland Ditmarsen the grounds lye so farre without the land that you cannot see the coasts except you clim be up into the top About Holyland it is deep 7 8 and 9 fathom to wit on the inner side but without on the west side 15 16 18 19 fathom in such depth you may see the land of Holy-land from the westwards Courses and Distances The coast alongst these Islands lyeth eastnortheast and westsouthwest From Borckum-Riffe to Wrangeroogh east northeast 17 leagues From the Eastern-Eems or Juyst-riffe to the Steep-buye or Schortunne eastnortheast 20 leagues From the Eems to Flambrough-headwest somewhat northerly 77 leagues From the Eems to Bovenbergen north bye 57 leag From the Eems to Holyland the course is northeast and northeast and by east 21 or 22 leagues From Wrangheroogh to the New-worke eastnortheast 8 leagues From the outermost buye upon the Elve to the Eyder north 7 or 8 leagues From Laâ—gheroogh to Holy-land northnortheast tenne leagues Holyland the outermost buye in the Weser lye north somewhat easterly and south somewhat westerly The buy upon the Head in the Weser and Holyland lye north and south asunder 8 leagues The steep-buye on the New-work Holyland lye south east and by east and northwest and by west asunder 8 leagues The outtermost Buy in the Eyder Holy-land lie east somewhat northerly and west somewhat southerly asunder 7 or 8 leagues From Holyland to the Holms before Jarmouth the course is westsouthw or somewhat more westerly 72 leag From Holyland to Scarbrough Flambrough head west or somewhat more southerly 88 leagues From Holyland to Tinmouth or Newcastle west somewhat Pascaerte Vande West en Oost-zyde van IVTLANDT Al 's mede De Belt Mitsgaders De Zee-cust van Holster Mekelenborg en de Eylanden van Lalandt Falster ende Meun what more northerly 106 leagues From Holyland to Leeth in Scotland west and by north somewhat more northerly 120 leagues From Holy-land to Boecknes northwest and by west 128 leagues From Holy-land to Hanghlip in Hitland northwest 169 leagues From Holyland to Bovenbergen n. by w. 43 leagues From Holyland to the Horne or Dodebergh north 25 leagues From Holyland to Knuytsdeep or Ryperdeep the course is north and north and by east 20 leagues From Holyland to the Deepe of Silt or List north by east 17 leagues From Holyland to Ameren or Small-deep the course is northnortheast somewhat easterly 10 leagues From Holyland to the outermost buye in the Hever northeast 8 leagues When you lye by the outermost buy in the Hever in cleare weather you may see Holyland How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth Schiermonckoogh being 2 leagues thwart off from you Borckum Rottum Thus sheweth Borckum and Rottum when you sayle alongst by them being two leagues a seaboard the Land Thus sheweth the Island Iuyst being about 2 leagues off from you Norderny Buys Thus shew the Islands Buys and Norderny being two leagues thwart off from you Thâ— riseth Baltrum when you are about two leagues a seaboard the land Langeroogh sheweth it selfe thus when you are about two leagues off from it Thus sheweth Spykeroogh when it is about two leag from you Thus sheweth Wrangeroogh when it is about two lagues thwart off from you Holyland northeast by east 5 leagues from you sheweth it selfe thus White Cliffe Holyland northeast and by east from you sheweth thus Thus sheweth the New-land or New-worke when you are at the entring of the Elve The third Demonstration Where in Are deciphered the Sea-Coasts of the west and east side of Iutland together with the Belt untill you are past Laland and Langeland FRom the New-worke or Steepe-Buy to the Hever the course is north ten leagues when you come about halfe wayes betwixt them both you shall meet with the foresayd sand or tayle of Blavoort in the depth of two or three fathom In this fareway you must be very carefull of your tydes that you come not upon the grounds which lye far out a seaboard the Land the foreflood falleth there very strong thwart over the grounds towards the land and the ebbe to the contrary For to sayle from Holyland to the Hever goe on northeast somewhat easterly or according as the winde and tyde shall be and runne towards the grounds untill you come in six or seven fathom and then you shall espye a steeple which is sharpe and indifferent high called Piel-worme bring that northeast by north from you a masts length to the southwards of the southermost Cow-house upon the
little Island Nuball keepe that so standing and sayle towards it and you shall so finde the outermost buy from that to the second buy goe on northeast and northeast and by east being come to it Piel-worme steeple shall stand northnortheast from you From the second buy alongst inwards the course is northeast and by east Being come in so a good wayes you shall finde two beakons on the starboard side upon a dry sand called the Quade there over against commeth the north balgh in the right Hever From the first beakon to the second third the course is east and by north sayle all alongst by the beakons leaving them on the starboard side To the northwards of them betwixt the first and third beakon it is full of sands and plates where you might at unawares sayle within By the third beakon commeth the souther baâ—gh into the Hever From that third beakon to the two other beakons the course is northeast and by east being past that you shall come by the greene land on the starboard side there it is a square deepe large and broâ—d channell from thence you may sayle alongst amidst the channell unto Hoesem at the bridge or anchor thereabouts every where where you will Without in the Hever the north side is steepe therefore keepe the south side untill you come within the beakons in the channell is at halfe floud two fathom and a halfe water and without the channell it is very farre flat Somewhat without the Hever lyeth also a banck whereof men must bee carefull when they will sayle in there A south and north Moone maketh there the highest water The south balgh goeth into the southwards of the foresayd bank the Quade in right with the little Island Utto and alongst to the northwards of it it is from without a league and a halfe to sayle to Utto From Utto it lyeth in alongst northeast and by north and commeth out into the Hever by the third beakon The north balgh lyeth in to the northwards of the Hever about east and by north or west and by south from Pielworme right in with the foresayd little Island Nuball which you must leave on the larboard side running in along by it and so come into the Hever against the foresayd drye sand the Quade you may also comming in at the north balgh sayle up to the northwards from the Island Nuball unto the end of Strand till you come thwart of a flat Church and anchor there behind the shoals that is a deepe balgh or Creek Small deepe Three or foure leagues to the northwards of the Hever lyeth the Small-deep For to sayle off from Holy-land toward it goe on northeast and by north and runne to the grounds about west and by north from the Pielworme the south end of Ameren shall then bee north or thereabouts from you Seek then to the south grounds and sound about by them and there you cannot doe amisse it is flat rising ground farre without the land On the north side lye many sands shoals and poynts that lye out which men might without good heed-taking sayle within sayle in therefore alongst by the south side north and by east northnortheast and northeast and by north and so you shall find one shoale or breach leave that on the larboard side If you leave that on the starboard side you should runne into a dead Balgh or Creek wherein is at the first at least 7 fathom depth but runneth at last by little and little to nothing you may also runne alongst by that foresayd shoale by your lead until you come within it comming then thwart of the south end of Ameren you might unawares sayle within the south grounds behinde a snare which shooteth off from the grounds of Vooren therefore keepe the south side untill that you come thwart of the Island Vooren The Red-deepe For to saile in at the Red or Silter-deepe comming from the northwards or out of the sea runne in sight of the Island Ameren About the middest of Ameren lyeth a white round hill a little higher then the other Hommocks in a low plaine valley Bring that northeast from you and run in so right with it untill you come within the riffe that shooteth off from the Voortrap and commonly is called Ameren Borne â—meren-Borne and so you connot take any hurt of it and then you shall have upon the poynt of the Riffe not lesse then three fathom water and within the same riffe eleven twelve or thirteene fathom Saile so in untill that the north end of Ameren be north and by east from you and then run right with the north end of Ameren untill you come within the dry sand and there you may anchor where you please or sayle so farre in as you will and sound it all alongst by the Riffe The Strand of Ameren is a faire Strand without any tayles that men might sayle within When the foresayd hill upon Ameren is eastnortheast from you and sayle so right with it then you run too neare the foresayd Riffe of Silt the hill is then also in two parts the northermost is then the smallest For to sayle in at the Red-deepe or Silter-deepe comming off from Holyland and that you have gotten sight of the land then bring the north end of Ameren north and by east from you untill that you be come in betwixt Ameren and the Riffe of Silt runne then in alongst by the Strand of Ameren untill you come about the north poynt of Ameren and so along to the eastwards untill that Ameren lye south and southsouthwest from you You may not sayle into this channell further to the eastwards for then you come against the Island of Vooren but you may sayle to the northwards alongst betwixt Vooren and Silt till you come before Lit. In Silter-deepe is upon the shoalest three fathom water being over it there is againe eight nine tenne and twelve fathom there lye two riffes or bad sands the one about westsouthwest from Ameren dry above water that is very farre flat to wit in three foure or five fathom it is called of the Juthes the Borne or Ameren-Borne although that it be not fast to Ameren for the Red-deep goeth in betwixt them both It is not also fast unto the Voortraps or that south end of Silt although it commeth shooting off from it betwixt them goeth out into sea a deepe of about a fathom and a halfe where the fishermen doe dayly goe out through for to fish especially those of the Island Vooren this is the outermost sand that lyeth on this coast They that use this coast much either for Rypen or the quarters thereabouts are very much afraid for this Ameren-Borne when they come off from Holyland they finde this shoale about westsouthwest from Ameren The other sand shooteth off from the south end of Ameren lying about south and south and by west into sea alongst the Land that is also called by many the Borne or
high hill a little from the strand called the Blawenbergh going playn downe on both sides which is somewhat blacker then the other land being grown with spyrie grasse to the southwards of this Blawenbergh lyeth that fishers village Wester-zyt betwixt that village and the Horne lyeth one Black hommock and also a Gentlemans house otherwise the land is altogether full of hommocks Rinkopper deepe To the northwards of the foresayd Blawenbergh lye three or four lowe white Sand-hills and by the haven of Numen also two great white Sand-hills close one by the other To the northwardes of these Sand-hills runneth in that Haven of Numen the land lyeth betwixt the haven of Numen and the Doodenbergh most south and north about 7 leagues all alongst a faire strand the best to bee knowne of this Coast is the foresayd Blawenbergh and these two foresayd white Sand-hills For to sayle into Rinkopperdeep Rinkopper deepe or the Haven of Numen runne alongst by the land of West-zyt in six or seven fathom untill that you come to the two foresayd great white Sand-hilles and then you shall see upon a low land two capes upon each of them standeth a barrell Bringe them one in the other and then they shal stand north or north and by east from you saile in right with then and you shall finde a buye excepit it be laide somewhere els Right before the haven of Numen lieth a Sandplate named Gladde Jaep Gladde Iaep For to saile into the souther channell then leave that plate on the larboard side and run in close by the south shoare or foot strand where the aforesayd white Sandhilles doe lye upon right with the Capes and there you cannot doe amisse but runne in boldly by it upon your lead that is the very surest waye of all to sayl in alongst by the strand when men are carefull of the lead Being past Gladde-Iaep runne then towards the north shoare you may sayle about by it so close as you will it is a lowe playne poynt altogether cleane and very steepe When you are come within this poynt you may anchor where you please This channell lyeth in most north and north and by east untill you come within Gladde Iaep and then somewhat more easterly towards the foresayd poynt In this channell goeth an indifferent strong tyde because there lyeth such a great sound within It floweth there little up and downe no more then two foot and a halfe with a common tyde A southwest and northeast Moone maketh there the highest water Right to the northwardes of Gladde Iaep runneth in another channell but there is no more but eight foot water Further within the Haven of Numen it is Pilots water but shippes that are not of great draught may well sayle up especially at a low water The deepe runneth alongst by the strand of Numis keeping alongst by it you cannot doe amisse so soone as you goe off from it you shall bee in danger to sayle within the shoares or tayles which lye off from the Wadt towardes the land of Numit therefore runne close alongst by the foresayd strand of Numit so long untill that the little Church with a flatt steeple bee about east from you against the high land of the Holme come to the south side of the highland then you are within the tayles and sands that lye out leave then the strande and goe in northnortheast and northeast and by north untill that a round hommock come close to the southwardes or right over a little blew Church upon the highland of the Holme Goe then in alongst northeast and by east untill that the foresayd little blew Church commerh over a Gentlemans house beneath in the low land close to the water Sayle then on north and by little and little north and by east untill you come before Rinkoppen it is there broade large and wide and the right deep two fathom and two foote Rinkoppen and the havens mouth of Numen lye four leagues asunder one from the other To the northwardes of Rinkoppen goeth a little river into the land upon which lye two little townes seven or eight leagues in the land the one named Hostebro and the other Huysbuy A halfe league to the southwards of Boevenberghen goeth in yet another little haven inwardes out of the sea named Trosmone there stand two mastes you must keepe them one in the other and runne so into it there lyeth a little village within called Trosmonde From thence you may sayle over the Wadt to Rinkoppen This little haven is not to be reckoned for a Haven because sometimes it is cast too and sometimes there may goe in and out againe Boates or Crayers and small shippes From Rinkopper Deepe or the Haven of Numen to Boevenbergen the land lyeth most north and south ten leagues there is all alongst betwixt them both a faire strand with white sand-hills growne with spyrie grasse When you sayle alongst by it you may see the blew double land of Rinkoppen called the Holmes alongst over this land Betwixt Boevenberghen and the Reefhorne lye some banckes of seven eight and nine fathom and also some that are deeper Boevenberg Boevenbergh is a long smooth hill having in the middest a high round hommock or hill and upon that hill standeth a church with a steeple when you come thwart to land with Boevenbergen it sheweth it selfe in three hilles the middlemost is the highest upon which standeth the foresayd church with a flat steeple upon both sides of that hill stand also other churches but they are not so high you may see the land in thirteene and fourteene fathom the ground is grosse red sand with some little stones there in When Boevenbergen is east northeast from you it sheweth it self in a long hill with some dale in the middest on the northside with a church and also a church on the south side also another hill to the northwards of it From Boevenbergen to the Holmes the land lyeth northnortheast nine or tenne leagues betwixt them it falleth in with a Bight it is blackland with hommocks and sandhilles growen with spyrie grasse here and there standeth a flat steeple in the land About five leagues from land lyeth a banke of tenne fathom but it lasteth not long before you get againe deeper water The Riffe Betwixt Boevenberghen and the Holmes lyeth the great Iuttish Riffe west into sea running over it in twelve or thirteene fathom then lyeth the Naze from you northwest by north 24 leagues running over it in seventeen or eighteene fathom you may see the land on the north side it is grosse sand on the south side stonie like as pease and beanes Westnorthwest from Boevenbergen about eight leagues it is sixteen fathome deep grosse stonie sand ground ten leagues from the land it is twentie fathom deep grosse stonie land like to pease Southwest and by west from Boevenbergen about nine leagues it is 25 fathom deep redde and black sand ground
about the riffe of the Scawe When you come about the Scawe from the westwardes and are bound to the Sound or the Belt you must take an especiall care of the tyde that commeth out of the Belt which falleth commonly out of the Belt towardes Norwaye especially when the winde hath blown a while east or northeast it can carry a shipp by night or darke weather under Norwaye before you should thinke of it it did happen in the yeare 1605 the three twentieth of May that a shippe comming thwart of the riffe of the Scawe so that the riffe did ly southwest from her did drive with calmes in 8 houres untill shee came within three leagues neare to the land of northeast about Harmenshooft five leagues to the westwards of Maelstrand so great strong a current there did shoote alongst by the riffe towards the northeast although it doth seldome happen that the tyde doth run there so strong out yet neverthelesse it behooveth men to be verie carefull to consider there of and to reckon there upon From the Scaw to Seabuye the course is south and by west sixe leagues there it is upon the road four and five fathom deep Betwixt the Scaw and Seabuye lye the small Helmes foure leagues from the Scaw and two leagues to the northwards of Seabuye When you will sayle into the Belt you must leave them on the starboard side going on still south and by west untill thwart of Seabuy you may also saile through betwixt the Helmes and the main land unto Seabuy if you will there is at the shoalest betwixt them 3 fathom water but about a seaboard the Helmes betwixt the Helmes the north end of Lesou it is foure leagues broad and in the channell ten fathom deep soft ground The lying of the Helmes how men shall come to anchor there also of all depths shoale dwale grounds betwixt the Helmes the Scaw and Lesou together with the description of the Island Lesow and the riffes that lye out there about it is described before Betwixt Lesou and Seabuy lye many false grounds which are very uneven of three foure five sixe fathom the like uneven and shoale grounds lye also within or to the southwards of Seabuy of foure five and sixe fathom but the right channell through betwixt the false grounds of Lesou and the shoals of Seabuy is seven and eight fathom deep To the southwards of the small Helms and Seabuy neerer to the maine land then Lesou lye also some uneven dwale grounds upon which there is no more water then 10 11 and at some places 12 foot Hee that draweth but 8 or nine foot need not feare of them You may for a need run through the small Helmes From Seabuy to Aelburger deepe For to faile into Aelburger deep the course is south and by west nine leagues upon the north side of the haven standeth a flat steeple called Hals in the havens mouth lyeth a buy and upon the southland stand two Capes which you must bring one in the other by them you shall finde the buye the channell lyeth in first west and by south about a cables length then you must run up northwest and west right unto Hals and run in by the north shoare untill thwart of Hals from the south poynt of the land shooteth off a slat which you must avoyd being thwart of Hals you must goe southwest and by west unto the bight and in the crooked channell you must shun the north shoare somâ—what and then againe northwest and by west alongst by the north side unto the second crooked and then southsouthwest and afterwards westsouthwest unto the town in the comming in by the buye it is two fathom But for to sayle in there it is best to take a Pilot. By the south shoare goeth in also a little deepe of sixe and seven foot The towne Aelburgh lyeth up in the land foure leagues within the river Also there lyeth alongst this coast to the westwards some bancks there you must shunne the land somewhat When you sail from the Helmes to Stevenshead through betwixt the dwale grounds and the flat of Seabuy you shall meet with a shoale ground about half wayes betwixt Stevenshead and Seabuy or 5 6 and 7 fathom This shoale is called the Swetering The Swetering lyeth about 3 leagues eastwards from Aelburgh deep the channell there betwixt them is about ten or twelve fathom deep From Aelburgh deep to Haselin the course is southeast and by east about 20 leagues From Aelburgh deep to Stevenshead Stevenshead the course is southeast and by south about nine leagues There betwixt them the land lyeth in a great Bay wherein lye the two little townes Mariacker and Randersen Mariacker lyeth from Aelburgh deep south south and by west foure leagues and from Stevenshead five leagues Betwixt Mariacker Mariacker and Stevenshaven lyeth the River of Randersen RanderseÌ„ which runneth up crooked farre in to the land unto the little town Schandelburgh Under the wood of Mariacker runneth a riffe from the shoare and stretcheth neere to Stevenshooft by Mariacker neere unto the shoare it is 12 foote further 3 and 4 fathom faire sandy ground within the riffe it is 6 a halfe 7 fathom soft ground a little without Stevenshooft it is stony ground but neere the shoare it is sandy ground From Stevenshead to Haselin Haselin the course is eastsoutheast 13 leagues Haselin is on the outer side full of shoales riffes and grounds A larger description of Haselin and Anout as also of all the foule grounds and shoals lying thereabouts you shall finde in the first Demonstration of this book A little to the southwardes of Stevenshead lyeth a little town called Oruntbuy Oruntbuy Chalck-grounds there lye the Chalck-grounds right before the river of Grimsound in a bay a little about the poynt of Stevenshead that is a sand two or three foot water but not far off it it is ten fathom deep you may sound them in foure fathom You may sayle up in to Grimsound unto Grimstee that is a lading place for Huyes From Stevenshead unto the great Helme Great Helm the course is southsouthwest about sixe leagues The land lieth from Stevenshead unto the poynt of Ebeltud southsouthwest seven or eight leagues Ebeltud is a little Towne lying within the land thwart of the great Helme Betwixt the great Helme and Iutland it is sixe and seven fathom deepe Close by Stevenshead and the poynt of Ebeltud it is eight nine and also tenne fathom deepe The great Helme hath two Riffes one upon the northeast side and the other upon the southwest side From Stevenshead to Siero the course is southsoutheast and south east and by south nine leagues Betweene Siero and Stevenshooft lye some shallowes but neere Stevenshooft there upon it is 3 and 4 fathom deepe From the southeast poynt of Syero lyeth off a riffe towards Rusnes where you may anchor behind
commeth alongst to the eastwards of Wero through the channell betwixt Wero Haters riffe and will saile to Roems let him go on due south and by east and then he shall runne alongst about an English mile to the eastwards of the Boltsack and fall with the land a little to the eastwards of Roems likewise hee that goeth from Roems or a little to the eastwards of it on north and by west hee shall fall betwixt Wero and Haters riffe right in the fareway Betwixt Roems and Fuynen you may run through in two fathom but with great shipps you cannot goe through there From the north end of Fuynen shooteth off a little riff about an English mile into sea About a league east and by north from Roems lyeth a shoale of 3 4 and 5 fathom which is steep and shoaleth up so suddenly that a man not knowing of it and finding it so by the lead should bee affrighted at it To the southwards of Roems in the land of Fuynen lyeth a little towne for to lade called Cartemonde Cartemonde The Haven goeth in from the eastwards and it is shoale on the west side there lye no buyes in the Havens mouth there is no more water then five six or sometimes seven foot From Roems to Spro the course is southeast 5 leag Betwixt Spro Spro and Knuytshead it is 12 13 fathom deep But betwixt Roems and Spro it is 10 11 fathom deep Even about to the southwards of the poynt of Knuytshead in Buyen lyeth the Haven of Nyburgh Nyburgh when you are about the poynt you runne right up to the towne about northwest a league there it is 6 and 7 fathom deep Men doe lye there with ships to the Kay and let their goods bee carried in what they will From Knuytshead to Langeland the course is southeast 4 leagues then you leave Spro lying on the starboard side From the southwest end of Spro shooteth off a little riffe which you must avoyd At the north end of Langeland lye the little Islands of the Frissell The Frissell which are round about very foule From Knuytshead to the Islands Tassing the course is south and south and by east foure leagues and then you leave the Frissell lying on the larboard side and run through betwixt the Frissell and Fuynen If you be bound to Swineburgh Swinburg then go from the Frissell to the southeast end of Fuynen on southsouthwest and you shall meet a little Island which you may runne about on both sides of it Through betwixt Tassing and that little Island or you may run alongst by the land of Fuynen untill that you come to the little Towne of Swineburgh which lyeth over against the Island of Tassing Over against the poynt of Fuynen lyeth a little Island called Olms Olmes then you must goe up to the westwards You may also runne about on the other side of Tassing and leave the Island Arr with the foule grounds which lye betwixt Arr and the southeast end of Fuynen on the larboard side of you it is no deeper upon these grounds then six foot Now when as that you shall come by the little Island Olms or by the southeast poynt of Fuynen then you must as before is said goe up to the westwards about the poynt of Fuynen towards Woburgh Upon the south side of these foresayd grounds goeth also a Deepe through west and west and by south through betwixt the grounds and the Island Arr upon this Island Arr lyeth a little Towne called Koping Koping This foule ground is 3 leag long and that Island Arr is also 3 leagues long they lye both of them east and west and the Munk Island lyeth at the end of these grounds before Woburgh in Fuynen which hath two riffes the one shooteth off from the southeast end east into sea the other from the north point northeast into the sea When you saile through to the northwards of these grounds to wit betwixt Fuynen and these grounds towards Woburgh you shall also meet with the foresayd Munk with another little Island or two more leave them lying on the larboard side and run all along by the land of Fuynen about west and west and by north Unto the poynt of Askens Askens which is about six leagues distant from the southeast poynt From the east poynt of Askens unto the little Island Toreu Toreu the course is west and by north and westnorthwest two leagues and to Areu westsouthwest 3 leagues these two little Islands lye one over against the other the one on the side of Jutland and the other on the side of Fuynen men runne through there betwixt 2 riffs which run off one against the other it is there 4 and 5 fathom deep To the northwards or westwards of Areu lyeth the Sound of Haddersleu Sound of Haddersleu which lyeth in about west and by south upon it lyeth the towne Haddersleu two leagues within the land From Areu or Toreu to Melversound the course is northnorthwest five leagues which you must run into from the southwards first westwards unto the sound of Coldingen Sound off Coldingē being a broad Sound which goeth a league into the land if you will goe through the Melversound you must leave it on the larboard side and goe up to the eastwards unto the towne of Melver where you come then againe into a crooked channell The Melversound goeth out to the northwards with a very crooked channell and you come out againe upon the broad water to the northwards of Fuynen as is before said You may also sail off from Areu into the sound of Aelsem alongst southsouthwest unto Apenrade Apenrade and then about behind the Island of Aelsems untill you come into the sound of Flesburgh The Melversound the little Island Areu lye southsoutheast and northnorthwest one from the other To saile out of the Aelsen sound from Areu or the Melversound then go from Areu or Toreu unto the Roen The Roe◠eastsoutheast 3 leagues and then through betwixt the Island and Fuynen that is alongst to the northwards of Roen for you can not goe about to the southwards of it The Roen is a bad and shoaly riffe shooting off from Aelsen whereunto it is fast the outer end of it lyeth dry like Anoutriffe From the Roen to Arr or Koping the course is east and by south 5 leagues From the south east end of Aelst shooteth off a great riffe towards Arr called the Poles riffe Poles riffe you must run betwixt Arr that riffe leaving two third parts of the water on the Aelsen side and one third part towards Arr runne on so with the south end of Langeland untill that you come against Copen From Arr to the south end of Langeland the course is eastsoutheast foure leagues And from the Poles riffe to the south end of Langeland the course is west west and by north six leagues You may run
or 10 leagues From the Trave of Lubeck to Gester-riffe northeast 19 leagues From Wismerdeep to Gester-risse northnortheast 12 or 13 leagues From Rostick to Gester-riffe the course is north 7 or 8 leagues From Gester-riffe to Doornbosh east 9 leagues From Gester to Meun northeast 7 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Northerhead Tatinghen Gartinghen Souterhead Thus sheweth the Land of Eyderstee to the northwardes of the Eyder Thus sheweth the Island Ameren List White-cliffe Red-cliffe Heydom Voortrap Thus sheweth it selfe the Island Silt when you sayle alongst by it Doodenbergh Zuyder-zyt Langelegh Luysbergh Thus sheweth the Land of Zuyder-zyt to the southwards of the Doodenbergh Blawebergh Doodenbergh Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Horne or Doodenbergh and the Haven of Numen Easter poynt Holmes Boevenberghen To the southwards of Boevenberghen Thus sheweth the land betwixt Boevenberghen and the Holmes when you sayle alongst by it three leagues from the land The Scaw Harshals Robsnot Thus riseth the Land betwixt the Holmes and the Scaw when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land and the Church of Aelst when you are 2 leagues and an half by east Aelburger-deep Wismer Great Cruysoort Little Cruysoort Holster land The east poynt When you sayle to Lubeck alongst betwixt the Land of Cruysoort and Holster land then it sheweth it selfe on both sides thus Barto Robbenesse Rostick Oudevaet Buck-hoocke Thus sheweth the Coast of Meckelenburgh betwixt Cruysoort Dornebosh or the Jelle when you sayle alongst by it a league without the Land The fourth Demonstration Where in are described The Schager Rack as also the Sound from the Paternosters Kol and so forth through the Sound to Falsterbon Britto MAELSTRAND The Westerbergh Island Maelstrand Out-rockes or Paternosters Eastnortheast Pas caarte vant SCHAGER-RACK vande Pater-nosters aen Kol al 's mede de Sondt oock hoe dese landen van Schagen gelegen zyn De SONDT met alle zyn gelegentheyt in t groot About the middest going in at the souther channel lyeth a rock above water which you may sail about on both sides but within that rock lyeth a suncken rock under water and to the southwardes of it also a great rock but a little further out then the other There lyeth also a suncken rock under water by the Island on the north side of the foresayd rock which lyeth above water which men must be very carefull to take heed of There is every where good anchor ground From thence you may sail through within the rocks to Calf-sound Calfsound Bahouse and Nilus Calf-sound lyeth distant from Maelstrand about foure leagues For to sail in there out of the sea you must run 〈◊〉 alongst to the southwards of a great rock whereupon standeth a Warder On the south side of the Havens-mouth there are great rocks but on the north side all small rocks When you come within the rocks about the poynt of the north land there you may anchor in fifteen or sixteen fathom there is good anchor ground From Calfsound you may run up to the southwards through within the rocks unto the river of Nilus Four leagues southsoutheast from Calf-sound lyeth the Island Winneu to the southwards of it goeth in the channell of Nilus or Gottenbergh which is a large and broad sound lying in northnortheast in 8 9 and 10 fathom you must leave Winneu on the larboard side and runne in betwixt the poynt of the main land called Kalderhead and the Island little Denmarck and then in alongst by the main land on the south side untill past Elsburgh to Gottenburgh Gottenburgh it is there all cleane and cleare without any danger that might hurt you You may also sayle into the northwards of Winneu then you must leave Winneu and also some long rocks on the starboard side and the through Island or little Denmarck on the larboard side and then in alongst by the poynt of the mayn land on the south side as is before said Three leagues southsouthe from Winneu lye Malesound and Consback Malesound Malesound is a rough Island which you may sayle round about in seven or eight fathom under it is also good road Two cables length westnorthwest from Malesound lyeth a suncken rock under water and also one even with the water a bow shot from the land whereupon standeth a Warder Eastnortheast from Malesound lyeth the haven of Cons-back Consback there stand 2 great Warders each upon a rock close to the land betwixt them lyeth in the haven it is a fayre haven ten fathom deep and good anchor ground when you come about the low poynt you shall see Cons-back lye to the northwards of you From Malesound southwest and southwest and by west a great league to seawards lyeth the fowle and dangerous rock Nyng or Nijding Nyding The land upon Nyng is about a halfe league long The riffe on the north end runnes till about a league on the land northeast and is a halfe league broad wholy riffe with sharpe stones Upon some places eight seven five and foure foot water The taile which shooteth southerly downe is narrow and runneth from the land northeast about 2 leagues There upon is 5 4 and 3 foot water A league and a half without Nynger-Riffe northwest men may stay upon 6 and 7 fathom You may saile through betwixt Nyding and Malesound or the mayn land but it is there all shallow water Upon Nyding is a fire-beacon whereupon they make fire every night Nydingh Great stones Three leagues to the southwards of Watersbergen lyeth the river of Valckenburgh Valckenburgh On the north side of the Riversmouth lyeth an Island called Murupting and 3 leagues to the southwards of it lyeth an Island called Tullo Tullo betwixt that Island and Valckenburgh within the land lyeth a high hill called Haver being white to see to as if it were sandy Land sea faring men doe name it yong Coll because of the likenesse of height fashion which it hath like Col and sometimes it is mistaken for Coll. Three leagues eastwards from Tullo lyeth Helmstee Helmstee upon a river but there can go in no shipps but onely huyes and boates This river of Helmstee lyeth within a greate Inlet about southsouthwest 4 leagues from Swedereur Kol over these two Warders s w. from you Swedereur Two leagues southwards from Helmstee lyeth the little towne or little castle called Laholm Laholm there goeth also a little river into the land A league westwardes from Laholme lyeth Bosstadt these places lye in a great bay Swedereur Three leagues to the westwardes of Bosstadt lyeth the Island Swedereur you may runne in behind it at both sides for to anchor from the northwardes it is there large and broade for to go in but from the north end of Swedereur shooteth off a little ledge of rocks you must runne alongst to the northwards of the rocks that lye at the north end of Swedereur leaving them on the starboard
side and anchor behinde the Island betwixt the greate and little rockes in seven fathom thwart of the little white church of Turcko so that the greate rock with the two warders at the south end be southwest from you and Col stand over the foresayd Rock there it is best lying and there you are landlockt for all winds If you wil run out again to the southwards of it then leave the two rocks with the Warders on the starboard side and runne boldy close about by them towards Coll. Hee that commeth off from Anout by reason of southerly windes cannot run a weather Col let him goe from Col northeast and by north towards Swedereur and runne close about by the two foresayd rocks with the Warders at the south end of Swedereur untill he come behind the Island and anchor as is before sayd there it is soft ground A north wind bloweth there opē in From Swedereur to Coll Coll. the course is southwest and by south betwixt both lyeth a greate baye upon which lyeth that little towne Engelholme where men also may ride For to sayle from the Scaw to Coll. From the Riffe of the Scawe to the Island Lesou the course is southsoutheast but the poynte of the Riffe and the Trindel lye due southeast and northwest eight leagues asunder The Island Lesou Lesou is compassed round about with foule Dwaelgrounds riffs and sands that lye off From the southeast end where the Church stands upon lyeth off such a great riffe or shoale from the shoare that aboute 3 leagues from the land to the southwards of it it is not deeper then two fathom there under it you may make rode for a southsoutheast winde Likewise from the southwest poynt lyeth off such a great shoale that when the foresayd flatt church is east and eastnortheast from you you cannot come neare the land within three leagues But the north end you may come so near that you may have rode under it for a southerly southeast winde in three four five sixe and seven fathom the church being about south from you Riffe of Lesou From the northeast end lyeth off also a riffe right towardes the Trindel which you may sound about when you sayle through betwixt Lesou and the Trindell which is the nearer Lesou the shoaler and the nearer the Trindell the deeper Close by the Trindell on the Inner side or west side it is deep five and six fathom The Trindell Trindel is a stony sand-plate three cornerd and somewhat long of fashion it is no more then four foot deep and about two Akers of land great and lyeth most alongst the farewaye lying from the northeast end of Lesou northeast or a little more easterly about 3 leagues distant On the northeast side of the Trindell lyeth alwayes a great buy whereby you may know it a farre off Depths about the Scaw When the point of the Scaw is northwest and by west about a league from you there it is seventeen and eighteene fathom deep but when the poynt lyeth west and west and by south from you about a league there it is four or five and thirty fathom deep But he that commeth sayling about the Scaw runneth without the riffe in tenne eleven or twelve fathom and goeth on from thence southeast or southsoutheast keepeth a long while still the depth fifteen sixteen fathom at least the space of three leagues before he get twenty or five and twenty fathom When as that you beginne to get againe shoaler water of tenne eight seven and six fathom that goeth then through within the Trindell When as you shall meete with the foresaide depth of the shoaling and saile yet further on southsoutheast then you must be very carefull to use your lead of then because of the foresaid shoale which lyeth off from the northeast end of Lesou towards the Trindell you may runne over it as is said in five foure and so well in the narrowe in three fathom When the northeast point of Lesou beginneth to come southsouthwest from you then you come on against the riff or shoale but when the poynt is southwest from you then you are over the shoalest of the riffe When the west end of Lesou is southwest and the church southwest and by south from you then you are about thwart of the buye of the Trindell Four leagues south and by west from the Scaw lye the smal-Helmes not far from the shoare The Helmes there are three little Islands the southermost the Iuttes doe call the Deynen or the Dee the midlemost Holmes the northermost Grasholme by them lieth yet another little Island You may saile throug between the southermost the middlemost but then you must runne nearest the southermost through betwixt them is four fathom water Under the Helmes is good road for southeast southsoutheast southerly windes He that will go to anchor under them comming from the Scawe must runne to the strand in three fathom and runne so alongst by it in betweene the strand and the Helmes untill that he be within the rockes there he may anchor he may also well runne through alongst by the footstrand in 3 fathom When the rockes of the Helms are east east by north from you there is the road in 4 fathom 4 fathom a half The best road for to ly under the Helms with small ships is betwixt the southermost middle most little Island somwhat nearer the main land then the Islands but for great ships it is best to lye by the Grasholme He that will not lye so farr within the Helmes may also anchor farther out under the high land of Lacklou so that the Helms bee southeast from him in four five or seven fathom there it is also verie good lying for south southsoutheast windes in clean ground of small white and black sand Betwixt the Scawe and the Helmes in the farewaye it is deep eighteen sixteen and fifteene fathom Betwixt the Helmes and the maine land there is at the shoalest three fathom water When you come from the northwardes through betwixt them untill you come thwart of the south end of the rockes there runneth off a little riffe from the Helmes towards the strand where the greate stones lye called Bourser riffe but keeping in three fathom you cannot take hurt of that riffe You may well run out againe by that south end towards Zeabuy So that you may sayl round about the Helmes with shippes that are not of very great draughts Betwixt the Helmes and Lesou a good wayes from the Helmes it is 20 25 fathom deep soft ground but one league from the Helms lye some rocks or shoals where of you must take heed To the westwardes of Lesou lye the Dwaelgrounds Dwaelgrounds to the northwards of the foresaid riff that lyeth off from the southwest point of Lesou where the flat church standeth upon Which are very uneven of three four five and six
For to sayle to Elleboge or Malmuyen and Landscroone If you will sayl out of the Sound to Elleboge or Malmuyen goe from Ween southeast and southeast and by south and then you shall see the steeple or the towne lying before you sayle towards it in that farewaye it is most seven or eight fathom deepe when you come within the south Holmes it wil be five or six fathom deep it doth shoale up suddenly from the seven fathom to five but before the towne it is shoaler water you may anchor there in three four or five fathom if you will you may lye also at the end of the Head in three fathom there it is good lying but with a northwest winde it is a bad roade for it bloweth there open in If you will runne out againe to the southwards of the south Holmes towards Fasterborne or Steden you must take heede of the south Holmes which are foule round about From the north end shooteth off a riffe a great wayes Upon the east side at the south end it lyeth very farre off shoale there lyeth also the Northvliet Northvliet that is a ledge of rocks under water but you may perceive it through the water you shall leave it on the south Holmes side to witt on the starboard side of you but the Southvliet Southvliet which lyeth thwart of Old Fasterborne you shall leave on the larboard side so runne through betwixt them it is in that farewaye at the shoalest four fathom deep When you come off from Malmuyen and that the steeple of Coppenhaven come to the south end of the South Holmes then you are past the Northvliet When you sayle thus there through you must be very carefull to avoyd these foresayd grounds You may runne out also alongst by the strand of Schoonen and leave both the Northvliet lying on the starboard side you may sound that strand in four and five fathom as also the riffe of Fasterborne He that will sayl into Lands-croone Lands-croone must know that there lyeth a shoale before the havens mouth and must runne in about to the southwardes of it there standeth a little church on the north side by the water side and a Gentlemans house somewhat farther within the land bring that church over the house and then you are cleare of the shoale then saile in right with the poynt and anchor in three fathom To the northwards of old Fasterborne goeth in a deepe called Hull or Hulwater Hulwater it is a deepe haven for ordinarie ships which goeth in most northeast in three or foure fathom you may sound it in alongst by the footstrand of old Fasterborne in three fathom leaving old Fasterborne on the starboard side it is there large broad enough How men shall sayle out of the Sound through the shoales or grounds and into the Reefshol He that will sayle out of the Sound towardes the shoales or Groundes let him goe on south and by east or he may Sound alongst by the wood in five or sixe fathom and then hee shall not sayle a misse of the norther buye Norther buye for it lyeth in five or six fathom on the north end of the Middle ground to the eastwardes of the buye it is seven fathom deep but in the right farewaye thwart of this buye it is nine or tenne fathom deep the markes of this buye are when that end of the wood is westsouthwest from you then you are thwart of the norther buy and there standeth then a flat steeple a prettie wayes to the southwards of that wood there commeth also three hommocks to the north side of the town these are all marks of the norther buye From the Norther buy to the Middle buye the course is south and by east When you come by the Middle buye then commeth the southermost mill on to the southwardes of the towne of Coppenhaven and the flat steeple commeth within a handspikes length unto the sharpe steeple that are the markes of the Middle buye or second buye in the shoales or grounds it is here eight and nine fathom deepe From the Middle buye to the third Third buye and forth to the buye upon Casper Caniell the course is south and by east When the white castle commeth over the sharpe steeple they are the markes of the fourth buye or the buye upon the Casper Caniell the third lyeth at the south end of the Middleground it is not there verie broade but steepe on both sides the deepe thereaboutes is seven or eight fathom If you must turne to windewards there you must cast about so soone as it doth begin to shoale as well on the one side as on the other Buy upon Casper Caniel Fisher The fourth buye lyeth on the north end of Draecker upon the flat over against it lyeth a rock above water called the Fisher east by north from the buye there you may well sound the south holme for it is there shoale water Betwixt the third and this sourth buye commeth running out a channell from Copenhaven which men doe call Casper Caniell or the Kingsdeep From the fourth buye or Casper Caniell to Draker riffe the course is south south and by east the land of Draecker you may sound in three four and four fathom and a half The Riffe of Draecker Riff of Draker lyeth a good wayes without Draker it lieth off a halfe league east into sea The markes of the buye upon Draker-riffe are these When the steeple of Copenhaven commeth to the southwards of Draker to the wood then you are thwart of the buye The shoalest water that you shall finde betwixt this buye upon Draecker riffe and the foresayd fourth buye is five fathom lesse two foot For to sayl by night through the shoales or grounds go from the Island Ween south and south and by west so long untill that you come thwart of the point of the wood in four fathom then keep somewhat off from the shoare and go on southeast by east untill that you come in seven fathom and then forth southsoutheast untill you be over the Middle ground the first or northermost buye as is beforesayd lyeth in five fathom but you may well go over to the westwards of it in three or foure fathom keepe then somewhat off untill that you come in eight nine or ten and eleven fathom and sail then on south unto Casper Caniell there it will be by little and little shoaler to wit about 8 fathom Thwart of Draker it is uneven for to sound the one cast five and the other foure fathom but go your course except you knew that you where neerer the one shoare of Draker or the south holmes then the other Without Draker it will be againe 6 and 7 fathom deep Full southeast from Draecker about a good halfe league lyeth a stone three foote under water and is about 2 rods length from the greate where Cornelis Iansz Buysman from the streeck in
the Sisters lying from Farder east northeast about 7 leagues When you will sayle in there you must leave the sharp poynt on the larboard side within lyeth a round rock which you may sayl about on both sides thwart of it is good anchor ground North from this rock lyeth a great Bay fit for ships to lye in that tarrie for a winde within lyeth also a round rock Men do run in alongst by the west land which lyeth in first north about the Island northnortheast they leave the Island on starboard side run in northnorthwest by the west land To the eastwards of Graswijcke also betwixt the Sisters Akersound lyeth Shiphill that is a Haven where men lade Spars and fat wares From the Sisters The Sister unto Bast the course is northwest and by west five leagues Behind the Sisters to the southwards of the poynt of Roge lyeth the haven of Elffang 5 leagues When you come off from Farder you goe must distant from the Island Farder northeast and by east five leagues When you come off from Farder you must run through within the rocks which lye within the Sisters untill you come against the land there you shall find a great gray rock which you must leave on the larboard side and the small rocks that lye there within on the starboard side and then alongst about by the west-land then the haven opens it self which is narrow within flatt and soft ground When you sayle from Farder or Bast unto Soen-water you shall meet with a red poynt betwixt the Soen-water and the Copperwycke He that is bound into Soen-water must run alongst to the eastwards of it but he that is bound into Copperwycke must goe up alongst to the westwards of it and leave it on the starboard side When that you come within the Lams you shall espie a little Church upon the west-land there is the lade place of the Copperwycke Copperwijcke you may sayl up from thence to Brakenes On the north or east side lyeth Holmsound from Farder to the poynt of Roge the course is northnortheast five leagues At the east end of Roge you may anchor there is a playn strand you may run through betwixt the Roge Roge. the Calf but anchor under Fletto then you must run through within the two small rocks From the Island Farder to the Soen-water Soen-water the course is north somewhat easterly but from Bast north and by east The Soen-water lyeth in most north Upon it lye many havens and lade places most on the starboard side as you come in First there is Mos-sound a Haven that goeth up to the eastwards and then there is Wykestee Wykestee which is a bight behind an Island afterwards Shiphill Ship-hill a sandbay and a very good road that goeth so up alongst to the northwards into Anslo and then it runneth about to the southwards into the Bottom Custen van NOORWEGEN van Der Neus tot aen de Pater noster oock hoe de seluige Landen van Iutlant gelegen zyn The Laerwyck Laerwyck is a great broad Sound where are many Bights and Lade-places where men may lye and lade Firretimber From the east poynt lyeth off a great rane of rocks a good wayes oft southeast and by east into sea and run in almost halfe the Sound called the Larwykes Swines where of men must take heed Within in this Sound it is flat water and shoale so that farre within no great ships can lye a float A league to the eastwards of the Nesse or east poynt of the Longsound Stavange lyeth Stavange they are ome out-rockes where men may sayle within on both sides to the eastwards of it lyeth the Sound of Laerwyck For to sayle into the Nesse The Nesse that is on the north side behinde the eastermost poynt of Longsound you must run through betwixt the great rock whereupon the Warder standeth and the land of old Longsound leaving the foresayd rocks on the starboard side and so alongst about that rough Island untill you come into the Nesse which lyeth behinde a chindle strand there you shall lye under a chindle of rockes like red sand There lye also some little rockes thwart of that chindle This is a good handsome haven and light for to come into there it is four and twenty and five and twenty fathom deep The Longsound is one of the fairest havens of all Norway and lyeth northnortheast from Jofferland distant one great league Before old Longsound lyeth a high round rocke whereupon standeth a great round Warder Coninxhaven for knowledge of this haven Coninxhaven that is the southermost or westermost channell of the Longsound goeth in betwixt the westermost through poynt and Conings Island and then men run alongst to the eastwards of the Baers which lyeth off from the foresayd rough poynt For to sayle in there you must run in amid channell and anchor in the Coningshaven in eight and twenty and thirty fathom For to sayle through within Iofferland from Westkiell the Sound lyeth through the channell first northeast and northeast and by north and then eastnortheast and afterwards againe northeast and then you come to a place where the sound is somewhat broader there lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave on the starboard side and edge to the north shoare Being past that you shall come againe in a very narrow sound which lyeth through most northeast and is at some places so narrow that the yard armes doe almost touch the rockes Being through that narrow place you must goe northeast and by east and eastnortheast untill you come thwart of the Longsound then you may sayle in there northnorthwest Road Behinde Iofferland or sayle into the sea as you wil Behinde Jofferland you may also anchor in fifteen or twenty fathom From the Baers unto the northermost rocks of Jofferland that is the southermost or westermost point of Longsound the course is southsouthwest a great league going southsouthwest from with out the Baers The Baers then you shall find a third part of water to Jufferland or shoale which you see quite under water about seven foote Betwixt them both lye two havens Eastkiell and Abbefoord men sayl in there to the eastwards of the out-rocks of Jofferland From these foresayd northermost out-rocks of Jofferland unto Eastkiell it is northwest about a league but to Abbefoort northnorthwest and north and by west also a league Men may comming from the southwards or from Westkiell Westkiel sayle through within Jofferland into Eastkiell or Abbefoort When you come before Westkiel you may see within the land three high hills and also the high land of Long-sound lying northwards from you that land is altogether very easy to be knowne he that seeth it once and takes regard of it shall know it very wel another time when he commeth thereabouts A league to the eastwards of Sandvoort lyeth the haven of
Westkiell a little to the eastwards of it lyeth Jofferland For to sayle into Westkiel Iofferland you must leave all the great rocks which lie off from Jofferland on the starboard side and all the foresayd little rocks of Sandvoort and also a white holme whereupon a mast standeth on the larboard side and run in first northwest and afterwards northnorthwest and at last north untill you come about the west poynt and then you must edge up northwest to the north side of the Islands which ly within the haven there is a Vosse or an Overfall of water there you may anchor in twenty or five and twenty fathom Thwart of Sandvoort lyeth a banck at sea which at some places is not deeper then three or four fathom and lyeth alongst to the eastwards untill thwart of Westkiell A great league to the eastwards of Sandvoort lyeth Longen For to saile in there you must leave all the little rocks on the starboard side and run so alongst by the land untill you come within the Long-holms which remain on the larboard side and then right into the Bight This is a faire haven men come into it from the eastwards When you are before Oxefordt and Longen Markes of Oxeford Longē Longhen then the Drommels lie about westnorthwest from you A league to the eastwards of Oxeford lyeth Longen before it lieth a little round Island or rock on the east side of the haven upon which standeth a mast with a barrell upon a Warder For to sayle in there you must run in close by that land where the Warder with the barrell standeth upon close alongst by the Warder but there standeth a hand on the starboard side of the havens mouth which poynteth that there lyeth thwart of it a suncken rock under water there you must edge somewhat off from the shoare Being within there you may run to the eastwards againe into sea and come out in the Sound of Sand-voordt About a league to the eastwards of Trom-sound lyeth the haven of Oxeford Oxeford which is a great broad and large Sound lying in first without betwixt the rock north Without in the comming into the westwards of the havens mouth lyeth a long rock which you must leave on the larboard side and somewhat past that long rock lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave on the starboard side and run in still north unto the west poynt of the land thwart where of lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd when that you come then within the west poynt you must sayle in northwest and northwest and by north and anchor on the north side of the haven there it is wide and broad with many bights where you may anchor every where in twenty and five and twenty fathom About halfe a league to the eastwards of Maerdow standeth a little white Church upon the sea side to the eastwards of it goeth in the Trom-sound Trom-sound being a faire Sound Without in the comming in stand on the east or northside two Warders upon a high hill you must sayle in by them and thwart of them you may also anchor and from thence you may sayle in further behind the Island Trom and the land of Maerdow untill you come into the Sound of Maerdow When the Drommels are northwest and northwest and by north from you Marks of Maerdow then you are right thwart of Maerdow If you run in so out of the sea right with the Drommels you shall fall right with Maerdow that is a certain mark to know whether you be thwart of Maerdow or to the eastwards or the westwards of it but when you are close before the land or before the havens mouth you cannot see the Drommels because they are then hidden of the cliffeland To anchor under the Island there is the shoalest water but with a northwest or northnorthwest winde it is not so good to come from thence as out of the haven but with an easterly winde it is better to set sail from thence and to get into sea The Haven of Maerdow Warder of Maerdow in the Haven Trom. North or north by east Mieuholmes N. or n. w. by north Island Maerdow The eastergat lyeth in westsouthwest there lyeth a suncken rock on the starboard side when you sayle in therefore you must run in close by the Island It is not deeper there in the gat or channell then three fathom but being come within it you shall finde it deeper you may anchor there under the Island in twelve or thirteen fathom or you may run up to the westwards into the Sound as is beforesayd For to sail into Maerdow through within the Mewholmes With a bare winde or otherwise you may sayle also in to this wester-gat of Maerdow to the westwards of Miewholmes thus To the westwards of the southermost Miewholme not farre from it lye two little rocks even above water and a little further off from in two other rockes which are somewhat greater you must runne in amidst the channell through betwixt them leaving the two smallest lying on the starboard side and the two greatest on the larboard side that channell lyeth through most north and north and by east Being come to the end of the Miewholmes you may sayle up either towards the northeast behinde the Island Maerdow or westwards into the Haven as is beforesayd There goeth sometimes a good tyde out of this Haven and the westerly windes doe blow commonly out of this channell betwixt the high lands therefore he that will come in here with a westerly winde must be very carefull and keep up his top sailes or els he should lightly not be able to get the haven but drive out of it against his will Thwart of the west end of the Island Maerdow Maerdow lyeth a suncken rock under water whereof you must take heed when you sayle in thus to the eastwards of the Mieuholmes When you are come within the foresayd west poynt or the Island Maerdow you may runne up towards the northeast behind it anchor in 12 or 13 fathom or sayle up towardes the northnorthwest into the Sound anchor there on the west side in 16 14 or 12 fathom according as you sayle farre in In the going into the Sound or haven it is 34 fathom deep The Island Maerdow standeth upon the top of it full of trees and round about it are all bare rockes On each side of the Island goeth in a channell The wester gatt or channell goeth into the westwardes of the Island and the easter gatt to the eastwardes of it For to sayle into the wester gatt you must leave the Mewholmes they are a fow rocks and Islands to the westwardes of the Island of Maerdowe on the larboard side and the Island on the starboard side and run in so betwixt them both northwest and by north but with a southwest wind you must sayle in northwest Upon the northermost Miewholme standeth a Warder To
it hath manie faire deep Havens with verie good anchor ground where in great abundance of timber and boards laden The first Haven to the eastwards of the Naze The kloof Cowe Calfe is called the Kloof or the Cowe Calfe after two high hommockes easy to be knowne the one somewhat greater then the other which lye within the Haven upon the high land and are so called by the Dutch Schippers He that will sayle into this Haven comming from the westwardes shall meete with a great rock somewhat to the eastwardes of the Naze called Melyn where upon is a Warder being past that he shall find another outrock where upon standeth also a Warder called Sparrels Betwixt these two outrockes he must runne into this haven the Kloof When he commeth against Sparrels there lyeth a suncken rock under water where of hee must take heed Somewhat within Sparrels lyeth an other Rock in the farewaye but above water which he must leave on the larboard side In sayling in so the haven doth open it self by little and little and so shall come against the Kloof being come within it he must edge up to the westwards about the poynt and anchor there in a sand baye in fifteen or sixteen fathom so that the two foresayd hommocks the Cowe and the Calfe stande about northeast from him Of the streames on these Coasts Although the water on these Coasts of Norway doth ebbe and flow beyond Bergen as farre as Stadt neverthelesse it keepeth no certaine tyde in sometimes of the yeare and principally in the Spring time there goeth such a strong streame about west alongst Norway that a ship having a southwest storme shall not bee able to stem it when it can beare sayle How nearer you come under the land of Norway so much the stronger goeth the streame This streame falleth out of the Belt on against the land from the northeast and turneth so alongst by the Coast of Norway towards the north Sea Read more largely of this in the description of the Belt How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the west end of the Paternosters to Harmanshead north and by west somewhat northerly 5 leagues From Harmanshead to southerwixholm north and west 6 leagues From Southerwixholm to Akersound southeast and by east 6 leagues From Akersound to the Sisters west and by north 4 leagues From the Sisters to Bast northwest and by west 5 leag From the Red-poynt to Bast southsouthwest 3 leagues From Coperwijck to Bast south and by east 4 leagues From Soen-water to Farder south somewhat westerly 8 leagues From Bast to Farder south and by east 5 leagues From Monck Island or Roge to Farder southsouthwest 5 leagues From the Sisters to Farder southwest and by west four leagues From Farder to Laerwijck westsouthwest 4 leagues From the Island Farder to the Longesound westsouthwest 8 leagues From the Longesound to the Iofferland southsouthwest one great league From Iofferland to Maerdow southwest 8 leagues From Iofferland to Fleckory southwest 19 leagues From Eastrysen to Maerdow southsouthwest 3 leagues From Maerdow to Wolfsound or Reperwyck westsouthwest 8 leagues From Maerdow to Blindsound southwest 6 leagues From Blindsound to Wolfsound southwest 3 leagues From Wolfsound to Fleckory southwest and by west and westsouthwest 3 leagues From Reperwijck or Wolfsound to the Naze westsouthwest 11 leagues From Fleckory to the Naze westsouthwest 8 leagues From Schare sound to the Naze westsouthwest 3 leag From the Naze to the Holmes in Jutland southeast 19 or 20 leagues From the Naze to Boevenbergen southeast and by south 24 leagues From the Naze to Holyland the Course is south and by east and southsoutheast 67 or 68 leagues From the Naze to the Eems south somewhat easterly 75 or 76 leagues From the Naze to Born-riffe south somewhat westerly 83 leagues From the Naze to the Tessel or Maersdeep the course is south and by west distant 93 leagues From the Naze to Walcheren south and by west 125 or 126 leagues From the Naze to the Head or the Strait betwixt Calice and Dover the course is southsouthwest or somewhat more westerly 143 leagues From the Naze to the Holmes before Yarmouth southsouthwest somewhat westerly 104 leagues From the Naze to Flambrough head southwest 100 leagues From the Naze to Scarborough southwest 99 leagues From the Naze to the river of Newcastle southwest by west somewhat westerly 104 leagues From the Naze to Liet in Scotland westsouthwest somewhat westerly 103 leagues From the Naze to Boecknesse west somwhat northerly 88 or 89 leagues From the Naze to Fayrhil westnorthwest 93 leagues From the Naze to Hitland the course is northwest and by west about 100 or 101 leagues From the Kloof or the Cow and Calf to the Scaw the course is east and by south somewhat easterly 30 leagues From Fleckory to the Holmes in Jutland southeast and by south 19 leagues From Fleckory to the Scaw east and by south 25 or 26 leagues From Reperwycke to the Scaw east and by south and eastsoutheast 24 leagues From Maerdow to the Holmes the course is south 24 leagues From Maerdow to the Scaw southeast and by east 20 or 21 leagues How these Lands doe shew them selves at sea Calfe cow Thus sheweth the Cow and Calfe being foure or five leagues north and by east from you Calfe cow Thus sheweth the Cow and Calfe when you come from the westwards and are thwart of them Thus sheweth the Naze being four or five leagues west from you Thus sheweth the land to the eastwards of Longsound when you are about five leagues off from the land and saile from the westwards alongst by it The Naze The land of Spranger Thus sheweth it selfe the land of Norway betwixt the Naze and Fleckory when you are about five leagues off from it Fleckery The Boat Wolfsound Hamersound The land betwixt Fleckory and Maerdow or the Drommels sheweth thus when you come from the westwards and saile alongst by it Drommels Hill to the northwards of the Drommels East Drommels The land of westkiel Thus sheweth the land betwixt Maerdow and Longsound when you are about Langen five leagues without the land Distelbergh Long. Britto Thus sheweth the land of Northeast betwixt Southerwycksholme and Maelstrand when you saile alongst by it being foure leagues without the land De Custen van NOORWEGEN Tusschen Der Neus en Schui tenes The sixth Demonstration In which Are set forth the Coast of Norway between the Naze and Schuytenes A Little to the westwards of the poynt of the Naze lye two havens New and Old Silloe or Silleu some doe call these one haven like as also men may doe and distinguish it into an easter and westergat or Haven for men can goe with boats through within the rockes from the one into the other but not with great ships Silloe For to sayle into the easter-gat or New Siloe you must take heede of the Bishops Boeden which are a
before the Lieth Thus sheweth the hill Sick when you are to the northwards of Schuytenes The eighth Demonstration Where in The Coast of Norway betweene Ieltefioerd and the high point of Horrel is shewed FRom Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen to Olde the coast lyeth northnorthwest and north and by west about 16 leagues that is all broken land with many rocks where men may sayle through within them The Norway Barkes come off from Stade all alongst through that broken land rocks within the Island Harle unto Bergen About 4 leagues and a halfe to the southward of Old lyeth a great row of rocks lying 3 or 4 leagues without the other rocks thwart off from the shoare to seawards called the Outweers Outweers Betwixt them Old lyeth a good Haven called Southfoort there lye 3 Islands before it where men run in betwixt them both alongst into the Haven Olde Olde is a high rock a good wayes from the land and loose from the other rocks by the land but hath some small rocks lying about it there lyeth alsoo a row of rocks a good wayes off from it southwest into the sea About northwest and northwest and by north from Olde lye 2 rowes of rocks where of some lye above and some under water When as you are either to the northwards or to the southwards of Old it doth shew it selfe with a great saddle in 2 hommockes and going downe round on both sides but being thwart off or westwards from it then it lyeth in one round hill almost like Coll. You may comming from the southwards runne in about the eastwards within Old northeast to Oldesound come out againe to the northwardes of Olde Foure leagues to the northwardes of Olde-sound lyeth Kyn Kyn also a great rocke which men may sayle round about and sheweth it selfe with 2 sharp Hommckes allmost like a Cowes clawe or Bishops Myter Betwixt Kyn Olde goeth a great Sound into the land upon which lye two towns Waldres Easterdal Waldres Easterdal Northwest and by west from Kyn lye three or foure rocks and also some suncken rocks under water Southwest and by west about 3 leagues off from it lye also some rockes above and some under water Three or foure leagues to the northwards of Kyn lyeth Ornael Ornael also a great rock which sheweth it self in one great high round Hill Three leagues or three leagues and a halfe to the northwards of it lyeth the south poynt of Stade But Ornaell and Olde lye about north and south 7 or 8 leagues asunder Betwixt Ornael and the south point of Stade Sâ—â—de goeth in a great broad sound from whence men may saile through within the broken land to the southwards to Bergen A little within the south point of Stade is a Bay where men may goe to anchor thwart of a sea-beacon ly sheltred for a west winde North point off Staden The land of Stade lyeth from the south-point to the north poynt northnortheast and southsouthwest which is a whole main coast but ful close alongst by the shoare with many small rocks but none that men may sayle about with in them for to have any shelter for the sea The Norway Barkes of all places to the northwards of it yea and all those which come off from the North Cape can sayle all alongst the coast of Norway unto Berghen through within the rocks except thwart of this land of Stade Havens on Stade there they must runne a seaboard through the sea Between these two foresayd poynts are also two little havens where men may ride but a little or nothing used To the northwards of Stade the Island lyeth with many Islands northeast to the broadsound nine leagues About halfe wayes lyeth a little Island or rock called Swynoe Swynoe that is Hogges-Island a league from land without the other Islands of Flowach When you are close by the north poynt of Stade and go on northeast you run through within that little Island Swynoe but with a northeast and by north course about a sea-board of it He that is bound to Roemsdall or into the Sounds of Sudmer must runne into the Broad-sound Broad-sound which goeth in at the ends of the Islands of Flowach east and east by south the outermost of these Islands is called Hassen When you come to the end of those foresayd Islands you shall see east from you about two leagues a great high short Island called Goedeu Goedeu or of some Godsche-saed and a little to the southwards of it somewhat further in a great black rocke of fashlon like a hay-cock or almost like a suger-loafe it is called by the saylers the Cookes-broad sayle in right with it but bring not that foresayd rock to or under that Island but keep it clear off without it for els you should surely sayle upon the foresayd suncken rockes which lye under water at the north side of the broad-sound From the Island Goedeu or Godsche-sand runneth off also a little riffe to the southwards or towards the southeast from it When you come by that Island runne about that little riffe in betwixt it the foresayd black rock and anchor a little within that riffe under Goedue runne not farre within it for to avoyde a suncken rock which lyeth somewhat further in not farre from land there stand two little wardes upon the shoare a little within the risse for knowledge of the roade Behinde or to the northwards of Godeu lyeth the little Island Geske Geske upon it standeth a little Church on the south side before it men may also anchor in eight or tenne fathom cleane ground A little within Goedue on the east side of Geske lyeth another Island greater then Geske called Walderoe Walderoe on both sides of the southeast poynt of that Island men may anchor in good cleane ground and lye land-lockt for all windes From thwart of Geske and Walderoe lyeth a great multitude of Rocks northwest so farre into sea that comming a scaboard by Swynoe with a northeast course you should bee farre within them He that commeth from the northwards may sayle by west alongst by these rocks to Goedeu and leave the a foresayd suncken rocks lying on the north side of the Broade sound on the starboard side of him and runne in about by the poynt of Goedue as hath been beforesayd You may also run into the northwards of Goedeu to wit in betwixt Goedeu and Geske and anchor within Geske or under Walderoe but it is not wel to be done but for them which are there verie well acquainted There lye manie Rocks some above some under water whereof men must take heede In at the Broade sounde is the best and surest For to runne from Walderoe to Roemsdale goe on to the northwards alongst by the great Islands Luycko it is in that farewaye 10 20 14 16 and 18 fathom deepe but even past Luycko runneth a
stone riffe thwart over the farewaye on against the poynt of the maine land you must thereabouts edge off from the Island on the larboard side run indifferent close alongst by that pointe of the maine land on the starboard side then you runne over the deepest of that Stoneriffe to witt in 3 fathom or thereabouts as soone as you shall be over it it is againe verie deepe of 10 20 and presently an hundred and two hundred fathom Runne on still by the land on the starboard side and verie close alongst by it and leave all the Islands that lye on the larboard side so you shall come unto the River of Roemsdale Towards the southeast from the foresayd Island Goedeu or Godsche-sand goeth a great deepe river into the land to Sickule Honighpale and other lading places more How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Jeltesioerd or the Waghe of Bergen to the Rocks of Outweers northnorthwest and n. by west about 11 or 12 leagues From the Outweers rock to Old northnorthwest n. by west betwixt 4 5 leagues From Old to Cyne n. and by east and northnortheast 4 leagues From Olde to Ornael north and north and by east 7 or 8 leagues From Ornael to the south poynt of Stade northnortheast 3 leagues From the south poynt of Stade to the north poynt n. n. east 8 leagues From the north point of Stade to Swyno or Swynoost northeast and by north 4 leagues From Swynoe to the outermost of Flowach or the broade sound northeast and by east 4 leagues From the north poynt of Stade to the Island Hessen or the Broade-sound northeast 8 leagues From Hessen to Goedeu east and east and by south 3 leagues From Swynoe alongst without the Roemsdaels schares to Boede the course is northeast and by north and northeast From Stade to the north-end of Hitland westsouthwest 66 leagues From Stade to the east poynt of Island westnorthwest 200 leagues From Stade to Greeneland northwest about 330 leag Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Betwixt Berghen and Stade the water riseth falleth but it keepeth no certaine tyde a southsouthwest and n. northeast moone maketh there most full sea Betwixt Stade Luyckesound Boe a southsouthwest and northnortheast moone maketh high Water Heights The Outweers-rocks lye in 60 degr and 53 min. The Island Kyne in 61 degr 30 minutes Stade in 26 degrees Broad-sound or the Island Goedeu in 62 degr 40 min. Luycksound in 62 degrees and 55 minutes How these lands doe shew themselves at sea The Land about Northfoert Southfoert when it lyeth east by south from you South point of Stade Ornael Kyne Olde Thus sheweth the Islands Ornael Kyne Olde to the southwards of Stade Stade When the south point of Stade lyeth northeast by north from you then it sheweth with the land from thence southwards within Ornael Kyne Olde like as it is pourtrayed in this the figure following The Land about Olde This followeth the former figure When the poynt of Stade lyeth southsoutheast 8 leagues from you it sheweth thus Caarte van NOORWEGEN vande hoeck van Horrel tot aen Momendael waer in begrepen wort het Liet van Dronten When Stade is southsoutheast from you and Goedeu east 4 leagues then the Land betwixt Stade the Broad-sound like as is pourtrayed in this the figure following and then you are open before the Broad-sound This followeth the former figure unto Stade The forme of Island Luycko when it is east by north from you Thus sheweth the Island Goedeu being east from you The ninth Demonstration Where in The Liet of Dronten is shewed TO the northwards or northeastwardes from Geske lye amongst a greate manie other rocks and little Islands five greate Islands the first called Luco Luco which is a high Island like as also the second betwixt these two goeth in a channell about southeast called Luycksound Luycksound Upon the third called Harnsoe Harnsoe lyeth also a high hil but it is at both endes somewhat lowe The fourth and smallest called Lemsoe Lemsoe or the lowe Island sheweth it selfe in 2 or 3 lowe hommocks The fifth called Flemseu Flemseu or the Island is a great and lowe Island but seemeth little to see to at sea because there lyeth but one hommock upon it not verie greate and of fashion as the roof or cabben of a Hoye Roofe Island or the west end highest within the east poynt of that Island is a good roade in a bight where men lie landlockt for all winds To the northwards or eastwards of Flemseu or Roofe Island goeth in a channell called Nogwe Fioert lying in east and by south at which men may runne in to Roemsdale Without these foresayd Islands off from Luco unto Boede lyeth a great multitude of out rocks great and small called the Roemsdales Schares Roemsdales Schares Eastwards from the Roofe Island or Flemseu lyeth amongst other rocks and little Islands the Island Lever Lever which men may sayle about on both sides whether they be bound outwards from Roemsdale to Beresound or Boe or inwards from Boe or Beresound Beresound and wil runne through the foresayd Islands Beresound is a Haven within some rockes even to the southwards or Westwards of the poynt Boe Boe. there it is good lying but not good to come into without a Pilot or some one that is there well acquainted Boede is an out-point with a neck or small point of land fast to the maine land alongst to the southwards of it men may run in and up to the southwards to Beresound or els goe to anchor in a bay on the north side behind Boe by some houses where they may lye sheltred for a west winde From Boe to Stemmeshest the coast lyeth about n. e. and by n. 2 leagues betwixt them both about half wayes lye many small lowe black Out-rocks as if they were sowne alongst the shoar called the Stoppels Stoppels betwixt them and the maine land you cannot sayle through with great shipps without great danger The Norwaye Barckes runne alongst with in them and also anchor there within under a rock which is somewhat greater then the rest and lyeth about the middst af the Stoppels or somewhat nearer the main land called the Eartholm All the Islands betwixt Broad-sound or Flowach and Boe belong under Roemsdale From Stade to Stemmeshest or Stemmesnes the course is alongst without the Islands northeast and by n. about six twenty leagues the land betwixt them both is called the Governement of Roemsdael Stemmeshest Stemmes-Hest is a high point easy to be known it sheweth it self when as you get sight of it comming from the southwardes or the westwards in two Hommocks thwart of it goeth in the Liet with divers entries About a shot of a cast-peece from the point lyeth a black round rock altogether alone not very great
streames on these coasts From Stade to Dronten a south and by east and north and by west moon maketh high water with a spring it falleth a fathom and a halfe up and downe with an ordinary tyde scarce a fathom The tydes run not there alongst the land but the flood falleth thwart on against the land and the ebbe to the contrary thwart from the shoare to seawards Courses and Distances From Stemneshest to Gryp northeast and by east 6 leag From Gryp to the Islands of Momendall northeast 18 leagues From Gryp to Holyland northnortheast and northeast and by north 27 leagues From Gryp to Rust north and north by east 64 leag From Gryp to the north end of Hitland southwest and by west 115 leagues From Gryp to the south end of Fero westsouthwest 167 leagues From Grype to the east poynt of Island west and west and by north 233 leagues Of the heights of these lands The Islands Whitholme and Smeerholme lye in 63 degrees 54 minutes The Island Gryp in 64 degrees The town Dronten 64 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the point of Stemmeshest or Heynst Flenseu Roofen Island Lemseu Low Island Harnsoe Luycko Thus sheweth the Islands of Roemsdale when the middle most of the three highest and the westermost is southeast from you about 3 leagues Stemneshest The Islands of Roemsdale Thus sheweth the Land between Stemmeshest and the Broad-sound when as you saile a seaboard alongst by the Roemsdaels Islands Schares These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other The land from Gryp westwards or southwards towards Stemmeshest like these two figures here above when as you saile alongst by it seven leagues without the land The tenth Demonstration In which The east side of England is shewed from the River of London to Welles BY two wayes men may saile into the river of London from the southwards alongst by the north Forland and from the northwards alongst by the Naes If you will sayle in there from the southwards then you must first shun the North Forland it is there shoale a good wayes from the shoare bring the north Forland also not more southerly from you then southwest that you do not run on against the north-grounds which lye farre to seawards Comming by the land run alongst by it but come not too neere it that you loose sight of the spyre of the steeple of Margat behind the land for then you should come too neere it but if you keepe so far from the shoare that you can see the foresayd steeple above the high land or keep it even in your sight then you cannot take hurt of the south grounds Comming thwart of Margat then you are past the foresaid shoals or south grounds Run then boldly towards the shoare and within two cables lengths alongst by it for to avoid the north grounds which lye farre to the southwards towards the land Sayle on so west all alongst by the shoare untill that the Reculvers which are two steeples upon one Church come one in the other and then you shall run in sight of the first buye upon the Lasts which lieth upon the foresaid markes of the Reculvers Reculvers being by it you can also see the other buy which lyeth like as the first also on the north side and over against it on the south side standeth a beakon there you must saile through betwixt them both leaving the buye on the starboard side and the beakon over against it on the larboard side From thence you may with little shippes or shippes of little draught but not with ships of great draught at high water run over the Swallow on westnorthwest towards Sheppy for it is there shoale water with ships of great draught you must runne through the Fishers deep towards Black-tayle You may also runne from Margat with small shippes alongst by the shoare upon the lead at high water even unto the Sheppy but in sayling alongst there you must cast your tides well for the flood falleth very strong into the Swallow and the ebbe to the contrary very strong out When you come by Sheppy Sheppy runne within two cables lengths alongst by it for to avoid the taile of the Spanjard The Spagniard untill that you be past Quinsbrough edge then off from the south shoare for to avoyd the Noere The Nore which is a sande that shooteth off from the south poynt of the River a good wayes to the eastwards upon the outermost end where of standeth allwayes a beakon whereby you may know it Run alongst to the northwards of it leaving it on the larboard side and alongst in the middle of the channell into the sea-reach for to avoid the grounds which lye off from the north shoare goe in so alongst towardes Gravesend To sayle with shippes of great draughts alongst by the north Forland up into the Thames you must when you are past the buyes upon the Last sayle through the Fishers deep Fishers-deep toward Black-tayle which lyeth from the second buye upon the Lasts unto the first buye in the Fishers deep northwest and northwest and by west which lyeth upon the north side of the sand which men doe call the Spanjard those two buyes lye a great wayes one from the other Sayling from the buye upon the Lasts it is a great wayes all shoale water so that you must runne over there with high water but comming neare the buye upon the Spanjard it is by little and little deeper water He that will saile over here must reckon his tydes well the flood falleth there alongst towards the southwest almost thwart over the deepe and the ebbe to the contrary The second buye in the Fishers Deepe you must leave on the starboard side the buye upon the Spanjaerd on the larboard side being past that you come against the Blacketayle to the southwards of the Shoebeakon into the right deepe The cast poynt of Sheppy shall then lye about south from you From the Shoe-beakon the course is southwest to the point of Blacktaile there runneth off a hooke which men might at unawares sayl within comming from the northwards in five or sixe fathom but if you keep from the shoar in seven fathom you cannot sayle within it From Black-taile to the beakon upon the Noere the course is westsouthwest leave it on the larboard side as before is said and runne in alongst the river in the middst of the channell betwixt both lands unto Gravesend For to saile into the river of London comming from the northwards For to saile into the river off London from the northwards you must come neere the coast to the northwards of Orfordnes which is to the northwards of all the sands there lye Albrough Dunwich Walderswike Sowle and Covehit all betwixt Orfordnes and Leystaf Covehit is a sharp steeple like as also Leystraffe but Sowle and Walderswyke Albrough and Orfordnes are flat steeples Sowle Sowle and
Dunwich Dunwich lye both upon the high land betwixt them both is a valley therein you may see Walderswike when you are thwart of it Dunwich is the best to be knowne of all these foresayd places it hath two flat steeples and on both sides some trees To the southwards of it lyeth Albrough Albrough which is also very easy to be knowne it hath one high flat steeple with three mills the two stand to the northwards and the third to the southwards of Albrough when you are thwart of it but sailing to the southwards they come at last all three to the southwards of it The land without Albrough and to the southwards of it is very low flat and chindely land Betwixt Albrough and Dunwich about half wayes betwixt them lyeth a Wood which is at both ends high and in the middest low with a saddle this you shall commonly see first when you fall with the land thereabouts and is the best to be knowne for to know the coast by the land without it and to the southwards is very low flat chindely land About two leagues to the southwards of Albrough lyeth Orfordnes Orfordnes betwixt them both stand also two woods of trees which shew themselves a farre off like castles or towers Orfordnes is a flat steeple with a thick or broad castle which hath also athick flat steeple almost of fashion like the steeple of Rarop open above with holes in it like Bellholes Before Dunwich you may anchor there is good lying in eight or nine fathom somewhat soft ground Before Albrough is the best road of all the coast thereabouts in six and seven fathom East from Aelbrough about two league lieth Aelbrough Knock Aelbroug Knock. this is a sand which at low water is not deeper then seven or eight foote you may sound round about it in five fathom but is not good to come nearer it With sea winds you may descerne it plainly by the breaking of the sea upon it but with lawderly or westerly winds faire weather the sea breaketh not upon it hee that runneth thereby to the northwards with an ebb shall see it commonly ripple very much upon it like as upon most of the English bancks not indeed upon the bankes but against them for upon the shoalest or middest of the bankes is alwayes the smoothest water like as you finde every where When as Aelbrough is west from you and the two steeples of Orfordnes are one in the other there you shall finde Albrough Knock. These are sure marks of that sand The Whiting or Whiting sand is somewhat a long small sand lying before Orfordnes and the chindely land to the southwards of Aelbrough and lyeth alongst the reach but the south end lyeth further from land then the north end there is at low water not above six or seven foot water upon it Comming from the northwards men sayle commonly to the westwards of it that is through betwixt the land and Whiting-sand towards the Naze Men may also saile alongst to the eastwards of it through betwixt Whiting-sand Whiting-sand and the eastermost poynt of the Court The Court or Court-sand which some doe call the Rib. The north end of the Whiting lyeth alongst close to the shoare and lyeth from the steeples of Orfordnes southeast and by south it is so exceeding steepe and needle too that you shall have the one cast nine the next cast five fathom and then you are no more but a ships length from it before you can heave the lead again you should be upon it When as you sit with the foreship against it it is at the stearne five or six fathom deep Alongst the inner-side it is also everie where so steepe that you cannot sounde it but on the outer side you may runne alongst by it in five fathom upon the lead untill you come within the sands When as you come from the northwardes and wil sayle through within the Whiting you must run close alongst by the shoare southwest about by the poynt of the chindle to the southwardes of Aelbrough untill you come within the north poynt of the Whitinge when the steeples of Orfordnes come to be northwest and by north from you then you are right thwart of the north poynt of the Whiting being within it goe againe more southerly to wit southwest and by south towardes Balsy cliffe If you should fall to the southwards of Whiting or els comming from the southwards will sayle in there to the northwardes then bring the steeples of Orfordnes westnorthwest or northwest and by west but for all not more northerly then northwest from you and sayle so right in untill you come by the Chindle strand then run in alongst by it as is before saide and then you shall run far enough alongst to the northwardes of the Whiting For to runne into the eastwards off the Whyting If you will sayle into the eastwardes or the southwardes of the Whiting then bring the steeples of Orfordnes northnorthwest or northwest and by north or northwest from you and sayle in so right with them untill that the wood of trees that standeth upon the next poynt to the southwardes of Balsy cliffe come to Balsy cliffe which shall then stand about westsouthwest from you keepe that aforesayd woode to the south side of the cliffe and saile in bouldly right with it and then you shall runne right in the farewaye in betwixt the Whiting and the tayle of Courtesand but if you bring the foresaide trees more then a handspikes length without the cliffe you shall not fayle to runne on against the point of the Courte That aforesayd wood of trees is verie easy to be knowne because there abouts stand no other trees Or bring the steeple of Balsy westsouthwest from you and saile in so right with it untill you come by Whiting-sand in five or sixe fathom and leade it in so by it upon the leade untill that you come by Balsy or that you gett deeper water When you come neare Balsy whether you be come in from the northwards or the southwardes of Whiting-sand you must keepe somewhat off from the shoare because of a litttle riffe or smalltayle that shooteth off from the shoare thwart of Balsy cliff which you must avoyde somewhat with shippes of greate draughts there remaineth at low water upon it not more then two fathom you may commonly perceive it well by the rippeling of the tyde Fot to sail in at a channell through the Court. You may also sayle into the southwardes of the Ribbe that is the tayle of the Courte or Courte-sand thus Bring the steeple of Balsy northnorthw or a little more northerly from you and sayle in so right with it and so you shall runne into the northwardes or through the Courte at a channell of eight fathom depth the e. side of this channell is steepe come no nearer it then eight fathom but by the w. side you may
to the southwards and the flood to the northwards Courses and Distances From the north Forland to the north end of the Goodwin the course is south and by east one great leag From the north Forland to Kentish Knock northeast and by north and northnortheast 4 or 5 leagues From thence to the Orfordnesse north 11 leagues From the north Forland to the Gallopper northeast and by north 9 leagues From the Gallopper to Orfordnes northnorthwest 9 leagues From Orfordnes to the Naze southwest 8 leagues From Orfordnes or Abre to Leytstaff south and north 8 or 9 leagues From Abre to Abreknock eastsoutheast one great leag From Leytstaff to Yarmouth with in through the bancks south 2 or 3 leagues From the north Forland to the Wielings the course is east somewhat northerly about 27 leagues From the north Forland to the Mase the course is eastnortheast or somewhat moore easterly about 31 leagues From the north Forland to the Tessell or Maersdiep northeast somewhat westerly 47 leagues From the Naze or Harwitch to the Mase east 31 leag From Orfordnes to Tessell eastnortheast 37 leagues From Yarmouth or Leystaff to Walcheren or the Wielings southeast and southeast by south 32 leagues From the poynt of Cromer or Schield to the Tessell the course is east 40 leagues Of the heights of these lands The north Forland lyeth in 51 degrees 30 minutes Orfordnes lyeth in 52 degrees 14 minutes Yarmouth lyeth in 52 degrees 48 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Orfordnes Albrough Dunwitch Walderswyke Sowle Thus sheweth the coast of England betwixt Orfordnes and Sowle haven Sowle Covehit Leytstaff Thus sheweth the land betwixt Sowle and Leystaff Leystaff Yarmouth Winterton Winterton Admiralshouse The land to the northwards of Winterton untill past Haesbrough sheweth when you sayle alongst by it as is demonstrated in these two figures following the A A one to the other Castor Haesbrough Thus sheweth the land alongst the north coast of England betwixt Yarmouth and Cromer when you sayle through within the bancks De Cust van ENGELANDT tusschen Welles en 't Eylandt Coket Castor Winterton Haesbrough Cromer The eleventh Demonstration Where in The Coast of England and Schotland are set forth betweene Welles and the Island Cocket BEtwixt Wels Bornum lieth a banck You may ride under it in five or six fathom at halfe flood there is upon it no more then two fathom water He that will saile into Bornum Bornum must goe in at high water and he must bring the steeple against the Black-house and saile so in by the beakons leaving them on the larboard side These are all tyde-havens From Bornum to Chappell Chappell the course is westsouthwest 2 leagues to the northwards of it lyeth the Sonck which is a sand that falleth dry at low water You may sayle about it on both sides of the Sonck The Sonk unto Lin. For to saile into the easter channel of Lin Easter channell of Lin. then sayle about to the eastwards of the Sonck and bring that wood of trees over the poynt of Sitsein or Suytson and Chappell cast from you then goe in southeast and by south and you shall find the first buye then in south and by west and southsouthwest and by little little more westerly untill you come about the poynt there the buyes and beakons shall shew you the way When you come about the poynt then you may runne through the sands into the norther channell and sayle out againe by the same into sea by the buyes markes that are thereof This norther channell lyeth into sea northeast and northeast by east and is very well buyed and beakoned Wester-channell off Lin. You may also sayle into the westwards of the Sonck to witt south and by east in alongst by it and so runne to the first buye and then from the buye alongst by the beakons unto Lin before the towne When you come from the eastwards you may well run through within the Sonck alongst by the land close alongst by Chappell and in south and by west unto the foresayd first buye For to sayle from Cromer or Blakeney to Bostondeep Boston deepe you must goe on w. by n. untill you come by the land betwixt the Hommer and Lagernesse From the Soecke lyeth a long banck called the Flats The Flats n. into sea a league which at low water falleth dry at divers places You run with the foresayd West and by North course when you are by Cromer or Blakeney a little without the land alongst without or to the northwards of this banck at high water you may well goe over it the ground on the east side goeth up flat and playne run boldly to it without feare untill you come in foure or three fathom hee that useth his lead can take no hurt of it but on the inner side that is on the west side it is very steepe so soone as you be over the shoalest you shall get suddenly deepe water and good sand ground under it or within it it is good riding for easterly winds For to sayle into Boston deepe For to sail into Boston deep through within the Knock or Elle-knock you must keepe the sounding of the shoare in foure or five fathom so long untill that the poynt of Lagernesse be westnorthwest from you Betwixt the shoare and Elle-knock Elleknock remayneth at low water five fathom in the middest of the channell but Elle-knock falleth dry at low water When as Lagernesse is westnorthwest from you then goe on southeast through betwixt Elle-knock and the shoale which shooteth off from the shoare to the westwards of Lagernesse untill that you get againe depth off six or seven fathom in this going over remayneth at low water no more then two fathom but it floweth there about three fathom up and downe Being over it then goe on southwest alongst betwixt Longsand Longsand and the shoale which lyeth off from the shoare there it is deepe betwixt them both 9 and 10 fathom you may sound both sides as well the shoale which lyeth off from the land as Longsand in five fathom but the flats is somewhat steeper then Longsand For to sayle without Elle-knock into Bostons deepe comming as is before sayd to the west land you must looke out for the two steeples of Ingoldmills Ingoldmills standing somewhat to the northwards of Lagernesse bring them one in the other and then they shall stand about northnorthwest from you keepe them one in the other and goe on southsoutheast untill that the trees upon the poynt bee by west Lagernesse come without the poynt of Lagernesse and then you runne through betwixt Elle-knock and Dogshead Dogs-head that is a shoale without Elle-knock when the aforesayd trees come a handspikes length past or to the eastwards of the poynt of Lagernesse then goe on southwest and then you runne right into the deepe betwixt Elleknock and Longsand and so you shall
finde betwixt Elleknock and the poynt of Longsand five fathom depth being past Elleknock it will be eight nine and ten fathom deep If you will sayle out of the sea into Boston deepe and not alongst by the land as is before sayd then bring the foresayd trees a handspikes length without the point of Lagernesse which shall then stand from you about westsouthwest sayle in so right with them untill that the high land within Lagernesse or Winfleet begin to come even without the poynt of Lagernesse which shall then be from you somewhat more northerly then west then you are within the point of Longsand Or else there stand three little houses on the sea side about halfe wayes betwixt Lagernesse Ingoldmils when they come to be northwest from you those foresayd trees without the poynt then you are also within the poynt of Longsand goe in then southwest betwixt Elleknock and Longsand as aforesayd Alittle past Lagernesse lyeth a shoale or plate about the middest in the fareway but nearest Longsand when the trees upon the poynt to the southwards of Winfleet come in the second valley of the high land within Winfleet then you are right thwart of this shoale edge therefor to one side or other rather towards the shoale there is widest keepe boldly the sounding of the shoale run southwest alongst by it untill that the steeple of Boston come over the steeple of Butterwyke Butterwyke that is also a flat steeple but smaller then that of Boston standing in a wood of trees thwart of it runneth the shoale somewhat off with a poynt being past it goe on westsouthwest all alongst by the foresayd showld untill that the great steeple of Boston come over the second mill there it is good anchoring by the west shoare in five fathom at low water He that commeth there at low water must anchor and stay for the tyde untill halfe floud before that you may not sail further in from thence and then you shall not also find more then two fathom upon the shoalest From thence the Deep lyeth in alongst by the beakons about south to the third beakon being past that westsouthwest and then by little and little more westerly northerly but run all alongst by the beakons leaving them on the starboard side at last on north into the River Upon the poynt of the river standeth a house which is a sheephouse before that you come by it it seemeth as if there were no opening by reason that it is al even green land run in by it all alongst by the land being past it the River doth open it self Being come within the poynts you must run in betwixt two dikes a league up untill you come before the towne in the river it is at half floud everie where deep enough When as that you come a little within the houses of the towne on the larboardside there you must let fall your anchor and stay untill that the water begin to fall then you shall have floud enough for to drive to the Kay there you make fast with one cable it doth not begin to bee ebbe there before that water be fallen three foot An east and west Moone maketh in Boston deepe the highest water but before the towne an east and by south and eastsoutheast moone He that commeth from Boston and will sayle out at the deep with a high water let him look out for the foresayd high land within Lagernes when that commeth behinde the poynt of Lagernes then he may boldly set his course whether he desireth to be either to the eastwards northeastwards or northwards there is nothing then that can hurt him From Lagernesse to the Hommer it is about seven leagues most north betwixt them both about a league to the southwards of the Hommer lyeth a place called Saltfleet haven Plate by Saltfleet haven a little to the northwards of a sharpe steeple called Wilgrip Thwart of that foresayd Saltfleet haven about an English mile from the shoare lyeth a banck or Sandplate not verie great which at low water falleth almost drye you must runne about without it leave it lying towards the land from you but yet for need you may also sayl through within it For to sayle into the Humber For to sail into the Humber comming from the northwards you must sayle alongst by the shoare and runne about by the n. poynt but comming by the poynt you must keepe somewhat off from the shoare in 4 or 5 fathom for to avoyd a little taile which lyeth off from the poynt being about it runne to the little Island which lyeth a little by west that foresayd north poynt If comming from the southwards you desire to sayle to the Humber then bring the Pawle Steeple which is a high sharpe steeple standing on the North side of the Humber a little by south the North poynt of the Humber or over that foresayd little Island and sayle so right in with it untill that you come by that little Island being come by it leave it on the starboard side and run in close by it for to avoyd a great Sand called the Bul which lyeth off from the South shoare almost unto that little Island When that you come within that little Island then bring the two beakons which stand upon that little Island one in the other keepe them so standing Road before Grimsby sayle so on to the westwards towards Grimsby you leave the Buye upon the Bull lying then on the larboard side run along to the northwards of it In this faireway it is seven and eight fathom deepe You may not come neerer the Bull then in sixe fathome Before Grimsby you may anchor in three or foure fathome at lowe water it floweth there at least three fathom up down a westsouthwest eastnortheast Moone maketh before the Humber the highest water Within the foresayd Island at the north poynt of the Humber you may anchor in three or foure fathom There lye commonly Ships that are bound out and tarrie for the Wind. From Grimsby in alongst to Hull the course is west northwest to the end of the Banck or ballast Plate which you must leave lying on the north side On the south side lyeth also a little plate there standeth commonly a Beakon upon it that you must leave on the Larboard side run along to the Northwards of it being past it you may run alongst by the South shoare in 3 fathom The fareway there is foure five and sixe and thwart of the foresayd Beakon eight and tenne fathom When you come to the end of the Banke you must edge up to the Westwards about by the poynt on the South side but there runneth off a Flat which you must avoid Being a little about that poynt you shall see the Towne of Hull lye before you there you may anchor before it in sixe seven or eight fathom An east and west Moon maketh full sea before Hull He
tydes for the floude falleth strong to the southwardes over the groundes and should thereby bee lightlie carried behind the bank to the southwardes off the buye which lyeth upon the poynte of the banck Besides this foresaid channell there runneth yet another channell through the grounds which lye off from the north poynt of the Tees For to sail in to the newe-channell For to sayle in there you must take marke of the two high lands within the land to the southwardes of the Tees bring them within a handspikes length one to the other or bring the Paps to the west side of Harlenope then shall also a foresayde two high lands come within a handspikes length neare one to the other sayle in right with them and so you shall runne right into that new channell alongst through that a foresayde sand and come against the buye upon the sandes on the south side off the Deepe againe in the right farewaye When that you get again deeper water or have the two fire-beakons on the north side one in the other then go in towards them and further as hath been before said About seven leagues to the northwardes of the Tees lyeth the river off Sonderland a little to the northwardes off the Paps which are very good markes for to know the land by there abouts When the Paps are southsouthwest from you and that you are about an English mile from the land then you are right before the river of Sonderland the ground is there abouts indifferent cleane but somewhat stonie you may anchor there in 4 or 5 6 fathom On both sides as well on the north poynte as the south poynte of the River it is stonie On the north poynte standeth a beakon in the water there you must runne in within a little shippes length alongst by it being past that you shall gett deeper water to with a fathom a halfe 2 fathom at low water but upon the barre remaineth no more then three foote With a common spring high water there is about 2 fathom a half or a little more After this aforesayd first depth of a fathom and a half or two fathom you shall meet againe with a stonie floore about three ships lenghts broad upon it is at high water about 11 or 12 foote deep according as the tydes shall runne being over there it is again deeper A little past that is a narrow place where a long shippe shall scarce be able to wend within it it is wide enough and very where good anchor ground From the Tees to Tinmouth the course is northnorthwest 8 or 9 leagues Two leagues to the southwards of Tinmouth lyeth the poynt of Sonderland Sonderland but close to the southwards of Tinmouth goeth in the River of New-castle From the poynt of Tinmouth shooteth off a ledge of rocks you must sayle in by it leaving it on the starboard side The markes for to sayle into this River are two firetowers or firebeakons which stand upon the north shoare bring them one in the other or the innermost that is the highest a little to the northwards of the outermost or lowest sayle so right in alongst by the aforesayd ledge of rocks on the north side and so you shall have upon the shoalest two fathom at halfe floud a southwest moone maketh there full sea The south shoare is flatte you may lead it in there with the sounding pole for ships that goe not deepe in ten foote at halfe floude When you come within runne all alongst by the north shoare untill past the little towne Sheels edge then over to the other shoare untill you come through the crooked reach there the river lieth up againe a little to the n. wards then to the southwards to Hawkes-bill about by it to the towne New-castle Seven or 8 leagues to the northwards of Tinmouth lyeth the Cocke Island betwixt them both about half wayes lyeth a River called Bly Bly where the French men doe much sayle to fetch coale From the north poynt of this river runneth off a ledge of rocks a great shot of a cast-peece about southeast into the sea but the south side the coast to the southwards of it is very cleane and sand-strand Upon the south poynt stand two beakons If you will sayle in there bring them one in the other and sayle right in with them and then you can take no hurt of the foresayd ledge or riffe of the north poynt When that you come by or thwart of the outermost of the 2 foresayd beakons you shall see there by it another smaller beakon that standeth upon a little ledge off rocks that shooteth off from the south poynt leave that on the larboard side and runne in alongst close about northwards of it The foresayd ledge of Rockes on the north side remaineth at high water a good wayes from the land and also at a spring-tyde above water within it is a bight there it is good lying for a north or northeast winde and there remaineth at low water two fathom depth In the mouth of the River it is with an ordinary tyde and high water about two fathom deep or somewhat more and it floweth there two fathom up and downe so that at low water it falleth allmost altogether dry The Cocket Island Cocket Island is a very little Island not high it lyeth about a halfe league from the land you may come to anchor in it for an east south southeast wind but the winde comming to the northwards of the east maketh there a bad roade for you must lye betwixt the Island and the maine land where you have no shelter for a north winde On the south side of the Island the ground is foul a little to the southwards of the Island runneth off a foule ledge of rocks from the shoare untill thwart or past the Island He that commeth from the southwards must keepe the Coast of Bambrough without the Island or els he should not faile to saile upon the poynt of that foresayd ledge Betwixt that ledge and the Island it is also very narrow so that a man standing at low water marke upon the rockes of this ledge should allmost be able to cast with a stone unto the Island For to sayle in there take heed unto these marcks here after described there standeth a house upon the sea side which is a Salt kettel and also a Castle somewhat further in within the land which doth shew it self high enough bring them one in the other then they shall stand somewhat more northerly then west from you and runne so right in with them and so you shall runne in right amidst the channell betwixt both being come within edge up behinde the Island anchor there in five or six fathom About this Island there run also manie more divers little Rivers in to the land but they fall most drie at low water Of the Depths shoales about these places
by w. moone maketh ful sea The floud falleth alongst these coasts southsoutheast and the ebbe northnorthwest At Orcanesse Boecknes a southwest northeast moon maketh high water The floudes come about from behind Scotland from the westwards through betwixt Fayrhill Orcanesse make there about full sea with a southwest northeast moon From Boeckenesse the floud falleth south alongst the coast towards Lieth the ebb north to the contrarie In this fareway it is deep 40 50 and 60 fathom in 45 50 fathom you may see the land In this fareway in the sommer the first Herrings are caught Courses and Distances From Tynmouth to Staples north and by west 16 leag From Staples to Barwicke westnorthwest 3 leagues From Barwicke to S. Abbens-head n. n. w. 5 leagues From the Staples to S. Abbens-head n. w. 8 or 9 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Bas west 4 leagues From the Bas to Inckieth west west by north 5 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Island May northwest 3 leagues From S. Abbens-head to Fifsnes northwest by north 4 great leagues From Fifsnes to Doonde northnorthwest 5 leagues From Tinmouth to Scuytenes northeast 99 leagues From Tinmouth to the Naze northeast by east easterlye 103 leagues From Tinmouth to the Scawe eastnortheast 130 leag From Tinmouth to Holyland east by south easterlye 106 leagues From Fissnes to Stone-Bay north and by east 16 leagues From Redhead to Monros northwest 4 leagues From Monros to Stone-bay n.e. and by north 5 leagues From Stone-bay to Boecknes northnortheast somwhat northerly 16 leagues From Aberdine to Boeckenes northnortheast 12. leag From Boeckenes to Phyloort or Spyloort northnorthwest 3 leagues From Phyloort to the poynt of Elgyn west 10 leagues From the poynt of Elgyn to the Haven of Rosse or Luvernes west by s somewhat southerly 7 leagues From cape de Terbate to Catenes n.e. by n. 14 leagu From Catenes to Ilhoy westnorthwest 5 leagues From Boeckenes to Catenes northwest by northwest and by north 22 leagues From Boockenes to the Orcaneys north by west and northnorthwest 26 leagues From Boeckenes to Hanglip or the south end of Hitland north somewhat eâ—sterly 50 leagues From Boeckenes to Scuytenes east and by north somewhat northerly 72 leagues From Boeckenes to the Naze east somewhat southerly 88 or 90 leagues From Boeckenes to Boevenb in Jutland east by south 106 leagues From Boeckenes to Holylande s e. by e. 128 leagues From Boockenes to the Tessell s e southerly 143 leagues From Boockenes to the Holmes before Yarmouth southsoutheast 108 leagues From Aberdine to the Holmes before Yarmouth southeast and by south somewhat southerly 100 leagues Heights S. Abbenshead in Scotland in 56 degrees 12 minutes Boeckenes lyeth in the height of 57 degrees 55 minutes Catenes in 58 degrees 40 minutes The greatest or the outermost Island of the Orekneys in 59 degrees 8 minutes Eylanden van HITLANDT ofte Schetlant Fayer hil en Fulo Eylanden van HEBRIDES gelegen achter de noordwest hoeck van Schotlant Eylanden van FERO ofte Farre How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Thus sheweth Boeckenes when you saile alongst by it In this form sheweth the land Catenes when you saile alongst by it Thus sheweth the northeast poynt of Orkenes when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land of Scotland to the northwards Aberdyne when you sayle alongst by it 2 leagues from the land The thirteenth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coast of Fayre-hill Hitland and the Islands thereabouts as also the Islands of Fero and some Islands behind the northwest Corner of Scotland THe Island Fairhill Fairhill lyeth from the east point of the Orcanais northeast from Boeckenesse north and by west about seven and thirty leag On the west side of Fairhill is at some places foule ground but upon the southeast side is good anchor ground there you may anchor every where but there stretcheth a riffe on the east side of the shoare off southeast two leagues in to sea Fulo Fulo lyeth from Fairehill northwest and by north tenne leagues betwixt them both lyeth the southermost poynt off Hitland lying from Fairehill northnortheast 7 or 8 leagues and from Fulo east and by south 4 leagues The southwest coast of Hitland to witt from the southermost poynt to the northwest poynt lyeth northwest and by north eight or nine leagues On the same southwest side over against the Island Fulo lyeth a Sand-bay where men may anchor but on the east side of this Bay it is somewhat foule From that northwest or west poynt off to the north end the land of Hitland lyeth northeast by north southwest and by south twenty or one and twenty leagues Two leagues to the northwards of the foresaid west poynt lyeth the Haven of S. Magnus S. Magnus which is a broad Sound within it is good anchor ground in sixteen or seventeen fathom depth according as you shall be farre within the land On the north side lyeth a high rocke where you must run in to the southwards of And on the south side lyeth two or three rocks which you must leave on the starboard side when you sayle in there Even to the eastwards about the s poynt of Hitland lyeth a fayre Sand-bay where you may anchor in twelve or thirteen fathom from thence to Hanglip the course is northeast somewhat easterly 8 or 9 leagues Betwixt Hanglip Hanglip and the south poynt lyeth an Island which you may sayle about on both sides within it lyeth Hambrough Haven Hambrough haven or the Scottish Haven which is a lade place for the Hamburgers and Scots This Haven is also called Bremer Haven There lyeth also a high steepe poynt to the southwards of Hanglip to the southwards of it men doe runne into Broad-sound Broad-sound the chiefest Haven of all Hitland which is deepe and hath cleane ground there men doe lye landlockt for all winds From the Broad Sound lyeth a Sound in alongst to the northwards through the land which commeth out againe into the sound to the northwards and so maketh an Island of the land whereupon the high hill Hanglip lyeth When as you will sayle in there from the northwards that is to the northwards of Hanglip you must runne in nearest by the south shoare and edge to it betimes In this channell betwixt both lands lye two Islands or rocks the greatest lyeth nearest the north shoare and the smallest nearest the south shoare betwixt them both lyeth also a suncken rocke which at low water is uncovered and at high water you may know it by the breaking upon it When as you will sayle in here you must leave the foresayd greatest Rocke with the suncken rock on the starboard side and the smallest rock on the larboard side there is upon the shoalest three fathom and a halfe water Within this haven lye also two havens at the north point which
is the northermost Island lying behinde Scotland lyeth from Fulo about westsouthwest 37 or 38 leagues it lyeth by two other little Islands about a greate league one from the other The Islands of Lewis lye from Rona southwest distant sixteen or seventeen leagues and from the north end of Lewis to S. Kilda it is southwest and by west 16 leagues On the east side of S. Kilda is a good roade for a west and northwest winde This Island lyeth by the other little Island where of the two are not very great upon that which lyeth to the westwards you may see some houses stand and these two little Islands lye tenne leag to the westwards of the great Island of Lewis Upon the coast of Lewis lye also two rowes of great rocks like as if they where little Islands lying one from the other south north somewhat easterly about 7 or 8 leagues The southermost lye by 3 little Islands but the northermost lye by eight small little Islands or rocks The Island of Lewis is devided into many parts the which men may sayle through at many and divers places Lewis with the Islands belonging to it lye southsouthwest and south and by west about 29 leagues But on the east side goeth a broade Sound through of five or six leagues Men sayl in close by the Island of Lewis about southsouthwest untill past the Island Cheut From thence the Sound lyeth through betwixt the great Island Bragadull Lewis south south by west towards the west end of Lewis called the Ephts then you must leave Mulla and Ila with divers many other Islands on the larboard side Jona Ila Mulla Bragadul are 4 of the greatest Islands which are lying on the west coast of Scotland and lye close by the mayn land but there are many havens Sounds so that there you may sayle in and about them every where At the northwest point of Ireland lye also some Islands which you may sayle through round about them all Betwixt Rona Orkneys lye also some Islands which also you may sayle through betwixt and round about He that falleth with these Islands must be very carefull and circumspect for the most part of them are inhabited by wild and savage people In Lewis the Islands thereabout a southwest and northeast moone maketh the highest water likewise also without the north poynt of Scotland Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames In Hitland within the havens Sounds a southsouthwest northnortheast moon maketh full sea The floud runneth there to the eastwards and the ebbe to the westwards especially at the south end and north end of Hitland and so fall thwart through the Sounds and havens In the Island of Fero a north and south moon maketh the highest water Under the Islands of Fero goe very hard tydes with great turnings the floud commeth there out of the west westnorthwest the ebbe out of the east and eastsoutheast and fall so alongst through the Islands there you must reckon your tides there after when you will sayle from the one Island to the other there are two wels or Maelstreames the one at the south end of Suydry and the other a league within Scalhead at Quaelnes Although the tides doe run so strong through these Islands yet nevertheles it floweth not there foure foot up and downe How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Fairehill to the northeast poynt of Orcaneys southwest 9 or 10 leagues From Fairehill to the south end of Hitland southsouthwest and south and by west 7 or 8 leagues From the south end of Hitland to the Island Rona westsouthwest 46 leagues From the north end of Hitland to the rocks of Rocol westsouthwest 127 or 128 leagues From the south end of Hitland to Fero westnorthwest northwest and by west 61 leagues From the north end of Hitland to the south end of Fero west and west and by north 58 leagues From Hitland to the east poynt of Island the course is northwest and by west about 130 leagues From the north end of Hitland too Gryp northeast by east the north-end of 115 leagues From Hitland to Stadt eastnortheast 66 leagues From Fero to Rona the course is south and by east 45 or 46 leagues From the south end of Fero to Rokol southwest westerlye 85 leagues From Rona Lewis the course is southwest 16 leagues From the north end of Lewis to Saint Kilda southwest 16 leagues From the south end of Lewis to the northwest poynt of Ireland the course is southsouthwest about 27 leag From S. Kilda to the north end of Hitland northeast and by east 39 leagues Of the heights of these lands The south end of Hitland lyeth in 59 degrees 48 minu The north end of Hitland lyeth in 60 degr 50 min. The south end of Fero lyeth in 61 degr 15 min. The north end in 62 degr 20 min. The Islands of Rona lyeth in 58 degr 46 min. The north end of Lewis lyeth in 58 degr 18 min. The Rock Rokol lyeth in 58 deg 20 min. The northwest point of Scotland lyeth in 58 degrees 30 minutes How these lands doe shew themselves at sea When Fairehill is west and south 3 or 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is west from you see Hitland northwest from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is southeast and southeast and by east 3 or 4 leageus from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is northwest and northwest and by west 4 leagues it sheweth thus Fairehill being 5 leagues southwest and by west from you sheweth thus When Fulo is northwest from you so far that you may even see it out of the top it sheweth thus When the southeast end of Hitland is westnorthwest from you then sheweth the land as in these three figures the AA BB one to the other Thus sheweth Hitland when it lyeth northwest and by west about 4 leagues from you Bremerhaven Point of Broadsound Hanglip In this forme sheweth Hitland betwixt Hanglip and Hamburger-haven Thus sheweth the land to the northwards of the haven of Broadsound Hanglip northwest from you Five leagues to the northwards of Hanglip the land sheweth thus being about a league off from it Hitland lyeth in there with a great bight with many Islands Thus sheweth Hanglip when it is northwest from you eight leagues When as the north end of Hitland is southeast and by cast from you then it riseth thus When S. Kilduyn is southwest about five leagues from you it sheweth thus When the Island Lewis lyeth east from you then it riseth thus and then you are without S. Kilda This Island lieth also upon the coast of Lewis S. Kilda 6 leagues southwest from you it sheweth thus S. Kilda northeast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus S. Kilda southwest and by west 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus Fulo 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus This Island lyeth westsouthwest from Scotland
Thus sheweth the Island Barre or Rona when it is 4 leagues s s.e from you This land lyeth on the northwest poynt of Scotland towards Locherme The south poynt of Fero westnorthwest from you 5 leagues it sheweth thus The south poynt of Fero northwest 6 leagues from you it sheweth thus The first part THE SECOND BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN Is set forth the Description of the Sea-Coasts of Norway Finmarck and Lapland and also the whole White Sea from Dronten to Nova Zembla Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famons Seamen and lovers of Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pascaart Vande zeecusten van RVSLANT Laplant Finmarcken en Spitzbergen De Custen van NOORWEGH tusschen Dronten en Tromsondt The first part of the New LIGHTNING SEA COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE SECOND BOOKE Of the EASTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The Description of the Sea-Coasts of Norway Finmarck Lapland the whole White Sea The first Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coasts of Norway from Dronten to the Island Tromsound as also Iohn Mayes Island and the New-found-land of Spitsburgh Nomen-dals Islands FRom the Island Gryp to the Nomen-dals Islands the course is northeast eighteene leagues but from Gryp to the Island Rust Rust north and north and by east four and sixteen leagues Betwixt them ly besides the Nomen-dals Islands also the Islands Holyland Holyland and Traenoch Traenoch Traenoch and Rust lye thirteen leagues asunder From Rust to Wero the course is northeast and by north nine leagues but to Loffoert northnortheast and by north three and thirtye leagues Betwixt Wero Wero and Loffoert Loffoert lyeth the Maelstrame Maelstreame where you may sayle through but at still water By the west poynt of Loffoert you may runne in and make roade under it And also you may runne through from thence within betwixt the Islands and the mayn land all along unto the North-Cape Betwixt the Islands Westerholl Sanien Sanien and Tromsound Tromsound you may also runne in at divers places and make road Thwart of these Islands lye here there in some places suncken rocks and foule grounds a great league more without the land He that saileth alongst this coast may be care-full there of Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places On these coasts a southsouthwest and northnortheast moon maketh full sea The floud commeth there out off the northwest and westnorthwest and falleth alongst Finmark towards the North-cape Courses and Distances From Rust to Loffoert northnortheast and northeast by north 33 leagues From Loffoert to Sanien northeast easterly 36 leagues From Sanien to Suyro northeast and by cast 40 leagues Heights The Maelstream lyeth in about 68 degrees The Island Sanien in 70 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Loffoert east and by south Rust east and by south from you sheweth thus When the east end of Loffoert is southeast and by east from you it sheweth thus with the land to the westwards When Loffoert is southeast from you 6 or 7 leagues it sheweth thus When Loffoert is eastsoutheast from you it sheweth and the land betweene thus This belongeth to the Former The east end of Westerholl shewed thus when as you sayle alongst by it about 7 leagues off from it These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other Thus sheweth the land of Sanien when the 2 high hils upon the east end are southeast and by south the poynt with the cliff south and by west from you 4 leagues When as the two foresayd high Hils upon the east end are south from you then they are right one in the other The second Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Sea-coasts and Islands of Finmarcken From Sanien to north Kijn or north Cape FRom the Island Tromsound to Surroy Surroy it is east-northeast somewhat northerly 15 or 16 leag To the eastwards of the Island Tromsound goeth in the Tromsound betwixt the Island Fogelden Fogelden and Skyrfeu Skyrfeu as you sayle in there you leave the Islands Loppen Loppen Loppen-kalf Loppen-kalf lying on the larboard side without the other Islands within it are divers Islands bayes and sounds where you may sayle in and seeke road as Oxefioert Biurfioert more other Betwixt Loppen and Surroy men doe sayle through Suyersound and Stiernersound into the river of Altenbotten Altenbotten and then betwixt them they leave on the starboard side Niussioerd Oxefioerd Langefioerd On the larboard side about by the west poynt of Suroy on the land of Suroy lyeth a Haven where by is also a Fisher village both called Haeswyke Haeswyck Suroy is about ten leagues long and lyeth on the off-side eastnortheast Nine or ten leagues to the eastwards of the Island Tromsound about three leagues without the land and westnorthwest 5 leagues from the west-end of Surroy lyeth a shoale of rocks a little under water Showld John Huygen of Linschoten in this second voyage to Nova Zembla in the yeare 1595 sailed with his shipp upon it in faire weather and smooth water that the sheating of his stemme was beaten of two ships but after some beating the shipp turned off with the strong current It is to be thought that there lye more then men can see or as yet are discovered About six leagues east and by north from the east end of Suroy lyeth the Island Ingen Ingen. betwixt them both lye also Reef-holme Reefs-holm and Shipholme Shipholm little Islands which you may sayle about on both sides untill under Ingen or Suroy When as you come in betwixt Suroy and Ingen there lyeth thwart off from Suroy towards the other land a good haven called Hamerfeest Hamerfeest A little further in lye two high little Islands and over against them a road called Slechtnes Betweene Hamerfeest and Slechtnes Slechtenes before that you get Slechtenes lyeth a bay on the land of Suroy where is good road in 25 or 30 fathom close by the shoare A little past these Islands on the land of Suroy over against the river of Alten is a good road called Goeshop Goeshop beeing a fayr sandbay Between Ingen the north-cape or the Island Maggereu lyeth Homsbuy Holmsbuy an Island which you may sayle round about having on the northwest side a bay called Akefioerd Akefioerd where men may make road for southerly easterly winds on the southeast side is a bay called Knaarwyke Knaarwyke where men may make road and lye sheltred for westerly and northerly winds
league to the southwards of it lyeth Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi that is to say the farther Silensi but betwixt them both a little to the northwards of Silensi lyeth yet a great indraught which lyeth in at least two leagues into the land and is about so wyde as the River Tye before Amsterdam there may lye a great multitude of shippes it is there broade and large enough and all over good anchor ground A little to the northwards of this in-draught lieth a little Island or rock somewhat high about which you may sayle within to witt through betwixt these rockes and the land but may make no road under them Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi is a great broad bay before it lye three Islands which are to see to gray of colour as the mayne land To the northwards of these Islands upon the poynt off the bay standeth 3 great Warders and a little to the southwards of the Islands on the mayne land lyeth a steepe hill by which markes this bay is very easy to be knowne If you will sayle into this bay comming from the northwards alongst the shoare by the foresayd great in-draught a little to the northwards of this baye you must looke out for these foresayd great Warders leave them on the starbord side sayle in close by them through betwixt that poynt and the Islands first westsouthwest somewhat within and then more southerly untill behind the Islands and anchor there in five six or seven fathom you may also sayle further to the southwards into the baye so deepe as you will there it is all over cleane When you come before the channell it seemeth to bee very narrow but it is broad enough To the southwards of these Islands is also a channell which is very narrow but yet for need you may sayle out there The southermost Island that is whereupon the Fishermen dwel is fast to the northermost with a shoale whereupon is at high water 10 or 11 foot water but at low water you cannot goe over it Two little leagues to the southwards of Salensi lyeth the Island Daelna Olinie Daelna Olinie that is to say the Furthest Olinie it is an Island almost of Fashion like Bliesna Olinie at the north end high at the south end lower and upon the end very steepe it hath in the middest but some what neerer the south end then the north end a low valley where at high water the sea doth almost run alongst over it Behinde this Island not under the Island but under the mayne land are good roades For to come in from the northwards behind this Island it is a broad large and very deepe Channell without any dangers but if you will sayle in behinde it from the southwards then you must runne in close by the Island for to avoyde a foule and stony riffe which lyeth off from the maine land halfe wayes to the Island and so shoale that it falleth dry with the spring tydes at low water About halfe wayes the Island nearest the south end is a point lying out from the mayne land twoards the Island to the northwards of it men doe anchor in 6 7 or 8 fathom When you come in from the northwards you may so soone as you come within the points lusse up towards close about the point of the main land into a bay anchor there in eight six five or foure fathom according as you sayle far in there it is very easy lying In these roades under the mayne land it is all cleane flat rising ground but under the Island it is deepe and the ground rising very steep therefore it is not good anchoring there Betwixt this Island Daelna Olinie Silensi lye 3 little black Islands where is very easy road under them in 8 7 and 6 fathom From Daelna Olinie to Rinde Rinde are five leagues Rinde is a very faire Haven before it lye foure little Islands where men may goe to anchor behinde them behinde these Islands this Haven hath two bayes upon the point betwixt them both standeth a great Crosse the southermost baye is farre the greatest into it commeth also a river or off water where men doe catch Salmon The middlemost Island which is the northermost save one is the greatest and highest upon which standeth a great Warder the northermost is somewhat long and small so low that at high water the sea runneth up a good wayes upon it on both sides and so maketh that Island smaller Betwixt that Island and the maine land or the north shoare of the Havens mouth lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave in comming in on the larboard side and runne in close by the main land this channel is so narrow that you cannot sayle in it except you have a large wind at low water there remaineth no more then 9 or 13 foot water To the southwards of that great Island lyeth another Island that is indifferent high and the southermost of them all betwixt that and the point of the maine land lyeth in the souther channell which is broad and deep enough but when you seyle in there you must run nearest the land for to avoid a suncken rock which lyeth at the foresaid poynt of the maine land These channells both from the southwards and from the northwards lye in both alongst the shoares when as that you come then within the Islands you may anchor there all over where you will there it is broad and large and every where cleane cleare Men doe anchor commonly under the greatest Island thwart of the great Warder and also behinde the norhermost Island in five foure or three fathom there it is very easy lying but with a southeast winde the sea commeth a little rowling in but there can goe no great sea Farre within the southermost bay almost before the river lyeth a rock but above water Without the greatest and the southermost Island lyeth a little Island or great rock somewhat round you may sayle out and in betwixt the southermost and the greatest Island alongst to the n. wards of that little round Island that is you must leave the southermost Island with the outermost little round Island both on the starboard side and the greatest Island with the Warder on the larboard side when you sayle out this is a very narrow channell but very cleane and cleare so that there is nothing to bee avoyded but onely a little suncken rock which lyeth at the north end of the outermost little round Island and falleth dry at low water neverthelesse it is not good to use it except it were for need that you could not doe better He that is bound into this haven must run close alongst by the shoare for to get sight of the foresayd Islands for by reason that the inner land is high the Islands lye so under the land that men can hardly see them when they bee any thing farr off from the shoare A halfe
league to the southwards of Rinde is another great Bay or haven before it lye two little high Islands upon the northermost standeth a great crosse you may sayle in there about on both sides off these little Islands and also through betwixt them and anchor where you will in fifteene twelve eight or five fathom deep or shoale according as you saile farre in lye there sheltred for all windes but when the winde is hard out of the sea thwart upon the shoare there will come in somewhat a rowling sea but there can goe no great sea that can hurt you A little to the northwards of this haven lyeth a low long Island close to the shoare whereby you may also know this coast you may sayle through betwixt this foresayd Island the maine land without any danger From this haven to the Seven Islands are foure great leagues A little to the northwards of the end of the seven Islands lyeth a faire great sand-bay where is also good anchoring for southerly and southeast windes but not for easterly winds with a northeast or sea wind it is bad lying there for there is no shelter for them men doe anchor there in twenty fifteene or twelve fathom according as they lye far or neare to the shoare The Ruffes call this Bay the Golden Bay Golden Bay because the strand is of red sand On all these foresayd coasts a southwest northeast moone maketh high water like as on the former The seven Islands Seven Islands lye all of them alongst the shoare the first or northermost is farre the greatest of all a high Island The foure northermost follow close one to the other and lye about an English mile or a shot of a cast peece a little more or lesse off the land so that men may sayle there through betwixt The fifth is a little round Island and lyeth nearer to the land there you cannot runne through within it which is fast to the land with a shoale of rocks whereof some lye above and some under water The two southermost lye a good wayes to the southwards of the fifth betwixt them the mayne land you may alse sayle through you may also runne through in out betwixt these same Islands every where except betwixt the second and third off from the northwards betwixt them both it is fowle The first Island Betwixt these Seven Islands and the mayne land goeth a strong tyde as well of flood as of ebbe whereof men must be very carefull Betwixt the northermost and the mayne land is a good road thwart of the south end of the Island under the maine land there is a faire sand-bay with an off-water where is much Salmon to be caught but it is not there used A little to the northwards of this Sand-bay lyeth a little Island betwixt the great Island and the coast men doe anchor to the southwards of that little Island thwart of the sand-bay in seven six five or foure fathom so shoale as they will there is a very even sand-ground rising so even as if it were planed Over against the foresayd bay men may make road under the south poynt of the Island thwart of a little bay there they bring a hawser on land and an anchor to seawards in nine-tenne fathom there they lye somewhat more out off the tyde then in the bay over against it Betwixt this great Island and the coast is about two third parts of the channell towards the mayne land flat rising ground and the other third part towards the Island Deep the neerer the Island the deeper unto 18 and 19 fathom About halfe wayes betwixt that foresayd little round Island and the north poynt of the gratest Island stand on the mayne land some little Lappish houses or a little village Betwixt the second and third Island Second third Island or nearest thwart of the second to tell from the northwards lyeth yet a little village thwart of it is a bay where men may anchor in tenne or twelve fathom all cleane sand-ground but with a south wind there commeth in a rowling Sea but with northerly winds it is very good lying there Thwart of the fourth Island The 4 Island on the mayne land is also a sand-bay where is also good road in seven or eight fathom for a northwest or north wind but with an east winde it is there bad lying that bloweth there in open through betwixt the fourth and fifth Island Even at the end of the seven Islands is a great Indraught or bay which the Russes call the Shipper The Shipper which is narrow at the comming in but within indifferent large wide within it is good road in twelve eight foure fathom clean rising ground but with a northeast wind it is bad lying there that bloweth there flat in About nine leagues to the southwards of the Seven Islands lyeth a poynt called Siornenos that is to say Blackpoynt it is so called because it is very black to see to there within it the land is high and goeth downwards low towards this poynt almost as Swetenoes At this poynt the land beginneth to alter informe to the northwards of it the coast is altogether high but to the southwards of it all low and even land so that thereby you may know when you sayle alongst this coast whether you be to the northward or to the southwards of this black point A little to the northward off this poynt lyeth a high and great Island a halfe league long which the Russes call Noock Ostrove Noock Ostrove which is the Nayle Island behinde it is very good roade you must run in there from the southwards from the northwards you cannot come in there behind it The north end is fast to the mayne land with a bancke or strake of sand which lyeth most part above water you may sayle in there so farre behinde it as you will and anchor in ten eight six or foure fathom the further that you sayle in the shoaler it is it is very good lying there and sheltered for all winds From the Siornenos or the black poynt to Evanekrist Evanekrist it is southsoutheast foure leagues that is a poynt with many crosses under it you may make good roade for southerly winds From Evanekrist to Kletna Kletna are yet three or foure leagues this is a poynt whereupon stand also many crosses it lyeth out a little but not so much as Evanekrist there you may have also road for southerly winds but not for seawards From this poynt to the Islands of Swetenoes or Jockena Island of Jockena it is two leagues Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places At Kilduyn an eastsoutheast moone maketh the highest water At Seven Islands a southeast moon maketh highest At Swetenoes a south and north Moone maketh high water Alongst the coastes to the eastwards of the north cape the floods come out of the northwest and
a greeth very neare with the course and also with the height of the White Sea but it is easy to bee know by the land and to discerne one from the other for the Russe coast to the eastwards of Candenoes is altogether a land with Sand-hills and a flat strand but the coast of Lapland is high and hilly In this Bay goeth a River through the land where you can come through with Lodges into the White Sea Thwart off this Baye about sixe and twenty leagues east and east and by south from Candenoes lyeth the Island off Calgoya Calgoya being thirteene leagues long you may sayle round about it but upon the south side runneth a great riffe alongst the land they that come from the eastwards must avoyd it for it is fast to the west end off the Island Upon this Island are great store of Geese which in the Sommer are altogether bare or naked without any feathers which sit broad upon one egge which they have lying under them so doe hatch their young one which are there in such aboundance that the Russes doe come there a shoare with their Lodges lay a deele or boarde upon the land and drive the Geese with staves into their boats or Lodges in such aboundance that they salt them into Barrels in great aboundance From Candenoes to the Island Tussara Tussara it is eastsoutheast two and forty leagues betwixt them both goeth in the foresayd Baye By west Tussera lyeth the point off Swelgenoes Swelgenoes From Tussara to the River of Colcova Colcova the course is east seven leagues which is a good River being twelve foot deepe but there is no other trade but that the Russes doe come there from Colmogro and S. Nicholas with Lodges for to trade there to barter their wares there for Skins and other wares Seven leagues to the eastwards off the River of Colcova lyeth the River off Pitsana Pitsana there is but six foot water and is an unknowne place but a little to the westwards of it lyeth a shoale which you must avoyd Oliver Bruneel in his voyage from Nova Zembla come on ground there About thirteene leagues to the eastwards of Pitsana lyeth the river off Pitsora Pitsora which lyeth in southsoutheast by the east point and hath twelve foot water the land is there low with Sand-hills upon the west side standeth a Pack-house with some crosses When you come within the River you must edge up westwards towards the Pack-house and anchor there in three or foure fathom there is a great Haff or broad water You must avoyd the east side off the River which is full of Sands bancks The little towne of Pitsora lyeth about five and thirty leagues within the land there is great aboundance of costly Skinnes and Christall Betwixt Pitsora and Waygats lyeth Oltgyn Oltgyn without the Land lye two rocks or little Islands the one called Orangien and the other Grave Maurice you may anchor under them in six or seven fathom From the southermost shooteth off a little riffe but you may sound it wel in three fathom To the eastwards and to the westwards of these two little Islands is a great Bay where it is shoale water the land runneth there round to the point of Pitsora all alongst in a Bay off from Pitsora unto the Waygats It is from Pitsora to Waygats northeast and by east 38 or 40 leagues Waygats â—aygats which is also called the Straite of Nassaw is Straite where men may sayle through into the Tartarish Sea it lyeth in first about e. afterwards northeast through about eight or nine leagues about halfe wayes through lyeth an Island â—neâ—â— which you may sayle about on both sides A little within the point on the north side is a fayre Baye which you may sayle into so deepe as you will in five foure and three fathom good sticking ground alongst by the east shoare is the deepest water there you shall lye sheltered for all winds and Ice-drifts Through this narrow or Strait hath beene divers times attempted or under taken for to discover and to finde a way for to passe alongst to the northwards of Tartaria unto the rich Kingdomes of Cathay China so forth to the Molucques but in vaine because of the terrible ice that remaineth there to whole yeare through can never melt by reason of the continuall cold From the east end of the Straite Waygats to Baye off Oby Oby it is eastsoutheast southeast by e. forty leagues To the eastwards of it that land lyeth forth northeast forty leagues more to the two rivers then yet so forth alongst northeast but how far it yet unknowne The West cast of Nova Zembla Nova Zembla lyeth to the northwards off from Waygats to Costintsarck northnorthwest about three fifty leagues To the northwards of it the land falleth away about north and by east to the poynt of Langenes or the States point further northnortheast northeast eastnortheast to the Island of Orangien the northermost part of Nova Zembla in the height of 77 degrees and an halfe Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places At Swetenoes a s and n. Moone maketh high water Alongst the coastes to the eastwards of the north cape the floods com out of the northwest northnorthwest run so alongst the coasts of Lapland unto Orlogonose At the three Islands a southwest and northeast moon maketh high water At Katsnose poynt an east and west moon maketh the highest water Before Podessemske and S. Nicholas an east by s and west and by north moon maketh the highest water At the Island of Nova Zembla a southeast moone maketh high water From Orlogenes the three Island the flood falleth into the mouth of the White Sea towards the graye poynt of Catsnose about s s.w southwest by west But about the poynt of Catsnose the flood falleth into the White Sea partly towards Warsiga and Ombay and also towards the Podessemske and S. Nicholas To the eastwards of Candenoes towards the Island of Colgoyen the flood falleth east and by south as also alongst the same Island from Colgoyen towards the Waygats the tyde falleth east and west Alongst Nova Zembla the tydes turne about with the moone alongst Rusland they come out of the west and westnorthwest betwixt Candenoes Pitsora fall so alongst Rusland The floods towards Waygats come from Colgoyen and Nova Zembla and fall together east and by north through the Straite of Waygats towards the River of Obye so that the ebs and floods doe keep open the channell of Waygats that they are oftentimes without ice or at least but with ice that drivers in shoales But to the eastwards of the Waygats the floods come out of the northeast and fall so into the Oby and into the Strayt of Nassaw there the water riseth and falleth but keepeth
afterwards southeast by south untill you come in the bight then goe on easts e and keepe yet to the west shoare untill that you see the towne of Arch-Angel Arch-Angel then sayle right towards it but avoid the point on the larboard side for it is foule For to goe from Arch-Angell further up the River to Kolmogro Kolmog o. it is about twelve or thirteene leagues most southeast but the River runneth upwards with many crooked Bights For to sayle out of the River For to sail out of the River of Arch-Angell then runne out by the foot-strand and keepe the sounding of the west shoare When as you beginne to see the steeple of S. Nicholas then bring it a ships length to the second or middlemost Podessemske there lyeth a black Hommock upon the strand The north side of the wood within commeth then over that Hommock then goe on northeast and by north and northnortheast towards the Podessemskes When as then the wood within commeth to the north side of the southermost of the two woods upon the middlemost Podessemske then you are upon the shoalest of the Barre but when the poynt of the southermost Podessemske is southsoutheast somewhat southerly from you then you are at the end of all the shoales and may goe your Course through the sea where you please no shoales shall hinder you From the Barre of Podessemske or from the River of Archangell to the roade of S. Nicholas S. Nicholas it is foure leagues There standeth a Beacon at the end of the Island where the English house standeth upon by west that beakon is the roade for the English shippes in sixe or seven fathom according as they lye neare or far from the shoare The English River English River lyeth in there eastnortheast n.e. by east alongst by the Cloyster of S. Nicholas but that is so shoale a river that no ships can goe into it men must lade them without with Lodges About southwest and west and by west from the barre of the river of Arch-Angell lyeth the Salt Island upon it standeth a Cloyster is fast to the main land This land lyeth off from thence to the Cape de Onega west and by north From the Crosse-Island to Warsiga the course is west southwest and west and by south about foure and twenty leagues Warsiga Warsiga is a village lying on a river where is a Salmon-fishing which lyeth into the northwards within the land you cannot come into the River with shippes there is no more then eight or nine foot water but must stay without in the Roade before the River there is cleane sand-ground without any fowle ground so that you may anchor there without danger so neare or farre from the shoare as you will This River men doe know when they sayle alongst the coast by three high Hommocks which are higher then all the other and almost of fashion like the three hills by Bayonne in Galicia to the northwards of it are white sand-hills with trees upon them Even by west the three foresayd hommocks goeth in the river For to saile from Warsiga to Ombay the course is alongst by the coasts a little west west and by north and then westnorthwest afterwards the most northwest unto the poynt of Tauria Poynt off Tauria six and thirty or seven thirty leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them well so neare Warsiga as Tauria lyeth on the coast a high bare hill thwart of it and to the westwards of it lye some bancks whereof you must take heed The poynt of Tauria is a high steepe poynt full of trees to the eastwards of this land the poynt falleth away into a great Baye farre alongst to the eastwards About five leagues to the eastwards of the poynt of Tauria lyeth a rock a good wayes from land which is not very great but very easy to be knowne it sheweth a farre off as if there sate a great Ape upon it this rock the Russes call Tourie Babbe Tourie Babbe that is to say Grand-Mother of the poynt Within that Rock in that foresayd Baye it is all shoale water uneven and foule ground where you may not anchor not have roade but to the eastwards of the poynt Tauria you may anchor for westerly northerly winds somewhat to the northwards of the poynt in the Bight there it is shoale but by the poynt it is deepe there you must anchor close by the land By the west poynt lyeth the Island Volna Ostrove Volna Ostrove by the Dutch-men called the Reeme-Island From the poynt Tauria to that Island the course is northnorthwest two leagues Betwixt the Island and the land of Tauria lyeth also a little Island betwixt these two Islands you may for need sayle through with a shippe but it is very narrow at the northeast poynt of Ostrove is roade in thirty fathom then you lye with the shippe when she lyeth wended to the Island in eight fathom so very steepe and rising is the ground there From Volna Ostrove or the Reeme Island to the Gouba that is the salt river Salt river where men doe lade lying a half league by east Ombay the course is northnortheast three leagues which lyeth in north and north and by east it is not very broad but deepe at the comming in it is in the middst foure and twenty and five and twenty fathom farre within five or six fathom deepe but there it is foule Men doe commonly anchor a halfe league within the river on the east side with an anchor in the middst of the river sixteen or eighteen fathom and with a cable on land there it is good lying with all winds except with a southsouthwest winde which bloweth there open in About halfe a league to the westwards of it lyeth the fresh River of Ombay Ombay which is so shoale and foule that men cannot goe in there with shipps except they bee small and also the Russes are not willing they should come there for not to spoyle their Salmon-fishing there is great store of Salmon caught which is carried from thence with boats to the shipps in the salt river From thence the coast lyeth somewhat alongst westsouthwest and then upon northwest to Kandalax Thereabouts lye also more lade-places where Salmon is caught as Kierickarick Kierickarick and Kargapoll Kargapol that lyeth southwest from Ombay on the Koreels side How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Barre of Arch-Angell to the Salt Island southwest somewhat westerly 7 leagues From the Salt Island to the C. Onega west and west and by north 17 or 18 leagues From the C. Onega to the Islands Solofky northwest and by west 20 leagues From Warsiga unto the poynt of Tauria west west and by north westnorthwest and northwest 37 leagues From Cruys Island to Warsiga westsouthwest 24 leag From the poynt of Tauria to Volna Ostrove northnorthwest 2 leagues From Volno Ostrove
to the Gouba to the eastwards of Ombay northnortheast 3 leagues From Ombay to Kandalax northwest by west 13 leag From Catsnose to the Islands of Solofky west or somewhat more southerly 37 leagues From Catsnose to Warsiga northwest and by west 16 or 17 leagues From Catsnose to Polongi northwest and by north 23 l. From the Islands of Solofky to Ombay in Lapland north 32 or 33 leagues From Solofky to Warsiga eastnortheast 32 leagues From Solofky to Pologni northeast by east 50 leagues Heights S. Nicholas or the River of Archangell in 64 degrees 30 minutes The Island of Solofky in 65 degrees 10 minutes Ombay in 66 degrees 45 minutes Pas-caert van IAN MAYEN EYLANT Verthoonde alle de ghelegentheyt van alle bayen inbochten diepten en en drooghten Pas-caerte van SPITSBERGEN met alle haer Rivieren havens bayen sanden en droogten al 's mede Hoemen C. de Uytkyck op Spits-bergen van de Noord Caap en Beeren Eylandt bezeylen sal Pascaerte van GROEN-LANDT Yslandt Stract Davids en Ian Mayen eylandt hoemen de sebâ—ige van Hitlandt en de Noort custen van Schotlandt en Yrlandt-beseylen mach THE THIRD BOOK Of the new LIGHTING COLOMNE OR SEA-MIRROVR OF THE EASTERN and NORTHERN NAVIGATION Containing The Description of Yce-land Green-land or the Straits of David likewise the situation of John Mayens Island and Spits-bergen Also the situation of Candenoes eastward through Wey-gats to the Tartarish or Yce-Sea The first Demonstration Wherein Is shovved the passages betvveen Hitland and Yce-land and from thence to the Straits of David or the corner of old Green-land novv called Staten-hoeck FRom hence or out of Texel to Hitland is the course well enough known to almost all kinde of Mariners But when ye will saile from Hitland to Yce-land Hovv a man must saile from Hitland to Yce-land your course must be from the South-end of Hitland to the South-west-corner of Yceland leaving West-Mana Islands on your right hand the course is west north-westward a half stroak westerly and east-south-east a half stroak easterly the matter of an hundred fourscore and fifteen dutch miles Sailing from the south-west-corner of Yce-land ye must saile northward on alongs the wall the matter of five miles till ye come to the clift of Rcykenesse from thence east-south-east hard underland till ye come to the haven of Hanifioert Ye can scarcely know that there is a haven here till ye come to the end of the farewater but sailing all alongs the wall till ye come to a blinde Rock A blinde Rock standing in the middle of the water and a little Island whereon there is a house then ye can see the Bay where the road is Ye may sail on either side of this blinde Rock but rather on the north as south-side and so running inwardly till ye be right opposite to the house there ye have a good road and ancker-ground Road and Anker-ground of three four or five fathoms Here ye need fear no kinde of windes the west and west-north-west are the worst but without danger because of the clifts that streatches themselves from the northwall here ye can have good water because of a stream that flowes through between the mountains on the north-wall The Indwellers here be of a reasonable good condition and brings aboard fish stockens and other commodities for a small price they would rather have linnen as money for their wares but above all they are most desirous of burnt-wine Ye can have here likewise sheep milk and flesh for other wares The matter of three miles northward from Hanifioert runs severall warmwater rivers into the sea landwards in those rivers are so hot that if ye should put a piece of flesh on a flesh-hook and let it hang in the water it is able to boil the flesh but on the sea-shore these waters be luke-warm so that ye may either swimme or bath your bodies into them The Straits of David He that would saile from hence to wit from the south-west-corner of Yce-land to Fretum Davids he must set his course westward somewhat southerly that he may reach to the corner of the land the which corner ye can see when ye are the matter of six or eight miles from the land coming thither ye can see the Yce which lieth there continually the whole year through So that in case ye should set your course more southwardly as is above mentioned ye should not attaine to the cape Therefore when ye see both the land and the Yce ye must saile along by the Yce which shall lead you into the corner of the Straits The corner of the Strait lieth just upon sixtie grades benorth the Line for the Yce stretches himself according as the wall lieth and when ye come besouth the Yce about nine and fiftie grades and five and twentie or thirtie minutes sometimes somewhat southly sometimes somewhat northly so shall the Yce lie north north-westward from you alike as the wall the Straitward in lieth to the hight of threescore three grades and then lieth the wall right northward till over the threescore six grades and thirtie minutes and then ye come into the narrow of the Strait which is about thirtie miles broad till ye come to the hight of one and seventie grades and thirtie minutes and then ye come in an open roome Sea lying north-west running round northward towards the east and from thence southward again to the above mentioned narrownesse This Sea runs northward to the hight of seventie and nine grades where it is closed by fast land with a great many bayes and rivers most part full of Yce which because of the ebbing and falling of waters is driven through the narrownesse of the Strait into the north-north-Sea and from thence unto the coasts of Terra Nova Terra Nova into the great-bay of St. Laurence after and on the west-side of Terra Nova The inhabitants of this land on both sides of the Strait are heathens and wilde men and therefore are not to be trusted though they give never so many tokens of friendship Whatsoever they handle or change with you they lay it on the oares wherewith they row their Canoe they trust no bodie and therefore are not to be trusted for as aforesaid they lay their wares on their oares and so delivers it to you When ye are resolved to goe on land ye must be well armed and especially with musquets for as for swords or Sabels they care not because they can reach you with their arrowes or with their Slinges ere ye can come near them but if ye happen to kill one or two of them with musquet bullots the rest should in haste flee from you to their mountains where they have their abode This land from old Green-land be north Yce-land lying southward to the cape or Staten-hoeck Staten-hoeck and from that corner all along to Fretum Davids and all round about that inward-sea is it altogether a fast
land and joyned to America untill the north and north-east of Yce-land yet it is the opinion of some men as likewise of my self that it is joyned to Spits-bergen and that because of the rivers which come from the north foreby Spits-bergen which rivers ye can perceive when ye are on the highth of fourscore and three grades and because they ebbe towards the north it may be beleeved that there is a passage but as yet unknown To know the Land Ye can see the south-east coast of Green-land when ye are the matter of six or eight miles from it and when ye see it then ye are hard by the Yce Of the Tides and flowing of Streams The Streams or rivers come out of the north from Spits-bergen and floweth alongs Green-land They ebbe on fourscore and three grades towards the north and floweth towards the South Situation and Courses From the South-end of Hitland to the south-west-corner of Yce-land west northwest and a half stroke westlier 195 miles From the south-west-corner of Yce-land to the clift of Reykenesse north-ward 5 miles From the clift of Reykenesse to the haven of Hanifioert east south-east 12 miles From the south-west-corner of Yce-land to Staten-hoeck west south-west somewhat westly 186 miles The Heights The Cape of Old-Green-land or Staten-hoeck lieth on 60 grades The south-west-corner of Yce-land lieth on seventie four grades and 5 minutes The Mouth of the Strait of David lieth on 71 grades THE SECOND DEMONSTRATION which Containeth the description of IOHN MAYENS ISLAND IOhn Mayens Island lieth from Hitland north-ward according to the common Hollands Compas or as others say north northwest upon the half stroke yet it is better to sail somewhat westlier as to fall a little eastly because they must be on the west-side of the Neering for if they fall easterly then they must needs sail about the north of the same where they have too great calmnesse and sometimes whirlwindes that fall in a sudden from the mountain called the Beeren-berg or in English called the Bears-mountain In the Spring of the year on the east-side of this Island is not so much yce as on the north-side For the sea on the north side which is never above ten miles navigable is in the Spring commonly alwayes frozen The winde blowes there commonly out of the Southwest both harder and oftner as out of any other place In the South-bay a south-south-east and a north-north-west moone according to the common compas makes a full Sea The floud flowes there from the south towards the north and ebbes contrarily The first day of August at the north-end of the aforesaid Island did the Sun rise in the northeast with the one half of his bodie under and the other half above the Horizon and the last day of July was he wholy under On the North-end of this Island is a very high mountain commonly called the Bears-mountain The Bears-mountain the which if ye behold it from the north seemeth to be cloven but if ye behold it from the east or west-side it seemeth round falling as it were smoothly downward except at the northeast corner where it stretcheth it self outward The North-corner is hillie and rough it seemes somewhat low because of the high ground that lyeth about it from thence the matter of half a mile southward the coast is hillie stay and shallow so far from the wall as a little canon can carry is it about 20 fathoms deep a little more southward is there a small foot-strand of stonie ground so that upon some places ye could make shift to bring your chaloup or boat and this stretches it self the mater of a mile in length southward In or upon this strand there are three Yce-hills The three Yce-hils high and stay those are congealed of the snowwater which fals in the sommertime from the top of the mountain two of them lies near to the North-end of the shore From thence further southward is the wall for the matter of a quarter of a mile or scarce so much hilly and stay as it is at the north-end and from thence is there another shore about half a mile in length thereon likewise can ye bring your boat From thence come we to the Southeast-corner of the Beats-mountain which is likewise hilly and stay as the aforesaid wall so that it is impossible to come up on it at some places higher other some lower oneven it is commonly 25 or 30 fathoms high from the water and within goeth it in some place somewhat stay upward to the Bears-mountain At this corner lie some little rocks separated from the land whereon are a great many of severall sorts of fowls ye can row to and about these rocks with your boat A little about this corner there lie likewise such rocks without the wall Divers rocks between these rocks there is a commodious haven with a little Sand-bay Sand-bay where ye can easily bring up your boat whilest ye anker there ye are freed from the sea for it is there commonly calm water although it storms without Ye cannot perceive that there is a haven there till ye be within the rocks from these rocks westward about a short mile is the wall stay and rockie as before yet not so high all alongs the coast is there many sharp rocks standing as it were out of the wall from the land off as well by the shore as by the stay wall the matter of a musquet-shot or thereabout ye have water some sixtie fathoms deep When ye have passed this stay shore then ye come to a flat ground of black sand which is about a mile in length about a little canon-shot from the wall ye have six fathoms water with black sand on the ground this strand is commonly called the great Hout-bay The great Hout-bay or Wood-bay because there is sometimes found much old broken wood hereby landwards in lies divers flat hills of black The black hill earth and few stones here is the land at his smalest for being on the top of this hill and ships sailing on every side of it ye could make them hear your voice both at once Westward from the end of this great Hout-bay where the land lieth south-west to the south is there another rockie wall alike to the aforesaid so far as a piece of canon can carry further have ye another flat called the small Hout-bay The small Hout-bay with an even shore like to the first A quarter of a mile Seawards in by the South-end of that small Hout-bay there lieth a rock which to look to seemeth to be a ship with topsails up A rock like a ship vvith top-sails hereabouts is it flat water Southward from this small Hout-bay there lie many rocks and hills in the sea there is likewise a stay rockie wall between this wall and the rocks is a passage that runs in sea south south-east on called the Bears-gat The Bears-gat where within four fathoms
east northerly from the Amsterdams tents lie two Yce-mountains hard on shore sometimes the Yce comes down with such a force that they make the ships that lie afore the tents to sturre The land within the bay is very high and stay as likewise it is by the Amsterdams and Danes Island although not so high At the South-corner of the Hollands-Bay lieth a little Island hard under-wall called the Devils-Island Devils-Island ye need not fear it for ye may sail hard by it From that same corner to the Vogelsang the course is east northeast a great mile The Vogelsang is an Island clean round about for ye may let anker fall where ye will From hence east southeast a canonshot lieth the Island met de kloof or cloven Island The Cloven-Island so called because the mountain that lieth on shoar is cloven and lieth between the Vogelsang and the aforesaid Island Betvveen the fast land and the aforesaid Island there lie divers Islands vvho because of their multitude are called Archepelliga Archepelliga in these Islands are diverse roads to be found for those that are acquainted there but none to be had at the fast land From the cloven Island to the Island called the Zews-uytkijck The Zevvs-uytkijck or Look-out the course is southeast easterly about half a mile between both there lieth a little round Island called the Geese-Island The Geese-Island vvhen ye come thither ye must sail through betvveen this and the Zevvs-kijck-uyt keeping the Gansen-Island a canonshot from you seavvards in at the Zevvs-Island ye have good anker-ground and lieth on 20 or 15 fathoms good anker-ground That passage vvhich runs betvveen the Islands and the fast land ends betvveen the Zevvs-Island and Moniers-bay it is possible to sail through the Hollands-bay but onely for those vvho are used vvith those passages From the Zevvs-uytkijck to Moniers-bay Moniers-bay is the course southeast a half mile and the passage is almost a quarter of a mile broad and on the south-side there lieth a haven called the Eyer or egge haven The egges-haven Moniers-bay is not fit to sail into because it is stonie foul and rockie and seldome used On the east side of the Zevvs-kijck-uyt in the after-sommer ye have often south-west windes with great calmnesse and in the fore-sommer northerly windes although ye have had a good gail at sea how farther east so much vvorse the floud floweth from the south toward the north all alongs the coast it floweth wel eight hours and ebbes in lesse then four All the Yee that cometh with an east winde from Nova-Sembla cometh with a great force along the northcoast of the cape the Kijck-uyt into the Hollandsbay yea so hard that the ships have enough to do to shun it this is alvvayes so when ye have often eastwindes in the fore-year then it is driven to the west-side of the cape the Kijck-uyt where the yee lieth and swimmeth till it be driven by the south-floud untill the coast of the Fore-land so that all the bayes are filled therewith from thence it runs northward on not knowing whether From Moniers-bay to the Red-bay the coast lieth east south-east four miles the coast is everywhere foul and stonie hard under Moniers-bay it is a low land yet by piece and piece climming upward to the Red-bay The Red-bay the east-corner of Moniers-bay is called the Low-corner From the Red-bay to Reene-velt the course is east south-east five miles the coast is not clean yet ye get anker-ground on twenty or eighteen fathoms alongs the Reene-velt yet ye shall finde no clean ground The Reene-velt The Reene-velt is low even ground in the middle thereof lieth a little round-hill which when it is from the south south-west from you ye have all along the coast of Reene-velt anker-ground as is aforesaid On the east-side of Reene-velt there runs a broad sail-water called the East-wijck at the end of which never any hath been as yet this water runs very far landwards in and is well three miles broad on the east-corner of the Easter-wijck lieth the Gray-corner lieth from Reene-velt south-eastward three miles as is aforesaid The Reene-velt lieth from the outmost of the Islands east south-east ten miles From Reene-velt north-east northerly four miles lieth the Moffen-Island where are many Walrushes From the Gray-corner Gray-corner with a south-east course ye sail to the South-easter-land on over a bay which is four miles broad which bay runs south and south south-west The Easter-land runs east north-east upward but it is yet unknown how far it is a even lane reasonable high but of divers sorts of earth alike to Spits-bergen so that it is thought to be an Island The whole west coast of Spits-bergen is wholy high uneven land The difference at Spits-bergen is 22 grades north-westerly when the Sun is south south-west he is at the highest there according to the Hollands compas In the fore-sommer ye have there commonly easterly and in the after-sommer southerly windes Likewise on the west coast of Spits-bergen in the fore-year ye have commonly east and north-east and in the after-year most southerly windes Of the Tides and flowing of Streams At the west-coast of Spits-bergen the tide keeps no constant course but a floud with a north-east and south-west moone maketh the highest water it floweth with a daily tide five and with a floud six foot A south-west and north-east moone maketh highest water at the Bears-Island the floud cometh commonly out of the south-west and floweth toward the south-east A south south-west and north north-east moone maketh the highest water on the north-east corner of Hoopen-Island and it floweth there as hard as in Texel it cometh out from the south south-west and runs along the coast to the Cape the Kijck-uyt the stream floweth from south-west north-eastward to Wijbbe Jansons water On the east-side of the Zews-uytkijck cometh the stream from the south and runs to the north it floweth eight hours and ebbes scarce four Of the Depths At the north-west-corner of the Bears-Island ye have fourtie fathoms and drieth more and more up till ye be within a canon-shot of land where ye have fifteen fathoms water Situation and Courses From the North-cape to the Bears-Island the course is north north-west and north-west westerly 54 or 55 miles From Suroy to the Bears-Island north north-west 50 miles From the Bears-Island to Hoopen-Island north north-east northerly 32 miles From the south-west to the north-east corner of Hopen-Island east north-east 8 miles From the north-east corner of Hopen-Island to Black-point north westerly 10 miles From the Bears-Island to the Cape the Uytkijck north north-west somewhat westerly 28 miles From the Cape the Uyt-kijck to the south-end of the foreland north north-west 26 or 27 miles From the Cape the Uytkijck to Horn-zond north north-west 6 miles From Horn-zond to Bel-zond north westerly and north north-west 7 miles From Bel-zond to Yce-zond north westerly 11 miles From
countrie-church come to that aforesaid old peece of wall of the old ruinous castle and then right in as hath beene before said Or runne in by the first markes untill within a shot of a cast peece neer to the west shoare then edge up to the north shoare untill that Ahuys come in the middest of the River and anchor there as hath been said Hanno Hanno is a high round Island which men may sayle round about under it is good road for south and southeast windes Behind Hanno runneth up a little River to Self-brough but serveth onely for small shippes or Crayers which go not deepe From Ahuys to the Rockes the course is east and by south twelve or thirteene leagues betwixt them both lye divers little townes as Fleholme and Rottenbuy Fleholm Rottenbuy where men may anchor before in sixe seven and eight fathom good anchor ground And other Havens more but little or nothing knowne by Hollanders Thwart of Rottenbuye lyeth a little Rocke somwhat off from the land called Malqueren under which men may also ride From the north poynt of Bruntholm to the Rocks the course is northeast somewhat northerly sixteen leagues but from the poynt of Sandhammer eastnortheast sixteen leagues If you runne alongst close by the north poynt of Bruntholm you shall runne with a north waye alongst even without the Rocks But if you runne alongst close by the poynt of Sandhammer and will saile from thence to the Rockes you shall with a northeast by east waye fall with the Land even within them or to the Westwardes of them The Rocks The rocks are some little rocks together which men may sayle round about but can have no Roade under them they lye 3 or 4 leagues distant from the maine land are smaller then the Eartholms A leagues or two to the northwards of them lyeth the Vrouwen of Greene Island by some called the Rough-Island and also the Outlyers It is not so brooken in it selfe as the Rocks and also much greater off to seawards from it lye some rocks to the westwards of it it is all full of rocks some above and some under water alongst even fast to the Land you may saile about within the Greene-Island betwixt it and the rockes but no man can doe it but he must be verie well acquainted there and then also not without great daunger To the s wards of it you may also finde Road at some places but you must be verie wel acquainted also not without daunger by reason of the multitude of suncken rocks and sharp grounds The east side of of the Outlyers lye from the rocks northeast and by north The south end of Oeland Oeland is a sharpe point and lyeth from the rocks east west about ten leagues distant Thwart of it betwixt the mayne land and the aforesayd south poynt of Oeland it is about four leagues broad betwixt them both goeth in the Calmer-sound For to sayle up into the Calmer sound then goe on from the rockes or from the Outlyers northeast and by east and then you runne in betwixt Oeland the maine land upon 14 fathom and sayle then northnortheast betwixt them both a middest the channell both the shoares are verie foule but if you come not nearer them then in 7 fathom you can take no hurt there From the Rocks to Calmer are sixteen leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them northwest from Southerorden the southermost poynt of Oeland lyeth the towne of Christianopell Christianopel lately built there upon a little Island by the Kings Majestie of Denmarke and so called after his name Thwart of it was wont to lye upon the mayne land a little towne called Overschare Overschare now it is one with Christianopel thwart of it lyeth a ledge of rockes about a great English mile off from the shoare southeast into the sea come no nearer it then in ten fathom At Christianopel is a haven on the east side from it lyeth off a riffe towards the eastnortheast into sea therefore he that will sayle in there must come in from the northwards for to avoyde this riffe To the northwardes of Christianopel towardes Calmer it is on both sides as well on the side of the mayne land as on the side of Oeland all full of rocks and foule grounds but you may sound both the shoares in the middest betwixt both in the farewaye it is tenne and twelve fathom deep all soft claye ground to the southwards of Christianopel it is deeper but to the northwards of Calmer it is by little and little shoaler Two leagues to the northwards of Christianopell lyeth Bercker haven Bercker-haven there men doe lade oaken beams there within it is good lying but verie bad for to come in or out because of the multitude of sunken rocks and other foule grounds which lye before it about a half league off from the shoare to seawards About a league to the northwards of Berckerhaven lyeth Hosmes ground Hosmes ground which is a very bad foule ground lying somewhat farther off from the shoare to sea-wards then the other rocks which lye alongst the shoare thereof you must take heede About a league to the southwards of Calmer two leagues to the northwards of Hosmes ground lyeth a poynt called Steensoe Steensoe which is a somewhat high rough and very foule poynt a halfe league long lying within a halfe league neare to the towne to the westwards of it runneth in a great bight where is good lying also for manie shipps but you cannot come in there because of the manie foule grounds and dangers except it be with a very skilfull Pilot upon the west side over against the poynt standeth a white house The King of Denmarks fleet of ships laye there in the time of the last siege of Calmer When you come so farre in that you leese the south end of Oeland out of your sight then you get the Castle of Calmer Castle of Calmer in sight sayle towards it but shunne the shoares as hath been sayde here before The Castle hath four great towers when the two eastermost of the four come one in the other then is the Castle about northwest from you then you come by the Grimschaer Grimschaer this is a rock easy to be knowne upon it standeth a mast with a Barrell upon the toppe of it which lyeth much nearer the west shoare then Oeland when you get it in sight then sayle towards it Thwart of the Grimschaer or Tonholm lyeth a sunken rock about a cables length off from it and a little more to the eastwards upon it is no more then five foot water The farewaye is through betwixt this sunken rock the Grimschaer about northeast and by north sayle close alongst by the Grimschaer leaving it on the larboard side and then the foresayd sunken Rock remaineth on the starboard side of you Being a little past the foresayd sunken Rock Grimschaer you come then
on against the west end of a long small rock which lieth farr to the eastwards towards Oeland and lieth almost even with the water at some places a little above water and at some places the Sea runneth alongst over it edge then a little up to the northwards and runne about by the poynt of that rock Being past that you shall meet on the larboard side a low rock from the which there shooteth off a little taile to the northwards upon it standeth a little beacon sayle alongst by it and being a little past it then shall the town lye westsouthwest from you let your anchor fall there in five or sixe fathom there is the right road If you come to anchor somewhat northerly in the roade you must be carefull to take heed of a sunken rock which lyeth not more then eleven or twelve foot under water The Marks of this sunken rock Sunken rock are these When the mills upon the Mulholm are one in the other with the mill which standeth on the north side without the town then you are thwart off the foresayd sunken rock On both sides of it as well to the northwards as the southwards of it it is deep enough It is good lying there allmost with all windes but a north and by east winde is the worst which bloweth there open in With shipps that go not deeper then sixe or seven foote men may come to lye at the bridge before the towne You may also sayle to the westwards of the Grimschaer that is through betwixt the Grimschaer and the land with shipps that go not deep but he that shall doe it must be verie well acquainted there for there it is all full of Rocks some above and some under water From the south end of Oeland called Southerorden The riff of southerorden lyeth off a great dangerous riffe a league and an half into sea there it is seven and eight fathom deep when the Chappel upon Southerorden is northwest a great league from you there it is tenne and eleven fathom deepe you may sound about this riffe in eight or nine fathom but it is not good to come nearer it when you can doe otherwise and can passe it A halfe league to the northwards of the Towne Calmer to wit a little to the northwards of the road lyeth an Island called Skalloe Skalloe which you must leave on the starboard side when you are bound from Calmer to the northwards It is indifferent cleane upon the west side but from the Sweeds side there over against it runneth off a stone riff almost unto the Island Upon this riffe standeth commonly a stone-beacon it is dangerous to sayle through there or over that shoale for one that is not there very well acquainted It is also Pilots water Foure leagues to the northwards of the Calmer on the Sweeds side lyeth an out-poynt called Schenknes or Skegnesse Skegenes thwart of it lyeth a small Island called the Baker The Baker betwixt this poynt and Skallo it is very uneven of depths The east coast of Oeland is a cleane coast lieth northnortheast southsouthwest Off the Island Rughen To the westwards of the Island Rugen men doe sayle up into the Jelle unto Straelsound For to sayl from Straelsound out alongst the Jelle For to sail out at the Jelle goe on north and north and by west there lyeth a Middle-ground sometimes there standeth a beacon upon it and sometimes not leave that on the larboard side being past that sayle to the poynt where the wood standeth upon so that the town come behind the wood you shall then see a verie high tree bring that over the flattest steeple and keep it so a while standing going on still north and north and by west unto the beacon the Jelle When as you luffe up about by it west then looke out for two trees which stand upon the east shoare somewhat within the land bring them a ships length without the highest tree which standeth upon the shoare luffe up about the beacon towards the buye In the mouth of the deepe lye three buyes which in sayling out you must leave all on the larboard side but in sayling in all on the starboard side It is not deeper in the mouth of the Deepe then sixe seven foot and also without it is farre of shoale water The Island Rugen hath four poynts that lye out under which men may ride at divers places as Doornbosh Whitmond Jasmond and the Peert The poynt of Doornbosh Dornbosch lyeth from the Jelle north distant two leagues it is high land with a steepe poynt men may ride under it for northeast east and southeast windes If you will anchor there then anchor in three four or five fathom so that the steepe point stand northnortheast from you or that the Church stand over the poynt or anchor where about that it shall please you or shall be best convenient it is there all over shallow water and clean sand-ground From Dornbosch to Brontholm the course is east northeast seventeen or eighteen leagues but Dornbosch and Fasterbornes Riffe lye northnorthwest and southsoutheast fourteen leagues asunder From Dornbosch to Whitmont the course is northeast by east four leagues Betwixt them both goeth in a greate Bay where you may run in alongst by Whitmondt and have road there in five or six fathom for southwest south also for an east winde If you will seeke roade under Whitmondt Roade under Whitmont for westerly windes and runne about by the poynt comming from the westwards then come not nearer the poynt then seven or eight fathom there shooteth off an uneven shoale which you must avoid being come about the poynt anchor there in twelve thirteen or fourteene fathom that is about a league from the shoare nearer to the shoare in seven eight or ten fathom the ground is not cleane in twelve fathom you have grosse sand in thirteene or fourteene fathom soft ground so that with harde windes you should need to shoe your anchor you lye there also landlockt for a west and south winde Iasmond Roade under Iasmondt lyeth from Witmond eastsoutheast distant three leagues If you will anchor under Iasmond for a west or westnorthwest wind then sayle so far about the poynt that it come to be northnorthwest or somewhat more northerly from you when you come about the poynt you shall see in the southwest or somewhat more westerly from you a little thick wood of trees upon a plain hill and on each side of that little wood a little sharpe steeple and also a great tree like as if it were a mill without wings when that tree commeth to be southwest and by west from you anchor there in 9 or 10 fathom there is indifferent ground according as the ground is there by the poynt of the land it is about 13 fathom deep Or bring the north poynt northwest and the other poynt southwest and by south
from you and anchor there in ten or eleven fathom there it is good soft ground but it lasteth not long so soone as you finde the soft ground you must let fall your anchor for the ground is there at manie places not cleane or you must sayle farre about both the poynts there you lye landlockt for a northwest and north winde in tenne eleven or twelve fathom good soft ground The Peert The Peert which men doe also call the great Buck upon Iasmond is a tuffe of trees or two and is a poynt that lyeth out with two poynts where is betwixt them both a faire Sand-bay where in is good lying in foure or five fathom clean ground Jasmond and the Peert lye southsoutheast and northnorthwest distant four or five leagues To the southwards of the Peert goeth in that New-deep where men doe sayle through to Statyn THE NEW-DEEPE About a league south somewhat westerly from the Peert lyeth a poynt called the Ironhead there lyeth off a little riffe therefore you must runne alongst somewhat without that poynt and being a little past that poynt you can see the outermost buy of the New-deep For to sail into the New deep wherein lye two buyes in the middst of the deepe so that you may sayle alongst on both sides of the buyes but with shipps of great draughts you must run close along to the e. wards of the buys there is the very deepest of the channell By the outermost buye it is at the shoalest there is the barre commonly there is 11 foot water or a little more then 11 foot and a half and sometimes also well 12 foot but in the middst of the Mouth of the deep it is commonly still 12 foot and sometimes more Upon the Peert lye three high hommocks the westermost of them is the greatest one great round hommock when you keep that right without the Iron head and then run on southsouthwest when you cannot sayle amisse although there were no buyes in the mouth of the Deep When you come over the Barre you shall finde againe 4 or 5 fathom depth being a little over it you must go on southeast unto the entrance of the Peen with that course you leave the Island of the Roeden The Roeden lying at least two cables lengths on the larboard side It is there all over good anchoring Right over against Grijpswald lyeth a little Island called stobber round about which you may allmost sayle something more easterly then Grijpswald lyeth a little riffe thwart from the shoare Roade under the Roeden If you will sayle into the Peen you shall espie sailing thus right out a head at the east side of the Peen two poynts keep the eastermost a handspikes length without the westermost for to avoyd a stonie shoale which runneth off from the west poynt of the Peen untill that you come before the Peen Upon the east shoare stand 2 beakons bring them one in the other run so into the Peen which lyeth in first s w but in the comming in there is no more then 6 foot or 6 foot an half water If you will anchor under the Island the Roeden you must be mindfull of a little riffe that lyeth of from the Roeden to the s wards towards the mayne land anchor there either to the westwards or to the eastwards of it accordings as the wind shall bee in 3 fathom or 2 fathom and a halfe so shoale or deepe as you please there is the common roade for the ships The Rough Island Rough Island lyeth from the Roeden northeast and by east distant about two great leagues About eastnortheast from the Roeden For to sail out to the eastwards of the Roeden lyeth also a channell into the Sea a little to the southwards of the Rough Island that is good for to runne out with westerly winds when you cannot come out at the New deepe and also for those that are bound to Danske or to the eastwards From the Rough Island lyeth off a little riffe to the southwards which you must avoyd and runne through betwixt that and the shoale which runneth from the shoare thwart off it is the barre or shoalest off this channell not lesse then eleven or twelve foot water that is a short out let being over you shall get presently deeper water This channell is Pilots water Upon the Island the Roeden dwell Pilots which doe bring out shippes The Coast of Pomeren lyeth from the New deepe to Colbergen east and west about sixteen or seventeen leagues Betwixt them both lye yet two channells the Swinne and the channell of Camin The Swin Swin lyeth seven leagues eastwards from the New-deepe which runneth through a little River into the Haff or broade water right over against the river of Stetyn Camin Camin lyeth five leagues to the eastwards of the Swin upon the east end of the Haff or broad water of Stetyn that channell goeth through also with a river into the Haff Five leagues without the land when Jasmond is westnorthwest or thereabout the Peert westsouthwest and Rough Island south from you there lyeth a banck Banck of seven fathom upon one place somewhat lesse and upon another somewhat more betwixt it and the land towards Jasmond it is again thirteen fourteen and fifteen fathom deep but to the eastwards of the New-deepe alongst by the coast of Pomeren it is all shoale water off foure five sixe and seven fathom so farre into the Sea that when you can but even see the land of the Swin there it is not deeper then seven or eight fathom without sight of the land it is twelve thirteen fathom deep The Haven of Colbergen Colbergen you must sayle into between two heads untill you come before the Towne Within in the river right over against the town lyeth a Well or Brook which can give all the countrey thereabout Salt off water which they seeth and yet the water of the river is fresh as Milk for it is a little water that commeth out of the land The coast of Pomerland lyeth from Colbergen to Gashead northeast by east southwest and by west about 13 leagues betwixt them both lye two havens more to witt Coflyn and Ruwolde The haven of Coflyn lyeth from Colbergen eastnortheast 3 leagues distant And from Coflyn to Ruwold Coflyn Ruwolde the course is northeast and by east five leagues Into the haven of Ruwold or the little river called the Wipper an indifferent ship may go in It is from Ruwolde to Gashead northeast by east four leagues The land lyeth from Garshead to the Rosehead east and east and by north 20 or 21 leagues betwixt them lye the havens off Stolp The Stolp Liba and Sernevis A little to the eastwards of Garshead lyeth the haven off the Stolp which is a river so called as the towne which runneth up to the same towne onely for small ships although that theredoe indifferent
great ships lade From Garshead unto Reefcoll it is all a white Strand and lyeth eastnortheast from it foure leagues Reefcoll is a high round hill very easy to be knowne when you come off from Brontholm From Reefcoll to Liba Liba it is seven leagues Liba lyeth upon a great river called the Osse From Liba to Sernevis Sernevis are five leagues betwixt them lye the three Woolsacks which are three black tuffes of trees where by this land is very easy to be knowne a little to the eastwards of these three little Hommocks lyeth a long hill which doth shew it selfe when you come out of the west on the west end divided into three or foure little hommocks Seven or eight leagues to the eastwards of the Woolsacks followeth the high land of Rose-head which is very steep upon the water side Betwixt the Rose-head and Reefcoll it is all white strand and most of the land grown with trees Servenis Sernevis is a little towne lying upon a little off water which with a little river runneth into the Sea but within it doth spread it selfe into a great river It is from Sernevis to the Rose-head 4 leagues You may sound about the Rose-head in 15 and 20 fathom and also you may well anchor under the Rose-head there is better ground then under the Heel All the strand off Pomer-land is alongst the Sea side above all black with trees Of the Dephts In the fareway to the northwards off Brontholm alongst to Rye it is deepe betwixt Oeland and Brontholm five and thirty sixe and thirty and eight and thirty fathom but comming against Oeland so that the south end come to be northwest and by north northwest and northwest and by west five or sixe leagues from you there you shall finde very uneven grounds Southeast five or sixe leagues from Southerorden are grounds of nine tenne twelve and sixteen fathom in the nyne tenne fathom soft ground that there remayneth nothing upon the lead but in the fourteen or fifteen fathom it is grosse redde and black stonie sand ground almost like Iett Nearer againe to Oeland it is agine deeper water and farther from the land it is also deeper but all uneven ground the south end of Oeland being about northnorthwest from you eight leagues there it is againe sometimes twenty fourteen and also well tenne and nine fathom in the shoalest deepe all stonie ground that there remaineth nothing upon the lead but in twenty and five and twenty fathom grosse redd and black stonie sand He that sayleth with a northerly wind over these foresayd shoales of ten eleven and twelve fathom and is bound to Brontholm let him goe on westsouthwest for to sayle clear of Brontholm if he reckon to come against it by night the Bleecksche side he may boldly runne to by the lead in seventeene and eighteene fathom The poynt of Sand-hammer runneth farr off flat at hath been said here before you may runne about by it in seven and eight fathom Betwixt the Rockes and Oeland in the farewaye to Gotland it is eight and thirtie and nine and thirtie fathom deepe easy clay ground When Southerorden is northnorthwest somewhat northerly a league from you there it is thirteen fathom deep When the little chappell upon Southerorden is westnorthwest from you two leagues there it is thirtie fathom deep When Southerorden lieth west two greate leagues from you there it is seven and twentie eight and twentie nine and twenty fathom deepe Betwixt Fasterborne and Brontholme it is thirtie five and thirtie fathom deep in the farewaye but when you beginne to come neare Fasterborne there it is shoaler water of fourteene fifteen and sixteen fathom When you comming from the west sayle alongst by the south side of Brontholm eastsoutheast about a league without the land and that the east end of Brontholm is east somewhat southerly about two leagues from you there it is deep seven or eight fathom grosse pale sand that lasteth untill that the foresayd east end be east and east and by north about a league and a halfe from you all in one depth but when it commeth to be eastnortheast from you it is fifteene fathom deep small blackish sand-ground Four or five leagues from Brontholme when the east end from which Brewers-riffe runneth off is about eastnortheast or northeast and by east the north end about north or north and by east from you there lyeth a banck off seven eight or nine fathom and lyeth northwest and southeast more then a great league long the southermost end lyeth about southwest from the east end of Brontholme He that meeteth with this banck by night may make some guessing thereby for to direct his course thereafter whether he be bound eastwards towardes Reefcoll or towards Fasterborne About two leagues eastsoutheast from the aforesayd east end of Brontholme to witt the lowe sand poynt where Brewers-riffe lyeth off there it is four and twentie and five and twenty fathom deep stonie ground About four leagues east somewhat northerly or east and by north from Meun lyeth a banck off eleven and twelve fathom which lasteth from thence with a northwest and by west course untill that Meun come to be westsouthwest or southwest by west from you then it is again eighteen nineteen and twenty fathom deep soft ground Fasterborne shall then be northnorthwest and Steden westnorthwest from you going on with that same northwest and by west course you shall then get by little and little shoaler water to witt sixteen and fifteen fathom and close by Steden fourteene thirteene and twelve fathom He that commeth from Witmondt or Jasmondt towards the Sound runneth alongst four leagues without Meun runneth alongst over this foresayd banck he that findeth himselfe by night upon it hath a good mark for to make his reckoning there after Betwixt Brontholm and the coast Pomerland in the fareway when you can see Brontholm it is 26 fathom deep but so farre to the southwards that you can see the coast of Pomerland there it is 7 and 8 fathom deep but without sight of the land 12 and 13 fathom deep Alongst all the coast of Pomerland betwixt the New-deepe and Rose-head it is alongst by the coast 22 and 20 and also well 25 fathom deep Betwixt Colbergen and Garshead it is all a flat even strand and ground without any bancks In the fareway betwixt Bruntholm and Reefcoll it is seven and twenty and eight and twenty fathom deep but farre to the northwards of it is at least five and thirty and eight and thirty fathom deep Northwest from Reefcoll foure or five leagues from the land lyeth a banck of nine ten and eleven fathom when you come from Bruntholm and Reefcoll commeth to bee southeast and by east from you then you come against this banck and endeth when Reefcoll is south and by east from you From this foresayd banck towards Bruntholm it is five and twenty thirty and six and thirty
eastsoutheast from you then it goeth behinde the land that you cannot see it The third Demonstration Where in Are Described the Sea-Coastes betwixt Der Winda and Revel and the Islands of Aland THe lying of Derwinda and how men shall know it is here before declared From Derwinda to Lyserorte the coast lyeth northeast and by north foure leagues and from Lyserorte to Domesnes eastnortheast twelve or thirteen leagues When you are thwart of Lyserorte you can perceive no poynt it seemeth to be all an even right coast from Derwinda to Domesnes but comming from Derwinda or Domesnes and being a league or two to the eastwards or to the westwards of it you can see well that it is a blunt poynt lying out Thwart of Lyserorte runneth off a great uneven shoale at least two leagues into sea but you need not feare of it you may runne over it in four five or six fathom by the lead like as also alongst all the coast of Coerland from Derwinda untill about Domesnes To the westwards of Lyserort the land hath a little bight there you may anchor for northeast eastnortheast and east winds when it bloweth hard that you can do no good with turning to windwards you must bring the poynt of Lyserorte eastnortheast from you in seven fathom there is clean sand-ground and good lying The land betwixt Domesnes and Derwinda is very easy to be known At the poynt of Derwinda it is high and goeth sloping down by little little to the eastwards unto Lyseroort Likewise 3 or 4 leagues by west Domesnes lyeth a high blewhill called the Doembergh which is steep on the east side goeth by little little sloping downe to the westwardes unto neare Lyserorte so that there two high double blewlands do go down into a valley one against the other the low land betwixt both is Lyserorte Leyserorte The poynt of Domesnes it self is low sandy land it lyeth out about 3 leagues to the eastwards of the foresayd Doembergh but all that is together full of trees The south end of Oesel Riffe off Oesel lyeth from the poynt of Domesnes northwest and by west about six leagues a sunder there runneth off a great Riffe about south and by west and southsouthwest into sea towardes the shoale Lyserorte called Swalverorte Swalverorte that is a dangerous riffe at lest three leagues long verie hard and uneven at some places towards Oesell it lyeth drye above water and at some other places it is two two and an half three fathom deep To the westwards of that riffe lie also manie uneven Dwael-grounds a good wayes off from the land which lye alongst the coast of Oesel to the northwards which are at some places not deeper then two three and four fathom Pas caarte van LIIFLANDT ende Oost-Finlandt van der Winda tot aende hoeck van Alandt ende voort tot Revel If you will goe to Rye and comming out of the sea doe fall with the land about Derwinda then leave not the coast of Coerland but runne about by it upon the lead all along unto Domesnes in four five sixe or seven fathom according as you have the wind that you may not fall without or to the westwards of that riffe Swalverorte The channell betwixt Coerland and that foresayd riffe is fourteen fifteen and sixteen fathom but very uneven The ground upon the shoale thwart of Lyserorte is at some places also very uneven for to sound sometimes sixe sometimes eight and nine fathom the one cast at least two or three fathom more or lesse then the other and that not very farre from the land but you need not feare of it you may bouldly runne to the shoare in four and five fathom But if when you come out of the sea you are past Lyserorte and come with the land to the northwards of it against Oesell then you have deeper water for not far to the westwards without Swalverorte Marks to shunne Swalverorte it is thirty fathom deep If you can see Oesel and Coerland and that the Doembergh be eastsoutheast or southeast by east from you then runne on southeast untill you come neare Coerland for to avoyd Swalverorte and then alongst by it upon your lead towards Domesnes as is beforesayd Or when as you have the Doembergh eastsoutheast from you then keepe it so standing from you and sayle in so right with it and then you shall without hurt runne alongst over the taile of the outermost shoale of Swalverorte it shoaleth up there very soone and suddainly from 13 or 15 and nine fathom but if you bringe the east side of the Doembergh not more southerly from you then eastsoutheast and southeast and by east then you shall not meet with any dangers of the Dwaelgrounds nor of Swalverorte you shall thus sayle alongst at least three leagues over the Dwaelgrounds and Swalverorte over very uneven grounds the one cast at least twelve the other nine and also wel seven and sixe fathom but goe on your course without feare when as the Inner side or east side of the south end of Oesel commeth to be north and north and by east from you then you are over the riffe within all the foule grounds that might hurt you when as that you get then 13 or 14 fathom then sayle bouldly without fear towards Domesnes If it should happen that with a northwest winde you should fall with the land to the northwards of Derwinda or Lyserorte should fear to come neere the Coast of Coerland then keepe not further off to Sea then that the east poynt of Doembergh be eastsoutheast from you when as then you bring the east side of the south point of Oesell northnortheast from you then you shall runne alongst over Swalverorte in seven fathom Betwixt Oesel and Coerland it is sixteen and seventeen fathom deep When as Domesnes is southeast and by east and the south poynt of Oesel northwest and by north from you and that you are a like neare to them both there it is eighteen farhom deep From the poynt of Domesnes runneth off also a riffe northeast and by north or a little more northerly a league and half into the sea which is on the east side very steepe but on the west side somewhat flatter When you come from out of the west and are bound to Rye you may runne about by it upon your lead in 5 6 7 8 9 and 10 fathom so neare as you will but according as the winde and weather shall be I know of some that have sounded about it in foure and foure fathom half but he that will runne so somewhat neare about it must be very carefull in using of his lead not let it rest Not very farre from the riffe on the west side it is 12 and 13 fathom deep When as the poynt of Domesnes where the withered trees stande upon come to bee southsouthwest from you then you come on against the west side of
starboard side untill that you come to the land of Oesel over against the great tree In this fareway it is five fathom deepe When as you come sayling so alongst past the Grasground you shall meete with an Island on the larboard side to the northwards of it goeth in the Deepe unto the Castle of Moensound The Castle of Moone sound in three fathom but sometimes it is shoaler for there it is all full of sands To the southwards of the same Island goeth in another Deep which you may sayle through untill you come to the end of Oesell and then you leave the two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the starboard side But the right and best Deep goeth from the foresayd great tree in alongst by the land Oesell which is three and four fathom deepe and at last it will be six seven eight fathom when you sayle alongst there you leave the foresayd two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the larboard side From the great tree to the first little Island the course is eastsoutheast eight or nine leagues then from the first little Island to the second south east and forth to the end of Oesell east and by south From that ende or northeast poynt of Oesell runneth off a foul riffe a great half league into the sea called the Paternoster Pater-noster which you must avoyde From this northeast poynt off Oesell unto Parno the coast of Lisland lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest When you come about that poynt you may sayle into the sea or buye off Rye where you will west and by north to Arentsbergh southw or somewhat westerly to Ambrooke south somewhat easterly to Round southeast and by south to Kinne or where you will the lying of Kinne is described here before From Kinne to Magno and Serckholm all alongst unto Parno the course is northeast and by north eight leagues Thwart of Magno Serckhollom Magno Sterckholm it is betwixt Coerland and the Islands five and sixe fathom deepe and alongst Coerland altogether a faire strand Parno Parno lyeth in a great Baye it is there in the roade three and four fathom deep For to anchor there you must anchor so that the steeple of Parno stand northnortheast from you there is the best roade Oetgensholme Oetgensholm and Syburghnes lye east and by n. and w. by south seven leagues distant one from the other You may sayle round about Oetgensholme and anchor under it for northerly and northwest winds in sixe or seven fathom but you must beware of the Blinde as before is sayd From Oetgensholm to great Roge Great Roge. the course is east four leagues betwixt them both a little to the southwardes of the fareway lyeth a shoale even above water which you may sayle round about but you may not come verie neare it because it is stonie and rockie round about it Great Roge is an out point with two or three white Chalck-hills and thereby is verie easy to be knowne Betwixt this poynt and Oetgensholm somewhat more southerly lyeth another poynt called little Roge Little Roge. betwixt it and great Roge goeth a broade Sound into the land of sixe and seven fathom depth but in the end it is shoale There-abouts it is all cleane ground and good for to anchor in From great Roge to the Island Narghen the course is east somewhat northerly five leagues When you sayl from great Roge towards Narghen you shall finde four leagues to the eastwards of great Roge an other poynt with two white chalck spots called Surp betwixt it and great Roge the land falleth away to the southwards into a great baye If you will saile to Revell then sail alongst by that poynt of Surp towards Narghen leaving it on the larboard side off you going on still east untill you come to the east end of Nargen Being there by it then goe on eastsoutheast a league and an half and then you shall come by the end of the riffe which lyeth off from the Blote Karels Riffe off the Karels come no nearer it then in sixe fathom When as the castle of Revel commeth without the Karels then sayl right unto the head of Revell Revell untill you come to the east side let your anchor fall there and then hawl with the fore-ship or stearne to the head and make you fast by foure cables for the north and northnorthwest windes which blow there flat open in making it a lee shoare so that sometimes with such winds there commeth in a rowling sea East about 4 leagues from the south end of Nargen lyeth the Island the Wolfe which is about a league long Northnorthwest and northwest and by north two leagues from the west end of the Island the Wolf and northeast and northeast and by east from the north end of Nargen lyeth a rock under water called the Revel-stone although there be no more water upon then 3 or 4 foot yet it is in the Summer time with faire weather oftentimes so smooth water that it doth not break upon it and it is also very steep so that you may not come neerer it by your lead then in 12 fathom The markes for to knowe the place of this Revel-stone Revell-stone are these When the northeast end of Nargen is southwest and southwest and by west from you and the high steeple of Revell is a capstane barrs length or a little more to the westwards off the west end of the Island the Wolfe then you are right thwart of this rock The steeple of Revel is also the right south from you But when the steeple of Revell commeth to the Wolfe The Wolf and that you are bound to the eastwards and you are surely past this Revell-stone and a good wayes to the eastwards of it From the west end of the Island the Wolfe lyeth off a riff to the northwards into sea about an English mile toward the Revell-stone upon the end of this riffe lye five or sixe rocks a little above water If you come away from Revell on north and by west alongst by the Wolf then marke the poynt of Surp when that commeth even unto the south end of the Island Nargen then you shall also have even the length of the foresayd riffe If you looke out then on the starboard side and be not sayled very sarre alongst to the westwardes of the Wolf you shall see the foresayd rockes lying upon the end of the riffe lye thwart from you and then you may run to the northwards about by them in five fathom without doing amisse Betwixt Nargen and the Wolf lyeth also a stony shoale which is very broad but much neerer Narghen then the Wolf and lyeth from the south poynt or Narghen shoale of Nargen about northeast and from the north poynt eastsoutheast Therfore if you bring the south poynt of Nargen about southwest or southwest and by south and
it sheweth it self thus Round Doembergh Domesnes Thus sheweth Coerland to the eastwards of Domesnes Castle of Duynemondt Rye The high land of Kowerwyck The mouth of the Duyn When you come against the mouth of the Duyn the River of Rye the land sheweth it self on both sides of it thus When Dagerorte is northnortheast foure leagues from you it sheweth thus Dagerorte being northeast from you three or four leagues sheweth it self thus In this forme appeareth Dagheror when the towre is east and by south and the northermost poynt is east from you four leagues and then you may even see it in clear weather from below When as the towre upon Dagherorte is southeast by south the land to the eastwards of it is southeast foure leagues from you then it sheweth it selfe thus Syburgnes When the towre of Dagerorte is southsoutheast from you then it sheweth it selfe with the land to the westwards of it thus Syburghnes Dagherorte Thus sheweth the land of Dagheroort towards Syburghnes High-hill Thus sheweth Syburghnes when the high hill is southsouthwest 4 leagues from you there it is five and thirty and six and thirty fathom deep Thus sheweth Revell when you are by the Revelstone without the Wolf The forme of Oetgensholm The fourth Demonstration Where in The Sea-Coastes betweene the Wolf and the outtermost of the East Sea THe Island Wranger Wranger lyeth from Nargen east distant 7 or 8 leagues and 3 leagues east and by south from the wolf Under Wranger is on both sides good road good anchor ground especially on the south side where there is a Bay there you may anchor betwixt the two poynts in ten twelve or fourteen fathom according as shall be convenient and lye sheltred for a northeast and east and also for a northwest and west winde You may sayle round about Wrangher but from some poynts as from the south poynt and from the north poynt lye off some little riffes whereof you must take heed and be carefull in using the lead when you sayle about by them About an English mile from Wrangher lyeth little Wranger Little Wranger a little long small Island lying about northwest and southeast which is rocky and foul especially on the northeast side From the southeast poynt runneth off also a rocky riff whereof you must take heed On the southwest side is good anchoring for northeast and east windes anchor under it so that the southeast poynt lye about east from you there is good lying for northeast and east windes GREAT AND SMALL WRANGER About a great league north from the east end of Wranger and two little leagues north and by west from little Wranger lyeth a little Island which by some is called Kuyken but commonly is called the Kocxschaer Kocxschaer which is a little bare rock with a Warder upon it you may sayle round about it on both sides it lyeth from the Wolf northeast and by east distant two great leagues From Wranger to Eckholme the course is east and by south 14 leagues Three leagues by west the Eckholms lyeth an out-poynt to the eastwards of it is a Bay called the Monkwyke there it is good anchoring for southwest and west winds in 8 10 or 12 fathom Betwixt this poynt of the Monkwyke Monkwyke and Wranger lye 3 little long Islands lying alongst the coast of Lysland about a halfe league from the shoare which are very foule and rocky and almost nothing but rocks whereof you must take heed otherwise the coast betwixt them both is cleane The Island Eckholm Eckholm is clean round about and lyeth about northwest and southeast it sheweth it self high at both ends and in the middest with a Valley Under Eckholm is good anchoring at the northeast side for west southwest winds in 20 22 and 25 fathom on the southwest side for easterly winds Five leagues to the eastwards of Eckholm lyeth the Castle Telsburgh Telsburg thwart of it lyeth off a shoale from the shoare but you may sound it in 8 or 9 fathom From thence the coast lyeth alongst most east by south unto the road of the Narve about 15 leagues it is altogether cleane without fowle ground so that you may also sayl alongst there by night in 8 or 9 fathom without feare Northwards from this coast in the fareway betwixt Eckholm and the Island of Highland lye the Chalk grounds Hosts the little and great Tutters all of them with very dangerous foule grounds and shoales Eckholm Highland lye eastnortheast and westsouthwest distant about 10 leagues About 2 or 3 leagues east from Eckholm also 2 leag from the main land lye the Chalkgrounds Chalck-grounds which are foul grounds almost 3 leag long under water and lye to the westwardswestnorthwest into the sea and to the eastwards almost to the riffe of the Hostes Some say that they are fast to it so that you should not be able to sayle through betwixt them De Zeecusten van LIIF LAND T. ende Oost Finlandt van Wolfs-oort tot aen Wyborgh Northwards from the Hoftes lye the little Tutters and 2 leagues to the eastwards of the little Tutters lye the great Tutters The little Tutters Little Tutters are two Islands not high but round about rocky rissy and fowle they lie southwest and south about three leagues from Highland The great Tutters Greate Tutters lye from the little Tutters east southeast about 2 leagues and from Highland south also three leagues there lyeth off from it also a great stony riffe westwards towards the little Tutters there lyeth also betwixt the little and great Tutters a row of rockes where of you must take heed when you will saile through betwixt them South and by east about two leagues from the great Tutters lyeth a shoale of five fathom He that will sayle to the southwards of these foresayd Islands and shoales Shoale towards the Narve may be mindfull thereof it lyeth about foure leagues to the eastwards of Telsburgh two or three leagues from the shoare Betwixt the great Tutters Highland lyeth a shoale upon which there is no more then six foot water Southeast a great halfe league from the south end off Highland lyeth another shoale of a fathom and halfe and two fathom deep To the northwards off al these foresayd rocky Islands and sowle shoales lyeth a little Island whereupon standeth a Mast for to know it by to descerne it from the other little fowle Islands that you may come indifferent near to it but not too near for it is also somewhat rocky and fowle but not farre off it lyeth from the little Tutters west and by north and west northwest about three leagues from the Island Highland southwest by west at least foure or five leagues but from Wranger east somewhat southerly eighteen or nineteen leagues He that will sayle off from Wranger towards the Narve alongst to the northwardes of these foresayd grounds and doth get sight
of this little Island with the mast may thereby the better know to direct his course but it is not wisdome to sayle through these foresayd shoales except for them that are very well acquaited The Island Highland or Hooghland Highland or Hooghland is about four leagues long and a league broad-lying southsoutheast northnorthwest When you come out of the west it ariseth in three hommocks so high to see to as Coll in the Sea reach upon the north end and upon the east side it doth stand all full of trees A little about the north point on the east side is a little bay thwart of a Boers house there it is clean ground and good lying for westerly s w winds somewhat to the southwards of it not very far from the shoare lyeth a great rock above water At the north end is also good lying for a southeast wind Alongst the southwest side you may also anchor every where in sixteen seventeen or eighteen fathom close by the land for east northeast winds From the southwest side of Highland unto the road of the Narve the course is southeast and southeast and by south about fifteen leagues then you run through betwixt the Highland the Tutters Likewise when as you sayle on northwest from the roade of the Narve then you run alongst betwixt the Tutters and Highland but you must be very carefull and take heed off the foresayd shoales which ly betwixt them both The land of the Narve men do know by three high hills lying a league to the westwards or to the southwards of the road and a league further to the westwards stand some little houses upon the high land The towne of the Narve The Narve lyeth upon a river about two leagues within the land For to sayle in there men were wont to look out for a long hill which lyeth on the south side within the rivers mouth and at the east end goeth downe somewhat steep with some high trees to the eastwards of it then they brought the woodden tower of the Narve to the northwards of the foresayd trees and did run in so with it When as the eastermost of the three foresayd hills a league to the westwards of the rivers mouth come over a little hommocke which lyeth on the water side then they were upon the barre of the rivers mouth there was upon the shoalest ten foot water and then they sayled up the river that was wont for some years to be so but it is possibly since that time more or lesse altered like as it doth oftentimes happen in such rivers From the road of the Narve to the Russe-haecks Russe-haecks the course is north and by west five leagues which lye with many rocks a good wayes off from the shoare The point thwart of it is called the poynt of Castrum after a little town so called lying there From the Russe-haecks north 5 leagues lyeth a little Island called Rette Sarre Rette-Sarre from which there runneth off a rif south into sea From this Island to the Summers the course is north and by west westerly 4 or 5 leag Eastsoutheast and southeast and by east from Highland three leagues from the Russe-haecks lyeth another shoale called the Slimme grounds Slimme-grounds it lyeth long small alongst northnorthwest and southsoutheast with hard wind you may see it break in foure or five places when it is west from you about halfe a league there it is two fathom deep to 3 4 5 and 6 fathom uneven ground some of the rocks of it lye also above water From the Russe-haecks to the Rode-hell the course is northeast and by north about three and twenty leagues betwixt them both on the Russe side runne also divers rivers into the land but there it no trade The land there lyeth in a great bight it lyeth first from the Russe-haecks unto the River of Nioa or Oreschacke eastnortheast about 22 leagues that parteth Rusland from Finland by a great Meer or water called the Lading The Lading The strong castle of Noetenburgh lyeth there also upon a river which lyeth out of the Lyslands or east sea into the foresayd Lading Further the land lyeth northwest about fifteene or sixteene leagues unto the Rode-hell For to sayle from Revell to Wyburgh From a little to the northwards of the Kocxschaer to Highland the course is east and by north a little more easterly 23 leagues with that course you runne alongst a little to the northwards of it You may sayle about Highland on both sides but alongst to the northwards of it is the right fare-way for these that are bound to Wybrough A halfe league north and by west from Highland lyeth a sunken rock under water For to avoyd it you must sayle close alongst by Highland Further the lying of Highland hath been described here before From Highland to the Summers Summers the course is east seven leagues Summers is a rock or little Island almost like the Eartholms it sheweth it selfe in 3 hommocks A little to the eastwards off it lye some rocks above water you may sayle about on both sides of Summers and also through betwixt Summers the foresayd rocks that lye to the eastwards of it but about to the northwards of it is the right fareway you cannot also runne alongst farre to the northwards of it for a halfe league to the northwards of it it is very fowle and full of little rocks some above and some under water From the Summers to the Goeschaer Goeschaer of greate Fishers the course is northeast and by north more easterly seven leagues The Goeschaer which by some is called the great Fisher is a long broken Island of 7 rocks therefore it is also called the Seven-rocks it lyeth not far from the land so that you cannot get sight of it before that you come nearer it it sheweth it selfe when you shall first see it in 4 hommocks as if it were 4 little low Islands you must leave it lying a halfe league on the larboard side for to avoid a sunken rock which lyeth off from it southsoutheast a great shot of a cast peece When the water is not very smooth but a little grown you may perceive it by the breaking of the water you may also well sayle to the northwards of this sunken rock to wit through betwixt the suncken rock the Goeschaer then you must run indifferent close alongst by Goeschaer when it is northwest and by north from you then you are past the foresayd suncken rock whether that you run alongst to the northwards or to the southwards of it Northwest and by north behind the greate Fisher you may anchor in a good haven betweene the cliffes where upon the south Corner of a cliff there standeth a warder wherein if you lye there you are free from all Icedrifts From the Goeschaer or great Fisher to the little Fisher the course is northeast and by east three
leagues The little Fisher is a bare round rock which lyeth not farre from the land when you come neere it you may know it well from the other rockes because there lye none farre from the land alone you may sayle about it on both sides but alongst to the southwards of it is the right fareway About a shot of a cast peece southeast or southeast and by east from this little Fisher lyeth a black rock with the top even above water almost like a buye upon the Flyestreame to see to a farre off as if it where a Seales head This rock you must leave on the starboard side and run through betwixt it and the Fisher but there is a piece of it driven off with a strong Icedrift so that as many say there is not much feare to bee made of it Hee that must turne to windwards thereabouts let him not come very neer this rock for men doe hold that there lye more rockes by it under water Both the Fishers are otherwise clean round about so that you may also finde road under them From the little Fisher to the poynt Corsnes Corsnes which the Lubickers doe call Kruysoort the course is eastnortheast somewhat easterly a league Corsnes is a poynt going off low of the maine land not very clean which you must leave on the larboard side To the westwards of Corsnes lye two little Islands close to the land Thwart of the poynt lyeth a rock allmost like a boat you may runne about by it in foure fathom and a halfe but not neare On the east side of that poynt you may anchor for Westerly winds in five or sixe fathom About two leagues thwart off from Corsnes lye very many rocks some one fathom some a halfe fathom some more and some lesse under water you may not goe out of the fareway without great feare and danger It is impossible to describe all the uneven grounds the great multitude of rocks rocky shoales which are lying thereabouts From Corsnes to the Island Rodehell Rodehell the course is northeast and by east about three leagues Rodehell is a greate rough Island with a saddle in the middest which you must leave lying on the starboard side The north poynt is a red poynt there stand up long staves over end like unto a Warder in Norway you must goe close alongst by them or you may runne in amidst the channell according as shall be best convenient but you may not goe close by the north poynt over against it which the Dutch shippers doe call Jan Lambertsons poynt because of a stony and steepe little riff which lyeth of from it but you may runn about by it upon your lead in seven or eight fathom but may come no neerer the right fareway betwixt then both is fourteen and fifteen fathom deep Betwixt the poynt of Corsnes the Rode-hell it is not without danger to turn to windwards especially you must be very carefull not to run too far over to the south wards but to the northwards towardes the maine land it is indifferent cleane It is there in the fareway fifteen fathom deepe soft clay-ground For not to misse this foresayd channell or the north point of the Rode-hell then take the mark out a stearne of the little Fisher bring that even without the poynt of Corsnes keep it so standing sayling towards the Rode-hell and so you shall not fayle to fal right before the channell This is a sure mark whereupon you may trust If you fall somewhat to the southwards of the foresaid channell you can see opening but seemeth to be all whole to the maine land so that men that are not well acquainted might not know where to seek the channell but sayling to the northwards the channell doth open itself When as you shall be then within the foresayd poynt of Rode-hell you may anchor there where you please fetch a Pylot from the land which may bring you up to the towne Wybrough It is there within fifteen fathom deep and good soft clay-ground If you wil being come within the Rode-hell saile up to Wybrough then goe on east and by south a shot of a cast peece unto a black point leave that about 2 cables lengths on the larboard side for there it is not cleane Being a little past this black point then go on northeast or eastnortheast a halfe league and then you shall come against a great white sand-bay but before you come by this sand-bay you shall meet a rock with a gray stone like a buye upon the Flyestream leave that foresayd rock on the starboard side and the gray stone on the larboard side run amidst the channell through betwixt them both there it is three fathom deep It is in no wise to bee done to sayle up there for him that hath not been re before but it is best to anchor a little within Rodehell to let him be brought up by a Pylot The Coast of Finland betwixt Elsevos and Wybrough The Channell of Elsevos lyeth from Narghen or the Wolfe northeast and by north southwest and by south about seventeen leagues and from Wranger south and north Upon the west side off the channell lyeth a high round rocke whereupon standeth a mast or Warder called Kubben Kubben over against upon the other side of the channell lyeth a long rocke or Island called Sautum Sautum an halfe league to the eastwards of Kubben lyeth another great round rock called Mely. Mely. These three rockes are the best markes to be known of this foresayd channell Betwixt Kubben and Sautum lyeth that channell in from thence northeast untill that you bee within the rockes and then northnortheast and north and by east untill you come before the river of Elsenvos Elsenvos there you may anchor betwixt the rockes in good anchor ground There runneth also a Lieth through within the rockes where you may sayle alongst and come out againe into the sea by Putsfagre this runneth about very crooked with many bights but it is Pilots water If you will sayle to Borgo Borgo then runne a league to the eastwards of the foresayd rock Mely there you shall finde two high bare rockes called the Tolcken runne in betwixt them both but neerest to the eastermost which is cleane and cleare close to it and lyeth somewhat further to seawards then the westermost Westnorthwest from this eastermost high rocke lyeth a little rocke above water leave that on the larboard side When as then you shall be by this eastermost rock which you leave lying on the starboard side of you then goe on northnortheast to Schoeland that is a rough Island off from which lye many bare poynts all which you must leave with the Island also on the starboard side then runne alongst close by these bare poynts When you are past them goe then northeast and by north somewhat easterly and so you shall see two other bare rockes
the eastermost of the greatnesse off a ship very steepe and high but the westermost is small run in there betwixt them the Sound is called Cramerpoort Cramerpoort When you are within them goe then in north and by east and then you shall presently meet with a greate Island called Carmer Cramer leave that on the starboard side and so you runne right on with an other greate Island called the Hester leave that on the larboard side and anchor betwixt the 2 Islands Cramer the Hester there is good anchor ground From the mouth of the Sound of Elsenvos to Pelting-sound Pelting-sound the course is eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues Pelting-sound lyeth in northeast there you lye within a great many great rockes or little Islands sheltred for all winds You may sayle from thence through within the rocks all over where you desire to be if you have a good skilfull Pilot. From Peltingschares to Putsfagre Putsfagre it is 8 leagues Putsfagre is a great rock or Island lying from High-land northnorthwest distant five or sixe leagues About a league south from this Island Putsfagre lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd He that will sayle through within the rocks let him take a Pilot from Putsfagre that may bring him through the rockes where hee desireth to be you may run in there every where and within the rockes it is most all over good anchor-ground From Putsfagre to the Epelschares Epelschares the course is east six leagues these are a great many out-rocks a little to the eastwards of them lyeth a great rock called Quadeschare which you may sayle round about From Epelscharen to the Goeschare Goeschare the course is east somewhat northerly 9 or 10 leagues That the lying of the land dangers from thence eastward hath beene described here before How these lands doe lye from the other and from other lands From the Wolf to the Kocxschaer east and by north 3 leagues From Wolf to the Peltingschares eastnortheast 20 leag From Wolf to Wranger east and by south 3 leagues From the Kocxschaer to the east end of Wranger south and by east 1 league From the Kocxschaer to little Wranger southsoutheast 2 leagues From Wranger to Eckholm east and by south 14 leag From Eckholm to the Castle of Telsburgh eastsoutheast 5 leagues From Telsburgh to the roade of the Narve e. s.e 15 leag From the road of the Narve to the Russe-haecks north by west 5 leagues From the Russehaecks to the River Nioa or Oreschack east northeast 22 leagues From Oreschack to the Rode-hell north w. 15 or 16 leag From Rode-hell to Schares terny southeast 10 leagues From the Russehaecks to the Rodehell n.e. by n. 23 lea From Russehaecks to the Island Rette Sarre north 5 leag From Rette Sarre to Sommers n. and by w. some-what westerly 4 or 5 leagues From Eckholm to the Island Highland e.n.e. 10 leagues From the west side of High-land to the road of the Narve southeast and by south and southeast 15 leagues From Highland to the little Tutters southwest and by south 3 leagues From Highland to the great Tutters south 3 leagues From the Island with Mast to the little Tutters east by south and eastsoutheast 3 leagues From the Kocxschaer to the Island with the mast east by south 18 or 19 leagues From the Island with the mast to the Highland northeast and by east 4 or 5 leagues From the Kocxschaer to high land east 23 leagues From Highland to the Sommers east 7 leagues From the Sommers to the Goeschaer or great Fisher northeast and by north somewhat easterly 7 leag From the great Fisher to the little Fisher northeast by east 3 leagues From the little Fisher to the Corsnes eastnortheast somewhat easterly 1 league From Corsnes to the Rodehell northeast by e. 3 leag From the sound of Elsenvos to Peltingsound eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues From Pelting-sound to Putsfagre east 8 leagues From Putsfagre to the Epelschaers east 6 leagues From the Epelschaers to the Goeschaer or great Fisher east somewhat northerly 9 or 10 leagues From Eckholm to Elsenvos northwest and by north somewhat westerly 23 leagues From Highland to Peltingschares northwest by west 9 leagues From Highland to Putsfagre northnorthw 5 or 6 leag How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea The Island Wranger sheweth thus when it is southeast and by east 3 leagues from you Northwest poynt Midland Southeast poynt Thus sheweth Eckholm when you come from the westwards that it lyeth to the eastwards from you Southeast poynt Northwest poynt Thus sheweth Eckholm when you come from the eastwards and that it is to the westwards from you In this forme sheweth the Island the Huftes when you are to the southwards of it and sayle alongst by the coast of Lyfland The little Tutters shew themselves thus when they lye to the northwards from you Thus sheweth the great Tutters when you sayle alongst by the coast of Lysland and that they lye to the northwards from you Thus sheweth the land to the eastwards of the Rivers mouth of the Narve when you come thereabouts comming off from the High-land In this forme sheweth the land to the eastwards of the Narve when you come off from the High-land Thus sheweth the Island High-land when you see it comming from the westwards The fifth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coastes of Sweden betweene Oeland and Stockholm ABout two leagues more northerly over against it on Oeland lyeth Borckholm Borckholm Coping wyke a little to the northwards of it lyeth Copingwyke where men do lade many Toomb-stones and other stones with a northerly winde it is bad lying there Northwest or somewhat westerly from Borckholm about 3 leagues on the Sweeds side lyeth a Haven in the rockes where men do lade Beames to the northwards of it northwest and by north from Borckholm lyeth Munsteraas Munsteraas that is a good Haven also for very great ships From Calmer to the Sweeds-Ioufer Sweeds-Ioufer the course is northnortheast 9 or 10 leagues this is a round rock and very high you may see it alongst over Oeland being a good wayes to the eastwards of Oeland it is not very great but cleane round about so that you may anchor neare under it on every side 18 19 fathom but by reason that it is not broad there commeth in with hard windes a rowling Sea From the Sweeds Ioufer to the channell of Westerwyke or Silbuy the course is northnorthwest 7 leagues but from Northeroorden the north-end of Oeland northwest 8 leagues The channell of Westerwyke and Silbuy is called Idesound Idesound after a great rock lying on the north side of this channell called Ydehoe off from it lye many rocks some above and some under water 2 great leagues to seawards which are called Idebanks Idebancks He that will saile from the north-end of Oeland towards the barsound and by bare
you may anchor within the rocks The Middle-stone lyeth about a half league southwest from the east poynt of the Lieth to witt from the e. poynt off the main land or the Swedes schares betwixt them both goeth in a channell called the Danske channell Dâ—nske-câ—annell For to sayle in there you must avoyd the foresayd east poynt a good wayes off whereupon standeth a mill and run in by the Middle-stone for from that poynt runneth of a great ledge off rocks a good wayes to seawards towards the Middle-stone From by west the Middlestone to Elsnap the course is northeast three leagues When you are a little past the Middle-stone you come in betwixt the two lands and a little within the east poynt you shall meet with a rock in the fareway called the Red-Cow Râ—d Cow You may sayle about it on both sides but men leave it commonly on the starboard side within that rock that is on the north side you may anchor Elsnap Elâ—nap is a haven behinde two little Islands where the Kings ships of wart do commonly lye to tarry for a winde when they are bound to sea there it is very easy lying when with contrary windes you can neither get up nor down you can come in and out there both from the northwards and from the southwards very conueniently Comming from the southwards you can see over the southermost little Island the masts of the ships that lye behind it For to sayle in there behind it run in about by the s poynt of the Island Elsnap behind it and then you leave a little black rock on the south side of the havens mouth lying on the larboard side Betwixt the two little Islands of Elsnap runnes also a channell through where you may go through with Huyes and small ships From thwart of Elsnap the course is inwards northnortheast about two leagues to the Red-holm Redholm that is a great Red round rock grown full of trees to the westwards off it lyeth another smaller bare rock the fareway is there in through betwixt them and about a musket shot broad in this narrow it is all over good anchor-ground From the north end of the Redholm lyeth off a great row off rocks unto the east shoare of the Lieth where you must sayle through When as you sayle through betwixt the Redholm the foresayd bare rock to the eastwards of it go then on yet about an English mile further northnortheast untill you come thwart of the fourth channell counting from the Red-holm which lyeth through the foresayd row of rockes to the northwards of the Redholm that is called S. Johns channell S. Johns channell it lyeth through about northnorthwest or somewhat more northerly it is a short Inlet run through there Being through S. Johns channell goe again northnortheast about an English mile to the Red-holm which is a long rock upon it stand three barrels upon masts this you must leave on the larboard side and run alongst to the eastwards of it From the north poynt of that Red-holm Redholm runneth of a little riffe or shoale which you must avoyd From the Red-holm unto the great Daler Great Daler the course is northw and by north that is a haven on the west side of the Liet there lyeth a Church-yard within on the land where the slain Poles people in the last Polish wars lye buried Thwart of that Church-yard is a Sand-bay there is good anchor ground like as is all over in that foresayd haven At the north poynt of the haven the great Daler lyeth a suncken rock close by the land called the Saltsack Saltsack upon which is no more ten nine foot water From the great Daler the course is alongst northeast a half league unto the little Daler Little Daler which is a high steep rock the highest that you find amongst all the the rocks in the Lieth run alongst to the westwards of it and leave it on the starboard side Over against it on the west side lyeth another rock which is called also the Daler to the westwards of it to wit betwixt that rock and the main land is also an opening where you may sayl through A little within that foresayd rock on the westland goeth in the Hardstick Hartstrick which is a Sound that lyeth in first west and west and by north a good wayes in and then northwest and commet into the Lieth to the northwards of Waxholm by Kings haven The Kings Majesty hath caused to sink some ships in the mouth of the Sound so that men cannot goe through there with great ships but onely with little barks From the little Daler the course is northnorthwest about a halfe league to Steendeur Steendeur a great Island which you must leave on the starboard side and run close alongst by it and so you shall leave a round rock to the southwards over against it on the larboard side and sayle through betwixt them this channell lyeth through northwest At the west end of the great Island Steendeur lyeth a little black rock you must run about by it again to the eastwards From Steendeur to Kow-haven Kow haven the course is eastnortheast two leagues that is a rock lying in the broad Sound leave it on the starboard side sayl to the westwards of it alongst by the west land unto Berck-haven Betwixt both about half wayes lyeth a haven called the Crosse-haven there it is good lying for west and northwest winds Berckhaven Berckhaven lyeth from Cow-haven northeast and by north distant about two leagues this is a haven betwixt two Islands where is good anchoring for all winds as well for them which come from Stockholm and desire to sayle to the Northbodem as also for them that will sayle off towards Landsoort there is like as at most places betwixt the rocks and Islands good clay ground When you come from Kow-haven and are bound to Stockholm you must leave these two Islands of Berck-haven on the starboard side and run in about betwixt them and the poynt of the maine land From the narrow betwixt Berck-haven and the foresayd poynt to Duer-haven Deur-haven the course is northwest about a halfe league On the southwest side of that fareway thwart of the point over against Duer-haven lye two suncken rocks on each side of the poynt one the one on the northwest side and the other on the southeastside commonly there standeth upon each of them a little tree for a beakon From the poynt of Deur-haven unto the Draybome Draybom the course is southwest and by west somewhat westerly about a halfe league it is called also the Duer-haven of from the poynt with in the Islands untill you come before the buye alongst there and also within the Islands it is good lying every where The litttle Islands which lye in the channell of the Draybome you must leave them on the starboard side of you From the Draybome to the
off a riffe an the north side of the haven a good wayes from the shoare come no nearer it then in seven or eight fathom When you are thwart of the south poynt about a halfe league from the land and will sayle alongst to the northwards of Gotland you must not sayl on more northerly then northwest as well for to avoyd that riffe of Boswyke as for to sayle a weather the Karels Four leagues northeast from the Karel lieth the Island Reefholm Reefholm thwarte of it men doe runne into Westergorte you may sayle anchor round about it A little to the northwards of it lyeth the northwest point of Gotland Two leagues to the northwardes of the high poynt lyeth the towne Wisbuy about seven leagues northeast from the Karell Men were wont in old tyme to lye there behinde a greate head or Chest Wisbuy Wisbuy hath beene in tymes past a famous marchant towne where was wont to be driven greate trade of marchandize but it is now through the will of God altogether fallen down and come to nothing The Hance towns haven a long time there held their staple The old Sea laws were made there and also the old famous Read-carde Men may see yet to this day many old ruinous houses of costly marble and hewen stones whereby men may partly perceive and Judge what manner of staltenisse there hath been From Wisbuy the coast lieth forth northeast by east towards the end of Gotland about nine leagues But from the Karell to Gotshe sand the course is northeast one twenty or two and twenty leagues there is a little Island whereupon dwelleth no people and standeth full of trees you may sayle round about it which hath a white strand From the northwest point thereof shooteth off a little riff likewise one from the south point a good waies off into sea towards the north end of Gothland On every side of Gotsche sand you may anchor in six seven eight nine ten and twelve fathom all clean and good anchor ground but these foresayd riffes you must avoid It lieth northnortheast six leagues distant from Faro the north end of Gotland when you ly there under it at anchor you cannot see Gotland The Copper stone lieth from Gotsche sand north west and by west distant three great leagues Upon the south end of the east side of Gotland standeth a high tower called Howbrough and thereafter the south end of Gotland also is called Howbrough By it goeth in a little river before which you may anchor in six or seven fathom Five leagues northeast from the aforesaid south point lieth Heyligh-holm which is a good haven but by reason it is but little used it is therefore also but little known Two leagues to the eastwards of Heyligh-holm lieth the haven of Narwyck upon the east side of the Haven lieth a long rock by which you must run in and leave another sharp rock on the larboard side within the haven you may anchor in four or five fathom Two leagues to the eastwards of it lieth Sandwyk which is a good haven for a west northwest northeast and southeast winde and lieth in about north a south winde bloweth there open in On the east point which is a low bare point lieth a Holme which is fast to the land upon it standeth a Warder From this point runneth off a little sandriffe which you may sound about in five or six fathom Within at this Holm is a bridge of Masts which lyeth off a little from the shoare If you will anchor there in the Haven then run in alongst by the east shoare untill you come within the bridge and anchor there nearest shoare so that the foresayd east poynt do stand southeast or southeast and by south from you in four fathom four and an half or five fathom there is cleane clay sand ground and very easy lying for west north and east winds A league to the eastwards of Sandwyck lying the Island of Eastergore Eastergore about halfe wayes betwixt both the ends of Gotland n.e. from the s w poynt this is a bare Island without trees Under this Island is very easy road for all windes as wel for them that are bound to the eastwards as to the w. wards Comming from the westwards or from Sandwyck alongst by the land then is the northw poynt which is a high bare gray piont hiddē behinde a point of the maine land of Gotland so that it seemeth a farre off to be no Island but comming near it it openeth it self that you may see large enough thorough betwixt them sayle in there betwixt them both in the midst of the channell it is there clean and clear but somewhat uneven of ground to wit eight ten twelve and fourteen fathom but you need not feare If you will anchor under it for northeast or east winds then anchor betwixt the land and the Island so that the aforesaid bare gray northwest poynt stand north and the southermost east from you in nine or ten fathom Or if you will anchor for a south southwest or west winde then run further in about by that aforesaid bare gray poynt bring it south-southwest from you and anchor there in seven eight nine or ten fathom there it is cleane ground of small white black sand A little to the northwards of the Island is a great Bay on Gotland there you may also anchor in seven and eight fathom for westerly windes If you will sayl in or out to the northwards of Eastergore then come not very near the Island because there lieth off a riffe from the east point farre into the sea which is a great half league without the land not deeper then two fathom a half stony and very uneven and is to be throught that nearer to the land it is shoaler and fouler From the southeast side runneth off also a flat a good wayes to Seawards at some places not deeper then three four five fathom and also very uneven whereof you must take heed Foure leagues north and by east from Eastergore lyeth a haven called Sliet or Sliet haven lying in north and north and by west behind some little Islands there it is good lying for easterly westerly n. winds Upon one of the norther must little Islands standeth a ruinous church You must come in there alongst by the shoare from the southwards From thence to Farosound the coast lyeth north and by west two leagues Farosound you may run into in two and three fathom water there standeth a Church with a flatte steeple upon the land From Farosound lyeth off a foule dangerous riffe a league and halfe or 2 leagues into sea called Salfonteyn you must take very good heed there of when you will run about to the northwards of Gotland From Farosound to Gotschesand the course is north-northeast about 7 leagues Of the Depths and groundes about these Coastes Betwixt the south ends off Oeland and Gotland in the
northeast from you two leagues it sheweth thus In this forme sheweth the land a little to the westwards of Eastergore when that point is a great league west from you there it is four and twentie and five and twentie fathom deep soft ground Eastergore being a league west from you sheweth thus there it is five and twentie fathom deepe FINIS The second part THE FIRST BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN Is contained the Description of the Sea-Coasts of Holland Sealand and Flanders from Tessell to the Heads Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famous Seamen and lovers off Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pascaarte van de NOORT ZEE Vertonende van Caliz tot Dronten al 's oock tusschen Doeveren en Hitlandt The second part of the New LIGHTNING COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE FIRST BOOKE Of the WESTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The description of the Sea-Coasts of Holland Zealand and Flanders from Tessell to the Heads of Dover and Calice The first demonstration Where in Are delineated the Tessel-streame and the Channell of the same WHEN you saile from Amsterdam to the Fall of Vrck you must keep the middle of the channell in sailing to Tyoort from thence over Pampus Pampus with a shipp of great draught that draweth tenne foot or more keepe Marken church without to the land of Udam called Schyteldoecks-haven soo long untill that the steeple of Zuyderwouw come past Kinnigherbeurt which are the houses half way betwixt Schyteldoecks-haven Durgerdam goe then towards the land east untill that the New church of Amsterdam come about Durgerdam keepe that soo standing untill that the church of Weesp be come past the House or Castle at Muyen so that it do stand somwhat nearer to Muyen then to the House keepe Weesp standing soo untill that Edam come without the east end of Marken In this fare waie it is a foote deeper then if you sailed right through For to avoyde Muyen sand men were wont to bring the houses which were wont to stand upon Tyoort to the southwards of the Heyliger-stee at Amsterdam thereby you may make some reckoning they are good longst markes when Monnickedam is about the west end of Schyteldoecks-haven and the house at Muyen betwixt Weesp and the church at Muyen then are you thwart of Muyen sand For to saile right through over Pampus then keepe the steeple of Diemen over or about the point of Tyoort so long as you can see Tyoort that is a right longst marke for to saile over Pampus When you are come thwart of the east end of Marken goe then on northeast or somewhat more eastwardly towards the Fall of Urck which is seven leagues when you are come with in a great league of Urck you shall meete with a hard sand called the Houtribbe The houtribbe lying southeast and northwest thwart over the Fare waie there is no more water upon it then upon the Flat of Wieringen or of Freesland you shall finde also no deeper water there then eight through When Enckhuysen lyeth northwest and northwest and by west from you then you are upon the Hout-ribbe Before that you come against the sand you can by night see the fire upon Urck. When that Urck or the fire is more northerly then northeast from you and that you get shoaling then that is certainly of the Houtribbe for so you cannot come too neare the EnckhnyseÌ„ sand When you come from the southwards you are not about the EnckhuyseÌ„ sand before that the church upon Urck come without the little village of houses which is then east by south and east southeast from you if that then you goe afâ—ay n. w. and by w. or w. n. w. you shall runne close alongst by the side of the sand With a ship of great draught bring the church a good way through the houses untill that it stand e. s.e from you then goe bouldly on n. w. by w. or keepe Medenblick without the point of the Ven and so you shal not come too near neither to sand nor shoale Likewise if you come from the northwards bring Urck not more eastwardly then e. s.e from you then you cannot take hurt also of the Enckhuysen sand Marks of Enckhuysen sand From Urck to the buyes upon the Cripple Hofstede the course is n. w. by w. with that course you may runne all alongst unto the souther buye upon Wieringhen Flat in turning to windwards you may well bring Medenblick a little within the point of the Ven but when as Medenblick is without it then you are in the right fare way Betwixt Urc and the buye upon the Hofstede northeast somewhat eastwardly from the steeple of EnckhuyseÌ„ lyeth a little plate of hard sand lying towards the end of Enckhuysen sand which is not deeper then the Frees Flat about to the eastwards of it is the deepest water but about to the westwards of it by some called the Kattegat you shall be sooner about the High horne or the Enckhuysen sand and it is good for ships that draw but little water The thwart markes of the buyes both upon the Cripple and Hofstede Marks of the buyes upon the hof-stede Cripple are Grootebroeck Hem two sharp steeples right one in the other and Warnis a little sharp steeple in Freesland to the south side of the Cliffe of Staverne then you have the length of these buyes which lye each of them in three fathome the one on the east shoare and the other on the west shoare upon the tayle of the Cripple There is in the right fare waie two foot lesse then five fathom soft ground When the steeple of Medenblick commeth to the northwards of the house of Medenblick so farr as the house is broade then you are cleare of Cripple sand and past it goe then on northwest and northwest and by north to the buye upon the Creyl according as the winde and tyde shall be the right farewaie there is deep five fathom scarce Thwart of the Creyl The Creyl in sailing out or about the Creyl in sailing in that is a little within the Creyl on the north shoar lyeth alongst the reach towards the buye upon the Hofstede a hard sand or plate called the south Creyl South-Creyl upon which there is no more then twelve foot water at low water betwixt that banck and the north shoare it is three fathom deepe and soft ground and to the southwards or the westwards of it foure fathom and a halfe When Mirnes a little flat steeple in Freesland cometh over a long countriehouse to the southwards of the clisse of
Staverne then you come right thwart of that foresaid plate The markes of the buye upon the Creyl Mark of the Creyl are the sharpe steeple of Twisch over the Cornemill to the westwards of Medenblick that little flat steeple of Mirnes to the south side or east side of the cliffe The right fareway there is four fathom an half five fathom deep soft ground the buye lyeth in four fathom if need require men may runne wel a cables length about to the eastwards of it From the Buye upon the Crippell which lyeth upon the east end off the Cripple-sand Markes of the beakon upon Cripp e-sand three fathom unto the Beakon upon Cripple-sand the course is northwest and by west and northwest When Lutkebrooke a small spire steeple commeth to Hem which is also a spire steeple then are you thwart of that beakon From the Beakon upon the Crippel unto the souther buye upon Wieringher flat the course is northwest and by west or westnorthwest according as the wind and tyde shall serve it lyeth at high water with an ordinary tyde in thirteene foot and a halfe Markes of the fouther buy upon the Flat the markes thereof are these Grootebrooke commeth betwixt two Hay-stacks to the eastwards of the five water-mils which stand to the eastwards of Warvers hoof that is a long marke in the s Twisch a sharpe steeple to the westward of Medenblick commeth over Almerdorp there was wont to bee a little flat steeple but it is fallen downe and therefore now not soo well to bee knowne that was a right thwart-marke Upon Wieringhen standeth a cape bring East lander steeple which is a flat steeple upon Wieringen right over the cape and sayle so right with it and you shal come right with the buy When you are at the buy Westlander Church commeth then over Cleverstee and the eight mils to the eastwards of Medenblick a little without the Towne For to finde the deepest of the flat comming from the Cripple you must bee carefull to looke out for the foresayd markes If that Twisch come first to Almerdorp before Cleverstee come to Westlander Church then you are to neare to Breesand or the grounds on the starboard side these are sure markes for to sayle over the flats when there lye no buyes Alongst to the eastwards of the buye is the deepest water If you will anchor before the Wieringer flat then come no nearer the Flat then when Twisch commeth a little to the Northwards of Opperdoes or halfe way betwixt Opperdoes and Almerdorp For to sayle from the foresayd souther buy over the Gammels to Medenblick For to fail over the Gammels to Medenblick you must bring the westermost water-mill of the eight which stand to the eastwards of Medenblick a capstone barres length without or to the eastwards of the Bulwarke of the Towne and sayle then boldly without feare right in with them untill that you come into the road where the ships commonly lye or else if you desire to goe into the Haven then sayle in right to the northerhead there is nothing that can hurt you But if you must turne to windwards over the Gammels and that your ship draweth more then eleven foot water then runne not Further over to the westwards then that the foresayd Water-mill commeth almost within or a handspikes length to the foresayd Bulwark soo that yet you may well see through betwixt them then cast about run over to the eastwards soo long untill Grootebrooke come in the five water-milles which stand to the eastwards of Warmershoof or on to the eastwards of them so you shall not doe amisse for it is there broad and wide If you desire to sayle over the Gammels to Medenblick when you come from the Flye then bring the steeple of Opperdoes over the westermost Water-mill of five which stand to the westwards of Medenblick and runne in soo right with them untill that the westermost water-mill oft eight to the eastwards of Medenblick come to stand a capstone barres length without the Bulwark as here before once already hath been sayd Having these marks thus and that it doe become darke then goe on south south and by east according as the wind and tide shal serve and you shall not doe amisse neither shall you misse the Town In this foresayd faire way there is no lesse depth then upon the Wieringher flat and all soft ground When the steeple of Twisch is over the westermost watermill except one of the five which stand to the westwards of Medenblick and Grootebroeck in the little village to thee wards of the five water-mils on the Easterdyke then are you in 13 foot from the northwest poynt of the Crippl and past the taile of the Cripple Upon these foresayd markes 13 foot lyeth a buye with three legges on the foresayd west shoare lye three drift-beakons in 12 foot and then commeth the wester-most water-mill of the eight which stand to the eastwards of Medenblick and so you shall not have lesse water then upon the Wieringer flat From the Souther-buye to the second or middle buye For to sail over the Wieringen flat the course is northwest and northwest and by north but for to find the deepest water goe first northwest so long untill that Ypels-hoofs Church come over the water-mill which is called the Bolmill and then forth n. w. and by n. When the Cornmill upon Wieringen commeth in the swamp off the Oever then you have the length of the second Buye which lyeth upon the west or the south end of a little plate called the Repell the faire way is alongst to the westwards of it there being at low water two fathom large and at high water scarce three fathom deep On the west side of the fayre way betwixt the souther-buye and the middle-buye nearest the middle-buy lyeth a hard sand called the Sow or the old Sow which on the east side is very steepe and needle to which in sayling up men might sayle within a poynt or tayle of it to the westwards of it shooteth off another tayle to the northwards a great wayes towards the Northeast buye Upon the outermost or northermost poynt called Seughoort standeth alwayes a beakon Upon Wieringer upon the Oever stand two little capes with barrels on them the one upon the North-end off the Oever and the other upon the head they are so little that you can hardly see them when you come off from the souther-buye towards the middle-buye then keepe them not one in the other for if you keepe them one in the other then you will bee very close by the south shoare and shall but even run cleare of the old Sow but keep the southermost a little to the westwards of the northermost and then you shall run alongst the right fareway and shall not take any hurt of the old Sow When you come neare the middle-buy you must leave these marks and use them then no longer
the Briel steeple without or northward these heads but keepe to the southward you can not then undersayle it but must run farre about southwards Full eastward of Heenvliet runs the old Maes in the Flood falles there verry hard on you must take heed that you bee not deceived with the Terwesand that is a greate flatt sand lying foremost in the midst of the old Mase The olde Mase that lyes a greate deale drye at low water and stretcheth with a long small point westwards into the Maes To shun this take notice of a bush of trees standing on the southwall a little eastward the old Maes keepe the steeple of Rotterdam northward that bush soo shall you not sayle over that Tarwesand but if you let the steeple come southward the bush you shall surely strike upon the foresayd tayle Northward of the Tarwesand Tarwe-sand is it deepe upon whith you may sayle in the old Maes even to Dort therein lye alsoo two buyes hee who will run upon the foresayd Markes of the Roterdams steeple and the bushof trees soo long till the steeple of the Briell comes together with a tilehouse which stands upon the south-side of the east end of Roosenburgh and keepe that soo standinge so shall hee not misse of the buy Beeing past the old Maes wee sayle in the midst of the water beyond Vlaerding till wee come to the five sluces from thence yee must chuse the southwall run along neare unto it till you come over a small sand or bancke where with low water there is 11 or 11 and a halfe foote water how nearer you keepe to the southwall so much the deeper it is stretching crosse the Maes assoone as you are past that so keepe straight to the Schiedams head there have you the deepest water Will you sayle to Delfs-haven Delfs-Haven beeing past Schiedam keepe the side of the northwall and run along thereby till you come before the haven and anchor there But if you will goe for Roterdam run along the Northwall so long till Ouwerschie and the house of Spanjen come together strike then over or a little sooner to the southwall and alongst thereby or bring the steeple of Vlaerding when you are past the head of Schiedam over the third house upon the Schiedams head keepe that so standing so long till the Mill and the head of Charlois upon which standeth a little bush of trees come together you shal leave a litle dry plate lying halfe way betwene Schiedam Delfs-haven on your larbord and soo run southward of the dry platt under the Haven Upon this platt lyes no more thē seavē and upon the bancke neare the haven 2 or 3 foote water and are both verry steepe Now whē the foresayd Mill and Charlois head come together so keepe them standing till you come neare the new head of Roterd sayle thē to the Citty and there along close in betweene the Citty and Platt there may you cast anchor How you sayle the Maes in with a northerly winde But if you will sayle the Mase in with a Northerly winde you must keepe the upperwall that soo you may have the smoothest deepest water for by the North-wall there goes in a depth where a full foote of water and more is thē by the buyes above writtē and is called Everskil To reach this you must bring the outermost beacons in the Brill and keepe it so standing till wee bring two bushes of trees on the North side east of it that is about a goteling shot northwards the uttermost Buy bringing the most northerly bush in with the Delfs steeple so are you then on the northside of Everschil and the southerly bush to the Lier then are you on the south side of Everskill then keepe soo long betweene both till you bring the steeple of the Brill betweene both the Beacons then are you right over against the Hompel then run againe to the land of the Briel either to the pit or the abovementioned Southergat The Goerees-gat Betwixt the land of the Brill and Goeree goe in alsoo two channells the northermost is called the Quacks-deep and is not for great ships but onely for smackes and small shippes the other is the Goerees-gat Betwixt these two channells lyeth a great plate called the Hinder which at low water is not deeper then five sixe and seven foot To the northwards of it goeth in the Quacks-deepe and to the southwards of it the Goerees-gat For to finde the Quacks-deepe Quacks-deep comming in out of the west you must keepe the steeple of the Brill east from you and run so in untill that a great country house which you shall see stand alone a litle within the poynt of the Quacke come to the southermost sand-hills of the land of the Brill which shall then stand neare about south east from you keep that then so standing and runne so right in untill that Oost-voorn come to the westermost or southermost sand-hills then runne in alongst by the strand somewhat more southerly untill that Goeree com to the eastwards or within the sand-hills and thē you shall bee past the east point of the Hinder which the Pilots call the Buyen runne then towards Goeree or to the eastwards to Hellevoet-sluce where you desire to be For to sayle in at the Goerees-gat Goerees-gat you must bring the steeple of Goeree and the Cape upon the land of Goeree one in the other and then they shall stand east and by south and eastsoutheast from you or if you can not see the cape then bring the steeples east and by south or eastsoutheast from you according as you shall have the winde sayle in right with it untill you come hard aboord the strand and within a bawles cast in alongst by it east and by north east in so long until that the land doe fal away more to the south-wards thereabouts runneth of from the shoare a little tayle which men might sayle within in going out but not in comming in there you must edge a little further off from the shoare being past that luffe up againe towards the shoare or haven of Goeree anchor there before it or els if you will run up to Hellevoet-sluce then bring the mill which standeth to the westwards of Goeree a litle to the northwards of the steeple of Goeree keepe then so standing saile so up to Hellevoet-sluce you shal not come neare the plate which lieth over against or to the southwards of Hellevoet-sluce When you saile in at the Goerees-gat with a bare southerly winde that you can not bring the cape steeple one in the other you may bring the steeple well e. s east or a great capstane bars length to the northwards of the cape then run over untill you come against the strand and so you shall runne over the tayle of the Hinder in 14 15 foot at low water but when the cape steeple are one in
the other you shall not have lesse then 19 or 20 foot Being come over the tayle of the Hinder in the right deepe it is 6 7 8 fathom deepe the neerer the strand the deeper water A little within the cape or almost thwart of it is the narrowest of the channell further in it is wider on hen side towards the Hinder it is rising ground but the south shoare alongst by the strand is very steepe Of the tydes courses of the streams about these foresayd places UPon the Wieringer-flat maketh full sea a southeast or northwest Moone Before Tessel in Coopvaerders road an eastsoutheast westnorthwest Moone Without the grounds or shoals of the Tessell an east west Moone maketh the highest water and in the entring of the Tessel an east by south west and by north Moone but the flood goeth a good while longer in And likewise runneth the ebbe also longer out then the lowest water When the Moon is south or somewhat more westerly it beginneth apparantly to flow without on the strand and likewise upon the shoals The fore-flood and the after-ebbe out of the Tessel fall both one with the other n.n. e. thwart over the grounds and channels and right out at the Spanjards channell untill halfe flood c to the contrary the fore-ebbe with the after-flood fall right in at the Spanjards channell s s east over the south grounds and thwart over the Slenk and the other channels untill half ebbe A little while before half flood the flood beginneth to runne right in at the channel and againe a litle before half ebb the ebbe beginneth to fet right out at the channel Therefore hee that wil sayle into the channels must reckon his tydes very wel wherein consisteth very much Without before the channel in the sea the tyde turneth about with the Sunne so that when a shippe doth lye at an anchor without the channels hath neither good nor hurt of the waves of the sea it should have but a little still water In the North Sea the tyde falleth round more then halfe tyde upon the Broad fourteene it turneth about with the Sunne or the Moone and falleth but a quarter tyde right alongst the sea Nearer the coast of Holland Zealand the tyde falleth whether it be flood or ebbe somewhat sloping towards the land but in the midst of the tyde it falleth right alongst the sea and in the last of the tyde it setteth to seawards towards the westwards or the northwards Betwixt the Marsdeepe and the Maes in the fareway the fore-floot commeth out of the north sea and turneth about with the Moone falling towards the land northeast n. east and by north The Fishermen of the Maes say that when they are out of sight of the land they can perceive in calme weather by the turning about of the tide they be to the northwards or to the southwards of the Maes Somwhat to the southwards of the Maes the after-flood turneth about against the Sunne but to the northwards of the Maes is turneth about with the Sunne untill the last quarter and then it setteth towards the shore or the coast next unto it They say also that alongst the coast of Holland men have no helpe of the ebbe in turning to windwards towards the Maes except they bee without sight of the land because there goe no ebbes by the land when the wind is to the southwards of the west Before the Maes a s w. and by west and a n.e. and by east moone maketh a high water Before the Brill a s w. and s w. and by south northeast n. e. by n. Moone Before the old Maes a s w. and n. e. Moone Before Rotterd a s w by west n.e. by e. moone Before Dordrecht a westsouthwest Moone In the Goerees-gat and before Goeree a s w by south and s s w. Moone Before Hellevoet-sluce a s w. and by south Moone Betwixt the Marsdeep and the Maes in the fareway the foreflood commeth out of the north sea turneth about by litle litle n. e. n. e. by north towards the land In the sea thwart of the places without sight of land is a poynt or a poynt and a halfe later full sea the further from the land the later Not very long after that the flood beginneth to go without the Maes it doth begin also to go into the Maes but the after-flood falleth strong in and soo likewise in the Goerees-gat Close before the channels by the land the tyde turneth about with the Sunne so that when the after-flood falleth into the channels it turneth to the southwards and becommeth against a running ebbe the after-ebbe falleth againe thwart off to seawards out of the channels Of the depths grounds about these places Five or sixe leagues without the Tessell lyeth the Broad fourteens lying from thence n. east with a small tayle which lyeth about north from the Tessell and n. w. from the Flye to the southwards it runneth with the east side against Catwyck or Scheveling but the west side lyeth off at least 11 or 12 leagues thwart off to seawards from Nortwyck and Catwyck it is a banck most of fourteen fathom deep in some places somewhat more or lesse Betwixt it the land it is againe 18. and 19. and to the northwardes 20. fathom deep When you come over it about the Tessel or the Flye and come againe in 16 or 17 fathom towards the land then you shall begin to see the land There runneth of to the southwards into the sea from the coast of Halland 3 smal Banckes or ribbes which are somewhat broad shoale by the land run off sharp deepe to the end the first the fishermen call the Smal-eight beginneth a litle to the southwards of Egmont upon the sea the second the Wtterrib thwart of Wyck upon the sea the third and southermost the Hard a litle to the northwards of Santfoort The high steeples of Holland and West-Friesland as Egmont-within Wyck upon the sea Santfoort and other more men may see before they can see the sand-hils five leagues without the land in 14 or 15 fathom that is upon the south end of the Broad-sourteenes but Camperdownes and the sand-hills thwart of Haerlem they may see before they can see some of the steeples The steeples alongst the coast are most of them flat except the Beverwyck Schevelingen and Santfoort Before the Maes and Goeree men may see the land in 14. and 15. fathom Courses and Distances From Tessel to the Maes s s w. 24 leagues From Tessel to the Heads or the Strait between Callis and Dover s w. somewhat southerly 52 leagues From Tessel or Marsdiep to Callis cliffe southwest and by south 52 leagues From Tessel to the North foreland s w somewhat westwardly 47 leagues From Tessel to Orfordnesse w. s.w 37 leagues From Tessell to Yarmouth west and west and by south 34 leagues From
Tessell to the Shield or Cromer west 40 leagues From Tessell or Marsdiep to Flambrough head west northwest 60 leagues From the Marsdiep to Lieth in Scotland n.w. and by w. somewhat northerly 104 leagues From the Marsdiep to Newcastle w. n. west somewhat northerly 83 leagues From Tessell to Bockenesse northwest and n. west and by n. somewhat westerly 123 leagues From the Marsdiep to Aberdine n. w. somewhat northerly 119 leagues From the Marsdiep to the Liet of Berghen in Norway north 110 leagues From the Marsdiep to the north end of Hitland n. n. west 165 leagues And then you shall fall about five leagues to the eastwards of the land From the Marsdiep to the Naze north and by east 94 lea From the Maes or Goeree to Dover southwest and by west somewhat westerly 33 leagues From the Maes to the north Forland west south w. westerly 31 leagues From the Maes to the Naze west 31 leagues From te Maes to Hitland north north west 180 leagues Heights The Marsdiep lieth in three and fifty degrees saile out of the north sea being in that height east on and you shall fall right with it The north side of the Maes lieth in 52 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Wambus Thus appeareth the Iland Tessell when it lieth east and by north from you Huysdowne sheweth it selfe thus when it is east south east from you Camper downe Egmont upon the sea Egmont within Wyck on sea Beverwyck Thus sheweth the coast of Holland betwixt Huysdowne and Wyck upon the sea when you sayle alongst by it about three leagues from the land Haerlem Santfoort Noortwyck Catwyck Schevelingen The Hage Monster Thus sheweth the coast of Holland betwixt Wyck upon the sea and the Maes when you sayle alongst by it about a league from the land Loosduyn Delft Monster The Heyde Gowen head These two figures belong to the AA one to the other S. Gravesant S.E. by S. The Brill S. by E. S. Cape S. Cape Oostvoorn When Gravesand is south east and by south from you being a halfe league without the land then the coast of Holland to the northwards of the Maes sheweth it selfe as is portrayed in the two figures here above The Heyde Monster Delft S' Gravesand Naeldwyck Liet North Capes When you are open before the Maes the land to the northwards of it sheweth it selfe thus The outer S. Cape The Inner S. Cape The Brill S.E. by E. Oostvoorn Recagne These two figures one to the other Recagne Goerees gat Goeree Outdorp Cape of Goeree When you are upon before the Maes being north west and by west from the Brill then the land to the southwards of the Maes sheweth it selfe as is prefigured in the two figures here above Oostvoorn The Brill east The land of the Brill The two figures following belong unto this at the AA and BB one to the other Goerees Goereese gat Goeree Ourdorp Cape upon Goeree When you are before the Goereese gat about a league without the land on both sides of it sheweth as is demonstrated in the three figures here above These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other S. E. by south Renisse Wolsack or Blenck The land of Goeree sheweth it selfe as is pourtrayed in the two figures here above when the cape and steeple come one to the other and that you are a league and a halfe without the land The third Demonstration Which unfoldeth All the Chanells betwixt the Maes and the Whielings as that of Goeree Brewers-have Zirick-zea the Veer and the Whieling COncerning the Situation betweene the Maes Goerees-gat wee have handled sufficiently in the discription of the River Maes Betwixt the land of Goeree and Schowen there goe in alsoo two channels the norther most is called the Kevitsen which is onely for small ships the southermost for great ships is called the Brewers havens channell Betwixt them lyeth a great dry sand called the Springer which floweth not under but with very high floods For to finde the Kevitsen Kevitsen you must bring the steeple of Zierick-zee southeast and by south or a little more southerly from you and then you shall espy upon the land of Schowen about the steeple of Zierickzee a wood of trees bring that and the foresaid steeple of Zierickzee one in the other and runne so right in untill you come against the sand so shoaler so neare as you can and then you runne farre enough alongst to the westwards of the west head When you come within the west head against the sand on the south side then goe in east alongst by the foresaid dry sand the Springer at the end of the aforesaid dry sand shooteth off also a point under water the which you must sound for being past that runne then directly with Brewers-Haven as is shewed in the Card. In this channell it is upon the shoalest ten foor deep The Brewers-Haven Before the land of Schowen thwart of the Brewers haven channell lye three bankes the outermost called the Breebanke lyeth a kenning without the land upon which it is 7. fathom deep and againe within it 19. fathom deep upon the second nearer the shoare it is five fathom deepe and againe within it 7. fathom deep the third Called the Ooster lyeth close by the Land and runneth into the eastwards betwixt Schouwen and the land of Goeree upon it is no more then six foot water when you will sayle into the channell of Brewers-Haven you must goe about to the Westwards of it Upon the west end of Schouwen stand two Capes bring them one in the other and runne so right in with them untill the steeple of the Renisse which steeple is somewhat sharpe come to the Blenck or Wolsack that is a high white sandhill Renisse Wostack which sheweth it selfe out in whitenesse high above all the other Sand-hills then leave the Capes and runne in by the marks of the Blencke De Cust van ZEELANDT Begrypende in sich de gaten al 's vande Wielingen ter Veere Ziericzee Brouwers haven Goeree en de Maes and Renisse untill that Outdorp a little white steeple upon the Land of Goeree come to the steeple of Goeree and so you shall go in betwixt the Ooster of the larboard side and the Hill on the starboard side and alongst a little to the southwards of the outermost buy untill you come within the Ooster When that Outdorp and Goeree are one in the other then leave also the foresaid markes of Renisse and runne in right with Goeree untill that you come by the second buy or if there lye no buyes untill that the Bommenee come a little without the Oxetayle that is a point of Schowe lying out a little to the westwards of Brewers-haven sayle soo right in untill you are past the Brewers-Haven This Channell of Brewers-Haven is a broad and deepe Channell very convenient for great ships he that must turn in or out to windewards may runne alongst a good wayes
Walcheren allmost of fashion like the Woolsackes upon the land off Schowen keepe them one in the other and you shall runne alongst by two buyes more Wolplaiâ— which shall lye on the larboard side alongst by the Polle and you shall see one buye with a tayle lying upon the west poynt of the Wool-plate over against the third buye of the Polle betwixt these two buyes you must run through leaving that with the tayle on the starboard side and runne about by it to the eastwards There lye also two buyes with tayles besides the foresayd upon the Wool-plate you may easily see from one to the other these you must leave on the starboard side and runne alongst to the northwards of them about eastsoutheast on so long till the steeple of Koukercke upon Schowen come even without the poynt of Schowen runne then in right with that poynt about by it then alongst by the shore unto Zierick-zee When as you runne towards the poynt of Schouwen then you sayle through betwixt two buyes more the one lying on the starboard side upon the eastermost poynt of the Baniart or Hooghplate the other with a tayle on the starboard side upon the poynt of another plate called Poolvoet lying betwixt the land of Schowen Oresand All the buyes with tayles men must leave in sayling in on the starboard side those without tayles on the larboard side The Fishermen runne by day most about to the southwards of the Poolvoet plate and leave the foresayd buye with the tayle then on the larboard side that plate is somwhat flat that men may borrow off it by theyr lead but they must sound quick but by night they run by Schowen close alongst by the shoare which is exceeding steepe and needle too The Channell betwixt the Island Walcheren and Flanders hach divers deepes and channels where men may sayle in and out through with great shippes as the Botkill the Doorloye the Splete and the Wieling It is commonly called after one of the chiefest of the same with the name of the Wielings The greatest shoales betwixt which these foresayd channels doe runne through are The Rasses the Rasses The Raen The English Poll. the French Poll. the Raen the English Polle and the Innerbanck The Rasses lye alongst the west side of Walcheren The Raen to the westwards of it The English Polle betwixt them and the coast of Flanders lying of to the westwards with a long small ribb unto thwart of Oostend The Inner-banck lieth betwixt the east end of the English Polle Casand which is also called the French Poll or the Ript The Bot-kill For to sayle out at the Bot-kill you must run from Flushing within 2 Cables lengths alongst by the shoare thorough betwixt the land the Geer the Rasse the shore is very steepe soo that men may come close by it with great shippes without any danger the Rasses are flat on the cast or the inner side towards the land To the eastwards or to the southwards of Souteland in that fareway it is 5 6 fathom deepe but to the northwards or to the westwards it is deeper and thwart of West-cappel 8 9 fathom When the Church of Westcappel which hath a flat steeple cometh over the mill thwart of that runneth a channell through betwixt the n. c. Rasses w. s w. into the sea where remaineth at low water no lesse then 2 fathom water Mâ—rkes of the Botkil keepe West-cappell the foresaid mill one in the other runne out soo by them When Buyes Church commeth over the foresayd mill of Westcappell then keepe them one in the other and you shal runne then right out at the Botkil through betwixt the n. Rasses on the larboard side a sand called Calloo on the starboard side In the Botkill is not lesse then 4 f. a halfe depth but upon both the Rasses remaineth at low water no more then 2 foot and a halfe and upon Calloo 3 or foure fathom To the northwards of the sand Calloo lyeth yet a plate called the Quernes Quernes lying northwards allmost untill thwart of Domburgh betwixt them both is a channell of foure or five fathom depth called the Easter-gat For to sayle out there or to finde it comming in out of the sea you must bring Westcappell to the northermost head Land-Deep which is a head very good to be knowne and run out in or thereby Betwixt the quernes the land goeth out yet a Land-deep of three fathom a half For to find that comming in out of the sea you must runne to the shore thwart of Domburg which is a sharpe steeple into 3 fathom or 2 fathom and a halfe keepe the sounding of the shore so neare as you please and runne in so alongst by the heades untill you be come within When you come in at any of these channels and are come soo farre to the eastwards as betwixt Buyens Church Soutland and that you must turne to windwards with an easterly wind then you may sayl through betwixt the easter Rasses and the plate to the westwards of it called the Geere and soo come out in the broad channell into the Dorloy and Splete run soo about to the southwards of the Geer unto Flushing About 2 leagues without the land of Walcheren lyeth a long small bank lying s w. n. east called the Stone bank upon the middest where of there is no more then 2 fathom upon the north-end of it 3 fathom water He that wil sayle in or out at the Botkill or the channels to the n. of it the Eastergat or Land-deep must sayle about either to the northwards or to the southwards of that Stone-bank When Middleburgh commeth over Domburgh then are you thwart of this Stone-bank but if you bring Middleburgh half waies betwixt Domburgh East-cappell so sayl to the land then you runne along to the northwards of it Or els if you bring West-cappell e. s e. from you in a black valley of the sand-hills and sayle so right in then you runne alongst to the westwards or the southwards of it Markes of the Stone bank Within the Stone-bank it is againe 8 or 9 at some places 10 fathom deep Upon the foresayd marks course to wit West-cappel east souhteast from you in the black valley you may sayle right in at the Botkil when that East-cappell commeth then somewhat through Domburgh or to the eastwardes of it then you shal get deeper water goe then towards the shore soo alongst by it as is before sayd A little from the south west end of the Stone-bank lyeth yet another but it is not long called the Oyster-bank Oyster-banke upon it remaineth at low water about 4 fathom Water The Doorloy For to sayle from Flushing out at the Doorloy with ships that draw much Water you must set sayle when the Water is flowed an houre or two for to come
the poynt of the Raen into the Splete Then bring the steeple of Middlebrough over the foresayd Inner sand-hill betwixt Soutland and Dishoeck and run in right with it e. n. e. on untill that the castle of Sluce come to the eastwards of the foresaid east sand-hils of Casant sayle then right on with Flushing and so you shall goe cleare both of the Raen the Pols If it should happen in darke or misty weather that you cannot see Middlebrough then run in by your lead alongst by the north side of the Ript eastnortheast until that you find shoaling and haâ—â— ground of the banck and so you shal run in betwixt the Raen and the banck The west end of the Raen is flat which you may sound very well In the channel betwixt the banck or English Poll and the Raen it is soft ground on both sides as well towards the Raen as towards the banck it doth begin to shoale and to be hard ground When Heyst that is a high sharp steeple commeth to the firebeakon thwart of that is the banck or English Poll at the shoalest to the eastwards of that the banck waxeth deeper Being come past the shoalest if you edge towards the banck you shall finde deeper water and may run over there at halfe flood with 18 foot but it is not good to doe it for not to sayl upon the French Poll but keepe all alongst the sounding and hard ground of the banck and shape your course a little more easterly for to avoyd the Rasses which lye thwart of Soutland are steepe When you are come somewhat further in go then east on towards Flushing you shall not come neare any shoals Thwart through the Raen goeth a Slenck Slenck through the Raen where remaineth at low water not lesse then â— fathom and a halfe water for to finde it comming in out of the sea you must bring Aerdenburgh a little without the point of the sand-hils of Casand or Westchappel in Flanders a little to the eastwards of Knock sayle then right with it untill that you get deeper water or that the steeple of Middlebrough come over the inner sand-hill then in alongst with it West-chappel in Flanders is a short flat little steeple with a little short blunt spire or cap upon it but Knock is a sharp steeple not so high as Heyst The Wielinge and inner-Wielinge For to saile in at the Wielinge comming in out of the sea you must run on to the coast of Flanders when you are past Oostend until you come in 5 fathom Thwart of Blancken-brough there was wont a few yeares past to lye a bancke or share off from the shore which men might saile within comming from the westwards now there is nothing but a little flat and Dobbelsand is alsoo altogether cleane gone Or else you must looke out for Liswegen a flat steeple and the thickest thereabouts When the steeples of Bridges being called the Bruggelingen stand a cables length to the westwards of LiswegeÌ„ then are you yet to the westw off all the sands polles and banckes keepe these steeples so standing and runne on to the coast until you come over the foresayd Ript and that you find againe soft ground and more depth untill you come in 5 fathom go then n.e. and n.e. and by east with a flood or northeast and northeast and by north with an ebbe reckon well your tyde which runneth there most e. s.e somewhat southerly and w.n.w. somewhat northerly and the tyde runneth but a little houre alongst the land keep the steeple Wenduynen one or 2 ships lengths without the Sconce of Blanckenbrough so long as you can see them and stil in 5 fathom when as Heyst commeth then to Bridges and Westcapel to Knock then are you right in the fareway of the Wieling the nearer that you are to the bancke of the English Poll the deeper water you shall finde except that you have the shoaling of the banck it selfe Bridges must come first to Heyst or else you should be to far to seawards or to neare to the English Poll with a foreflood you may bring them both at once together but not with a fore ebbe If you get then shoaling that is of the English Poll goe from thence alongst the same course through betwixt the English Poll and the French Poll or Innerbanck that is a hard sand steep but the English Poll is thereabouts flat which you may sound When as that the castle of Sluce commeth to S. Lambert a high flat steeple upon Casand to the northwards or to the eastwards off the Sluce then you are past the French Poll Markes of the French Poll. goe then east on right with Flushing or else observe these markes following Liswegen must not come within Heyst before the Castle of Sluce come to the e. sand-hil of Casand but remain without it or else you should sayle on against the innerbanck when as that the Castle commeth to the sand-hil goe then boldly northeast and by east and eastnortheast for to avoyd the French Poll untill that the steeple of Flushing come to the northwards of the Prisongate then you get deeper water goe then on east and east by south right with Flushing There remaineth in the Wieling as also in the inner Wieling at the lowest water not lesse then 4 fathom a halfe water The inner Wieling The inner-Wieling lyeth in through betwixt the innerbank or French Poll and Casant When you come from the westwards into the Wieling and are come soo farr that Westchappel come to Knock and will go in at the inner-Wieling then goe from thence east and by s on and you shall espy the buy upon the poynt of the Paerd-marck that is a sand that shooteth off from the east poynt of Sluce haven and is very steep leave that buy on the starboard side keepe S. Lamberts steeple even without the s sand-hill of Casant or Sluce haven and goe on n. e. or somewhat more northerly alongst by the shoare for to avoyd the Krakesand Krakesand when as then the Castle of Sluce and S. Lamberts steeple come one in the other then goe on east right with Flushing Flanders is a Land full of sand-hils and hommocks with many steeples alongst the coast lying from the Haven of Sluce unto Callice most w. s w. and e. n. east The first steeple to the westwards of Sluce is S. Anne a flat steeple and then Westchappell a little short flat steeple with a blunt cap upon it Heyst to the westwards of them is a long sharpe steeple higher then Knock. Betwixt Heyst and Blanckenbrough lieth Liswegen somewhat within the land that is a flat steeple the thickest of all the steeples there abouts Blanckenbrough is alsoo a flat steeple higher then Liswegen but not soo thick Within the land from Blanckenbrough standeth Bridges two thick sharp steeples upon one Church to the westwards of Blanckenbrough a great halfe league lyeth
Wenduynen a sharp steeple Of the tydes coâ—â—ses of the Streames Before Brewers-haven a s s w. and n. n. e. Moone maketh high water In the Channell of Brewers-haven a south and by west Moone At Ter-Veer a s s w. and n. n. e. Moone In the Veer-gat a s and n. Moone It is not good to runne in at Veer-gat especially with a southerly or southwest wind before that the flood be halfe spent for the after-ebbe and the foreflood fall thwart over the Baniaert hard in at the Roompot towards the land of Schowen but when the flood is halfe spent then it falleth right in at the Veer-gat When the Moone is southeast or northwest then the water is there already two third parts flowen Like as it is here before sayd of the Mase and the Goerees-gat so also here before the channels of Brewers-haven and Ter-Veer the flood turneth about with the Sunne soo that the after-flood falleth in the channels the afterwards turneth about to the southwards and becommeth a running ebbe but the after-ebbs fall right out at the channels thwart into the sea and then with the fore-flood about againe to the northwards Before the Wielings a south and by w. and a s s w. Moon maketh the highest water At Flushing Ramekens a s s.w Moone At West-chappell on the land of Walcheren a south and north Moone maketh high water When the water is a halfe houre fallen then the tyde beginneth to fall out there and when it is flowen a halfe houre it beginneth to fall in but before the Botkill it beginneth to goe therefirst an houre before the lowest water but it falleth long at sea In the Splete and over the shoals lying the abouts the tyde turneth about against the Sunne and at last falleth in at the channels A south and north Moon maketh there the highest water The fore-flood falleth over the shoals there towards the land When the Moone is about eastsoutheast or that the water bee about two houres flowen then it beginneth to turne towards the south first southsouthwest and then past the south towards the east untill that the Moone be southsoutheast and then the flood falleth to the eastwards When Blanckenbrough standeth about southeast and by east from you from thence to the eastwards the tyde turneth about against the Sun but from thence to the westwards you shall not finde the tydes to turne about Against Zealand in the fare way a third part of the flood falleth towards the land and afterwards east and by north Men may see Zealand from the poope in 16 fathom Courses and Distances From Flushing to Blanckenbrough nearest Westsouthwest 9 leagues From Blanckenbrough to Oostend southwest and by west 2 leagues From Flushing to the north Forland west somewhat southerly 25 leagues From the Wielings to Dover w. and by south 26 leagues From the Wielings to Lay-stasse or Yarmouth north west 32 leagues Heights Flushing Ramekens and the south coast of Walcheren lye neare in 51 degrees and a halfe Brewers-Haven The land of Schowen sheweth it selfe thus when it is three or foure leagues thwart from you De Cust van VLAENDEREN Beginnende vande wielingen tot aen de Hoofden met alle haer sanden en droogten Renisse Blenck or wolsack E. S.E from you Visnamenghen sandhil Lauwest sand wagon path Cape Cape Fire beakon The Hoot S.S.E. When you are before the Channell of Brewers-Haven the land of Schowen sheweth it selfe thus West-chappel Souteland Middelleburgh Souburgh Coukerek Flushing Thus sheweth Walcheren when you are in the Doorloy or before the Splete S. Lambert Sluce Knock Heys Liswegen Blanckenbrough Thus sheweth the coast of Flanders from Blanckenbrough eastwards when you sayle in or out at the Wielings The fourth Demonstration Which unfoldeth The Coast of Flanders from the Wielings to the Heads about Callice together with the Coast of England from Dover to the north Forland BEtwixt Wenduynen Blanckenbrough standeth another little steeple called Iohn Davids steeple Oostend lyeth a great league to the westwards of Wackerhout A halfe league to the west wards of Ostend lyeth S. Catelyn a league to the westwards of it is Midlekerck being a high thick flat steeple From Middle-kerck to Newport it is two leagues there is a flat steeple with a little sharpe steeple A little to the eastwards of Newport lyeth our Lady of Lombardy a high flat steeple From Newport to Broers it is two leagues and from Broers to Dunkercke three leagues The Southkoten is a league to the eastwards of Dunkerck Dunkerck hath a high flat steeple with a little sharpe steeple From Dunkerck to Graveling are three leagues betwixt them stand these steeples first little Sinten a little sharpe steeple great Sinten a thick flat steeple Mardycke a thicke flat steeple and S. Georges a high sharpe steeple Graveling hath no steeples but there stand two mills one on the Easter-gate and the other on the west end of the towne From Graveling to Callice are three leagues Callice hath many sharpe Steeples where of one is higher then all the rest and betwixt both lye these villages most without steeples First Hooghenpryse and Dasen two flat steeples more Valdam a flat Church with a little spire upon the middest of it that is all the knowledge of Flanders The Coast of Flanders betwixt Callice and Blanckenbrough is foure and twenty leagues long or as some say one and twenty leagues Blanckenbrough from Flushing nine leagues Soo that Flushing is from Callice at the least 30 leagues or as some say 33 leagues at the most That which is here sayd of the steeples and leagues alongst the coast of Flanders is very serviceable and needfull as well for that which is before described of the Wielings as also fot the sayling into the havens of Flanders but especially for the knowledge of the Flemish bancks For to sayle into Oostend Oostend you must run close to the eastwards of the towne into the haven called the Gueule on the east poynt of the haven lyeth a head whereupon standeth a beakon you must run close in by that head there it is deepest from the west side to wit towards the towne shooteth of a little flat whereof you must avoyd that side a ships length or 2 at low water a common tyde remaineth in this havens mouth 6 foot and at high water there is two and twenty foot water A little within the haven you may anchor where you will and at low water you may lye there with a great ship a float Newport Newport is a tyde-haven which falleth altogether dry at low water and at high water and a common tide there is 13 footwater close before the havens mouth is a bank which lyeth from the eastwards of the Haven of Newport over to the westwards thwart before the Havens mouth and at halfe flood lyeth dry and at high water there commeth no more upon it then eight foot water He that will goe into Newport must go
east side a hooke which lyeth to the eastwards running to nothing allmost against Newport this bank is three or foure fathom and upon the east end five six fathom The fourth is alsoo in two banks the eastermost is called Sandele Sandele or Oudemoers bank Oudmoers Banck and the westermost Cal bank Calbank of some called alsoo Small bank which lyeth alongst by the Broad-bank but that outer end lyeth at least two great leagues of The shippes that will goe before Dunkerck cannot get alongst by Flanders doe runne about without these bankes untill they come against Broad-banke and then runne in alongst by it 5 or 6 fathom The Channell is 15 fathom deep and every one of these foure bankes hath a dry Poelder When 2 Steeples that are somewhat flat to the southward of Newport stand a handpikes length asunder then are you thwart of these foure bankes here before mentioned which are not deeper at low water then one fathom and at spring-tydes fall almost dry Betwixt all these bankes you may anchor in 9. 10. 11. and also in 12 fathom you may runne over them in 4 fathom but when you are to the westwards of them you shall finde it deeper to wit 8. 9. and 10 fathom The Broers banck Broers banck is three cornerd and lieth close by the land thwart of Broers and the Cloyster Ten DuyneÌ„ and lyeth of from the shoare about westnorthwest a league into the sea when the Cloyster Ten Duynen or the Broers lyeth south from you then you are at the innermost part of the Broers-bank you may runne through betwixt the land and this banck in foure fathom at low water but men doe run commonly about to the westwards of it when they sayle through within the bankes alongst the Coast of Flanders A little to the westwards of Broers-banck lyeth the Cams-banke Cams-banck which is three fathom deepe and lyeth in many Rasses you may run through betwixt the land and this banke also in 8. 9. and 10. fathom and alsoo may ride there for alt winds By the land betwixt this bank and Broers-banck it is 5 fathom deepe When you run through betwixt this banke and the land then you come alongst by the Quade bank untill you come before the Haven of Dunkerck When you are a good wayes past the head of Dunkerck about s w. from the Splinter then you runne over a shoale of two fathom called Wilbaert Sound Wilbaert Sound being over it you shall have againe then 11 12 fa. When Borburger Steeple commeth in the valley of the sand-hill then you are thwart of this bancke by these markes you may sayle through these bancks northnorthwest into the sea and come against the tayle of the Broad-banck in foure fathom When as that you doe edge againe somewhat towards the land in twelve thirteene or fifteene fathom then you may sayle through betwixt the Broad and the Small banâ—ke on eastnortheast or east and by north untill you are past the Cloyster Ten Duynen or the Broers-Banck which lyeth off from the Cloyster about a league into the sea To the eastwards past this banck it beginneth to be shoale water against Newport foure or five fathom being past Newport you must edge towards the land in eight or nine fathom keeping close to the land and then you shal run through betwixt the land and the Geere which lyeth alongst towards Oostend When you come against Oostend then you are cleare of the bancks and then you may run into the sea for to goe into the Wielings Markes of the Flemish bancks There lye yet five long banckes alongst Flanders When Graveling is southeast from you then you are thwart of the south end of these bankes and when Newport is southeast from you Then you are thwarr of the north end of them they are very long and betwixt each goeth a wide Channell through of eight nine twelve fifteene sixteen eighteene nineteene and twenty fathom deepe each of a severall depth The outermost or westermost banke called the Cliffe The cliffe lyeth from Callice cliffe northnortheast about foure leagues and a halfe and is three fathom and a halfe deep betwixt this and the other goeth a wide channell throug of three and twenty and 24 fathom deep The second called the Ruyting The Ruytinig lyeth from Callice cliffe northeast and by north about foure leagues and is there five or six fathom deepe but upon the south end of it is a Poelder of a fathom and a halfe When the south end of Winocxbergen commeth betwixt the two flat steeples to the westwards of Dunkerck then are you thwart of this Poelder There stand three or foure mils to the eastwards of Dunkerck when the outermost commeth over the east end of the towne that is also a good mark of this Poelder or shoale and then the steeple of Dunkerck shall be from you s e five leagues Betwixt this and the third goeth alsoo a channell through of 12 and 13 fathom The third called the Dyke The Dyke lyeth from Callice Cliffe northeast and is deepe foure five fathom upon the south and north end of this Bancke are Poelders the southermost is deepe one fathom and lyeth also upon the markes of Winocxbergen about northwest somewhat westerly from Dunkerck is called the Polder of the Dyke or Dyke-Polder the other Polder or shoale of this bancke is about foure fathom and two foot deepe and lyeth n. w. from the Cloyster Ten Duynen These bancks are very dangerous for the Ruyting lyeth allmost in the fare-way and at low water they have no more then two fathom depth The fourth banck called Kettell-banck lyeth from Callice-Cliffe northeast and by cast and is deepe three foure five and six fathom Upon the south end is a shoale of one fathom water at low water at spring-tydes these Polders fall dry Alongst by this goeth also a channell through of 19 and 20 fathom To the eastwards of the Kettel-banck to wit betwixt that and the Broad-banck goeth throug a great channell of 19 and 20 fathom In all the channels betwixt the foresaid banckes men may turne to windwards every where from one bancke to the other anchor betwixt the bancks where they will The south end of the Broad-bancke Broad banck lyeth from Callice-cliffe eastnortheast and hath one shoale upon the south end of one fathom and a halfe is throughout three and 4 fathom deepe The north end is deep 6 7 and 8 fathom and lyeth so far to the northward untill Newport be northwest from you or the Cloyster Ten Duynen bee northnorthwest 5 or 6 leagues from you The Coast of England from Dover to the north Forland Betwixt Callice and Dover amiddest in the fare-way or somewhat nearer the French side then the English lyeth a narrow bancke of foure leagues long lying about n. n. east and southsouthwest alongst the land of Blacknesse being called the Vaen and by the Dutchmen called Vrow-sand
upon your lead by it there is at high water three fathom and at low water no more then one fathom The Rettires is a stony bancke lying in the middest of the River of Seine lying over towards the poynt of Honfleur at low water it falleth at some places drie at halfe flood it is to the southwards three fathom but to the northwards 2 fathom deep When the land of Caen is without the poynt of Seynhead and you sayle then with it south on then you runne to the westwards of it or alongst without it Or else if you keepe Struysaert a handspikes length without the poynt of Seynhead then you runne alsoo without it When the easter gate of New-haven commeth over the easter head and the easter mill sayle then so on keeping them so then you runne in right to the northwards of the Rettires and alsoo you can take no hurt of the banck that lyeth towards Seynhead At Habell or New-Haven men must goe in at a high water and within lye everie tyde drie The river of Seine must be sayled into upon the tide when the most or the strongest of the flood is spent then you may sayle alongst by the land upon your lead untill yo may see in open into the river of New-haven when then the souther Castle commeth over the easter-head and the mill run then right in upon it but it is best to anchor halfe wayes betwixt the Castle and Seynhead and there to stay for a Pilot If there come none off then sayle from thence right with the Castle that standeth upon the head there it is deepest water To sayle from New-haven upwards towards Roan is not well to be done without a Pilot you must goe with the tyde through the first travaille or banckes which lie from New-haven to Honfleur s east alongst by the souther-land and from thence alongst the north side of the River to Quillebeuf being come there you are through the first travaille You must alsoo bee well advised and take good heed for the strong spring by the Normans called La Barre which everie tyde commeth on soo strong with the flood that anchors and Cables have enough to doe to hold a ship For that and other dangers more it is not good nor convenient to sayle up the River without a Pilot. Two great leagues to the southwards of the River of Roan lyeth a Tyde-Haven called Tochet Tochet on the west side of the entry standeth a beacon by it you must goe in or you may sound it in by the Eastershoare Southwest or southwest and by south from the poynt of Seynhead about six or seven leagues off lye many banckes a good wayes in sea you may sayle on both sides of them as well to the eastwards as to the westwards into the Fosse of Caen Fosse of Caen. which lyeth in most south and lyeth in a Baye At the west side lyeth a chindle where men may ride within it it is wyde and broade and sandy strand the East land is sand-hills and farre flat in sixe seven fathom there men may goe in sounding with the sounding Pole From Seynhead to Cape de Barfleur or Cape de Schierborough Cape Schierborough the course is West and by north nineteene leagues About foure leagues to the eastwards of it lye the Islands of Saint Marques men may sayle round about them but it is not there very cleane A league to the westwards of the Island of Saint Marcus lyeth La Honge S. Marcus La Honge a flat Tower to the westwards of it lyeth the poynt of Barfleur betwixt both is a great baye where men may lye in six or seven fathom land-lockt for a n. n. west winde A northeast winde bloweth there open in From the north-poynt or C. de Barfleur which lyeth northnorthwest from you Suncken-rock when you lye in the road lieth off a banck or little riffe yet a shippe may go over it Northeast a league and a half off from the foresayd poynt lyeth a rock under water where shippes may not goe over From C de Barfleur to Schierborough it is northwest and by west foure leagues that is a little Tyde-haven To the westwards of the poynt of Barfleur lye some foule grounds if you keepe the high land of Schierborough without the Cape de Wyck Cape de Wyck you shall not come too neare them Before Cape de Wyck is a good roade in six fathom a little to the east-wards of the two high rockes in a sand-bay Before Schierborough lye some rockes or little Islands which are cleane round about to the westwards of it lyeth a Tyde-haven called the Fosse of Moberille before it on both sides lye 4 or 5 high rocks at high water men runne through betwixt them and soo into the Haven A great league and a halfe to the westwards off it lyeth Cape de Hague Two leagues west and by north from Cape de Hague Cape de Hague lyeth the Island Aldernay or Ornay betwixt them goeth the Race of Blanckert through The Coast of England Road under the Nesse The poynt of Dongie nesse lyeth from Dover south west and by west distant 8 leagues At the east side of the Nesse in Romans Bay thwar of the Romans-Tower is a good roade for west s west windes For to anchor there runne so farte in the Bay that the poynt of the Nesse be south and south and by west from you anchor there in about 7 or 8 fathom you may alsoo anchor on the west side of the Nesse for a northeast winde soo that the poynt lye east and by north from you For to sayle in to the Camber of Rye Camber of Rye comming from the west you must keep Beachy without the poynt of Fairlee and run soo towards the Nesse and beingh come in faire by it run in without two Cables length alongst by it unto the end of the Nesse then edge up to the westwards and leave the beakons upon the starboard side untill you come before the Castle Camber that standeth upon the souther chindle there you may anchor in foure and five fathom From thence alongst even unto the Town of Rye it is all set with beacons which stand alongst by the east side of the Deep unto the Daries wich at low water fall dry In sayling unto Rye you must leave all the beacons unto the starboardside and run indifferent close alongst by them Road under the Beachy The poynt of the Nesse and Beachy lye west south west and eastnorth east distant 7 leagues Beachy is by the seven white Cleeves the best knowne land that a man can see any where To the eastwards of Beachy men may anchor for westerly windes in sixe or seven fathom soo that the poynt besouth and south and by west from you Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames Before Callice and Blacknesse the flood falleth first one quarter to the land afterwards n. n. e. Betwixt Blackness
the west Beachy sheweth thus when you come from the west De Custen van BRETAIGNE Waer in vertoont wort alle gelegentheyt tusschen Caap de Hague en t' Eylant Heyssant The second Demonstration Where in Is decyphered the Coast of Britannie from the Island of Ornay to the Island of Ushant TWo leagues west and by north from Cape de Hague Cape de Hague lyeth the Island Aldernay or Ornay betwixt them goeth the Race of Blanckert The Race of Blanckert through Aldernay or Ornay Ornay is about three leagues long and lyeth east west The east end is cleane men may sayle reasonable close alongst by it but the west end is very foule There lye some little Islands close by the west end being passed them men may sayle towards Iarsey without any feare To the southwards of the foresayd little Islands at the west end lyeth of a ledge of rockes within it on the south side it is cleane except at the south poynt that is also foule Hee that will anchor on the south side of Ornay must be mindfull thereof anchor a little to the eastwards of the Tydehaven From the west end of Ornay lyeth a great multitude of rockes west and by north westnorthwest off three leagues into the sea Upon the outtermost and westermost end lyeth a great high rock with many other smaller rocks about it Halfe wayes betwixt this great rocke and Ornay lyeth another great rock but not soo high as the foresayd westermost from it lye off a multitude of rokes towards the outermost which fall dry at low water but at high water many lye under water These two great rockes are called by the French Les Casquettes and by the Dutch the Kiskassen and by the English the Caskets Catskets Close by the west end of Ornay towards the Caskets lye other two great ranes of rockes called the Barroches Barroches From the east point of Ornay to the east end of Garnesey about to the southwards of Ornay the course is westsouthwest 9 leagues but from the Caskets to the west end of Garnsey southwest and by south 6 leagues Road under Garnsey If you will anchor under Garnsey comming from the Caskets then runne on to the northeast poynt of Garnsey and so farr to the eastwards of it untill you get sight of the castle that standeth upon the rock on the east side of Garnsey Or if you come about to the westwards of the Caskets then goe on southeast or somewhat more southerly untill the northeast poynt of Garnsey be south and by west from you sayle then towards it till you shall come in sight of that foresayd castle upon the rocke Bring that over the south poynt of Garnsey and sayle in upon that marke betwixt the Island Arem or Harm and Garnsey untill you come by the foresayd Castle betwixt these Islands it is on both sides full of rockes where of you must take good heed especially on the larboard side towards Arem when you are come by the castle you may anchor within or without it where you please without the Castle in 12 or 13 fathom or within the Castle that is betwixt the Castle and Garnsey in six or seven fathom at low water It doth flow there six or seven fathom up and downe which men must reckon upon Under the south side of Garnsey men may ride for northwest north northeast windes If you come from the west or from the Caskets you must runne close about by the southwest poynt called C. de Gruse and alongst by the south side of the Island well halfe wayes the Island and anchor there where you think good in eighteene or nineteen fathom If the wind shift to the southwest or to the westsouthwest then you may runne about by the south poynt unto the foresayd Castle and anchor there either without or within it as here before is sayd From the aforesayd south poynt lyeth off a little ledge of rocks where of some rocks lye above some under water these you must avoyd when you sayle about by it South by west and southsouthwest about eight leagues from Garnsey lyeth a great ledge of rockes more then a league great called Rockeduves Rockeduves About 2 leagues southeast from Garnsey lyeth the Island Sarck Sarck there men may anchor round about it in five and twenty six and twenty and seven and twenty fathom From the north end lye of some Rocks where of some lye above and some under water At the south end hereof lye alsoo some rockes but all above water Betwixt Garnsey and Sarck lye two other little Islands Arck and Arem Arck and Arem or Harm there men may sayle through betwixt them The Island Iarsey from Garnsey southeast distant 7 leagues round about this Island are good roades at divers places All alongst the north side men may anchor in 10 11 fathom At the same north side somewhat within the west poynt lye some great rockes a good wayes of from the shoare called the Pater nosters Pater noster or Pierreleg At the southwest poynt lye many rockes which lye of a great wayes into the sea to the northwards of them to wit betwixt them and the westermost poynt at the west side of Iarsey men may anchor at divers place in ten eleven twelve fathom At the south side of Iarsey is also a good road for a northwest w. n. w. Windes At the east side lyeth Saint Catherines baye S. Catherines Bay there is alsoo very good roade for westerly windes The west end of Iarsey and Saint Maloes or the Island Sisember before S. Maloes lye south and by east and north and by west eight or nine leagues asunder About halfe way betwixt both right in the fareway lye a great number of high rockes together which containe in circuit in sayling about seven or eight leagues Mankies Rockes called the Mankierrs they lye farre towards Iarsey some above and many under water soo that it is not without great danger to runne through betwixt Iarsey and the Mankiers When men will sayle through the Race of Blanckaert bound for S. Maloes they run commonly through betwixt Sarck and Iarsey may alsoo sayle to the eastwards of all the Islands and shoals alongst the coast of Normandy towards S. Maloes in manner as followeth When men come a little past the C. Voorha they shall meet thwart of the Island Iarsey with three or foure high rockes called Le Beuf Le Beuf men may runne to the westwards of them and so through betwixt them and the Island Iarsey or els to the eastwards of them alongst by the mayn land even as they will towards the riffe of Mortefaim that lyeth upon the coast of Normandy southsoutheast 8 leagues from Cape de Voorha Over against or thwart of the Riffe of Mortefaim lyeth a rane of rockes lying east and west more then a league in length called Beufkin
north northeast in it is broad and deepe A little to the northwards of Ramehead is a faire sand-bay where men may anchor close under the land in nine and ten fathom Two leagues south a little easterly from Ramehead lyeth a Rock above water called Eddystone Eddy-stone The poynt of Plymmouth lyeth from the Eddystone North and by east and Northnortheast distant about foure leagues In the sound by the land of Plymmouth lieth a little Island which is fast to the west side with a riffe or rane of Rocks under water so that men must sayle alongst to the eastwards of it whether they be bound into Catwater Catwater or into Hamoase the west harbour If you will goe into Catwater then runne in betwixt the Island and the poynt on the east side in with the land of Plymmouth untill that you see Catwater open on the starboard side of you goe then into the eastwards betwixt the point of Plymmouth and the foresaid east point on the starboard side of you leaving the most part of the channell on the starboard side of you until you come within the poynt and anchor there right against that high steepe norther-land there is at low Water with an ordinary tyde foure and five Fathom deepe When you sayle into Catwater you must take heed and give a good birth to the souther poynt of the entry of Catwater for there lye off to the foresayd poynt a ledge of Rocks under water neare about two cables lengths from the Land and upon the poynt of the ledge or shoale lyeth a buye where is at halfe flood about twelve foot water which buye you must leave on your starboard side in going into Catwater and when you have Catwater altogether open you may run into the eastwards leaving in the entry of the harbour two third parts of the channell on the starboard side as before is sayd because the south shoare is somewhat flat off there lying a sandy bancke which reacheth to the second poynt of the south shoare of Catwater A little to the eastwards of that foresayd little Island lyeth a rocke under water upon which is at low water not deeper then two fathom For to sayle within the Island you may goe into the eastwards or to the westwards of the rock according as occasion shall serve If you wil sayle into Hamoase to the westwards of the rock then take the sounding of the Island in foure or five fathom at low water and run in so by it untill that the Fisher Village lying to the northwards a little within the land come in the west side of the valley on the north shoare then are you to run through betweene the Island and the rocke and to the westwards of the rock Within the Island upon the land of Plymmouth standeth a wall or hedge when as you see that onendling and the chappel of the foresayd Fisher-village commeth to the north-side of the Valley and Catwater commeth open then doe you runne over the Rocke Betweene the Island and the maine men may anchor in twelve and thirteene fathom If you bee bound into Hamoase Hamoase you must runne in betweene the Island and the land of Plymmouth and then in amiddest the channel betweene the two Lands untill that the entry of Hamoase be open runne then into the northwards as the channel leadeth until you come in about the west poynt and anchor there in sixteen fifteen and twelve or ten fathom In the narrow it is fifteene sixteene seventeene also twenty fathom deepe and betweene the Island and the maine eight nine tenne and twelve fathom About halfe a cables length to the eastwards of the Passage way going into Hamoase lyeth a suncken rock under water The German a suncken rock called the German about two great shippes lengths from the shoare and at low water hath not above foure foot water upon it And when men doe come any thing neare this foresayd suncken rock going into Hamoase either with the flood or the ebbe the tyde wil set them right upon it if it bee calme Therefore to avoyd it men must with calme weather give this foresayd suncken rock a good birth untill they bring the houses of the Fisher-Village called the Stone-house open of the easter-poynt of the Passage way and then runne in over towards the north shoare until they have hidden the Island in the foresayd easterne poynt of the passage way for to avoyd a suncken Rock Suncken Rocks that lyeth off to the eastwards from the North poynt of the Beach on the West-side of the Passage way a halfe cables length off and then runne amids the channel into Hamoase Upon this foresayd suncken Rock at low water is not above 3 or 4 foot water In the sound of Plymmouth not farre to the northwards of the Mewstone lye two or three suncken rockes Suncken Rocks upon which remaine at low water not more then three or foure fathom water the markes of them are these To the eastwads of Plymmouth standeth a Tower with a Mill and to the Westwards of the foresayd little Island standeth a Gentlemans house when the little tower or turret of that house commeth over the poynt on the west side of the Island the foresayd Tower and Mill to the eastwards of Plymmouth come one over the other then are you upon the innermost suncken rocke or shoale which it at low Water foure fathom deepe But when the poynt of Hamoase commeth even without the poynt to the westwards of the Island and the foresayd Tower and mill alsoo one in the other Then are you upon the outermost rocke where it is at low water and spring-tyde three fathom and a half deepe From Ramehead west by south five leagues lyeth Foy and betwixt them on the coast lyeth a little Island a little to the eastwards of a poynt called Talland-poynt thwart of West-Louwe called Louw-Island Low-Island you may anchor there to the easterwards of the Island in 5 or 6 fathom Foy Foy is a broad haven where a ship may go in at a half flood at the east-side of the haven standeth a little church with a little steeple on the west side a white church somewhat greater then that upon the east land with a square steeple at the west end of it For to sayle into Foy you must have at least a halfe flood and runne in midst the channel betwixt the two poynts and being come within then chuse which side you will but the most water is by the west land betweene the stakes and the Tower that standeth upon the west land Being come within the Stakes as you come in by the west land then beare somewhat off presently from the west shoare almost into the middle of the channell nearest to the west shoare untill you come before the Village that lyeth on the west side there is a deepe docke where a shippe that draweth sixteene foot water may lye a float at low
water In the sayd dock may 3 or 4 shippes lye If when you come in by the east land you desire to bee in the foresayd docke or poole then saile in untill you come within the stakes and then edge over off from the east-land untill you come nearest the west land for to avoyd a Flat which lyeth by the east shoare alongst the haven and beginneth against the first house of the West-Village If it should happen that you could not lead it in with a saile then let your anchor fall without the stakes warp in with hawsers untill you come into the foresayd poole You may also sayle so farre in that you may see a wall on the west side of the haven where lyeth a village behinde it A shippes length to the southwards of that wall it is good lying by the east land being moored by foure cables there may alsoo a ship ride a float that draweth sixteene foot water You may also saile further in alongst by that Swach that lieth on the west side wherein the mill standeth but come not too neare the north poynt of the Swach for there by it lyeth a rock under water being past that you may moore your ship in the middest of the channell there is best lying for shippes that draw much water Foure leagues southwest and by west from Foy lyeth the poynt of Dodman Dodman two leagues to the westwards of it lyeth the Haven of Falmouth The poynt of Dodman is double Land with a round hill which to the westwards goeth sloping downe somewhat towards the west end standeth a mill with a sharp tower and some little houses upon the land somwhat to the westwards men may see the castle of Falmouth upon a round Hommocke against the high Land This land is very easy to bee known when you come from the west or from the Lizard Upon the west poynt of the haven of Falmouth Falmouth standeth a Castle upon the high land and in the entry nearest the west-side lyeth a great rock above water you may sayle about it on both sides at the inner side of the east point lye also some rocks off from the shoare For to sayle in there to the eastwads alongst by the foresayd Rocke you must runne in within two cables lengths alongst by the eastland leaving the foresayd rocks on the starboard side and the great rocke on the larboard side so sayle right in with the high land that lyeth on the west side within the haven Within in the haven standeth on the Land a white Chalkye spot also a little wood of trees keepe them over the North poynt of the foresayd high west-land and sayle so right in with them keeping them so untill you come neare them you shall finde so at halfe flood upon the shoalest not lesse Water then five fathom and that betwixt the foresayd Castle upon the west poynt and the easter Castle that standeth on the eastside within the haven over against it or a little within the Castles When you shall then come by that foresayd high west-land runne alongst by it unto the north-end of the same and anchor there in twelve thirteene or fourteene fathom You may also from thence edge over towards the east land anchor there under or behinde the banck that lyeth off from the easterne Castle alongst the middle of the haven in sixe seven or eight fatham the banck falleth almost dry at low water and is soft ground soo that the shippes sit in the oase when they come there a ground For to sayle into the westwards of the foresayd great rock you must take the sounding of the west land where the Castle standeth upon in five or sixe fathom being somewhat within the rock runne as before is sayd towards the west-land To the westwards of the rock it is in that channell six and seven fathom deepe at halfe flood but in the channell to the eastwards of the rock seven and eight fathom Foure leagues south by west from Falmouth lyeth the east poynt of the Lizard betwixt them both lyeth a haven called Helford Helford which is little used for ships At the south-side of the haven lyeth a steepe poynt and on the north-side a low sharpe poynt Within the haven on the south-side standeth a Gentlemans house beneath at the strand upon the hill standeth a tuffe of trees you must keepe these one in the other and runne so amiddest the channell into the entry of the haven On the north side stand also 2 or 3 trees these come a masts length to the westwards of a little house that standeth in a white sandy bay there upon you may sayle in alsoo amidst the channell it is a short in-let being come within you may anchor in six or seven fathom Upon the south side standeth also a sharpe Tower and upon the north side a little Castle upon the steepe land The Lizard hath three poynts the northermost is called the Blacke-head from that to the second the coast lyeth southwest and by west and alongst to the third about westsouthwest or west and by south from the second or middelmost poynt lye to seawards some rocks a cables length or a cables length and a halfe off called the Staggs To the northwards of the northermost or eastermost poynt of the Lizard betwixt Helford and the foresayd poynt lye some rockes a great league off from the land called the Mannackles Mannackles south and by east from the harbour of Falmouth eastnortheast from the foresayd Blacke-head where of many of them are above water at low water and some of them at high water remaine uncovered Betwixt them and the shoare it is very fowle and rocky so that men cannot run through betwixt them without great danger He that commeth out of Falmouth and is bound to the westwards must not goe more southerly with an ebbe then southsoutheast or southeast and by south according as the winde shall bee for to run cleare of these foresayd Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Jn Dartmouth and Torbay a west and by south moon maketh full sea Thwart off the Steart in the channel a westnorthwest eastsoutheast moone From the Steart to Portland in the middest of the channell the flood falleth eastnortheast and the ebbe westsouthwest Thwart of Dartmouth by the land the flood falleth n. e. by north the ebbe southwest by south Thwart of Torbay towards Exmouth in the baye the flood falleth northnortheast the ebbe southsouthwest In Plymmouth and Foy a west and by south and east and by north moon maketh the highest water Thwart of Foy in the channell an eastsoutheast moone A sea-board of Falmouth an east and by south but in the haven of Falmouth an east and by north moone At Helford at the Lizard by the land an eastsoutheast and westnorthwest moone maketh the highest water From Ramehead to the Steart by the land within the Eddy-stone the flood falleth
it then edge up to the westwards towards the Bay untill that you see that foresayd little Island with the 2 little short towers at the west poynt leave it on the larboard side runne in close alongst to the northwards of it for it is very cleane but leave the castle a great wayes on the starboard side being fowle about it Being come within the little Island at the west poynt you shall see within it a great sandy baye anchor there in seven or eight fathom Eastsoutheast and southeast winds doe blow there right open in for all other winds you lye there landlockt 〈…〉 Foure leâ—gues to the westwards of Mounts-Baye lyeth the Lands-end of England and lyeth from the Lizard w. n. w. distant nine or ten leagues About a league s e. from the Lands-end and halfe a league without the land lyeth a suncken rock which at low water commeth even above water Thwart off that rock standeth a Church upon the land when you can but even see that over the high land then are you thwart of the foresayd rock to wit even as farre from the land as the rock but when the Church is hidden behinde the high Land that you cannot see it then are you nearer to the land then the rock or within the rock towards the Land and so you shall goe through betwixt it and the Land Upon the Lands-end of England lye two round hills when you get sight of them you shall see upon the highest a spâ—re tower comming somewhat nearer you shall see upon the outtermost end in the low land another spire Tower there by is the Lands-end reasonable well to bee knowne The ground is thereabouts whitish sand with red sand and mingled with shels From the Lands-end unto the C. of Cornewall or to the little Island Bresam lyeth the coast most north about 5 leagues Rocks â—n the Lands end At the Lands-end lye some rocks you may runne in within them as well to the northwards as to southwards come to anchor in 8 or 9 fathoÌ„ to come in there from the southwards it is narrowest tenne fathom deepe from the northwards it is best and broadest and eight and nine fathom deepe but on the left side close to the north poynt of the Lands-end lyeth a suncken rocke which you must avoyd when you sayle in there Silly Silly lyeth from the Lands-end westsouthwest distant eigâ—t leagues but from the Lizard west sixteen or seventeen leagâ—es Betweene the Lands-end and Silly lye the Seven-stones Seven stones west and west and by south foure leagues from the Lands-end and north east and by east and e. n. e. allmost 3 leagues from Silly that is a rane of rocks which come not above water but alwayes breaketh upon them Southsouthwest and southwest and by south 3 leagues from the Lands-end and 5 leagues cast from Silly lyeth also a sharpe rock called the Gulfe The Gulfe which commeth at halfe tyde above water and is round about indifferent cleane Fâ—r to sail â—nto Silly Silly is divided into divers Islands alongst the west side lyeth a great multitude of rocks men may goe in there through divers channels or sounds but the souther channell is the best About the middest of the entry of that sound or channell lyeth a suncken rock men mâ—y goe in on both sides of it but to the eastwâ—rds of it it is broadest and best For to sayle in there comming from the east you must runne alongst by the east land in eight or nine fathom and you shall so runne alongst to the eastwards of that foresayd suncken rock which lyeth against a sconce a little without the castle The markes to avoyd this Rock are two rocks which lye on the west side within the haven the one to wit the innermost is somewhat greater then the other If you bring them one in the other or the northermost a little to the eastwards of the southermost or the smallest so that you may even see through between them and sayl soo right in keeping them soo you shall so sayle farre enough to the eastwards of the Rock If you come from the southwards or the westwards and are bound into Silly then runne towards the east-land soo long untill you bring the two foresayd rocks within the haven one in the other or even through one another sayle then soo in and then you shall runne as before is sayd cleare of the foresayd suncken rock thwart of the sconce At the inner poynt of the Island at the east side of this southerne channell lyeth another suncken rock whereof men must take heed For to avoyd it you must run so long to the northwards upon the markes of the foresayd two rockes untill you may see the little Tower in the sandy Bay then goe to the eastwards unto the Bay anchor there in eight or nine fathom When you come neare Silly upon the south side you shall see a square Tower in the sandy bay or valley and to the westwards many little Islands and rocks The ground of Silly is somewhat stony with some red shels Of the Depths and many sorts of grounds before and in the channel betweene Silly Ushant and thereabouts Southwest and by south from the Seames Seames seven leagues it is deep 72 fathom the ground pale white course sand like small fretted little stones with little peeces of queenes shels with gray flat little stones and white glistering needles sayle from thence north and north and by east and then you shall fall well to passe with Ushant About two leagues southwest from the Seams it is deep 52 fathom the ground there is white yellow rough and somewhat longish sand with a little red small shelly sand with many gray crompeld things and some small with glistering poynts of needles If men did finde there 70 or 80 fathom they would judge it to be good channel ground Westsouthwest from the Seames Seames soo farre from the land as men may but even see the Sheets from the poop with cleare sight it is 54 fathom deep the ground is red yellow white and black peeces like parings of cheese and a little course red sand mingled with all West and by south eight or nine leagues from the Seames Seames is 65 fathom the ground is white yellow with a little red small shelly sand with some peeces of shels queens not very great with much white and yellow some thing long sand and small white things like poynts of needles like as men find in the channell Seven leagues southwest from Ushant Ushant or thereabouts that men may even see it from the poop having cleare sight in 70 fathom there the ground is white and yellow course sand with some peeces of queenes shells and some peeces of white thin shels with some gray flat ragged stones Southwest and by west from Ushant Ushant about 19 or 20 leagues in 78 or 80 fathom the ground is white
things and little stones A great kenning south southeast from the Staert it is deep 40 fathom the ground red sandy clay with pits in the tallow Southwest eleven or thirteen leagues from the Steart Steart in fifty fathom the ground is white and yellow small shelly sand with some pieces of white shels with gray and crumpeld and alsoo glistering little things like needles In fine he that soundeth much getteth many divers sorts of grounds and sometimes great change in little distance of place But he that soundeth findeth white shels with little things like strawes and needles it is certaine that he is nearest to Ushant but if he finde brandy ground or blacke little stones mingled with white little things then is he nearest to Silly Hee that soundeth thwart of Ushant Marks of Ushant Silly and findeth small white sand and little shels and small little things oasie and white Ushant shall then lye north east from him If he finde long small little things like needles then shall Ushant lye southeast from him But if he be not sure of these grounds then he shall beare to the northwards And if he finde deeper water then he is towards the Seams but if hee finde it shoaly then he is in the entring of the Channell to the northwards of Ushant If he be between Ushant and the Seams in 70 fathom he shall finde the ground to be small little stones like black sand of the earth or else if he finde the ground to be great red sand then he must stand to the northwards untill that he finde the white sandy ground and long small things then he may hold himself certaine to be in the entring of the channell From the Lands-end of England to the C. of Cornwall the coast lieth north about 5 leagues but Silly and the foresayd Cape lie southwest and northeast distant about 9 leagues By the Cape lieth a little Island or Rock called Bresam I. Bresam betwixt it and the Cape men may sayle thorough From the Cape of Cornwall unto the little Towne Saint Yves S. Yves lieth the coast about east and by north and east northeast five or sixe leagues Saint Yves lieth upon the west poynt of a great Bay which is about two leagues broad At the East poynt of the Bay lieth a little Island there lieth off from it a great ledge of rocks a great halfe league thwart off into sea where of many of them come at halfe ebbe above water therefore he that commeth off from the Cape of Cornwall and will sayle alongst the coast towards Stoupert or Padstow must keepe off thwart of this ledge at least a great league from the shoare because of the foresayd rocks Betwixt that foresayd little Island at the east poynt of the Bay the maine land it is also at many places rocky and foule soo that one that is not there very well acquainted may not sayle through there without great danger In the Bay of Saint Yves is on both sides good sandy ground where men may anchor all over and come soo neare the shoares as they will At the West side of the Bay at the Towne is a head where small shippes and Barkes doe goe in within it and lye there succoured for northerly windes but great ships may not doe soo they must anchor without in six or seven fathom From Saint Yves to Hartland poynt the course is northeast seventeen or 18 leagues betwixt them both about halfe wa lyeth the poynt of Stoupert to the eastwards of it lyeth Padstow Stroupert Padstow in a Bay where is a very good road in seven or eight fathom At the west side of that poynt lyeth a suncken Rock under water and upon the poynt a great high rock to the westwards of that poynt towards Saint Yves are many white sandy and chalky bayes alongst the shoare whereby the coast there is very easy to beknowne Hartland poynt Hartland poynt is a poynt that lyeth out foure leagues north from it lyeth the Island Londey which is somewhat a long Island it lyeth most north and by west and south and by east At the east side of that Island men may ride for Westerly windes in 14 and 15 fathom but on the west side the ground is foule Foure leagues to the eastwards of Hartland poynt eastsoutheast from the south end of Londey lyeth the sound of Biddeford Biddeford being a broad haven where many ships doe sayle in and out A little within the mouth of the haven it divideth it selfe into two rivers upon the westermost on the starboard side lyeth Biddeford and upon the eastermost on the larboard side lieth a town called Barnestable Barnstable From the poynt to the northwards of Biddeford Haven unto Ilfercombe the course is e. n.e foure leagues that is a haven where remaineth at low water 3 or foure fathom deepe Before the haven is also good roade in 8 or 9 fathom at halfe flood Eleven or 12 leagues to the eastwards of Ilfercombe Ilfercombe lie two little Islands about two leagues north south one from the other called the Holmes the northermost is called the Flatholm and the southermost the Steepholm Flatholm Steepholm betwixt Ilfercomb the Holms somewhat nearer the Holms then Ilfercomb lieth a little towne called Mynehead where many ships do lade In the fareway betwixt Ilfercomb the Holmes on the English side on the one side and the bankes on the Welsh side on the other side in the middest of the channell it is deepe 30. 25. 20. 18. 16. and 15 fathom the nearer the Holmes the shoaler water When men come from the westwards within the Island Londey then they may see the Land on both sides to wit of England and Wales The English coast even from the C. of Cornwall to the Holmes is altogether cleane but the coast of Wales is most all foule and shoaly from the Island Caldy unto Bristow with many bankes sands and riffes that lye off The Holmes and the Island Londey lye west southwest and east northeast distant 19 leagues He that will sayle from Londey to Bristow must run alongst by the English coast untill that he come within the poynt of the Naes for to avoyd Naes-sand and then forth alongst through betweene the Holmes leaving the Steepholme on starboard and Flatholme on the larboard side Men may alsoo with little ships of small draught sayle about to the southwards of the Steepholme but it is there so shoaly that there remaineth at low water no more then two fathom water Under Steepholm Roâ—d under â—â—eepholâ— men may anchor where they will in foure or five fathom He that commeth off from the Naes and is bound to Bristow must stand over to the Steepholme and run alongst to the northwards of it It lyeth from the Naes eastsoutheast about seven leagues For to sayle through between the Holms For to sail through between the Holms the
right best fareway you must sayle nearest the side of the Flatholme there it is deepest with an open wind men may sayle alongst soo neare by it without any hurt that they may cast with a stone upon it Within or to the eastwards of the Holmes lyeth shooting off from the eastland a great shoale lying off with a great tayle towards the west which comming from the west men might easily sayle within For to avoyd it you must set the Flatholme when you are passed it southwest from you keepe it standing soo untill that you shall have sayled about a great league looke out then for a little Island that shall then at the east shoare lye neere about thwart from you upon it stand two mils and above upon the maine land standeth one mill When the mill that standeth upon the high land commeth to the west end of that foresayd Island you shall bee past the foresayd tayle of the English grounds and cannot sayle within it goe then e.n.e. alongst by the English grounds which are flat soo that you may sayle alongst by them upon your lead in 3 or 4 fathom soo neere as you will When then the mill that standeth upon the high land Markes the English ground commeth betweene the foresayd two mills which stand upon the little Island then shall you bee altogether past the English grounds run then boldly towards the English coast and so close alongst by it as you please towards Passis or Portshut poynt From the Flatholm to Passis poynt in the right fareway it is deep 14 and 15 fathom The Welsh side you must shun and take very good heed of it because it is very uneven and full of steep bankes that are needle to which at many places do fall dry at low water you may not come neerer that coast then in 12 fathom for sayling towards it you shall have at one cast ten fathom and before you can heave the lead againe you shall sit fast alongst from Flatholm till you come to Bristow About Passis poynt men do anchor in Kings road Kings roâ—d which is between the poynt the river of Bristow neerest the river there is good clay ground in 8 or 9 fathom They that are bound into the river are brought in by the Pilots Men may from thence also sayle in alongst by the coast to the River of Severne which is also like the River of Bristow a faire River to saile into For to saile from Bristow to Londey you must goe away from Passis poynt w. s w. untill that the Flatholm doe come to beare southwest from you or els untill that the three foresayd mills upon the south land doe stand a like farre one from the other to wit that which standeth upon the high land doe stand in the middest betweene the other two sayle then right with the Flatholme very close alongst to the southwards of it and being passed it goe then forth westsouthwest unto the Island Londey About 3 leagues to the northwards of Flatholm lyeth the Town Cardief Cardief in Wales being a tyde-haven before it is a good road as well for ships that are bound to the westwards as to the eastwards where men may lye land lockt allmost for all windes to the eastwards and to the northwards of it lye many sands and bankes which fall drye at low water and so that they make men landlockt for northeast and by east winds Hee that is bound into the roade before Cardief comming from the west must runne in betwixt Flatholm and the poynt of Cardief lying somewhat to the southwards of Cardief and being come about the poynt then to the northwards up alongst by the shoare unto the road Close up to the poynt of Cardief to wit to the westwards of it lye two little Islands the one next to the poynt is called Silye and the westermost Barrey Silye Barrey Betwixt Silye and Flatholme lyeth a rock southeast and southeast and by east from the poynt which must bee avoyded when you will sayle through there unto the roade of Cardief When it is high water you may sayle over all that which at half ebbe commeth not above water About five leagues west from the poynt of Cardief lyeth the Naes The Naes to the westwards off it the land falleth away first about northwest then afterwards southwest or southwest and by west and soo maketh a great bay betwixt the Naes and Wormes head where there are very good roads for west north northeast and east winds From the Naes a little from the shoare lyeth a great banke called Naessand Naessand which lyeth off from thence west and by south and westsouthwest at least five leagues into sea From Wormshead likewise lyeth off a banck which is very steep called Helwix Helwix about foure leagues southsouthwest and southwest by south into sea they that come from the eastwards and will goe to ride in the Bay betwixt the Naes and Wormeshead runne alongst close by the poynt of the Naes through betwixt the Naes and Naessand likewise they that come from the westwards and are bound in there may run through close alongst by the poynt of Wormshead and the Helwix it is betwixt them both about an English mile broad He that commeth out of the sea may come in betweene the foresayd sands or bancks it is there wide and broad Wormes head Wormshead is a poynt lying farre out appearing a farre off allmost like the Oldhead in Ireland but it is above or under and goeth sloping downe towards the north it hath in many placey chalky spots whereby it is very easy to bee known About 4 leagues to the westwards of Wormeshead lyeth the little Island Caldy Caldy where upon standeth a white Tower shewing off at sea like a white sayle which is set there for to know the land by Betwixt this Island and the poynt of Wormshead the land falleth away with a great bay to the northwards unto Carmarthen and Tinbuy in this Bay it is all over good anchor ground for to ride On every side of the Island Caldy men may alsoo anchor and have shelter for all windes A little to the northwards of Caldy lyeth a rane of suncken rockes called the Wullox Wullox Hee that will sayle about to the eastwardes of the Island to Tinbuy may runne close about by it up to the westwards through betwixt the Island and the suncken rockes leaving them on the starboard side or else hee may runne alongst alsoo to the eastwardes and to the northwards of the suncken rockes leaving them on the larboard side and soo then also to Tinbuy and anchor there before the Towne in five or sixe fathom To the eastwardes and to the northwardes of the foresayd rockes it is also good anchorage in sixe seven or eight fathom it is there all cleane ground and farre of shoale water Men may alsoo sayle through to the westwards of the Island
Caldy which is between the Island and the poynt of the maine land to Tinbuy but it is there narrow yet cleane and deepe enough River of Carmarthen The river of Carmarthen lyeth from the Island Caldy northeast and by north distant about foure leagues the channell for to fayle in there lyeth in eastnortheast on the east or the south side lyeth a great Banck which lyeth off farre from the shoare and on the off-side goeth off flat For to sayle in there men may sound it in alongst by the east or north shoare untill they be over the shoalest of the barre there is upon it at halfe flood about foureteen foot water and being over the barre it will be againe foure fathom deepe or thereabouts then they may run in forth by theyr lead alongst by the south shoare untill they come within the river Foure or five leagues to the westwards of the Island Caldy lyeth Saint Gawens poynt S. Gawens poynt the south poynt of Wales by some called the White poynt About halfe an English mile southsouthwest from this poynt lieth a suncken rock called the Crow The Crow whereof men must take heede Two leagues to the westwards of S. Gawens poynt lyeth the haven of Milford Milford-haven a broad and wide sound lying in at the entry northeast in being come in within the poynts men may goe up to the northwards eastwards and southwards unto divers places and roades About by the north poynt men may sayle unto Daleroade there it is good lying in three fathom and three fathom and a halfe at low water When men come a little within the south poynt in the open of Milford haven there lyeth a little Island or rock like the Newstone by Plymmouth being past that a little they may run to the southwards into a bay where they may lye landlockt for all windes A little to the westwards of Milford-Haven lye two little Islands the southermost is the smallest called Stocholm Stockholm the northermost Scaline Scaline About two leagues northnorthwest or northwest by north from thence lyeth the Island Ramsey Ramsey there betwixt them hath the land a great Bay called the Broad-bay Broad Ramsey lyeth at the north poynt and Scaline at the south poynt off the Bay there in alongst the shoare is good riding for north northeast east southeast windes in 7. 8. nine fathom Upon the North poynt of this Bay lyeth a little Towne called Saint Davids S. Davids to the northwards off lyeth the Coast of Wales alongst Northeast unto Cardygan About 2 leagues west and by south to seawards from the Island Scaline and 3 leagues southwards from Ramsey lyeth that little Island Grasholm Grasholm which is a round cleane rock about foure leagues off from it lye also two little Lands which are fowle called the Smalles Smalles The lying of them with the dangers there of you may reade in the description of Ireland On the northwest side of the Island Ramsey lyeth the Bishop with his Clearks Bishop with his Clearks these are rockes that lye off to the northwards and southwestwards of that Island a good way to sea About five leagues northwest or somewhat northerly from Ramesey lyeth another great rock called Mascus Mascus which is all round about foule with many suncken rocks He that commeth to saile thereabouts or to lye by must take very good heed of them The Island Ramsey or the north poynt of Wales and the southeast poynt of Ireland lye about eastsoutheast and west northwest distant 16 leagues Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames In Mounts Bay and at the Lands end of England a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moon maketh high water In Silly a southwest and by west moone maketh full sea A seaboard of Silly in the channell likewise a southwest by west Moone In the entring of the channell a southwest and northeast Moone From Silly to the Lizard the flood falleth northeast the ebbe southwest Betwixt Silly and Londey the flood falleth northeast the ebbe southwest In Silly a southwest and by west Moone maketh high water On the coast of England betwixt the Cape of Cornwall and Hartland poynt a westsouthwest and west and by south Moon maketh high water Thwart of the Island Londey a west and by south but on the Island an east and west Moone At the Island Londey and at the Holmes an east and west Moone maketh high water At Bristow within a west and by north Moone maketh full sea At Milford haven an east and by north and west and by south Moon maketh high water In the channel of Bristow betwixt Londey the Holmes the flood falleth e. n.e. and the ebbe westsouthwest Within the Holms towards Bristow the flood falleth northeast and by east and the ebbe southwest and by west Betwixt Londey and Mildford the streame falleth northeast and northeast and by east Of the Depths Men may see on Silly the south side in 52 fathom the ground there is stony with some red shels The lands end of England men may see alsoo in 25 fathom Silly may be seene on the north side in 45. 46. and 48. fathom there the ground is oasy with some little stones amongst it When men are to the northwards of Silly it sheweth first in two Islands upon the eastermost they shall see a tower or little castle to the eastwards of the 2 Islands they shall see also two great hilly rockes and to the westwards three high black rockes Westnorthwest and west and by north ten or eleven leagues from Silly the ground is oasie and soft that men can scarce get any of it upon the lead there come some little shels amongst it Betwixt the Lands end of England and Londey in the fareway it is 45 fathom deepe the land of Cornwall men may see in 44 fathom Three or foure leagues without the land thwart of Saint Yves Stoupert or Padstow the ground is sharpe and rocky but neerer the land it is all sandy ground Betwixt S. Yves and Hartlands poynt are many white chalky hills alongst the coast especially neere by Stoupert or Padstow whereby this coast is to be knowne In the channell betwixt the Holmes and Bristow it is deep 12. 13. and 14 fathom and men may see the land on both sides Upon the coast of Wales about Milford and to the northwards of it men may see the land in 42 and 45 fathom Courses Distances From the Lizard to the Lands end westnorthwest 9 or 10 leagues From the Lands end to Silly w. s.w 8 leagues From the Lizard to the Gulfe the course is west and by north 10 leagues From the Lands end to the Gulfe the course is southsouthwest 3 leagues From the Gulfe to Silly west 5 leagues From Silly to the Caskets east somewhat southerly 55 leagues From Silly to Ushant the course is southeast and by south 35 leagues From Silly to C.
de Finisterre south and by west westerly 150 leagues From Silly to Cape Cleare in Ireland northwest and by north 46 leagues From Silly to Waterfoord north by west 40 leagues From Silly to the C. of Cornewall northeast 9 leagues From the C. of Cornwall to S. Yves east and by north 5 leagues From S. Yves to Stoupert poynt northeast and by east 9 leagues From Stoupert to Hartland poynt northeast and by north 9 leagues .. From S. Yves to Hartland poynt n.e. 18 leagues From Hartland poynt to the Island Londey north 4 lea From the C. of Cornwall to Londey northeast and northeast and by north 25 leagues From the C. of Cornwall or Milford in Wales northnortheast 32 or 33 leagues From Silly to Milford northnortheast somewhat easterly 46 leagues From the Cape of Cornwall to the rock Tuskar north and by west 40 leagues From the Cape of Cornwal to Waterford northnorthwest 40 leagues From the west end of Londey to Biddeford eastsoutheast 5 leagues From Biddeford to Ilfercomb e.n.e. 4 leagues From Londey to the Holmes e.n.e. 20 leagues From the Steepholme to the river of Bristow northeast somewhat easterly 12 leagues From the Steepholme too the Naes westnorthwest about 7 leagues From the Naes to S. Gawens poynt west somewhat northerly 13 leagues From S. Gawens poynt to Milford haven northwest by north 3 leagues From the Island Scaline to Ramsey northnorthwest 2 leagues From Londey to Milford north by west and northnorthwest 12 or 13 leagues From Milford to the Cape of Cornewall southsouthwest 32 leagues From Milford to Silly southsouthwest and southwest by south 40 leagues Heights The south side of Silly lyeth in 50 degr or a little more The Cape of Cornwal lyeth in 50 degr 25 min. Londey lyeth in 51 degr 13 min. The Holmes lye in 51 degr 30 min. Milford in 51 degr 46 min. The Island Ramsey in 51 degr 50 min. How these Lands doe shew them selves at Sea Thus sheweth the Lizard when it is 5 or 6 leagues east and by north from you Mounts Bay The Lizard Thus sheweth the Lizard being east from you 4 or 5 leagues Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Lizard and the Lands-end when the Lizard lyeth about east and by north and Mounts-bay north from you Lands end n. n. w. Mounts Bay n. e by n. and n. n. e. Thus sheweth the Lands-end and the land to the eastwards of it when it is northnorthwest and Mounts-bay is northeast and by north and northnortheast from you being a league from the land The Lands-end sheweth it selfe thus when you come in right within out of the sea The Lands-end being east from you sheweth thus East The Lands-end of England Thus sheweth the Lands-end when it lyeth southeast and by south seven or eight leagues from you and the round Hill to the northwards of it east then you may even see the low land betwixt them both Thus sheweth Silly being east northeast from you When Silly is southeast from you it sheweth thus When Silly is east 5 or 6 leagues from you it sheweth thus Silly being southwest from you sheweth thus When Silly is southeast and by east from you it sheweth thus Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Lands-end of England and the C. of Cornwall or the Island Bresam when you are on the Back-side of the Lands-end Thus sheweth the C. of Cornwall when it is east and by south from you so farre that you may but even see it from the poop Thus sheweth the land betwixt the C. of Cornwall and S. Yves when it is about 4 leagues from you Thus sheweth the land when you are before or thwart of S. Yves about five leagues without the land To the westwards of Stoupert sheweth the Land thus when you sayle alongst by it 2 or 3 leagues without the Land The Land to the eastwards of Padstow or Stoupert sheweth thus when it is 2 leagues east and south from you The Land of Stoupert or Padstow sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it 3 or 4 leagues without the land When the Island Londey is north from you it sheweth thus When the Island Londey is n. n. w. from you it sheweth in this forme The entrance of Ilfercomb White-house Thus sheweth Ilfercomb when you are right before the entry of it close by the Land Axbridge Ilfercomb Thus sheweth the Coast of England betwixt Ilfercomb and the Holmes when you sayle alongst by it The Naes Cardief Silly Thus sheweth the Land of Wales from Cardief to Wormeshead Thus sheweth the coast of Wales betwixt the Island Caldy and Milford-haven when the northermost is northnortheast and the southermost is eastsoutheast from you and that you may but even see it from the poope Tinbuy Caldy The Land betwixt Tinbuy and Milford sheweth it selfe thus when you sayle alongst by the Land as is pourtrayed in the 2 figures as the AA belongeth one to the other the spire of the tower of Tinbuy is very white S. Davids-Bay The Land from Milford-poynt unto the poynt of S. Davids-head sheweth as is pourtrayed in these 2 figures From Mil-ford to Tinbuy men sayle alongst by the coast about 4 or 5 points it is most plaine Land like sand-hils About two leagues to the westwards of the poynt of Tinbuy standeth a Spire tower with 2 other small flat little towers more whereby the coast thereabouts is easy to be knowne The sixth Demonstration Where in The Southeast and east coast of Ireland is described betweene Corckbeg and Hedenhoo or Houth FRom the Lands end of England to Waterford the course is northnorthwest with that course you shall fall right with Waterford But from Silly to Waterford the course is north and by west somewhat northerly forty leagues betwixt both it is all oasie and soft ground Nine or ten leagues in the ossing from Ireland lieth a sand banck of forty fathom deepe where commonly fishermen lye to fish that is a certaine mark of the distance of the land The hill of Dongarvan when you finde it in cleare weather and when there is good sight then you may see the high mountaine of Dongarvan If you sayle from the Lands-end of England with a north west course 43 leagues soo shall you fall before the River of Corckbeg Corckbeg it is there a good way upwards with a low water 7. 8. 10. fathom water Bâ—llâ—â—â—tton Isle Foure leagues to the eastwards of Corck-haven lieth an Island called Ballecotton within it men may ride for westerly and southerly windes in foure five or six fathom Corck Iochull lye eastnortheast and westsouthwest distant seven or eight leagues The haven of Iochull Iochul is a broad haven where men must goe in at high water by the east land it lyeth in northwest and northwest and by north The west side is a sandy strand al alongst to the towne De Zuyd Oost zyde Van YERLANDTVan Dubling tot aen t' Eylandt Corkbeg Foure leagues to the eastwards
of Iochull lyeth Dongarven haven betwixt both lyeth an out point a little to the eastwardes of it standeth a high blacke Tower called Ardimore Ardimore which may bee seen wel foure leagues at sea within it is a bay which is a good roade for westerly windes in seven or eight fathom Dongarvan Dongarvan is a narrow tyde-haven the mouth off the haven is ful of rockes and at lowe water it falleth drye men must goe in there at high water and runne in through betwixt the rockes it lyeth in northnorthwest within it is deepe enough The towne Dongarvan lyeth upon the west side of the haven From Dongarvan to Waterford are eight leagues Within Dongarvan northnorthwest landwards in lyeth the mountaine of Sleges which men doe cal the high mountaine of Dongarvan or Cape de Quin C. Quin. or Caray Quin it shewed it selfe with three exceeding high hommockes farr above all other landes thereabouts men may see it at sea alongst a great part of the south coast of Ireland When you shall have that mountaine northnorthwest from you and sayle in right with it you shal fall right with Dongarvan When you shall have it north from you and sayle in right with it then you shall fall with Iochul being northnortheast then you shall fall with Corck but when it shall be n.w. and so run in you shall fall with Waterford The haven of Waterford Waterford lyeth about five leagues to the westwardes of the s east poynt of Ireland being called Carnaroort the coast betwixt both lyeth eastnortheast and w. s w. and sheweth it selfe in the ossing within the land with high hilles two and three double one above the other but by the sea side it is all low land where you may see many flat Towers upon it as you sayle alongst by it The east poynt of the haven is a low rock poynt but it is cleane upon it standeth a high white flat Tower called the Tower of Waterford Tower of Waterford which you may see farre off at sea and is a perfect mark to know this haven by there stand many more flatt Towers to the westwards alongst the coast but this is better to be seen then all the rest because it is white and higher then the other The west poynt is a high and fowle poynt there lyeth a shoale soutsoutheast off into sea from it the channel is broad and cleane without it it is eleven and ten fathom deep in the havens mouth seven fathom and somewhat further in sixe fathom it lyeth in north and north by west within this river within the east poynt is a good roade in foure or five fathom a league within the rivers mouth there lyeth on the west side a steepe poynt from thence beginneth a shoale lying to the northwards alongst the shoare unto the steep poynt of Passage and shooteth over from that poynt with a tayle towards the east shoare Passage is a village where men passe over lying on the west side of the river a little to the northwardes of the foresayd steepe poynt Betwixt that village that point on the west side is a good roade very fit as wel for them that are bound out as for them that are bound up In sayling up you must take heede of a little shoale that lyeth off by castle standing on the east side of the river somwhat thwart over the River downwards at high water there is no more then two foote water upon it a man that looketh for it may see it it is also flat that a man may sound it About halfe a league northwards up the river from Passage there goeth another river westwards up to Waterford About halfe wayes betwixt the haven of Waterford and the poynt Carnaroort lye 2 little Islands about half a league from the shoare called Saltees The Saltees the southermost is the greatest and lieth distant from the Tower of Waterford directly cast almost three leagues Betwixt these two Islands you may sayle through in five sixe and seven fathom but you must keep neerest the smallest or northermost Island for to avoyd some suncken rockes that lye at the north end of the great Island and at low water are drye From the northermost or smallest Island of the Saltees towardes the maine land lyeth off a ledge of rockes where men were wont to goe over on foote but now may sayle over For to sayle betwixt the Saltees and the main land you must leave two thirds of the distance of water from the Islands and one third part from the maine and you shall have at low water about two fathom deepe About a half league without the southermost Island of the Saltees lyeth a rock above water called Kinbegh Kinbegh and s west about so farre from it s by west from the south end of the Saltees lyeth a suncken rock called Kimor Kimor of the bignesse of a ship it cometh with halfe ebbe even above water it is so steepe that a man may lie with a shipps side against it and have 14 fathom water so that a man without any danger may sayle alongst by it as neere as he will A man may also if need require sayle through betwixt Kinbegh and the greatest Island of the Saltees but a seaboard of all is best and securest To the eastwards off the rock Kinbegh southeast from the greatest Island of the Saltees lye also some suncken rockes called the Frailes The Frails which may be seen at low water there men may also sayle through within them Northeast from the Saltees lye also rockes the southermost is called the Tuns and the northermost the north rocke Tuns and northrock Northnortheast from the greatest Island of the Saltees or from Kinbegh and s west and by s from Carnaroort lyeth one rock above water called Blackrock Blackrock that is cleane and cleare round about so that a man may sayle round about it freely without feare of danger But a quarter of a league eastwards from it lyeth a suncken rocke called the Barrel Barrel of that a man must take heed Under the Islands of both the Saltees a man may ride under the greatest at the n. west side neerest the north end the marke or knowledge of the road is a black rock like a boat turned upside downe Road under the Saltees right against that you must anchor in seven eight or nine fathom there it is good sandground and landlockt for an eastsoutheast southeast and a south winde a southwest winde bloweth alongst the shoare If you anchor neerer the shoare in 5 fathom or there about there it is rough ground Under the smallest Island a man may ride at the east side in 7 or 8 fathom so that the north poynt of the Island lye n.n. west from you there you shall lye neere the land-lockt for s west and n. west windes From the point of Waterford the shoare lyeth to the eastwardes within the
Haenmans path is cast up still more and more to the northwardes and that the channell now lyeth out more to the northwards then it was wâ—nt to doe And yet hereafter it is like that it will stretch it selfe more to the northwards so that the foresayd mâ—rkes by all likelyhood wil not continue certaine alwayeâ— Even as the flood after the highest water runneth yet a halfe tyde or 3 houres strong in the channel to the northwards so also runneth the ebbe a half tyde to the southwards after the lowest water but not so stroÌ„g as the flood Being over the shoalest of the Barre you shall have three a half and foure fathom and in the channell betwixt the north grounds and Haenmans paths against the mast 5 fathom depth runne in by Haenmans paths all alongst untill you come to the foot strand then edge over to the north shoare for to avoyd the grounds which lye to the westwards above the Soudre you may borrow of the shoale on the north side by your lead into ten or eleven foote according to the draught of your ship In the right deepe of this edging over you shall have at high water fifteene foote depth The marke of this edging over is a white little castle that standeth on the north side of the haven in the valley of the Land when that commeth over the steep poynt of the innermost Island to the two that lye by the norâ—â— shoare and seemeth to be about a mans length higâ— then you may boldly run in n.w. with it untill thâ—t â— little chappell within the Land and to the southwâ—rds of Washford a little or about a cables length to the northwards of that other forenamed little Castle on the north side of that high ragged land that hath served â—â—r a marke to sayle over the Barre commeth over a bâ—ack hommock that you may see upon the high land a little to the southwards of the Castle of Washford when you shall have brought these marks one in the other edge then over again to the south land upon the marks for then you shall be above the sands of the Soudre and with that course also shall not be in danger of the taile of the sand that shooteth off from the point of Passage which is on the north side but it is there broad and large that a man may there turne to againe it is altogether shoale water of 10 10 foot a half at high water Sailing up upon these foresayd marks you shâ—â—l come about the distance of the shot of a Cast peeâ—â— without the castle of Washford to the south shoare sayle then in alongst by it keep on the sounding of the shoare untill you come within the castle there you may anchor shall find there about 3 fathom water For a man that is there unacquainted it is best to anchor there because before the towne lye some suncken rocks he that will lye before the town must right against the kay or the head of the market go a good ways off the shoare because of a sunken rock that lyeth thereabouts go right against the west end of the towne anchor there in 3 fathom or thereabouts To the southwards of the sands that lye to the westwards or above the Soudre goeth a dreeke through there is more water then in the edging over to the northwardes of the sands The marke sor to sail through there is That you keep the highest hommock of the hiâ—â— ragged land behind Washford right over the castle of Washford but there can be nothing gotten by it with sayâ—ing through there in regard you must nevertheles go over the shoalest after that you are passed the sands of Soudre to wit over the foresayd depth of ten 11 foot For to sail out from Washford with a ship that goeth deep you may not lade deeper then ten foot or ten foot and a half for to come over the foresayd shoale you shall then sail about to the northwards of the shoale that lyeth within or to the westwards of the Soudre goe in and anchor betwixt the shoale and the Soudre there you shall be landlockt for all windes except for the southwest winde you have little shelter you shall therefore bring out your best anchor in the southwest and the other in the northeast because that the winds that come out of the south w. over the land doe not put you upon the north grounds There at the Soudre you may take in the rest of your lading it is a league from the towne If you wil anchor before the Barre of Washford for to stay for the tyde you must anchor a little to the northwards of the Barre go off somewhat until you have 8 fathom there it is cleane sandy ground In the night there are two fires made upon the Soudre for the Fishermen for to come in by night by the Haenmans paths he that will sayle in by them must keepe the highest fire a little to the southwards of the other for to avoyd the north grounds Besides the deepe alongst by the Haenmans paths the Fishermen have a little channell that goeth out close by the north shoare it is there about 6 foot deepe at high water Channell thâ—ough the banks bâ—fore washford Erom the Barre of Washford a man may sayle east and by south and west and by north out and in through betwixt the banks into sea or out of the sea that is a large and broad channell For to sayle from the Barre of Washford within the sands through towards Dublin you must keepe the sounding of the shoare runne alongst by it in sixe 7 or eight â—athom you shall so sayle alongst about a cables length from the shoare wich is very cleane without any danger so that any man having but a little knowledge of the Land may sayle there alongst by night only you must take heed not to goe further from the shoare then in 7 or 8 fathom for not to come foule of the bankes which are on the innerside very steepe needle too When you have sayled to the northwardes alongst by the shoare about two leagues from the Barre you shall see three white spots or rockes in the sand-hill a little to the northwardes thereof standeth a peece of a wall much like a pillar of a Church Right against this pillar a great English mile from the shoare beginneth a sand called the Rusch and Ramme lying from thence alongst the shoare to the northwardes you may sayle about it on both sides but it is best to keepe the shoare and to runne through there within in sixe or seven fathom as is sayd out of feare of the outtermost banckes which are very steepe and therefore cannot bee sounded Therefore men doe seldome use to sayle there a seaboard of this sand Right against this forenamed Rusch and Ramme the shoare maketh a Bay unto the poynt off Glaskarrick when you are so farre
is this poynt then you are past the foresayd sand Poynt of Glaskarrick Channell thâ—â—ugh the banks before Glaskarrick The poynt of Glaskarrick is a low poynt a little to the northwards of it standeth a castle When you are without the banckes in the north channell and desire to come within the banckes then keepe that castle if you can get sight of it a little to the northwards of the low poynt runne boldly right in with it unto the land without feare of the grounds there is a good channell through the banckes you shall not finde lesse depth then 15 or 16 fathom untill you come to the shoaling up against the shoare This Channell lyeth in northwest For to sayle from Glaskarrick to Dublin run all alongst by the shoare which is somewhat full of Bayes and keepe you as before in eight seven or 6 fathom Two great leagues to the northwards of Glaskarrick lyeth a sand a great halfe English mile from the shoare called the Glaskarmen the ground is very uneven betwixt both But nevertheles run through within that sand keep the sounding of the shoare but not soo far from it that you come into ten fathom for then you should sayle close alongst by the Glaskarmen Glaskarmen which is very steepe and about two English miles or a halfe Dutch mile long One English mile to the northwards of Glaskarmen lyeth the poynt of Arkelohead Arkelohead Sayling through between the shoare and Glaskarmen to the northwards a man may see 2 poynts to wit Mizanhead and to the northwardes of it Wicklohead Markes for to avoyd the Glaskarmen If you keepe Wicklohead even within the poynt of Mizanhead then you can take no hurt of the Glaskarmen But if you would sayle a seaboard of the Glaskarmen then keepe Wicklohead a good wayes without the Mizanhead and so runne alongst a seaboard of it and you can take no hurt of it But if you keepe the poynt of Wicklohead but even wâ—thout the Mizanhead you shall not fayle to sayle upon the Glaskarmen At the north poynt of Arkelohead lyeth a little stony ledge very steepe and needle to A man must take good heed of it comming from the northwards and bound to the southwards Ledge at Arkelohead and then must come no neerer it then in five fathom towards the shoare lye some little rockes above water when you come from the northwards those little rockes are westnorthwest from you then are you passed it to wit to the southwards of that ledge then you may againe borrow of the shoare upon the lead commonly men doe keepe so farre of the shoare that they can take no hurt of the foresayd ledge At the north side of the poynt of Arkelo is a faire sand-bay Baye Arkelo there is a good anchor ground and all over good riding in 8 7 or 5 fathom in this bay are good store of herrings caught Right against Arkelo runneth also a channell through the banckes into the sea For to sail into the channell before Arkelo For to sayle in there out of the sea looke out for a round hill within the land bring that westnorthwest or west by north off you sayl then in there boldly keeping it so But if you bring the round hill west of you and sayle so in you shall sayle upon the poynt of the north groundes it is in that channel about seven or eight fathom deepe About an English mile to the northwards of the poynt is the river of Arkelo but very shoale at high water there commeth no more then sixe foot water The coast of Washford unto Wickelo lyeth most north by east a little more easterly But he that will sayle without alongst by the banckes or sandes must not goe more northerly then northnortheast for to avoyd the grounds which lye about Wickelo 3 leagues off from the land And to the southwards the south grounds lye scarce a league from the shoare there not long since a pilot keeping bad reckoning run without the sandes alongst north and by east sayled thwart of Arkelo behind a taile of sand that lyeth off from the north to the southwardes he lost his shippe Arkelo lay from them when they sat upon the sand west by south About two leagues to the northwards of Arkelo lyeth Mizanhead it is a black head Betwixt Mizanhead Mizanhead Arkelo in the fareway it is eight and 9 fathom deep it is also betweene them both alongst the whole coast good anchoring and cleane ground From Mizanhead to Wicklohead Wicklohead it is also 2 leagues but this reach is shorter then the other to Arkelo One English mile to the southwards of the point of Wicklo lyeth a little rock close by the shoare called the Wolf Wolfe it commeth at half tyde above water the Fishers boats run through within it but it is not to be done with shipps Right to the southwards of Wicklohead somewhat further out then the poynt lyeth also a rocky sand called also the Horse-shoe Horse-shoe close unto the poynt about south and by east from it a man should for need when hee cannot do better sayle through there within it but he must be very well acquainted with it or els not well to be done without it is more certaine best going off somewhat to the deep If you keepe the poynt of Brahead a little without Wicklohead then you can take no hurt of it or if you keep the high inner land so that you may even see it above the land of Wicklo and goe not altogether hidden behinde it then you goe there without it in 5 fathom The poynt off Wicklo is steepe stony with a double top little hill within standeth a little chappell when you can see that through the saddle off the hill then you are right against it and have it on your side the village of Wicklo lyeth to the northwards off the point in the Bay there is a little haven which at high water hath ten foot water In the Bay the ground is so hard chindell that the anchors doe not hold there but without the Bay somewhat farre from the shoare towards the Banckes the ground is somewhat better Channell through the banks thwart off Wicklo Thwart of Wicklo alsoo is a channell through the bancks for to sayle that out or in keepe the Castle of Wicklo that you may see it open of the poynt thereupon you may boldly sayle out or in Fourteene English miles from Wicklo lyeth the poynt of Brae a high steep stony poynt the high land there about on the sea coast Betwixt Wicklo and Brae lyeth out a flat poynt with a little Fisher village called Nicastell there sayling alongst you have foure five and sixe fathom deepe but from the flat poynt unto the steepe poynt of Brae it is wel 14 fathom deepe the land lyeth there about north north by west Within the
land lyeth a high hill off fashion like a sugarloafe Sugarloaf that is the farthest in the land off the three hills which they call the Vineyards when you have them through one another and are northwest and so keepe them then may you boldly therupon run through the banckes into sea or out of the sea by these markes you may come in within the banckes that is a very large and broad channell Thwart from that foresayd Sugarloafe to the southwards of Brae lyeth a bancke that is not deeper then 4 fathom very stony and sharp ground Brahead Braehead is very steep likewise also the ground by it is 10 fathom deepe close by the shoare to the northwards of the poynt lyeth a little tyde-haven there stand the houses called Brae on the north side From Braehead to the Island Dalke Island Dalke lying at the s poynt of the Bay of Dublin the course is n. and by w. 4 English miles there betwixt both goeth in a bay At the n. e. side of the Island Dalke lie some rocks lying alongst the maine not far from it Men sayle within the Island through and leave al the rocks and the Island lyeth to seawards The Sound betwixt the Island Dalke and the maine land is called the Sound of Dalke the sound of Dalke it lyeth northnorthwest and north and by west through it is 7 8 and nine fathom deepe men may anchor under the Island nearest the Land there is good sandy ground or somewhat further in there lyeth a round rock nearest to the maine land there men may make fast a Cable on it an anchor thwart of the channell towards the other rocks because of the tydes for the tyde runneth there very strong through A s f. e. a s by east winde bloweth there right in but in regard it is there very narrow there can goe no great sea with a south east winde you are landlockt of the Island and a south winde commeth off the maine land From the Island of Dalke untill you are passad the village of Dalke the shoare lieth northwest and by west before the village you have some succour for a south east winde the winde being more easterly you lye in the open sea You lye there in 8 or 9 fathom the nearer the Island the deeper the place is called the Berton road Berton road you may not anchor further to the westwards then before the village to the westwards of the village the ground is foule and sharpe The north poynt of the Bay of Dublin called Houth Houth or Hedenho is a very high poynt it seemeth a farre off as if it were an Island but it is fast to the maine land with a small and very low necke To the northwards of it lye the Islands Yrelands-eye and Lambey those may bee seene being to the Southwards of the poynt Houth being before the entrance of Dublin over that foresayd small necke of Land From the Sound of Dalke to the Barre of Dublin the course in n. n. w. the fareway it is deep 9 8 7 5 and four fathom how nearer the Barre the shoaler water Wâ—en you sayle up you must keepe the westermost Rocke that lyeth without at the Island of Dalke a handspikes length open of the Island or the other rockes and shall so come before the entrance without havâ—ng â—â—y let or hinderance of the sand Or you may â—ayle more to the eastwads right towards the low laâ—d of the norther shoare then by your lead alongst by it to the â—â—rre If you come from the northwards you may runne in close about the point of Houth by your lead and then all alongst by the norther shoare untill you come to the mouth of the Barre there alongst it is the deepest water but towards Dalck it is shoaler From the south shoare runneth of a great tayle of sand almost unto n. shoaâ—e To the noâ—thwards of it goeth the deep in Upon that tayle a little within the poynt stands a beakon of a mast made by the Englishmen called the Paersing Paeâ—sing For not to come too neare this foresaid sand comming from the southwards Markeâ—◠〈◊〉 looke out for the Island Yrelands-eye keep that so that you may but even see it over the low land close after unto the high land of Houth so you can take no hurt of that sand When the Tower of Saâ—nt Patrickes in Dublin which standeth on the land side of Dublin commeth right over that beakon the Paersâ—â—g then are you yet right against the poynt of the sand which shooteth out a good way to the northwards o the Paersing For to goe cleare of that you must runne so farre to the northwards untill the Paersing commeth â—ight over a little Castle with three turrets or little toweâ—s which standeth to the southwards to the town or when the Paersing commeth betwixt that foresaid little Castle the towne then are you above the poynt of the sand then goe in west and by south untill you come over the shoalest of the Barre there is at spring tyde 15 or 18 foot water but at low water aâ—d â—eep tyde not more then 6 foot you may sound it on both sides When you are over the shoalest of the Barre then anchor within the sand by the beakon in Poelbergh Road in Poelberg there it is at high water 4 fathom deepe The marke of this road is that you bring that afore written hill like the Sugar-loafe that here before is spoken of and serveth for a marke for to sayle by into the Channell of Wicklo over another lower hill then are you in the best of the road bring out your best anchor in the southwest against the blowing of the s w. windes which sometimes come powring downe there very strong out of the s w. over the high land and the other in the northeast At low water the sands lie dry there round about the road Road by â—lantaâ—e Men may alsoo anchor somewhat further in at the north side of the sound right against a village called Klantarie in a pool where at low water remaineth 9 or 10 foot water but round about the ship as it is in most places of the haven it doth fall altogether dry so that there a ship hath but even roome to winde up to and again Men do moore there south southeast and n. n. w. A s e. n. w. Moone maketh there the highest water If the ships that come there be any thing great they must stay in Poelbegh close before the Town it is very shoaly and falleth at low water altogether dry with an ordinary tyde men cannot come before the towne with a ship that draweth 5 foot water but with a spring tyde with ships that draw 7 or 8 foot water At the north side of the river a little further out then the town right over against Ringsend lieth a little Island within it is a fit place to make ships
the northermost poynt where the crosse standeth over is north and by west about five leagues from you and Grenoore southwest by west so farre that a man may but even see it from below and then a man may see the Tuskar from the top in the southwest Sugarloafe Brahead Thus sheweth the coast of Ireland when as Sugarloafe is northwest and the poynt of Brahead northwest and by north about seven leagues from you When as Sugarloafe commeth northwest and by west from you then may you runne so in over the north grounds through a broad channell of nine and ten fathom deepe When the Sugarloafe is thwart from you it sheweth with the high land within it thus Sugarloafe Braehead Island Dalke Sound of Dalke Thus sheweth the coast of Ireland betwixt the Sugarloafe and the Island Dalke lying at the south poynt of the Bay of Dublin when a man is about Braehead one or two leagues from the land Sound poynt of Dublin Island Dalke The poynt Houth Island Lambey When a man commeth from the southwards thus sheweth the Bay of Dublin with the poynt Houth and the Island Lambey to the northwards of it The seventh Demonstration Wherein is Delineated the north east Coast of Ireland betweene Hedenhoo or Houth to Hoornhed THe n. poynt of the Bay of Dublin called Houth is round about cleane so that a man may anchor round about it To the northwards of it lie the Islands of Irelands-eye Irelands-eye Lambey Irelands-eye is the smallest it lyeth betwixt the aforesayd poynt Houth and Lambey At the west side of it standeth a little Chappell right against it you may ride At the s end lyeth of a stony riffe which must be avoided Right over against that Island in the maine land lyeth a haven for small ships at a little town called Malcheall Malcheall Under Lambey Lambey you may ride upon the n. side for a southerly winde in 12 and 13 fathom but for a sea winde you must shift unto the west side by a Gentlemans house and anchor there but it is not very good lying there because alwaies there commeth in a great sea About 6 leag n. w. and by n. from Lambey lyeth the haven of Drodagh betwixt them both nearest Lambey close by the land lie rocks called the Skires About 2 miles to the northwards of Lambey lyeth a great rock called Rock a Bill you may run round about it on both the sides Drodagh Drodagh hath a narrow crooked haven which is not good to come into without a Pilot or some one that is well acquainted with it Foure or 5 leagues to the northwards thereof lyeth the haven of Dondalk which is very shoale and little used at low water a man may go over a foot North and by west about 11 leagues from Lambey seven leagues to the northwards of Drodagh and two leagues from Dondalk lyeth the haven of Carlingford Carlingford the north poynt of that haven is somewhat foule and rocky but you may goe in about it by your lead the s poynt is very foule with rocks and suncken rocks which you must shun and runne in by the northerne shoare Some say that men may runne in through betwixt the rocks and the souther poynt with small ships but it is not without danger When you are within the suncken rockes you must runne over to the souther shoare and in alongst by it untill you come before the town of Carlingford and anchor there in six seven or eight fathom so shallow as you will you may sayle in upon the oase and save a ship without anchor or Cables Green-Castle Greene-Castle lyeth at the n. e. side of the haven 2 miles from Carlingford About 7 leagues n. e. from Calingford lieth a poynt called S. Iohns poynt S. Johns poynt betwixt both about half waies lyeth the mount of Carlingford a high Mountain From S. Iohns poynt lyeth of a ledge of rockes whereof you must take heed A great league to the northwards of S. Iohns poynt lyeth Arglas Arglas from thenceforth to the haven of Strangford it is 3 small leagues De Noord-oost zyde van YERLANDT Van Caap de Hoorn tot aen Hedehde en al 's mede hoe t' van Schotlandt gelegen is About a league and a halfe to the northwards of Strangford lie the Rockes Southrocke and Northrocke of them read as followeth From Strangford Haven to the Northwards lieth the coast forth n.n.e. one league unto a point which some doe call the point of Arglas others the point or head of Molines from thence falleth away the coast unto the Bay of Knockfergus northnorthwest By the foresaid point of Arglas or Cape of Molines Point of Arglas C. de Mo lines to wit to the northwards of it two little miles lye two great rockes the southermost is called the Southrocke Southrock it lyeth about two mile to the Southwards of the Northermost called the Northrocke Northrock From the south end of the southrocke lieth a ledge of rockes at the least two miles off also one from the northeast point a great waies northeast off into the sea The north rocke is a great plate of rocks whereof many at high water are under water There goeth also from it a foule ledge off unto the land so that a man may hardly sayle through betwixt the rocks and the maine land except a man be extraordinary well acquainted But betwixt the northrock the southrock goeth a faire broad Sound through where men may well turn too and again and at many places may anchor it is all over good clean sandy ground 6 or 7 and 8 fathom deep From the east side of the southrocke unto the Islands at the east point of the bay of Knockfergus called Koppen or Kopland Isles the course is North northwest or somewhat more northerly about six leagues for when men sayle from the east side of these Islands to the southwards with a s s.e way they goe farre enough without the north and Southrocks There betwixt them both lie divers more little Islands rocks and suncken rocks shoals for the which men must take good heed when they will come neare by the shoare The Kopland Isles lye about an English mile from the land they are upon the off side to seawards cleane but from the inner side there goeth off some ledges and foule ground in the mid-way there going through it is 5 six fathom deepe but it is best to goe without except for them that are well acquainted The n. point of Knockfergus lieth distant from the Copland Isles 3 or 4 leagues n.w. or somwhat northerly for which a s e course from the north point towards the fore said Islands that goeth farre enough without them The bay of Knockfergus Bay of Knockfergus is a great broad Sound About 3 leagues inwards in the Bay w. from Copland Isles is the road before Knockfergus there is good anchor ground in 3
of the Touns it is very deepe men may sound about the Touns on the off side in foure fathom For to finde the Channell that lyeth into the westwardes off the Touns comming from the east or alongst by the Touns you must looke out for a little sandy Bay that lyeth on the west-side even within the north-poynt of the river under the high land bring it soo that you may see it open of the foresayd north-poynt and sayle in there upon untill you come by the land and then runne in alongst by it southwest untill you come right against Greencastle If you come from the west or the north you may boldly without feare runne alongst the shoare about the poynt upon your lead without comming neere the towne you may see any thing that might doe you hurt comming by Greencastle there may you anchor so that you may see Withcastle without the poynt of Green-castle there you may lye within the Towns sheltred for windes out of the sea Road in Loughfoyle For to sayle up from Green-Castle you must runne up alongst by the west shoare by your lead and shunne the little sandes that lye here and there alongst that side until you come past With-castle right against the three trees there is the ordinarie road Betwixt Green-castle and With-castle neerest unto Green-castle goeth a Creecke ot Slencke through the grounds unto the easterne shoare which is as deepe or deeper then the right fareway unto With-castle When men come off from Green-castle they must take good heed not to goe farre off from the westerne shoare lest they fall into that Creeke How men shall saile from the foresayd roade forth up unto the Towne Derry they may perceive or marke by the card From Lough-foile-haven unto the Islands Enesterhul Islands Enesterhull by some called Monsterhul the course is northwest foure or five leagues these are small black Islands or rockes not very high above water and lye a little off the northermost poynt of Ireland called Enistom a high plaine land and very good to knowe for him that hath once seen it Betwixt the Islands and the point men may saile through but not-without great danger for them that are not very well acpuainted with it because off much fowle ground and shoals that lye betwixt them both Under the foresayd poynt Eniston on the west side men may anchor for easterly windes or els to stoppe the tyde From the Islands Enesterhull unto Lough-Swilly Lough-Swilly of some called Locksillie the course is southwest 5 leagues that is a faire haven For to sayle in there men must shunne the west side and goe in alongst by the casterne shoare The land about Lough-Swilly is the highest land of the whole north coast of Ireland and thereby it is also very good to know for those that comming out off the north do fall with the lands there abouts Foure or five leagues westsouthwest or somwhat westerly lyeth a large broad haven called Sheepeshavē but it is at some places foule ground within it men may lye landlockt for al winds The west poynt lyeth out called Hornehead Horne-head or Cape de Horne Cape de Horne upon it is a hill with two hommockes in fashion like two hornes and there after the poynt is named At the west side of this poynt men may ride and anchor within the rockes for easterly windes Betwixt Lough-Swilly sheepshaven lyeth also a Bay where men may anchor but the ground is not very cleane and right against it in the offing halfe a league from the land lyeth a ledge of rockes which at high water are under and at low water lye above water may for need run through betwixt it and the land but without it is best and surest The Coast of Scotland The haven or sound of Loughrean Loughgrean or Loockreen in Scotland by the poinr of Galloway lieth distant from Faire Forland the n.e. poynt of Ireland e. s.e about eleven leagues but the poynt called Cantir lyeth distant from Loockreen n.w. s e 9 leagu there betwixt them both goeth up a great broad sound northeast in called Dunbritain Firth through which men saile up unto Glas kow in Scotland The sound of Lookreen you may sail in Dubritaine Firth and a good wayes you may turn in to and againe for to anchor there within for westerly winde if you doe come no neerer the Gores on either side then in foure fathom you can take no hurt You may anchor somewhat in by the second high poynt on the east shoare in tenne or 12 fathom About seven leagues to the northwards of the poynt of Galloway in the foresayd great sound lyeth a high sharpe Island cleane round about of fashion al most like unto a pook of Hay called Ailza or Elzee there you may boldly sayle round about Elze Island it is there round about it and close by it 18 fathom deepe From Elzee northwards sixe leagues lyeth also another little Island close by the east side of the great Island Arren called Lamblash or Lamb-Isle Lamb-Isle cleane also round about there you may sayle round about it and anchor under it for all winds in ten twelve or thirteene fathom to wit within it betwixt the Island the great Island of Arren North and by east and northnortheast two great leagues from Lamb-Isle lyeth an Island by the poynt of the maineland called Commer-Isle Commer-Jsle on the east side of it betwixt the Island and the maine land you may sayle through in to a faire bay Bay of Commer-Jsle where men are landlockt for all winds and from thence may sayle forth unto Dunbrittaine or into the river Glaskow The foresaid Island Commer-Isle lyeth from the Island Elzee about north by east For knowledge of this Island when men come off from Elzee or from the southwardes towardes this Island men shall see a great castle on the east side of the maine about a great league to the southwards of Commer-Isle and also a little castle a good wayes to the northwardes close upon the water side that standeth right to the southwardes of the Island Commers-Isle or the sound that lyeth there into the eastwards of it upon the same Island standeth alsoo a little castle close to the water side Runne in betwixt the Island and the maine land about northnortheast in and leave the Island a great cables length on the larboard side and the main land on the starboard side you must shun more because of a great ledge that lyeth off from it towardes the Island and somewhat more northerly Having gotten cleare of the end of this ledge runne then right towards the maine land into the bay or sound and anchor there in ten fathom right against a stone house with an ore hard thereby it shall be then a stearne your ship about 7 fathom deepe and there moore your ship well For to sayle out of the Sound of Commer-Isle towardes Glaskow
little Islands called the Hoggs A little to the eastwards of Smerrick lieth Sinbrandonhil Sinbrandonhill a very high hill which lyeth in hight very much above all other lands thereabouts they that come out of the sea from the westwards shall see that hill first before any other Land and thereby easily know it Men may see it at sea in the offing 12. 14 and sometimes 16 leag off according as the weather is cleare Foure or 5 leagues westsouthwest from Smerrick a little off from the land lye 4 or 5 Islands being high round Hills and rocks called the Blaskeys Blaskeyes with some other rocks and little Islands about them The Sound betwixt them and the maine land is called the Sound of Blaskeyes lyeth through nearest n.n.w. and s s.e Hee that is bound to the Northwards may anchor at the south side before the sound for westerly northerly winds and not be in-bayed upon any lee shoare For if the winde shift easterly hee may either goe through the sound or else goe about a Seaboard the Blaskeys If the wind shift westerly or southerly he may run through the Sound further his voyage There runneth through a very strong tyde as well of the flood as of the ebbe which must be considered Six leagues to the southwards of the Blaskeyes lye three great Rockes called the Skellocks Skellocks the eastermost about a league and the westermost two great leagues a seabord the land when you come from the southwards see them first they shew like sayles of ships Betwixt the Skelloekes the Blaskeyes goeth in a great broad Bay deepe into the land called Dinglebay Dingle-bay with divers havens in it About a league and a half from the Sound of Blaskeyes lyeth a haven called Ventrie a great league to the eastwardes of it another called Dingle or Dingle Couch it lyeth north and by west in at the west poynt of it lyeth a rocke called the Crow The Crow which is clean round about so that men may sayle round about it on both sides without taking any hurt at high water with spring tydes it floweth even under water This haven of Dingle and the Skellockes lye north east and by north and southwest and by south distant eight leagues Northeast from the Skellockes southeast from the Sound of Blaskeyes and south and by east from the Ventrie lyeth a haven at the east end of the Island Valentia called Begenny Begenny Haven which lyeth eastsoutheast in you must give the east poynt of the Islands a birth off because it is fowle and lyeth a good wayes off there lyeth also a suncken rock on the Island side which you must take heed of when you are come within the entry of the haven you must goe east and by north unto the road which is right against a red cliffe that lyeth on the south side The Skellockes and the Cape Dorsey lye northwest and southeast Six leagues a sunder betwixt them both goeth in also a great broad Sound northeast in wherein lye many Islands havens and roads C. Dorsey C. Dorsey is an Island within which men sayle and ryde under For to goe in there from the southwardes you must give the east side a birth that is the side of the maine land which is soule run in alongst by the side of the Island untill you be come within and anchor there Bull Cow Calfe rockes Whithout the Cape Dorsy lye three great rocks the outermost or the westermost is called the Bull the middlemost is called the Cow and the other the Calfe they are clean round about so that men may sayl there through between them without feare of any danger there is nothing that can hurt but men may see it About six leagues eastsoutheast from C. Dorsey lieth the poynt Mizanhead Mizanhead betwixt them both goeth in a great Bay or river deepe into the land with divers havens roades called the Bantry A great league to the northwards off Mizanhead lieth a poynt Three Castles called the three Castlehead upon it standeth three flat Towers but you-can hardly see them except they be neere the land also a great league more to the northwardes lyeth a small point called Sheepshead Sheeps-head Betwixt these two poynts goeth in a great broad Bay called Dounams Bay there is norhing to doe nor to fetch but it is a fit place too save ships and all over good anchor ground From Sheepshead to beerhaven Beerhavē the course is north and by west or somewhat westerly about two great leagues it goeth in between an Island on the east side and the main land towards C. Dorsey on the west side it is about a great musket shot Broad the foresayd Island on the east side is called the Island of Beer-haven and is about two leagues long For to fayl in there you must keeep the mid way in the entry of the haven it is clean without any fowle ground after you are come in there standeth on the larboard side a ruined castle and a little further are two little rivers Road in Beerhaven close one by the other betweeen these 2 little rivers stand some Fisherhouses Men may saile into the foresaid little rivers they are deepe enough but commonly men doe anchor before them or by that fore sayd ruined castle or els somwhat further in it is all over good anchoring and cleane ground except right against the foresayd little rivers lye some rocks about the middle of the channell which at high water are under and at low waterlye above water these onely must be shunned but men may goe on either side of them Somewhat further in the Bay standeth another castle called Oldcastle from thence men may sayle alongst to the northwards of the Island Beer-haven and come out to the eastwardes into Bantry The Sound on the north side of the Island is large broad cleane 13. 12 and tenne fathom deepe The east poynt of the Island is a sharpe poynt and very fowle there lyeth of a ledge of rocks where of some lye under water some above water at low water but the side of the mayne is cleare cleane In this entry lye also 2 great rockes high above water but clean round about men may run through between these rocks or to the southwards betwixt them and the foresayd ledg of rockes or also to the northwards alongst betwixt them and the maine land as well in comming in as in sailing out there is no danger more then men may see From Beerhaven to the north poynt of the Island Whiddy The Whiddy lyeth the Bantry e.n.e. and northeast and by e. 6 or 7 leagues over against Beer-haven in the middest in the farreway it is deepe 40 36 and 30 fathom within the Island 15 and 16 fathom but further in towards the Island Whiddy it is againe 20 25 fathom deepe men may sayle round about the Island Whiddy which is about
a league long but to the northwards it is best For to sayle in about to the northwards or to the eastwardes men may goe in close by the north or east point but a little within the point lyeth alittle ledge of rockes a little musket shot off from the shoare which at high water lyes under but at halfe ebbe beginneth to come above water that onely is there to be shunned being passed that you may anchor all over About that foresayd poynt lye two small Islands by the greater men may sayle alongst on both sides of it either within it or without it untill you come before a Gentlemans-house which is white upon the Island Whiddy and anchor there against it in 3 or 4 or 5 fathom so deepe or so shallow as men will according as men desire to ride neere or far from the shoare it is there all over clean ground He that will sayle into the s poynt of the Whiddy For to saile in to the southwards of Whiddy had need be very well acquainted it is there to the southwardes betweene the Whiddy and the maine land at most places fowle and stony From the west side of the Whiddy lye also some fowle ground rocks somewhat off the Island to seawards some above and some under water To the southwards of the Whiddy upon the maine land standeth a Friery or Abbey The Abeby called by the Irish the Abbey right against it is the common road it is very good ground in 4 5 or 6 fathom according as you shall ride farre or neere to the shoare to the northwards lyeth a little Island so low in the middest that at a spring tide the sea floweth over and devideth it in two A little league to the eastwards of the Abbey lyeth a little towne upon a little river called Balgobben at high water men may goe up there with theire boat but at low water it falleth dry A great league from the east poynt of the Whiddy westnorthwest lyeth a haven called Longerf Longerf when you shall sayle from the foresayd poynt towardes it you shall meete right in the fareway about halfe wayes over a great rocke which men may sayle about on both sides but it is best on the off-side is cleane and cleare but on the inner-side lyeth some fowle ground He that will sayle through on the inner-side had need to be very well acquainted The foresayd haven of Long-erf lyeth n. n. west Even within it in the entrance on the starboard side lyeth some fowle ground wich at low water at the Spring tydes may be seen drye these must beshunned or els it is there within all over good anchoring and good ground there is no more danger but men may see it When a man is neer the Island Whiddy about the middest of the Bay he cannot see the land without the Island Beerhaven on the west side of the Bay because it falleth a way so alongst to the westwardes From Mizanhead unto C. Cleare the course is east and by south distant seven leagues About three leagues within or to the eastwards of Mizanhead northwest from C. Cleare lyeth a haven called Croock-haven Grooke-haven He that commeth from the east and is bound in there must runne alongst by C. Cleare up about it to the northwards so farre untill het may see through into sea to the northwards of the Island of C. Cleare as through a hole and set then his course westnorthwest keeping that foresayd hole to the northwardes of C. Cleare open then he shall fall right with Crookhaven which lyeth in w. s west And there he may anchor before the little twon in three fathom and two fathom and a halfe It was wont heretofore to be deeper there but it is spoiled most by casting of ballast men may also anchor further out then before the towne there it is deeper and all over cleane ground Two little leagues west and by south from C. Cleare Fastney-rock lyeth a high steepe rock laone in the sea called Fastney which sheweth at first sight iike unto a sayle north 3 or 4 leagues from this rock lyeth a haven called School-haven School-haven A little to the eastwardes of the Island of Cape Cleare lyeth another Island called Isle Sherk Isle Sherk To the eastwards off it betwixt that Island the maine land goeth in a haven called Baltemoore haven It is somewhat narrow at the mouth of the haven but within the mouth of the haven but within the mouth of the haven it is large and broad there may you anchor on both sides where you will and lye land-lockt for all windes On the west side within the haven standeth a Friery close before it you may anchor in five and 6 fathom in the middest of the haven it is sixe and seven fathom deepe A little to the northwardes of the foresayd Friery standeth a castle upon a poynt In the mouth of the haven lyeth a suncken rock neerest to the east side and within in the middest of the haven lyeth a rocke which at high water lyeth under at low water lieth above water there is nothing els that can hurt A little to the eastwardes without the haven lyeth another rock sixe or 7 shippes lengths from the shoare For to saile through within the Islands of C. Cleare To the northwards of the Island of the Isle Skercke men may goe to the westwards through betwixt Isle Shercke and the Island Spain and come out againe into sea by C. Cleare but it is to bee done onely with small shipping and yet not without danger Betwixt Isle Sherke and Spain is at halfe flood not more then 12 or thirteene foote water At divers other places betwixt these Islands it is rocky and shoale so that it is not good to goe through within except men bee very well acquainted and yet at high water and spring tydes A little league too the eastwards of Baltemoore lye the Stagges Staggs an English mile from the shoare they are five or sixe high steepe rockes When men come from the eastwards alongst by the shoare and get first sight of them they are like unto some spirie towers together men may sayle through betwixt them and the maine land it is there large and broad enough Northeast about 2 leagues from the foresayd Staggs lyeth Castle-haven Castle-Haven without it on the east side lyeth a little Island you must leave it on starboard side in sayling in and another little flat Island on the larboard side that lyeth so close to the land that at low water men may goe dry foot over from it to the maine land Whithin the haven standeth a little Chappell when you will sayle in there you must run in right with it close alongst by the foresayd little Island on the east side When you are come in thwart of the Chappell you shall see a Castle on the west side over against that Castle you may anchor in
poynt away east and by south and eastsoutheast and keepe the north-end of the Southermost Mollens without S. Matthewes point so long untill that the mill upon the north-land come to the northwards of the trees then you sayle alongst to the southwards of the foresayd rock and so doing you can take no hurt off it but if you bring the south end of the Mollens neare or to S. Matthewes poynt you shall not fayle to sayle upon it For to sayle to the northwards of the foresayd Rocke you must runne from S. Matthewes poynt alongst by the North-land and keepe the southermost Mollens hidden behinde the great Rocke that lyeth off from S. Matthews poynt and sayle then right with the west poynt of Bartrams bay untill that the foresayd mill standing upon the North-land commeth to bee northwest and by north from you and the trees stand northnorthwest from you then shall you be past the foresayd Rocke but to runne alongst to the southwards of it is best and broadest For to sayle forth alongst to Brest being past the foresayd rock you must run forth within two cables lengths alongst by the north shoare A little within the east poynt off Cordon or Claesdownes lyeth a rane off Rockes about the middest of the channell in the mouth of Brest-water which at low water lye above water and at high water are under water called the Baginne Baginne you may runne alongst on both sides off it but to the northwards of it is best when the south poynt of Brestwater commeth over the poynt off Crodan then are you thwart of the foresayd Bagyne which lyeth about two cables lengths from the north shoare runne alongst to the northwards of it When the Brest commeth without the poynt sayle then soo right to it you must anchor there with an anchor to seawards in eight or nine fathom and with a cable a shoare fast on a tree When you come within the Bagyne you may edge up to the eastwards or to the southwards before the river of Landerneau or Lefou Lefou and anchor there under the south-land in ten twelve or thirteene fathom Before the little towne old Croidan Brest-watet or the river of Landerneau lyeth in most eastnortheast and it is Pilots water hee that is bound in there may take a Pilot to bring him in where hee desireth to bee It floweth there with an ordinary tyde three fathom up and downe a southwest and by west and northeast and by east moone maketh there full sea If you come to anchor within Brest you must pay for anchoringe ten soubs and for it you shall get a ticket off freedome If it should happen that you should loose your shippe upon Britaigne you might there with challenge your goods else they are unfree Bartrams bay â—artrams-â—â—y lyeth about two leagues to the eastwards of S. Matthewes poynt a little league past the foresayd suncken rock there is good anchoring for a north northeast wind in 10 and 11 fathom Over against Bartrams bay lieth Croidan Croidan or Claesdownes from S. Matthewes poynt southeast distant about 3 leagues it is a great bay For to sayle from S. Matthewes poynt to Croidan you must keepe the southermost Mullens even without the black Moines that are the Rocke without S. Matthewes poynt and go away east and by south and e. s.e untill you come before the bay and may see open into it then you shall see a Chappell or little Church stand upon a chindle run in right with it anchor thereabouts in 6 7 8 9 or 10 fathom there is the best road The Mullens Mullens are the rockes which lye there to the southwards of Ushant and to the westwards from Saint Mathews poynt Betwixt them and Ushant lyeth a channell northeast and southwest through which is in different large and broad and deepe enough there remaineth at low water 6 and 7 fathom water Hee that commeth from the northwards and cannot sayle a weather of Ushant and the Mullens by reason of the flood may run through here or he that commeth out of the sea and with northerly winds cannot sayle a weather off Ushant may with a floud run through here and so further his voyage when men runne through here either in or out and keep the middle of the channell betwixt both lands they can take no hurt From S. Mathews point to the race of Fontenay or the Keyser and Lavender the course is south and by e. 6 leagues betwixt them both lye divers rocks where of men must take good heed as the Hen with the Chickens the Collier the Falconers Scheminckelborrowes and other more The Hen Henne with the Chickens Chickens and the middlemost Falconer or Foukenisse lye from S. Mathewes poynt s e by east distant a league a halfe but the Collier lyeth from S. Mathewes point s s.e also a league and a halfe The Falconers Falkoners or Foukenessen lye from the west Poynt of Croidan about w. s.w an English mile The innermost or southermost Falconer The southermost Falconers lyeth from the northermost s s.e about a halfe league or two shots off a cast peece and from Croidan s w by south is coverd at high water North n.e. a cables length from it lyeth another suncken Rocke which at low water may even be seene To the westwards of the northermost Falconer lyeth also a suncken rock which at low water may even be seene The Hen The Hen lyeth from the Falconers w. s.w about 2 cables lengths or a shot off a cast peece it is a round sharpe rocke it is round about it deepe and cleane in 6 and 7 fathom The Chickens Chickens are two sharpe little rockes which at low water may even bee seene and lye about the shot off a Base northnorthwest from the Hen and west from the northermost Falconer The Scheminkel broughs Scheminkelboroughs lye to the southwards off the Falkoners men may run through betwixt them in ten fathom to the point of Croidan there is good road and anchor ground If you will sayle from S. Matthewes poynt to the Race of Fontenay you must goe away south and by east and bring the mill off Fenestiers which standeth upon the east poynt of Conquet-haven over the poynt off Saint Matthewes a little to the westwards off the Abbey and keepe them so standing so long as you can see them and you shall not come to neare the foresayd Rockes to take any hurt off them When as then you come to the Keyser and Keyserinne first give the Keyser Keyser a birth because off some suncken Rockes which lye off from the East side of it under water From the southwest side of the Lavender runneth off Lavender Race off a soule ledge of rockes called the Calfe there the tyde falleth very strong over it with very great rippeling This Channell off the Race of Fontenay Fonteney lyeth through betwixt the Keyser
a high sharpe Tower called Quinperly from the east poynt runneth off a great ledge of rocks called the Baers within it on the east side of the entry of the Haven lye two suncken Rocks also on the west side a Rock with a hole which at halfe ebbe is uncovered whereof men must take very good heed in the comming in Men run in alongst by the west land for to eschew the foresayd suncken rock foule grounds The marks for to sayle in there are these there lyeth a little Island within in the middest of the haven which you may see when you are without the Haven To the eastwards of that little Island upon the maine land standeth an Abbey bring that Abbey right to the east poynt of the haven which lyeth within the Baers and sayle in with it untill you come thwart of the east poynt within the Baers and runne in about by it being within it there it is wide and broad you may anchor there before the foresayd little Island in 5 or 6 fathom there it is at low water 3 or 4 fathom deepe or else men commonly runne in about by the poynt untill they come in the oaze From the Pennes unto Bell-Isle the course is eastsoutheast twenty leagues but from Groy to Bell-Isle it is souhsoutheast five leagues Bell-Isle hath at the northwest end a steepe poynt lying out with a great saddle thereabouts stand also some little houses and the end goeth very steepe downe When as Bell-Isle lieth n.n.e. from you Road to know Bell-Isle the west end sheweth it selfe in three parts the westermost where of is a great rock which floweth at a very high water almost under at the east end there divideth it selfe off also a great rock by these foresayd marks it is indifferent well to be knowne men may see Bell-Isle out of the sea in 55 fathom At the s side lye off many rocks little Islands If you will seeke a roade under Bell-Jsle Road unâ—â—r Bell-â—â—le then you must give the Northwest end a good birth off from it lyeth a suncken rock under water a good wayes from the land being come within it sayle then within two Cables lengths alongst by the land within a Base shot about by the North poynt untill you come before the village with the little sharpe Tower called Pauls there standeth a castle upon the poynt to the westwards of the foresayd little Tower anchor within that poynt in nine or ten fathom there you shall lye landlockt for a south southwest and northwest wind If it blow more northerly you must shift and runne before the east end which is about halfe a league broad and anchor there in ten or eleven fâ—thom This Island lyeth about southeast and northwest according as the winde bloweth men doe shift there from one road to another it is there every where good ridâ—ng Within the Island Bell-Jsle to wit betwixt Bell-Isle and the maine land lye many little Islands where at divers pâ—aces men may sayle through to the Rivers of Vannes or Morbeam Roche Barnard the river of Nants called the Loâ—re Of these Islands are three the principall the eastâ—â—most is called the Cardinall â—â—â—â—nal the east poynt where of â—nd the e. poynt of Bell-Isle lye one from the â—â—heâ— direct east and by north and w. and by south about 4 leagues The middlemost is called by some also the Cardinall or else together with the eastermost the Cardinalls This hath a good Haven on the north side going in by a great Rock â—â—ndbank From the n.w. poynt of the northermost runneth a sandy strand unto the maine land against the point betwixt Blavet Morbeam so that men cannot sayle there betwixt that and the maine but at high water it is most covered and at low water it lieth most drye at low water men may goe over there on foot from the Island to the maine land He that commeth from the west and is bound to Morbeam Roche Barnard or other places thereabout must run to the southwards of it if the will not saile about to the southwards of Bell-Isle he may saile through betwixt the northermost and the middlemost Island and also he may sail through betwixt Bell-Isle and the foresayd Islands about to the eastwards of the Cardinall The channell there betwixt them both is about a league broad and cleane it lyeth through e. s.e and by east men may run alongst by the Cardinals either by night or by day in 8 9 and 10 fathom all cleane sandy ground For to sayle through betwixt the westeâ—most which is fast at the north end with the strand to the maine land and the middlemost Island the course is from the n.w. e d of Bell-Isle e.n.e. A little from the east end of the foresayd westermost Island lieth a great round rock wâ—ich you must leave on the larboard side run alongst by it within two or three Cables lengths and then you shall leave on the starboard side to seawards of you a g eat many rocks some above some under water which lye towards the other Islands which you must give a greater birth to then to the foresayd great rock From this foresayd channell to the river of Morbeam or S. Jolms the course is n.e. or n.e. and by e. or els if you run about to the eastwards of the Cardinal and are bound to Morbeam then goe away from the east poynt of the Cardinall first n.w. and n.n.w. and you shall have then in that fareway 8 9 fathom depth goe then by little and little more northerly right with the point which lyeth to the westwards of S. Jolms there runneth off the sayd poynt of S. Jolms a ledge or riffe of rocks allmost a halfe league into the sea which you must give the west poynt a birth to and run in alongst by the east shoare which is flat and lieth from the Tower of S. Jolm to the River of Vannes n. w. s e but you must be sure to reckon your tyde well in this Channel for it runneth in and out the River of Vannes so strong that you cannot sayle in with an ebbe although it blow a storm likewise doth it to the contrary with the flood therefore you must sayle in there with a still water At the middle poynt where the river doth devide it selfe in two whereof the one runneth to Vannes the other to Auray lye many rocks the most part under water which you leave on the starboard side when you are bound to Morbeam or Auray and on the larboard side when you are bound to Vannes when you are come from so far within that the Tower of Morbeam is w. from you anchor there in the middlest of the haven in 9 fathom and then shall Auray the innermost little Tower lye n.n.w. from you the other little Tower north and by e. but the poynt of Mayland e. s.e The west shoare thwart of it is very steepe oasie
them and that thay are about 4 leagues thwart from you Ushant being east and by south and e. s.e 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth Ushant when it is east and by south from you foure or 5 leagues When Ushant is 4 leagues east from you it ariseth in this forme Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you 5 leagues ariseth thus Ushant being e. n. e. from you 2 or 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you so farre as you may even see it from below ariseth in this forme When Ushant is northnortheast from you it sheweth thus Ushant being n. e. by east 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe as is here demonstrated Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Pennes and the Glannons when it is n. e. and by e. 5 or 6 leagues from you This hill is very easy to be knowne it overtoppeth in height all the land thereabouts The Pennes are then n. n. west from you 4 or 5 leagues Thus sheweth the land of Glannons when you sayle alongst by it The land to the eastwards of Gloyland or Glannons sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it Groy being e. n. e. 5 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Groy being north e. from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth the w. poynt of Groy when it is three or foure leagues northeast from you Thus ariseth Bell-Isle when the n. w. end is east from you 4 leagues When Bell-Isle is northeast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When Groy is northnortheast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When the north w. poynt of Bell-Isle is east and by north from you 4 leagues and the south e. poynt is east and by south and east south e. then is sheweth thus When as you sayle towards it and you come neare the land then the peeces which lye off from the n. w. end at last come to be fast unto Bell-Isle De Custen van POICTOU XANTOIGNE En een gedeelt van Bretaigne van Boelyn tot aen de Rivier van Bourdeaux The second Demonstration Where in is Contained the Description of the Island of Boelin to the River of Bourdeaux FRom the east poynt of the Cardinall to the River of Roche Barnard the course right northeast there lyeth a little Island about halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinall and the foresayd river ot rather nearer the Cardinall then the River for when men are by the River they can but even see the foresayd little Island men runne with the foresayd course of northeast close alongst to the westwards of that little Island and shall fall a little to the northwards of the river run then within a Cables length alongst by the shoare unto it untill that the river doe open it selfe and then sayle in amids the channel give the rocks a birth that lie at the easter shoare Being come within the rocks you may anchor there or else sayle on against the shoare on the starboard side so may save ship and goods without anchor or cable if there should be such need At low water with an ordinary tyde there is about eleven and with a spring nine foot water with an ordinary tyde it floweth there about a fathom but with spring 2 fathom up and downe the entring of the river lyeth in east by south A little to the eastwards of the rivers mouth lyeth a great rock which at high water is covered Hee that commeth from the River of Nantes and is bound to Roche Barnard is not well acquainted there betwixt both let him runne so farre to seawards of the Cardinall when hee is to the westwards of the Four untill that hee run about a seaboard of that foresayd little Island lying halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinal the River of Roche Barnard then goeth he surely cleare of all the foule ground and other dangers men may sayle close alongst by it to the westwards but to the eastwards of it lye many Rockes and shoals Hee that will sayle alongst to the eastwards or to the northwards of it must leave about 2 third parts of the water to the Island and one third part towards the land so runne through betwixt them but must looke out well Betwixt the rivers of Roche Bernard and Nantes lieth Old-downes Croisill or Croswyck and Poelgem Croswyck Croswyck hath two poynts within the northwest Poynt lyeth the great village of Croswyck which hath a thick tower there is a great in draught like a haven where men may goe to anchor in five six or seven fathom to the westwards of it standeth also a flat Church upon the high land The land of Olddownes Old-downes lyeth a little to the northwards of the Church Poelgem Poelgem is a village to the eastwards of Croswyck with a high sharpe Tower About two leagues from the land southwest and by south from Croswyck and west and by southsoutherly from the e. point of Poelgem lyeth a great bank called the Four The Four which at some places falleth dry at low water and lyeth from BellIsle near about east lyeth the longest way southwest and northeast If you will sayle from Bell-Isle to the river of Nantes For to sail into the River of Nantes then goe away from the east end of the Cardinall or from the eastermost rocks that lye of from the Cardinall directly e.n.e. towards the west poynt of Croswyck for to saile a weather of the foresayd Four so long untill it begin to shoale and that the sharp tower of Poelgem commeth against the highest of the east poynt of Croswyck then you runne alongst to the northwards of the foresayd banck goe then e. s.e or according as the wind is east by south e. s.e unto the Rock with the hole called Pierre-perce Pierre-Perce but so that you come not very neare at low water the land somwhat to the westwards of Poelgem for it is not cleane alongst by it Betwixt the Four and the point of Croswyck it is in the fareway 8 9 and 10 fathom deepe From the poynt of Poelgem eastwards lye some little Islands and Rocks which are very foule come not very neare them nor the shoare thereabouts If it should happen that you should turne to windwards for at low water there falleth many of the rocks dry when you come neare the rock with the hole then run alongst to the northwards of it and run in very close by it leaving it on the starboard side of you for to avoyd the foule grounds which lye off from the poynt of Poelgem towards this rock Close alongst by this rock it is foure fathom deepe Being past this Rock with the hole then runne all alongst by the north shoare unto S. Nazare S. Nazare in three or foure fathom at low water but you must take heed of a rocky poynt somewhat to the westwards of S. Nazare
the Barre of Bayone deepe with scowring through of the water From the Barre of Bayone to S. John de Luz S. Iohn de Luz the course is south and by west 4 leagues there is a faire Bay where men may ride in five sixe seven or eight fathom according as they will lye farre in cleane sandy ground at the end of the Bay is a little tyde-haven where upon lyeth the towne on the west side At high water and with an ordinary tyde there commeth nine foote but with a spring twelve foote water at low water it falleth altogether dry so that men may goe over there with drie feete A little within the west point of the Bay is also a little Dock where there is a foot water more then in the foresaid tyde-haven but it falleth also dry at low water This Bay is very good to know by these marks that hereafter are written It lyeth right in the Bight to the eastwardes of it lyeth the land north and by east towards Bayone and to the westwardes of it the land falleth away southwest nnd by west and southwest towards Fonteravia Upon the east poynt of the Bay standeth a white Fire-tower which men may see farre off especially when the Sunne shineth upon it then it shineth very white more then the other land Upon the west poynt standeth a flat white house a little wayes upon the high land to the westwardes of the Bay it is upon the sea side gray and blewish land Alsoo the high hill of S. John de Luz is a good marke for to know this Bay which remaineth in sayling in lying somewhat to the eastwardes or on the larboard side This foresayd hill of S. John de Luz sheweth it selfe out in height above all other hilles thereabouts thereby is very good to be knowne above upon the top it is somewhat flat as is demonstrated in the rising of the lands Upon this foresayd hill standeth a Chappell from whence men may see into foure Kingdomes France Spaine Navarre and Arragon About two leagues southwest and southwest and by west from S. John de Luz lye the rocks called the Pignons of S. Anna Pignons of S. Anna not farre from land a league to the westwards of them lyeth the Bay of Fonteravia being a faire Bay At the west poynt of the Bay lyeth the C. Figure a high poynt upon it standeth a castle to the southwards of it a little chappel At the poynt of this cape lyeth a rock a little wayes from it but the sea cannot runne through betwixt them except it be with very high floods it breaketh a little through At the east side of this bay lye two high rocks and thwart of them lye also some low rocks a good wayes off from the land For to avoyd them you must sayle in by the west poynt for to come into this Bay and being within it you may anchor in eight or nine fathom but so that the foresayd great rock at the C. Figuer stand northnorthwest from you there you lye in faire sandy ground and landlockt for a northwest winde The Kroonenbrough Kroonenberch lyeth about halfe wayes betwixt S. John de Luz and this foresayd Bay of Fonteravia A little league to the westwards of C. de Figuer lieth Passage Passagie also a faire haven At the west side of the havens mouth which is very narrow lyeth a round rock so that it is evill to come in there with an ebb but with a flood it is better without it is very cleane without any shoale or fowle grounds but onely the foresayd rounde rocke The towne lyeth a little within the haven on the w. side where men doe lye before it in 7 fathom Two great leagues to the westwardes of Passage lyeth S. Sebastians betwixt both is also a sand-bay in a bight where there goeth up into the land a shoale little river where come in many Barkes The haven of Saint Sebastians S. Sebastians is good for to come into men doe runne in there betwixt two little castles where of the eastermost is the greates standing upon a high hill The westermost is a little square Tower and lyeth upon a little Island or rock In the havens mouth being narrow betwixt the two foresayd little Castles lyeth a rocke which at low water is sixe fathom deepe and when it is a storme out of the sea it breaketh allwayes upon it and lyeth neerest the east-land by the west-land it is deepe ten fathom Now for to avoyd the foresayd rocke in comming in there commeth an Abbey to the eastwards of the westermost Island a liitle Tower If you keepe them one in the other then you run into eastwards of it For to anchor without S. Sebastians in the road you must keepe the high hill which lyeth upon the poynt of Cape Figuer without the foresayd eastermost castle there you may anchor but if the same come to be hidden behind the castle or Island then you may not anchor in the road of S. Sebastians When you are come through the narrow within the rock and the castles then you may anchor at the east side under the great castle there is the best road Within the foresayd castle goeth up a little water men may goe at low water on foot from the easter castle alongst a high strand upon the maine land unto the Towne which lyeth behinde the foresayd high hill with the Castle yet the strand at high water is covered it is a bay and within before the towne it is deepe five sixe and seven fathom at the west side under the little Island men may not anchor because it is flat and shoale there He that will goe forth from thence into S. Sebastians let him run in keeping the middle channell betwixt the two Islands and let him leave the little Island where upon the chappel standeth on the starboard side running in so right against the first or the second wall of the towne and anchor there the boats or shallops shall come aboard of him and helpe him into the haven betwixt the walles A league to the westwardes of S. Sebastians lyeth a sandbay where men may anchor so deep and so shallow as they will Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Like as on all the coastes of France so also at the mouth of the River of Burdeaux maketh high water a s w and northeast moone In the Haven of Arcason a southwest and by west a northeast by east Moone maketh high water but the flood drawes almost an houre longer in then the water flowes On all the places and before all the havens of these coasts a southwest and northeast moon maketh the highest water but within the haâ—ens about a poynt later according as they lye deepe within the land like as on the coasts off Brittaigne Poictou and Gascoigny Men reckon here also no failing or setting of the streames But the streames fall here thwart off and on Upon the coast
of Biscany wee find no running of streames but a southeast northwest moone maketh over all the coasts the highest water and within the Rivers a point lesse Of the Depths The land against the River off Burdeaux men may see from the poop in 30 fathom and the Tower off Cordan in 27 fathom Betwixt Arcason S. John de Luz men may see the land in 30 fathom when about Bayone they shall see Cabritton Bayone Bedert and S. John de Luz almost all flat Towers Being before Passage men may see also the point C. Figuer and S. Sebastians the land lieth in there with a great Bay About C. de Figuer lieth a high hill which at the southwest ende is very steepe and goeth very long slopeing down towards the north When men are before S. Sebastians 7 or 8 leagues without the land then it riseth somewhat long and at the west end steep and hollow but when men come close by the land then it is very high and steepe When men are 8 leagues without S. Sebastians then may they see the eastermost or gratest castle upon the high hill and alsoo the little Island to the westwards of it Courses Distances From Cordan to Arcason south 20 leagues From Arcason to Bayone south 16 or 17 leagues From the Tower Cordan to Cape de Pinas w. s.w some what southerly 75 leagues From Bayone to S. John de Luz s by w. 4 leagues From S. John de Luz to the Pignons of S. Anna s w and by west 2 leagues From S. John de Luz to S. Sebastians west 8 leagues From S. Sebastians to Gateria 8 leagues From Bayone to the Seames n. w. somewhat westerly 102 leagues From S. Sebastians to Bell-Isle n.n.w. somewhat northerly 75 leagues From S. Sebastians to the Seames northwest and by n. 102 leagues The courses distances of the places one from the other is declared in the description Heights The Tower of Cordaâ— lyeth in 45 degrees 36 minut Arcason in 44 degrees 40 minut Bayone lyeth in 43 degrees 46 minut How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the land about Arcason when it is from you eastsoutheast neare two miles Thus appeareth Arcason when it is northeast and by east about two miles Cabritton Bayone S. Iohn de Luz Fonteravia Passage S. Sebastiaens Thus sheweth the land about the bight of S. Iohn de Luz off from Cabritton untill past S. Sebastiaens Thus sheweth S. Sebastiaens when you get first sight of it being seven leagues off from it White downe Hill of S. Iohn de Luz Ianni Krooningbergh Bocon Cabritton Fonteravia C. Figuer The foresayd Jsland about the bight of S. Iohn de Luz from the northwards of Cabritton untill past Fonteravia sheweth thus as is demonstrated in these two figures when you are before the Barre of Bayone Hill of S. Iohn de Luz south 5 leagues Krooninbergh Fonteravia C. Figuer S. Sebastiaens When the Hill of S. Iohn de Luz is south from you five leagues then the land to the eastwards of it untill past S. Sebastiaens sheweth as is here above pourtrayed in these two figures the BB and CC belong one to the other S. Sebastiaens Thus sheweth the land about S. Sebastiaen when it is five leagues from you C. Figuer Passage S. Sebastiaens Passage and S. Sebastiaens being southsouthwest from you sheweth thus Kust Van Biscayen tusschen Orio ende rio de Sella Kust Van Biscayen tusschen Rio de Sella en t' Eylant van S. Cyprian The fourth Demonstration In which The Coast of Biscaye from Coninx reede to the Island S. Cypriaen are delineated From S. Sebastians to C. de Martinchaco the course is w.n.w. 13 leagues Betwixt them both lye the roades Gateria and Deva Gateria Gateria lyeth from S. Sebastians west and by north and w.n.w. distant 7. leagues being a faire round sand-bay where is good riding for westerly winds men lye there within the west poynt right before the Towne in faire sandy ground a north winde commeth right from the poynt This bay is commonly called Kings-haven Alongst the coast of Biscay betwixt S. John de Luz and Gateria is every where clean ground and good ankoring in 20 fathom From Gateria to Deva it is a league and halfe to the westwardes which is an off-off-water that commeth out of the high-land Two leagues to the westwardes lyeth the poynt of Cape Martinchaco About thirteene leagues westnorthwest from S. Sebastians lyeth the Cape de Martinchaco a little to the westwardes of it is a good tyde-haven wherein lyeth a little Towne about a league within the land upon a river which commeth out of the high land A little to the westwards of Cape de Martinchacol lyeth a great rock fast to the land and a little to the westwardes of the same another upon the poynt called Punte de Avillanes Southwest and by west from Martinchaco lyeth the haven of Barmea Barmea a faire great Bay the easter poynt is foule therefore men must give it a good birth and run in alongst by the west side when they are gotten in it is large enough there they may anchor where they will To the westwardes of Barmea lyeth also Placentia Placentia upon a little River the towne lyeth a little within the land There are all tyde-havens From Cape de Martinchaco to Bilbao where betwixt lye the foresaid havens of Barmea and Placentia it is s southwest southwest by south 6 leagues From Placentia to Bilboa it is two leagues westsouthwest and west and by south Bilbao lyeth upon a great river alongst which there commeth of much Iron it is a good haven but it lyeth not farre in by reason of the Barre which lyeth thwart over the haven where men must goe in with high water At the east poynt of Bilbao Bilbao shooteth of a riffe which men must avoyd there lye also some rockes under water It is a high steepe point and is white to see to Within the riffe that runneth off from the poynt men may anchor in seven and eight fathom betwixt the poynt and the Piere on the east side there the Pilots come off which bring up the shippes and there men lye land-lockt far a northwest winde From this foresayd poynt or road to the Barre or river mouth of Bilbao it is a league and halfe s by west which lyeth in by the west land there stand five or sixe houses upon the w. land when the two westermost houses come one in the other or when you may see through the two eastermost houses which stand within in the land then are you upon the Bar or shoale then goe in south and s by east right with the Castle Portugalletto and alongst close by the Castle and anchor a little within the Castle for a west winde But when you are before the Barre the Pilots come off and bring you to the Town When you lie without in the Bay then you may see Mount Anthony lie
southwards of therefore goe in eastnortheast alongst by south-land untill that you see the flat tower which standeth upon the south-land and then you must run over a banck right on with the poynt of Ponte Vedra within it lyeth the towne twhart off the flat tower men may anchor in 8 or 9 fathom This haven is at some places foure fathom deepe Five leagues to the s wards of the Islands of Blydones lye the Islands of Bayone Islands of Bayone when men come in out of the sea right with them then these Islands doe seeme to be all gray and black rockes and lye to see to as if they were three Islands although that the sea doe run through them but at one place betwixt each is a saddle or valley Within the land alongst over these Islands men shall see two high hills very easy to bee known the eastermost hath three high hommocks and the westermost two with valleys betwixt the hommocks a little to the eastwards off the eastermost hill men shall see a white Abbey stand against the high land whereby this land is very easy to bee knowne You may sayle within these Islands of Bayone either to the northwards For to sayle into Bayone From the northwards or to the southwards but at the north e. poynt of the Islands lyeth a rocke under water about a cables length off from them where of you must take heed anchor in 10 11 or 12 fathom on the east side of the Islands Hee that will sayle in to the northwards must run in betwixt the Islands and the maine land keeping neere about the middle off the channell but neerest to the Islands untill that the Sound off Vigo or Cannas bee open and then sayle in to the eastwards there is a broad Sound where men may anchor on both sides to wit on the south side before Vigo Vigo and on the north side before Cannas Cannas in twelve or thirteene fathom Also men may sayle further in about the south poynt of Rondella where men may save a shippe in the oaze without anchor or cables At the point of Vigo lyeth a little Island he that commeth in to the northwards of the Islands and is bound in for Bayone may sayle through betwixt that little Island and the point Vigo right in with Bayone to wit aâ—â—â—â—st a little to the westwards of the poynt untill hee â—â—me before the towne and anchor there in 4 5 or 6 fathom Betwixt that foresayd little Island and the poynt of Vigo it is at high water 4 fathom and a halfe at low water three fathom and a halfe deepe men must sayling through there give the poynt off Vigo a birth because of some suncken rocks that lye off from it When as men lye in the roade before Bayone in 5 or 6 fathom they may see the Islands of Blydones through betwixt the foresayd poynt of Vigo and that little Island From that same little Island lyeth to the westwards another little Island or rocke betwixt them both it is fowle so that men cannot sayle through betwixt them and from that westermost little Island lyeth a fowle riffe ot ledge of rockes s w off towards the point of the land off Bayone where of men must take very good heed whether you come from the n. wards will sayle through betwixt that riffe the Islands off Bayone or els come in from the s wards betwixt the Islands and the maine and will goe in for Bayone That riffe lyeth at low water in many places dry the outermost rockes thereof and the poynt of Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye southeast and southeast and by east and northwest and northwest and by west an English mile asunder therefore he that commeth from the northwards and will goe into Bayone to the westwards off that riffe that is betwixt the riffe â—nd the Islands let him goe so long to the southwards 〈◊〉 that the Castle of Bayone come to be e. s.e and 〈…〉 by south from him and saile then towards it 〈◊〉 then he shal run farre enough alongst to the southwards of it At the south end of the Island of Bayone lyeth a great rock with a deale of small rockes round about it men may sayle very close alongst by them but at high water the outermost rocks lye under water where of men musâ— be mindfull close by the rocks it is 20 and 25 and 26 fathom deepe From the poynt of the maine land over against the south end of the Islands runneth off a ledge of rocks whereupon it breaketh very much when the sea is grown where of also men must take heed When you come from the southwards or out of the sea and will sayle in for Bayone about to the southwards of the Islands with a southerly or southwest winde then run right with the south poynt of the outermost land of Bayone Island of Bayone untill you come neere about a halfe league of the land and theÌ„ alongst by the shoare unto the outer point on the south side of the comming into the Bay where that foresayd riffe runneth of which lyeth off low give that riffe a birth and run in betwixt it and the foresayd rockes at the end of the Islands northeast or eastnortheast in according as you shall come in out of the sea leaving the riffe on starboard and the rockes with the Islands on the larboard side untill that you come to the end or to the n. wards of the riffe the north end or the outtermost poynt of that riffe at the s poynt and the poynt Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye nearest e. and by north and w. and by south a little league asunder When as then you have the foresayd riffe on the south side upon your broad side or els are too the northwardes of it and that the Castle doe stand east or thereabouts from you goe then right in with the Castle leaving that foresayd other riffe which lyeth off southwest from the little Islands at the poynt of Vigo on the larboard side of you If you bring the poynt of the Castle not to the southwardes of e. s e. then you cannot take any hurt of the northermost riffe The outer rocks of that northermost riffe which shooteth off from the two foresayd little Islands and the riffe which shooteth off from the south poynt of the land of Bayone where men must sayle through betwixt lye one from the other southwest and southwest and by south and northeast and northeast and by north about an English mile asunder When you come neere the Castle then come not very neere the shoare which is not very cleane and when as then you come thwart of the innermost poynt of the Castle before that you begin to see the Towne of Bayone from behind the poynt you must looke well out before you for from that same innermost poynt and from the Castle there lyeth off a suncken rock about halfe a cables
length from the foresayd poynt whereupon remaineth at low water no more then nine or ten foote water keepe therefore thwart off it somewhat off from the poynt When as you begin to see the Towne off Bayone then luffe up suddenly south and sayle before the Towne and anchor there in five or sixe fathom where you please or els that the poynts of the Castle come against the westermost Island of the two which lye off from the north poynt of the Bay or poynt of Vigo there it is good oasie ground that holdeth well set your anchors when you moore northwest and southwest the best anchor to the southeast from thence over the high land you shall have commonly the hardest windes If you must turn too againe into the bay For to sayle into Vigo or Cannas from the southwards then take very good heed when you run off from the Castle that you run not to far over s s.e right before the Towne s e and by east e. s.e from the roade about a musketshot lyeth another sunken rock which at low water is even uncovered it lieth a small cables length off from a little poynt in the south poynt of the Bay whereupon standeth a little house appearing a farre of like a great green rock you must be very carefull of it especially when you runne over towardes the southsoutheast But hee that is bound into Vigo or Cannas to the south wardes of the Islands shall sayle in betwixt that southermost Island and the poynt of the land of Bayone all alongst in the middle of the channell northeast or northeast and by north in at least two great leagues keeping the norther haven two shippes lengths open so long untill Cannas come to the north-land without the poynt of Vigo and then hee must leave the poynt of Vigo on the starboard side of him run in keeping the middle of the channell betwixt the northland and the Towne Vigo and anchor there either before Cannas or Vigo where hee pleaseth in ten or twelve fathom A little to the northwards of Camina lyeth on the coast a high steep hill above in the top with a clift or saddle being called S. Rego S. Rego it is allmost of fashion like Monte Lauro but at least once so high againe this hill is a very good mark for to know the places thereabouts About halfe wayes betwixt this hill and Bayone lyeth an Abbey upon the side of the land that is also a good marke for to know Bayone for him that commeth from the southwardes but the chiefest markes are the two foresayd high Hills within Bayone the one with two the other with-three hommocks when that with the three valleys or saddles is e. s.e from you run in then right with it you shall not faile to fall with the land right with the Islands Five leagues to the southwards of the Islands of Bayone lyeth the haven of Comina a broad haven where you must go in with great ships at the highest water In the havens mouth which lyeth in northeast and by east lyeth a rock neerest the south side close to the northwards of this rock is the deepest water for to sayle in or out Within in the haven on the north side lyeth a little Island and upon it standeth a little Tower you must keep that over the Tower which standeth upon the north land and so must run in right with them In this havens mouth is at halfe flood two fathom water At the north side of the haven it is altogether shoale water and very rocky and fowle there shooteth off a ledge of rocks or riffe where of mē must take good heed Of the tydes courses of the streames On these coastes as on the former a southwest northeast moone maketh high water A southwest and northeast moone maketh full sea at the foresaid places on the sea-coast within the havens a point later A northeast and southwest Moon maketh on these coasts full sea like as on all the coastes lying on the great sea there goe also no streames alongst the land because through the swelling off the Ocean sea the flood commeth right on against the coastes and falleth right in and out at the Havens How these landes doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Cape Ortegall to Siverus s w 5 leagues From Siverus to Cape de Prior s w 5 leagues From Cape de Prior to Feroll south and by east 3 leag From Feroll to the Groyne south south and by west 3 leagues From the Groyne to Cisarga 7 or 8 leagues From Cisarga to Queres south and by west and south south west 2 leagues From Cisarga to cape de Bylem or the east poynt off Monsy southwest and by west and westsouthwest 12 leagues From Cape de Bylem to C. de Coriane or Torrivian southwest 3 leagues From Cape de Coriane to Cape de Finisterre s 3 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Cape de Prior southwest 10 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Cisarga southwest and southwest and by west 19 leagues From Cape de Prior to Cisarga southwest and by west 8 leagues From Feroll to Cisarga west and by south 8 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Cape de Coriano southwest by west 33 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Waterford in Ireland north 168 leagues From Cisargo to Cape Veio north 160 leagues From Cisarga to Silly north and by east 137 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Moores or Monte Lauro southeast 5 leagues From Rio Roxo to Ponto Vedra s s e. 4 or 5 leagues From Ponte Vedra or Blydones to the Islands off Bayone s s.e 5 leagues From Bayone to Camina south and by east 4 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Island of Bayone the course is s e and by s 20 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Port a Port s s e. 42 leag From Cape de Finisterre to Avero south by east and s s.east 53 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Burlings south 67 leag From C. de Finisterre to the great Canaries s s.w southerly 307 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Salvages southsouthwest 273 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Isle of Madera southwest by west southerly 197 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Isle S. Michael west southwest 247 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Isle Tercera w. s.w and w. by south 278 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the s w point of Ireland n. and by west and n. 173 leag From Cape de Finisterre to Cape de Claro North 173 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Waterford or to the Southeast poynt of Ireland north and by east 185 or 186 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Lizard northnortheast 153 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Seames n.e. and by n. northerly 112 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Bell-Isle n.e. 122 leagues From Bayone to the
men may sayle in about them on both sides to the northwards or to the southwards of them it is five and sixe fathom deepe further in lyeth a banck thwart over the haven of two fathom at high water within in the haven it is 3 or 4 fathom deepe on the n. side it is all full of rocks which lye most under water but on the south side it is deepest surest and good lying in five and sixe fathom Foure leagues to the southwardes of Villa del Conde lye out the great rocks Rockes called Lesons Lesons right before a little Broad haven of two fathom depth called Metelyn and southwest from the south poynt of the foresayd rockes Lesons about a halfe league to seawards lyeth a suncken rock under water betwixt the land the Lesons it is 6 and seven fathom deep A league to the southwardes off the rockes Leson lyeth Port a Port. Port a Port. From the north poynt of the rivers mouth lye off many rockes allmost thwart over the channell For to sayle in there you must run in close alongst to the southwardes of the outermost rock even so neere by it that you may cast with a stone upon it There standeth a little Chappell upon the north shoare right against the rock with the crosse and also a little white house upon the north shoare somewhat further up upon the river bring them one in the other and run in so right with them untill you bee past the Castle In sayling in so you shall not finde lesse upon the shoalest of the Barre then 17 or 18 foot water at halfe flood shall not come too neere a suncken rock which lyeth without in the rivers mouth somewhat neerer the south shoare theÌ„ the north whereupon there remaineth at low water no more then 11 or 12 foote water Being within the Castle goe then right towardes the rock with the crosse and so close alongst to the southwards of it that you may reach it with a boat hoock or els you must run in three or 4 ships lengths to the the southwards off it or alongst by the south-land untill you bee past the rock with the crosse for to avoyd a suncken rock which lyeth thwart of it a little to the southwards of it and at low water is no more then eight foot under water Being a little past the rock with the crosse go then up alongst in the middle of the channell untill you come thwart of a great white Tower upon the north-land there you may anchor in 4 or 5 fathom or sayle before the Towne here it is 3 4 fathom deepe A little past the rock with the crosse is a shoale whereupon remaineth at low water no more then 11 foot water so that with shippes that draw 12 foote water men must stay for high water it floweth there six foot up and downe with an ordinary tyde On the south side of the river goeth in also a Land-dâ—ep to the southwards of the foresayd suncken rock which lyeth in the rivers mouth where the Pilots sometimes bring shipps in and out that is a good channell and oftentimes it is east too againe of the sea so that there is no certainty to be written of it that men should trust upon From Port a Port to Avero the course is south ten leagues betwixt them both it is all alongst a cleane sand-strand where men may be bold to come neere the shoare every where in ten or twelve fathom Within the land upon the high land lyeth a black hommock in the land when that lyeth eastsoutheast from you then you are open before Avero when you cannot see the black hommock Carmole then lyeth there a rough sand-hill to the northwards of the Barre when that is thwart of you then are you a halfe league to the northwards of the Bar of Avero If you will sayle in over the Barre of Avero and that you come before it in sixe or seven fathom then take heed to three beakons made off mast which stand upon the south-land bring them one in the other and sayle in so right with them east and by south and e. s.e in over the barre there is comming in at halfe tyde no more then two fathom water untill rhat you come by the beakons you shall so being come within the poynts sayle alongst by a dry sand on the larboard side edge then up northnortheast and northwest about by that foresayd dry sand untill you come close to the norther land and run in by it and then you shall leave all the other shoals on the starboard side untill that you see the river open and then you shall see a little house upon the strand on the west side goe then from thence up into the river east and by south and eastsoutheast keeping the middle off the channell betwixt the two lands untill you come before the Saltponds or Avero where you may lade your ship with salt Cust van PORTVGAL t' Noordelyckste deel beginnende van Viana tot aen Pissage Betwixt Viana Villa del Conde and Port a Port men shall see alongst the coast many towers and little houses Villa del Conde men shall see at sea like a great Towne The River of Port a Port men may know by the rocks Lesons they are very high and lye a little to the northwardes of the River The Cape de Montego is a high poynt and within it in the land are high mountains The Cape is sometimes taken to be the Rock but is easie to be discerned from it because of the Burlings which lye here to the s wards to the n. wards of the rock The Cape de Montego lyeth from Avero s s.w distant 7 leagues a league to the southwards off it lyeth Pissage or the River of Montego a broad haven From the Cape de Montego runneth off a fowle ledge of Rocks a good wayes from the shoare which men must avoyd Under the Cape men may ride for northerly windâ— in 7 or 8 fathom a northnorthwest wind commeth right from the poynt for southerly windes men may ancâ—or to the southwards off the river of Montego From the south poynt of the river runneth off a sand riffe when you sayle in there and that you come in out of the sea it sheweth as if you might sayle inâ—o the s wardes of that riffe but it is not to be done you must sayle into the northwards of it Upon the north poynt standeth the little village S. Catharina a little to the northwards of it a Fisher village called Buarcos Upon the north side within the havens-mouth standeth a lime kilne with a wood of Fig-trees when you bring them one in the other and then saile so right in with them you runne in right in the channell there is somtimes no more then twelve or thirteene foot water at a halfe flood you may not certainly trust to the description of this haven for in regard it is there sand-ground it
doth shift sometimes with the great Freshut that come off the River and alsoo with stormes out of the sea From Cape de Montego to Peniche or Nova Lisbona at the Cabo del Fisiron which is the poynt within the Burlings the course is southwest and by south ten leag there lyeth of a rock from the poynt to the southwards of it is a great bay where men may runne in behind it with barks lye landlockt In that bay lyeth a little town against the high land called Artogie a little to the southwardes of the Cape del Fisiron lieth a high round hommock which the Dutchmen call young Roxent From the cape Montego to the Burlings the course is s w. 12 or 13 leagues Behind the Burlings is a good roade anchor ground under the great Island before the Hermitage there you may anchor in ten fathom you may come in there from the northwards or from the southwardes it is there broade wyde very where cleane Of the Tydes and Courses and streames A southwest northeast Moone maketh at all these places on the sea side high water and within in the havens a point or two later according as they lye farre within the land As on all the coastes of Portugall even so here alsoo on these coasts a s w. n. e. moone maketh the highest water A s w and n.e. Moon maketh on these coasts full sea within the havens a poynt or two later according as they lye far within the land Courses Distances From Camina to Viana s s e. 7 leagues From Viana to Villa del Conde s by e. 6 leagues From Villa del Conde to Port a Port south and by east 6 leagues From Port a Port to Avero south 11 leagues From Avero to Cape de Montego s s w. 7 leagues From Port a Port to the Burlings s s w. and south w. by south 31 leagues From Avero to the Burlings s w. 20 leagues From Cape de Montego to Peniche or Cape del Fisiron s w. by s 12 leagues From Cape de Montego to the Burlings s w. 13 leagues Heights Port a Port lyeth in 41 degrees 5 min. Avero in 40 degrees 30 min. Cape de Montego lyeth in 40 degrees 14 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea S. Rego Thus sheweth the coast of Portugal from Bayone to Cape de Montego when you sayle alongst by it about 4 leagues off the figure following belongeth hereto at the crosses one to the other Cape de Montego When that black Hommock where the H standeth by is eastsoutheast from you then are you thwart off or open before Avero The high Land of Viana Thus sheweth the Land of Viana and to the southwards of it the Hommock by B is 2 leagues to the northwards of Villa del Conde The high Land of Viana The land by Viana and to the southwards of it towards Villa del Conde sheweth as is pourtrayed in this and the figure following by V is the Rivers mouth of Viana Ville del Conde This followeth the former figure the Hommock at C is two leagues to the northwards of Villa del Conde The high land of Viana Thus sheweth the foresayd land of Viana to the southwards of it when Viana being by A is northeast from you 10 leagues Mettelyne thwart from you Rockes about a league to the north of Mettelyne Rocks off Mettelyne Thus sheweth the land by Mettelyne when Mettelyne is thwart from you and that you are close by the land Castle on the north side of Port a Port when you come from the northward by the land The land to the northwards of Port a Port. This figure belongeth to the foâ—mer sheweth the forme of the land by Port a Port and to the southwards of it when you come from the southwards you shall see a little village within the castle of Port a Port called S. Iohn A league to the northwards of it lyeth Mettelyn The Land to the southwards of Port a Port. Avero Abbey Thus sheweth the land betwixt Port a Port and Avero when the high land to the southwards of Port is east and by south from you 4 leagues Thus sheweth the land of Port when you come from the southwards Thus sheweth the land of Port a Port when it is eastsoutheast from you about 4 leagues Viana Villa del Conde Port a Port Thus sheweth the land from the northwards of Viana to Port a Port when you sayle alongst by it Port When Port a Port is southeast from you seven or eight leagues then it sheweth with the land to the northwards of it in this forme The seventh Demonstration In which The sea Coasts of Portugal from Pissage to S. Uves or Setubal are deciphered De Cust van PORTVGAEL Het Zuydlyckste deel Beginnende van Pissage tot aen S. Vues alias Setubal From the C. Montego to the Burlings the course is s w. twelve or thirteene leagues Behind the Burlings is a good roade anchor ground under the great Island before the Hermitage then you may anchor in ten fathom you may come in there from the northwards or from the southwardes it is there broade wyde and every where cleane From the Burlings to the Rock or Roxent the course is south and by east southsoutheast sixteen leagues but from the Cape del Fisiron behind the Burlings to the Rock the coast lyeth south north fifteene or sixteene leagues The Rock or Roxent is a point of land very easy to be knowne although you be a great wayes off yet you shall alwayes see the sharpe hommock of the Abbey of Syntra A great league to the eastwards of the poynt of Roxent or the Rock lyeth the road of Cascalis Cascalis where men may lye land-lockt for a northwest north northeast winde in 12 or 13 fathom so deep or shoale as they will A great league to the eastward of Cascalis lyeth the poynt of S. Julian or S. Gillians S. Gillians or S. Gilliens whereupon standeth a strong castle that is the north poynt of the River of Lisbone the norther channell of the River goeth in within a bowles cast alongst by it For to sayle into the norther channell For to sayle in at the norther channell you must run in alongst within the length off a mast alongst by the foresayd point but comming before the castle of S. Gillians you must edge somewhat over towards the Carrick deepe for to avoyd some fowle ground and rocks which lye on the east side of the Castle Being past that a little you may luffe up againe towardes the northter shoare and sayle alongst by it to Restiers so forth even to Lisbone men doe commonly anchor before the Village of Bolyn in twelve or thirteen fathom Men must take heed not to come into this channell with calme weather and with an ebbe which falleth very strong upon the norther Cachops this channell of S. Gillians lyeth in
east and by south being within you must sayle up e. n. e. and n. e. by east and when you come against the Abbey at Restier then you must edge somewhat over towards the south-land els you must keepe the northland alongst For to sayle into the Carrick deep For to sayle in at the Carrick deepe you shall bring Cascalis over the west-poynt of Roxent keepe it so untill that the little Tower which you shall see stand above the Abbey at Restiers come over the white Abbey which standeth the farthest from Restier to wit over S. Katherines Abbey or Cloyster goe then northe n. e. by n. in keeping these marks standing thus untill that you come within the poynt off S. Gillies and then goe in alongst by the north-land to Restiers within the Castle and anchor there where you thinke it best Upon these markes you may sayle in and out at the Carrick deepe If you come from the westwardes and will goe in to the Carrick deepe then bring Cascalis over the west-end of Roxent and sayle so about the norther Cachops untill that the Town off Lisbone come within two ships lengths neere to the southside of the River then further in northeast and by north when as then you shall see the sand-bay within the poynt of S. Gillians then are you in the righ fareway But if it should happen that you could not see the towne or the little Tower then keep the sand-bay which lyeth within S. Gillians poynt north e. land by north from you and sayle so n. e. n. e. by north in and take the sounding of the norther Cachops in eight or nine fathom when you begin to come against S. Gillians poynt sayle then indifferent close along by the northland as is before sayd He that will turne out or in to the Carrick deepe must bring the foresayd little tower that standeth within the land a shipps length to the s wards a shipps length to the northwardes off the foresayd Abbey or Cloyster off S. Katherines and then cast about every time and so turne too and againe out and in Also come not with calmes in this channel neither bound inwards nor outwards with an ebbe for it falleth very strong over the east end of the Cachops If you will run out at the Carrick deepe you must looke out for the foresayd little Tower when it commeth out from under that high land bring it then a little to the westwardes of the second white Abbey or Cloyster and goe away southwest and by south and then the little tower shall come to the Cloyster But if you must turne out too and again then you must be very carefull of your tydes for the streames fall strong over the Cachops so that it is very dangerous with calmes to come in or out at those channels but especially in sayling out with an ebbe for it falleth thwart over the Cachops From Roxent to S. Uves poynt the course is southeast by s 10 leag that is also a apoynt easy to be known by a high round hill which lyeth on it also men shall see the top of the castle of Sisembre upon a flat hill like a great top or ridge of a countrey house S. Uves poynt is called Cape de Pitcher by the Dutchmen Cape de Spichel a little to the southwards about the poynt is a rent or clift in the land before it is good riding in 9 and 10 fathom Before Sisember men may also anchor in 15 or 16 fathom Of the Tydes and Courses and streames On these Coastes as on the former a southwest northeast moone maketh high water A southwest and northeast moone maketh full sea at the foresayd places on the sea-coast within the havens a poynt later A northeast and southwest Moon maketh on these coasts full sea like as on all the coastes lying on the great sea there goe also no streames alongst the land because through the swelling off the Ocean sea the flood commeth right on against the coastes and falleth right in and out at the Havens Courses and Distances From Cape del Fisiron or nova Lisbona to the Rock or Roxent south 15 or 16 leagues From the Burlings to the Rock or Roxent south by east and s s.e 16 leagues From the Burlings to the Cape S. Vincent s by eâ—st 53 leagues From the Burlings to the great Canaries southsouthwest 248 leagues From the Burlings to the Island Palma southwest by south 256 leagues From Roxent to the Cape Pitcher or Saint Uves poynt southeast and by south 10 leagues From Cape Pitcher to Cape S. Vincent south somewhat easterly 29 leagues From Roxent to Cape Saint Vincent south and by east 37 leagues From Roxent or the river of Lisbone to ths great Canaries southsouthwest westerly 240 leagues Heights The Burlings in 39 degrees 40 minut Roxent lyeth in 38 degr 55 min. or as some hold in 39 degr Cape Pitcher or S. Uves point lieth in 38 degr 30 minut How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea C. Montego The Land to the southwards of Montego The C. de Montego being northeast from you foure or five leagues with the land to the southwards of it sheweth it selfe as is pourtrayed in this and the figure following at the letters AA they belong one to the other This belongeth to the former and is the land to the southwards of Montego untill thwart of the Burlings Thus sheweth the Burlings when the northermost are east from you a league The land betwixt Peniche and Roxent sheweth it selfe as is pourtrayed in these three figures following when the high land to the southwards of Peniche being called young Roxent is east from you the like letters as AA and BB belong one to the other Young Roxent Burlings This belongeth to the former figure and is the land to the northwards of the Rock or Roxent Roxent This followeth the former figure untill Roxent or the rocke at the B one to the other Young Roxent northeast and by east Roxent south and by east Thus sheweth the Rock or Roxent when it is south and by east and young Roxent is northeast and by east from you and that you are close by the land When the Rock or Roxent is northeast from you seven leagues it ariseth thus When the Rock or Roxent is east and by south and e. s.e from you 7 leagues it sheweth it selfe thus The eight Demonstration Which Contayneth the description of Algarve and Andaluzia from S. Uves to Palos or Clif. FIve leagues to the eastwardes of Cape Pitcher or Saint Uves poynt Road under Saint Uves poynt lyeth Saint Uves there lyeth a great bancke before the havens mouth Beneath the high land upon the water side standeth a white Castle when that is northnortheast from you then are you right before the havens mouth Cust van ANDALVZIA En Algarve Beginnende van Capo de Spichel tot aen het Clif. For to finde
the town against the high land and there standeth a great tree upon the high land bring the tree even to the northside or the cloister so that you may allmost see through betwixt them but not over the Cloyster keepe them so standing and sayle right in with them and so you shal not come to neer the rocks to take hurt of them you shal have upon the shoalest at low water neepe tydes 3 fathom at high water 22 foot or scarce 4 fathom When the Castle of Chipiona and the Church beginne to come one in the other then you come to the first rocks or shoals when the Church and Castle are right one over the other then they stand southsouthwest from you then you are upon the shoalest of all but when the Castle with the Church come againe one through the other then you get againe deeper water 3 fathom and a halfe and 4 fathom at low water with a neepe tyde sayle in alongst upon the foresayd markes of the cloyster and the tree but take good heed that you bring not the tree over the Quire at the south end off the cloyster for you should then come very close to the rockes rather bring the tree a little to the northwards of the cloyster for you can not lightly take hurt of the red sand-hils but you may borrow off them upon your lead in 3 and 4 fathom There stands also a mill to the eastwards of the towne take heed that you bring not that also over the round Cloyster that standeth a little to the eastward beneath at the towne but keep them a handspikes length asunder and then you sayl in the best deep But if the foresayd mill and that round Cloyster come one in the other when you sayle in then you shall without sayle come upon the rocks or shoals When you are within over the shoalest sayl then towards the strand of S. Lucas untill that you see altogether open into the river for to avoyd the riffe that shooteth off from the n.w. poynt of the river sayle on alongst by the shoare and anchor before the little Church with the crosses which stands below in the sand hills in 5 6 or 10 or 12 fathom so neere as you please Men may also turn our at this same channell with indifferent ships or barks but they must take good heed it is not there very broad For to saile alongst by Sipiona There goeth in also a channell by the land of Sipionen or Chipiona for to find it you shall sayle in within two cables lengths neer by the foresayd land untill that you be within the second shoale then you must edge somewhat off from the land untill you come upon the foresayd marks off the Cloyster and the great tree then you must run in alongst upon them as is before taught The river of S. Lucas is easy to know by the Rooduyn or red sand-hills which lye to the westwards of it From Sipione to Cales Males the course is s e 9 leag Cales Cales is knowne by the mountaine off Granade when that is eastnortheast and east and by north from you sayle then right in with it and you shall not sayle to fall right before Cales At the poynt off Sipona lye many rocks above water and betwixt the poynt of Sipiona Cales Foure leagues from Sipiona lyeth Rotta there shooteth off a great ledge of rocks from the poynt Hee that will goe into the bay of Cales For to saile into the bay off Cales let him run in right with the rockes which lye on the west-side of the Bay being called los Puercos Los Puercos and within two cables lengths in all alongst by them in 6 or 7 fathom untill he come before the town of Cales and anchor there so deep as he pleaseth in 8 10 12 or 15 fathom the faireway lyeth in most eastsoutheast and southeast and by east There lyeth a rock under water called the Diamant Diamant about n.n.e. and n. e. and by north from the Puercos a great half league When S. Katharins chappell upon the northland is e.n.e. from you then are you thwart of that rocke there is at halfe flood 3 fathom water upon it the marks off this rock are these Marks of the Diamant When Mary Church commeth over the north end of Cales that is a Cloyster which standeth without Cales there stands also a house upon the hill where men goe alongst by when they goe to Sheres when that house commeth over the chappell which standeth upon the water side to the westwards of porte Marie when these markes come together one in the other then you should sayle upon the foresayd rock there is upon the shoalest of it at high water 3 fathom and a halfe water upon it But set the two high hills which are to the southwards of the way of Sheres that they bee a little asunder and that they doe not come one in the other then you cannot sayl upon this rock The Puercos rock lye from the north-poynt off Cales about halfe a league He that lies before Cales in the road hath Puntall south from him or there abouts according as he lyeth neer to Cales But to the southwards of Cales lyeth a rock come not neerer that then in seven fathom The Bay of Cales is wyde and broad men lye there in 5 6 fathom the northwest wind commeth there open in If any man therefore would goe further in behind Puntall let him goe in southeast betwixt the poynt of Port Real Puntall and run up about the poynt of Puntall there men lye land-lockt for all windes there mē may lay theyr ships dry a ground for to make cleane He that will goe into the Creek must take a Pilot and run up into the water of Port Real leaving the little Island on the larboard side and then Herods Creeck shall open it selfe and there hee must sayle up keeping the middle of the channell till he come before the Saltheaps For to sayl from Cales to the Strait To sayle from Cales to the Strait men must goe away south and south and by east to the C. de Trafalgar and then they shall run far enough without the bancke or rocks which lye off s east from Cales From the point of S. Sebastian to Cape de Trefalgar which is the north poynt of the Strait on the west side it is s s east ten leagues About two leagues to the northwards of the Cape lyeth Conil there is a faire sand-bay where men may anchor in 12 13 and 14 fathom clean ground Hee that desireth to sayle into the Straite of Gibralter comming from Cales let him goe from the poynt of S. Sebastian which is the westermost poynt of the Island Cales south by east southsoutheast towards the Cape de Trafalgar untill he be a good wayes without the land for to avoyd the Spanish coast which is fowle there lyeth of west by
south from the Island Tariffe Riffe off Tariffe a banck of stones 2 leagues or two leagues and a halfe into sea whereupon is eight nine or ten foote water when it bloweth hard men may see it break The foresayd poynt of S. Sebastians and the Cape de Trafalgar lye ten leag asunder When you are then somewhat without the Cape de Trafalgar and set your course s s.e and s e and by south then you shall fall with the land off the Barbary coast within the Cape de Spartell about thwart off Tanger Tanger lying in a great bight and sand-bay Upon the west poynt of this bay of Tanger standeth a Castle somewhat high and yet somewhat higher upon the high land standeth a little watch-tower but to the eastwards of Tanger standeth alsoo an old ruinous watch-tower whereby Tanger is very easy to be knowne From Tanger to Ape-hill the coast lyeth most e. n.e and e. by north is the right course for to sayle through the Strait If you will sail into the Strait by night then keepe to the Barbary coast which is very cleane and there you can take no hurt but the Spanish coast is fowle as is befote sayd They that will sayle alongst by the Spanish coast they must goe close alongst by the shoare and runne through betwixt the Island Tariffe and the foresayd fowle grounds close alongst by the Island or els must keepe farre off from the Island for to runne alongst without the shoals but in the middest neere a like unto both lands it is best Three leagues to the eastwards of the Island Tariffe lyeth the poynt of Cabrita Cape de Cabrita being the west poynt of the great Bay of Gibraltar over against the hill of Gibralter a little to the w. wards of it is a good road for a n. e. wind in 12 10 8 fathom not farre from the shoare thwart off a great rock which lieth close upon the water side a little to the eastwards of the fire-tower A little to the westwards of that fire tower which standeth upon the foresayd poynt is a fair sandstrand betwixt the two towers there you shall lye smooth for the western grown sea At Gibraltar is a faire Bay almost like a haven if you will anchor in the bay of Gibraltar then saile so farre into it untill that innermost point of the hill of Gibralter doe stand east from you thereabouts it is deepe 5 or 6 fathom and clean ground towards the mill it is shoal water of 3 fathom Men lye there in the Bay landlockt for a w. wind a s winde commeth from the poynt of Gibraltar hill but a southwest wind that bloweth there open in From thence are brought good wines Bay off Gibraltar When you will set saile from the road of Gibraltar with an easterly wind it is good to beare up somewhat before the wind towards the west shoare then forth out alongst by the lee shoare for the easterly winds do fall with such whirling fore-slaughes from over the high land of Gibraltar that you shall be hardly able to get out of the Bay alongst by the high land When you come from the eastwards will sayle out through the Straits and that you are somwhat neere to the Spanish coast then you must be very carefull for that you bring the hill of Gibraltar against the high land of Barbary in regard the land to the northwards of Gibraltarhil is low it seemeth to look to to be nothing els then as if there were the opening of the Straites It hath heretofore happened that some which have so mistaken it have sayled into the bay thinking it to be the opening of the Strait so have lost their ships there Therefore it is very needfull that men take great care not to mistake them selves of the hill of Gibraltar if men do take heed of it it is easy to bee knowne Estepona lieth 5 leagues to the eastwards or to the northwards of Gibraltar betwixt them both stand divers firetowrs upon the coast there is clean ground for to anchor If you will anchor to the eastwardes of Gibraltar by the next tower of Gibraltar then bring Gibraltar southsouthwest from you and anchor in 25 fathom there is cleane ground blacksand but if you will anchor by the second firetower there is a valley there you may fetch water and anchor in 20 or 22 fathom there is a valley and there is also clean ground and better lying for to set sail with easterly winds for those that are bound out of the Strait Before Estepona men may anchor in 14 fathom that is a place for to lade fruite and wines 5 or 6 leagues to the eastwards of it lieth Marveles betwixt them both stand 5 watch towers upon the coast From Gibraltar to Marveles Marveles the course is n.e. and by north distant 12 leagues if you will anchor at Marveles then you must look out for two Pack-houses which stand upon the strand and a great square watch-tower close to the eastwardes off the foresayd Pack-houses bring the gate of the towne so that you may see through betwixt the Pack-houses and the watch-tower and anchor there in nine or ten fathom Right before Marveles the ground is not cleane About a shot of a Cast peece to the westwards of the town men may fetch fresh water From Marveles to Fangerola Fangerola it is 5 leagues eastnortheast betwixt them both stand also 5 watch-towers Fangerola is a castle and hath a faire sand-bay there is good anchor ground in 7 or 8 fathom a flat rising ground men may lye there landlockt for a westsouthwest wind From Fangerola to C. de Mol C. de Moâ— the west poynt of Mallaga the course is forth eastnortheast two great leagues but from the west poynt of Mallaga to the town of Mallaga the course is northeast and northeast by east 4 leagues it is there betwixt them both a faire strand where men may anchor all alongst in 10 or 12 fathom Mallaga Mallaga is knowne by these markes There standeth a Castle to the eastwards upon the high land there come two walles downewards towards the sea to another Castle which lyeth by the water-side Before that same Castle is now the road that which was wont to be the right road is now altogether spoyled by casting of ballast If you will anchor in the road before Mallaga then anchor in 10 11 12 or 14 fathom thwart off from the head if that the head come to lye from you north and by east there is very good ground the anchors hold there well also men lye there out of danger for the Moores Velez Mallaga lieth from Mallaga east and by north distant 7 leag betwixt them both men may anchor all alongst by the shoare About a league to the westwards of Velez Mallaga standeth a little Castle before it is good anchoring in 10 or 12 fathom By the
next Tower to wit the next to the little castle there is fresh water to be gotten on the land The towne off Velez Mallaga Velez Malaga lyeth about a leag within the land but upon the strand standeth a great Packhouse appearing like a castle The Coast of Spain from Malaga to Modril From Velez Mallaga to Almunecar the course is east 15 or 16 leagues betwixt them both it is all cleane Coast men may anchor there under all the poynts which lye betwixt them both Two great leagues to the westwards of Almunecar lyeth a poynt whereupon standeth a fire-tower under is a good road for a west wind If you will anchor at Almunecar then anchor to the westwards of the rock where the little chappell standeth upon in twelve fathom there is good ground and shall lye there landlockt for an east westnorthwest wind Salobrena lyeth from Almunecar foure leagues to the eastwards that is a little Towne with a little Castle lieth upon a hill a little about the east poynt of Almunecar right before Salobrena lyeth a little Island he that will anchor there must anchor to the westwards of it there he shall lye landlockt for a northeast wind and also for a west wind then he shall have succour of the e. poynt of Almunecar Men may also well anchor to the eastwards of that little Island but too the westwards of it is the best road there lye also all the ships they may anchor there in fourteene and fifteene fathom clean soft ground in sixteene fathom they shall lye somewhat too farre out Men may if need so require run through betwixt the foresayd little Island the maine land betwixt them both there is about sixteen or senventeen foot water and the little Island is round about clean so that men may run very close alongst by it without feare Two great leagues eastwards from Salobrena in the same bight a half league from the sea side within the land lyeth Modrill which hath two Churches some trees thereabouts upon the water side standeth a square tower If you will anchor at Modrill then anchor before the foresayd square tower which standeth upon the water side in twelve or thirteene fathom so that you may see the little Tower upon the east poynt even without the other poynt there is cleane ground men lye there landlockt for an eastwind but a south east a southwind make there like as at all places on these coasts a lee shoare A little to the eastwards of Modrill lyeth the poynt called Cape de Sacrastijf The Coastes of Barbary For to sayle out of the Bay of Gibralter to Tetuan then run over south by east about close by the point of Seuta especially with a westerly winde you should otherwise be carried away so with the current which then commonly runs to the eastwards that you should fall too farre to the Leewards Comming then about by the point of Seuta you shall see out a head a black point called cape Porkes lying south from the poynt of Seuta When men lye in the Bay of Gibraltar they may see the foresayd cape Porkes C. Porques alongst over Seuta which is a poynt very easy to be known sail towards that point with a westwinde luffe up so neere as you can When you come about that poynt then you shal begin to see Tetuan which lieth up against the high land a great league within the land run then soo far to the s wards untill that the east end of the towne come right over a little round hommock which is upon the high land within In the middest off the towne standeth a black tower and in the innermost land of al within lye three little hills which doe as it were looke over the outermost inner land bring the three little hills over the foresayd black tower anchor then so farre from the shoare that the first little hill of the high land to the southwards of Seuta towards cape Porques come a little without Cape Porques there it shall bee sixteen fathom deep good soft ground Marks of the Roade before Tetuan If you anchor otherwise then upon these foresayd marks you shall have bad stony sharpe ground It hath happened that some ships have anchored there but their anchors fell so into the rocks that they could not weigh them again but must hew of their cables and leave their anchors behinde them Therefore if you come off from the point of Cape Porques then bee care full that you bring the foresayd first little hommock which lyeth a stearn of you in the bight of Seuta to the southwards of Seuta a little without the Cape Porques and so keep sailing to the southward and keep heaving of the lead continually without ceasing untill that you get the soft ground so soone as you shall feele it let then presently your anchor fal for the place where the soft ground is is not two cables length in compasse great Tetuan lyeth from Seuta about sixe leagues and three or foure leagues to the southwards of it lyeth a point called Cape Tetuan C. Tetuan whereupon standeth a tower He that hath never been at Tetuan might easily be mistaken by that poynt taking it to be cape de Porques the sooner because that some say that Tetuan at least nine leagues to the southwards of Teutan It hath happened that ships have sayled unto this poynt and have so runne past Tetuan therefore it is best that men goe not too farre from the shoare either by night or by day for to get the cape Porques certainly in sight The Bay off Tetuan betwixt the Cape Porques and Cape Tetuan is a sand-bay altogether of sand-strand with low hommocks here and there upon the sea-side which a farre of seeme as if they were shipps but the ground thereabouts is altogether foule except such a place as before is sayd Betwixt the Cape Porques and Seuta it is also a faire sandstrand but thwart of it is all good ground The Coast of Barbarie in the Straite of Gibralter lyeth from Seuta to Cape de Spartell west and by south and westsouthwest eight or nine leagues But the Cape de Spartell and Cape de Trafalgar on the Spanish side lye north by west and south and by east eight leagues asunder From Cape de Spartell to Arzila Arzila the coast lyeth south and by west seven leagues betwixt them both alongst the sea-side it is all lowe land with some poynts and high land within with a white sand-hilly strand A little to the southwards of the poynt of Cape de Spartell men may anchor for easterly windes in twelve or thirteene fathom cleane sand-ground but so soone as the winde doth shift to the west they must bee ready to get under saile lest they be inbayed upon a lee shoare About a league to the southwards of the Cape lyeth a little hommock upon the low land by the water side which sheweth in
sayling by like a broken schonce or castle Arzyla is a little walled town lying upon the water side and hath a little bard haven which men doe sayle into at two places through a row of Rockes which lyeth before it the northermost channell is the deepest but both of them are not fit but for small shippes Being come within the rocks men doe anchor betwixt the town and the rockes From Arzyla to Alarache the coast lyeth also south and by west eight leagues it is altogether a cleane coast with some rocks on the shoare the land betwixt them both is somwhat higher them betwixt Arzyla and the Cape with high land within About an English mile to the southwardes of Arzyla standeth a tower and somwhat further to the southwards upon the high land stand some little houses but men cannot well see them except they sayle close alongst by the coast Betwixt Arzyla and Alarache but somwhat neerer Alarache then Arzyla lyeth on the sea side a high white cliffe which is very easy to be known betwixt that cliffe and Alarache standeth upon the high land a very high tree with some other trees by it when men come from the northwards alongst by the shoare that great tree seemeth to be a tower yet somwhat to the southwards standeth an other great tree but not so great as the other when men begin to come neere to Alarache or els by the southermost great tree then the foresayd greatest tree doth hide it selfe behinde the land These are all very good marks for to know this coast by betwixt these two places Alarache lyeth with a great Castle upon the south poynt of a river which is very shoale and crooked the north poynt is a low poynt going flat off and within it on the n. side of the river standeth also some buildings Before the river lyeth a barre of quicksand which lyeth off from the north poynt where ships may goe in over with a spring tyde through a Creeke els it is but for Barkes Friggats men may anchor before it in the Roade in 16 17 and 18 fathom Alarache Alarache is under the command of the King of Spaine is little or nothing used either by English or Dutchmen He that saileth alongst this coast must not come very close to the shoare unlesse it were with a hard Levand or easterly winde with calme weather there goeth sometimes a very great grown sea out of the west or northwest so that somtimes men can hardly get off from the shoare From Alarache to Old Mamora the caost lieth south and by west and southsouthwest betwixt seven or eight leagues it is low land with sand-hills with few places that are easy to bee knowne all alongst even to Mamora He that commeth out of the sea and falleth with the land here on this coast shall perceive little knowledge of the land unlesse hee fall with some of the inhaâ—â—ed places This Old Mamora was wont also to be a haven but is now altogether cast to of the sea Of the tydes and courses of the streames Before the Condaet on the coast a southsouthwest and northnortheast moon maketh high water Before Palos Moguer Wolves maketh full sea a s north moon Before the river of S. Lucas and at Cales before the bay maketh full sea a southwest and by south and northeast and by north moon At Cales in the Bay maketh high water a southsouthwest moone The ebb falleth without the Puercos to the southwardes towardes the Straet and the flood towards the land to the northwards but for the most part the flood falleth thwart in to the land about the havens In the narrow of the Strait maketh high water a southwest and by south moon The current runneth more to the westwardes then to the eastwards when it is faire weather there goeth commonly 4 houres flood to the eastwards and eight hours ebb to the westwards but the most part of the time according as the winde is and at sometimes the current runneth so strong that it rippleth as if there where shoals Courses Distances From Ayemont to Leep east and by north 7 leagues From Leep to Saltees or Palos east and east and by south 7 leagues From Saltees to the river of S. Lucas or Sipiona southe and southeast and by east 8 or 9 leagues From S. Lucas or the point of Sipiona to the point of Cales the course is southeast 9 leagues From Cales to the poynt of the Strait southsoutheast 10 leagues From Cales to the great Canaries southwest 240 leagues From Cales to the Isle de Madera w. s w. 200 leag From C. Trafalgar to Tariffe the course is s e 4 leagues From Tariffe to the poynt of Gibraltar east by north 5 leagues From the poynt of Gibraltar to Marveles northeast by north 12 leagues From Marveles to Fangerola eastnorheast 5 leagues From Fangerola to the west point of Mallaga eastnortheast 2 leagues From the west point of Mallaga to the towne of Mallaga northeast and northeast by north 4 leagues From the poynt of Gibraltar to Mallaga northeast 23 or 24 leagues From Mallaga to Veles Mallaga east and east by north 7 leagues From Veles Mallaga to Almunecar e. 15 or 16 leagues From Almunecar to Salobrena east 4 leagues From Salobrena to Modrill east by north 2 leagues From Modrill to C. de Sacrastyf eastnortheast 1 leagues From C. de Sacrastyf to Castel de Fierro east and by n. 4 leagues From Castell de Fierro to Adera east 8 leagues From Adera to Almeria northeast 5 leagues From Almeria to Cape de Gat southeast and by east 5 or 6 leagues From the point of Gibraltar to C. de Gat east by north 66 leagues From C. de Spartell in Barbary to the poynt of Apehill the course is eastnortheast 8 leagues From Apehil to the point of Seuta souheast and by east 2 leagues From the poynt of Seuta to the road of Tetuan south 5 or 6 leagues Heights The coast of the Condaet lyeth in 37 degrees and 15 or 20 min. The Island Cales in 36 degr 30 minut The middest of the Strait of Gibraltar lyeth in 36 or 35 degr and 50 min. Cape de Spartell lyeth in 35 degrees 32 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea The land betwixt Wolves the River of S. Lucas sheweth it selfe when you sayle alongst by it like as is pourtrayed in these three figures following Black land to the northwards of the Rooduyn or the red sand-hils Black land to the northwards of Rooduyn or the red sand-hils Rooduyn or red sand-hils Rooduyn or red sanchils Granado hil This belongeth to the former figure the AA one to the other This followeth to the two former figures the BB one to other When you sayle towards Cales and the mountaine of Granado commeth to stand east from you then it sheweth it selfe in this forme Cape Spartel east and by north east and by south 6 leagues This
hil lyeth farre within the other land and sheweth it self out about the other land The Coast of Barbarie from C. de Spartell the south poynt of the Strait to the southwards untill past Alarache sheweth like as it is pourtrayed in these 2. figures when the Cape de Spartell is east and by north from you about eight leagues The second part THE FOURTH BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN Is handled the Description of the Coast of Barbarie of the Straites of Gibraltar as farre as Cape de Verde as also the Canary Flemmish and Salt Islands Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famous Seamen and lovers of Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. De Cust van BARBARIA Gualata Arguyn en Geneheo van Capo S. Vincente tot Capo Verde de Cust van Barbaryen van out Mamora tot Capo Blanco De Cust van Barbaryen van Capo Blanco Tot Capo de Geer De Reede van Punte del Gada in t Eylandt S. Michiels De Reede voor de Stadt Angra in t eylandt Tercera De Eylanden van Madera en Porto Santo The second part of the New LIGHTNING COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE FOURTH BOOKE Of the WESTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The description of the Sea-Coasts of Barbarie Gualata Arguyn Genehoe and the Flemish and Canary Islands together from the Straight of Gibraltar to Capo Verde The first Demonstration In Which Are shewed the Coastes of Barbarie from old Mamora to C. de Geer together with the Flemish Islands FRom Old Mamora to Mamora Mamora the coast lyeth alongst south by west and southsouthwest 7 leag Before Mamora is a high broad sandstrand and is not easy to know when you are somewhat off the land The best knowledge thereof is this When you come from the northwards alongst the shoare you have all high land within that you come leese when you come before Mamora and when you come from the northwards you cannot see the river of Mamora open before you bee past it by reason that it lyeth into the eastwards the n. point is low When you come somewhat close by the shoare you shall see upon the high land in the Castle of Mamora which the Spaniards have built there for the defence of the place a very high mast or stake which you may see indifferent far off and when it is cleare weather you may see also the high thick Tower of Salley to the southwards stand against the land Before the river lieth a Barre which with a Spring hath 16 17 foote and sometimes more water the Barre is oftentimes altered by the sea In the spring it lieth in commonly e. s.e there abouts In the later part of the yeare it lyeth in more easterly by the casting up of the sea out of the n. In the Summer the windes blow alongst the coast the most part of the time out of the north which causeth that the current runneth there to the southwards in the winter they blow much strong out of the southwest and southsouthwest In the winter men must be very carefull to get of betimes when the winde beginneth to come to the south or s e then it is time to get of for then commonly it shifteth to the s w. and w. s w. with foule weather but when it commeth about againe to the westnorthwest or northwest then it is like to be good weather againe The road before Mamora Road before Mamora is about a league from the land in 18 and 20 fathom there is clean sandy-ground From Mamora to Salley the coast lyeth s w by s s s.w six leagues bewixt them both it is low plaine land and sandy-strand with double land within which is so even and smooth as if it were planed over From Mamora not halfe wayes to Sally the strand ceaseth and from thence forth to the southwards it is a shoare all of black steepe ragged rockes with little hills so that men cannot judge when they are somewhat off the land that it is double land within by the plaines of it When you are a league or two past Mamora then you may see very plaine the high thick Tower of Sally when you see the foresayd rocky shoare you may be sure that you are past Mamora that steepe roâ—â—y shoare continueth from thence untill past Fedalle 〈◊〉 â—etwixt Fedalle and Sally is here and there a place of white strand betwixt the rockes but to the northwards of Salley it is not so but nothing else then perfect rocks The Towne of Salley Salley hath a little Tower and lyeth upon the n. side off the river which is a low plain poynt of sand The Castle hath also a little Tower and lyeth over against upon the s poynt of the River which is a high rocky poynt There goeth a wall round about the high thick Tower and lieth upon a point on the s side within the River Before the River is a Barre which oftentimes with storms out of the sea doth alter and shift and is cast too sometimes the channell runneth by one of the two poynts sometimes againe right in the middest of the rivers mouth Hee that will anchor before Salley let him bring the foresayd high thick Tower which standeth within on the River on the poynt of the castle to wit over the south point of the River which shall then stand from him neere about south e. anchor there in thirty eight and twenty 24 20 18 or 16 fathom so neere or farre off as he will there is clean black sandy-ground neverthelesse that the shoare thereabouts is so full of rocks stones Being come to anchor there men must shoot a shot to cause the Moores to come off From Salley to the Island Fedalle the shoare lyeth alongst s w by s about 9 or 10 leagues betwixt them both lye here there in the sand-strand long black rocks as before is sayd so that oftentimes men might take it to be Fedalle Fedalle The best markes for to know Fedalle by is a wood of trees about a league to the northwards off Fedalle which standeth below upon the land and sheweth like a barne When you come sayling alongst close by the land you shall see it above upon the land but when you are somewhat off from the land then you shall see the land within above the wood of trees or Barne as men doe commonly name it for the likenesse of it also there lyeth a little round hommock about 4 leag to the northwardes of Fedalle which you shall see above the rest of the land when you are somewhat off from the land but
when you come close by the land it hideth it selfe also behinde the double land The coast betwixt Salley and Fedalle is very plain smooth double land so that there is not another such hommock more betwixt them both as that foresayd hommock and in regard the coast thereabouts is altogether soo plain without any places easy to be knowne therefore men must take the more speciall heed unto such small markes for not to saile past the place where they are bound unto Betwixt the foresayd Barne or wood of trees and Fedalle standeth also a ruinous little Towne fallen downe in a rough wood called Monsor Monsor when you sayle alongst close by it you shall see yet some peeces of walles of it Road under Fedalle To the s wards of Fedalle the land is agayne higher and where the high and low commeth together it doth make a clift thereby the Island of Fedalle is easy to be known when that clift is s s e. from you then is Fedalle thwart of it also s s e. from you If you will goe into Fedalle then runne right with the foresayd Barne or wood of trees untill you come within a league or somewhat neere to the land and then alongst by it and so you shall not misse the Island Fedalle but runne in betwixt it and the maine land when as you come by the north poynt of Fedalle then anchor betwixt the strand and the foresayd n. poynt but much neerer the Island Fedalle then the strand in 6 7 or 8 fathom so that you come to lye with your shippe so farre in that the foresayd poynt of the Island doe lye n. n. w. from you then lyeth the foresayd Barne e. n. e. from you and Monsor a handspikes length to the n. wards of the Barn or wood of trees you may also anchor in 12 fathom so that the poynt of Fedalle lye w. and by s from you This bight within the Island Fedalle is a very bad place to lye in for although you lye there so that the poynt of the Island lye 〈◊〉 and n. and by w. from you and with a Cable on tâ—â— Island neverthelesse the grown sea commeth soo hard rowling in about the poynt of the Island when the winde is westerly that you might rather desire to lye in the open sea then within the Island From the n. poynt of Fedalle shooteth off a ledge or riffe of rockes a Musket shot into sea the most oâ— them lye high above water within the Island it is very flat towards the strand the Bay on the land is a faire sandy strand there men may get ballast from the shoare but they must bee very carefull to stand upon their guard for there are dangerous people Depths grounds about Fedalle Before Fedalle to wit to the northwards off it thwart of the wood of trees and alongst to Salley it is all showld water a league or two from the land all alongst that distance it is not deeper then 23 24 and 25 fathom cleane sand-ground thwart of into sea from Fedalle it is also of the same depth but foule ground He that will trade at Fedalle must anchor somewhat farre in for they have there no Boats men must fetch the Moores aboard with the Boat Upon the n. point of Fedalle lieth a high hommock which sheweth a far off when men come in as if it were a castle falne down but it is nothing else then rocks At the s end of Fedalle men may goe over on foot at low water to the maine land but at high water the sea washeth through at 2 places it floweth there 7 or 8 fo up down Three leagues s w. and by s and s w from Fedalle lyeth an old ruinous town fallen downe close upon the strand called Anafee â—â—fee it is a long town with many towers amongst the rest one high thick tower almost like the tower of Salley but men must bee indifferent close by it before you can see it When you are thwart of Anafee you may yet see the wood of trees to the northwards of Fedalle which standeth then to see to from far as a saile in the water 2 leag to the southwards or rather to the westwards of Anfee or Anafee is a steepe poynt with red cliffs which seem a far off as if they where houses such spotters meÌ„ shall find at divers places on the coast From Anafee to Azamor Azamor the coast lyeth s w and by w. westerly 18 leagues betwixt them both lyeth another fallen place called Lyones Azamor hath a poynt lying out on the east side when you come sayling alongst the shoare from the northwards Azamor lieth then about or behinde that poynt upon the strand but standeth high A little past Azamor lyeth a river and thereabouts are some towers in the lowland Three little leagues to the westwards of Azamor lieth the town of Masagam Masagam on a white strand close by the sea side this town is inhabited by the Portugals or Spanjards it hath no towers and sheweth to see to off at sea in white spots against the land When you are thwart off from it you shall see to the s wards the high tower of Tyro Tyro which is a town fallen down about 2 leag to the w. wards of Masagam almost like the tower of Anafee A little to the w. wards of Masagam at the w. poynt of the Bay shooteth off a ledge or riffe of rocks almost a league off into sea whereof the rockes at high water lie most under water and at low water are uncovered He that will anchor there and is not well acquainted must take in a Pilot which may bring him to a place where is good anchor ground for although that it be a great Bay yet neverthelesse there are few places where the ground is clean but is at many places foule so that but few ships should be able to lie there in clean ground when you lie in the right road then lieth the e. point of the Bay e. and the w. point about n.w. from you About a leag to the w. wards of Tiro lieth a steep point when you come from the e. wards alongst by the shoare you shall see no more land without the point untill that you come near it when you begin to get it upon your broad side then there commeth out to the westwards a great square cliff which is very easy to be known and is whitish with reddish spots and seemeth a far off as if it were a wall This point is called after that white poynt C. Blanco C. Blanco About 3 leag to the w. wards of this C. Blanco standeth a little tower upon the highland near by a valley called Casa Cavalgera Casa Cavalgera and 2 leag more to the w. wards lieth upon the high land another little house called Emindra Emindra but you must be close by the land before that you can see it From the foresayd C.
Blanco to the C. Cantin the coast lyeth west s w and s w and by w. about 9 leag The C. Cantin C. Cantin is an even plaine point when you are to the n. wards of it it sheweth flat towards the w. going off towards the sea there standeth a fire-tower upon it but very small that sometimes you can hardly see it If you come from the northwards or from C. Vincent and are bound to Saffia then set your course south and s and by east and then you shall fall with the land 4 or 5 leag to the e. wards of C. Cantin or if you sayle a more westerly course you shall runne till you come in the height of 32 degr a half and then the C. Cantin shall lie due e. from you it is better to fall a little to the eastwards of the C. then to the w. wards of it because the winds blow there most common northerly If you fall to the eastwards of the C. the coast lyeth there s w and by w. and w. s w. and it is even plaine land About 10 leag to the e. wards of the C. lieth that little town Tyro with a high white tower upon the sea side 5 or 6 leag more to the westwards betwixt Casa Cavalgero and C. Cantin you shall see a little bight or Bay thereabouts lie upon the strand by the water side great black rockes which shew as if they were wrakes of ships and then forth alongst to the C. it is a faire flat sandy strand From the C. shooteth off a ledge of rocks somewhat off into sea which men must avoid when they sayle about the Cape From C. Cantin to the north poynt of Saffia the coast lieth s or somewhat more westerly 5 or 6 leag betwixt them both it is a steep rocky land without sandy strand but above upon it plaine and even A league to the southwards of the C. lieth a riffe or shoale by the shoare by some called the Gold-banke and lyeth about a league off from the land at sometimes of the year there is much fish to be taken To the southwards of the Bay of Saffia Saffia is high uneven and most of all double land but to the southwards of it it is even plain thereby men may easily perceive or discern whether they be to the northwards of Saffia or to the southwards of it If you will anchor in the bay For to anchor in the Bay or road before Saffia Saffia then bring the north poynt whereupon standeth a tower a little more westerly then n. from you anchor then in 18 fathom Or if you will anchor further in the Bay then bring the foresayd north poynt n.n.w. or a little more northerly from you and then the northermost of the two north points shall bee a shippes length without the southermost or the next unto you run then so farre to the southwards untill that the tower were men doe land with the boats which is a high square tower standing below even within the wal of the towne come right over a tower which is fast to the wall which commeth off from the Castle above to the southwards so that the foresaid thicke tower below come right over the Haven betwixt the poynt where the castle standeth upon the water side and the rocks where men goe in betwixt Or else anchor that the high Castle of Saffia stand e. and by s and e. s.e from you there it is 16 17 and 18 fathom deepe good fine sandy ground You may also anchor so farre within in the Bay in 15 16 fathom that the north poynt come to be n. w. n. w. by n. from you These are the Summer road in the Winter you men must anchor further from the land in 28 or 30 fathom there the ground is course sand Men may boldly run in before Saffia into the road by night there is nothing that they need to feare which may doe them hurt but the land About two leagues from Saffia lyeth the south point of the bay which is a low point that lieth out and two leagues to the southwards of it lieth another steep rocky point without sandy strand By it goeth in the River Tansit up into the land unto Marrocos From the poynt of Saffia to the Island Mogodor the coast lyeth southsouthwest 19 or 20 leagues Against the northeast end of the Island Mogodor Island Mogodor there shooteth off from the maine land a great row off rocks being hard sharpe rockes whereof the outtermost or those that lye next to the Island Mogodor lye high above water He that commeth from the northwards and will sayle in behind the Island Mogodor must runne in betwixt the Island and the foresayd rockes close in alongst by the Rocks It is there in comming in betwixt the Island and the Rockes five fathom deep Within the foresayd Rocks lye also some other Rockes on the larboard side which at high water are under water and at low water are uncovered When you come to the end of them you may luffe up about by them towards the maine land and anchor there within them in 3 fathom at low water there is good sand-ground But yet neverthelesse it is not there very good lying for by reason of the breaking of the Sea upon the foresayd rocks there goeth sometimes a great Sea so that it is not good lying there with a storme but further in under the Island it is good lying in two fathom and a halfe From the south-end of the Island lyeth off a little riffe towards the maine land almost to the foot strand and to the s wards off that foresayd little riffe lyeth a bancke off from the maine land almost a league off into sea If you will sayle out at the south end then run alongst by the shoare of the maine land untill that you bee about the foresayd riffe and run out then upon your lead along by the banck then you shall presently get deeper water of 4 6 8 10 fat then you may sayle there where you desire to be From the point of Saffia to C. de Geer C. de Geer the course is southsouthwest about 43 leagues but from Mogodor the same course is about 22 or 23 leag It is there betwixt them both a faire flat sand-strand with double land which at some places is very high About 8 leagues to the northwards of C. de Geer lyeth a point called C. de Taffalana C. de Taffalana under which men may ride in good sand-ground for east and northeast windes The C. de Geer is lower then the land to the northwards of it and falleth to the southwards flat off into sea which men shall first perceive when they come within 3 or 4 leagues of it About 4 leagues to the northwards of the Cape lyeth a high Hommocke within the land further northwards the land is yet higher but when you come thus
When the Pico of Teneriffe is westsouthwest from you then are you open before this road of S. Cruz and when you lye in the road of S. Cruz you may see the Island of great Canaries southeast from you about 13 leagues On the northwest side of Teneriffe lieth the road of Garrichica from the northeast point Punte de Nago westsouthwest and southwest by west eight or nine leagues He that will anchor before Garrichica let him anchor to the westwards of the rock with the crosse called the Lion so that the foresayd rock do lie southeast and by east and southeast from him then he shall lie right before the towne and may see right into the street of the town through the Cloister of S. Dominicus there is clean ground in 36 or 40 fathom the Pieck lieth then over the w. side off the town nearer to the land or to the rock then in 35 or 36 fathom it is not cleane westwards towards the riffe Lapania it is also foule ground This is a dangerous road therefore every one that commeth here must be very carefull to have their anchors cables and sailes very preedy and ready for to shift roads as soon as it beginneth to be a storme There is also a little haven before Garrichica where men may lie with a few ships For to sayle in there you must have a Pilot. On the west side of the havens mouth lieth a rock under water but the sea breaketh alwayes upon it you may anchor within in the haven in five or six fathom and must bring two anchors out a head to seawards with a cable on the rocks and an anchor out a stearn on the land so that the ships cannot wend too and again the ground is there foule you must buye up your cables with buyes and cask for to keep them from the ground This is a good haven in Summer then it is commonly good weather but in the winter it is not good to com in there with a ship for the grown sea out of the n. west commeth running in there sometimes so forcible and strong that it is not possible to hold a ship although she had to anchors out It hath hapned certain years past that there was lost in the same haven a great many ships and a great many houses of the same towne washed away with the great water Betwixt Garrichica and the east end of Teneriffe are three lading places more for to lade wine at as Maramela Relecho and Oratama At the southwest end of Teneriffe lieth also another little haven or Bay where is much wines laden called Adessa there is also good lying except it be with a s w winde which bloweth there open in From Teneriffe to the Island la Palma the course is westnorthwest twenty leagues On the southeast side la Palma lieth a faire Bay with a town and lade-place called S. Cruz. He that commeth from the northwards and desireth to anchor in the road let him run so far in the Bay untill he be to the southwards or past the head or the bridge and anchor there in 25 or 30 fathom In winter time men must not anchor so near the strand because of the southeast or southsoutheast windes for then they should lie too near the strand Men lye there moored with two anchors for the sea winde with a small anchor out a stearn for to keep the ship right in the road there lyeth to the eastwards of the towne a high white rock with a crosse there is the best road A little to the northwards of the town is a faire sand-bay there is good anchoring in 20 30 or 35 fathom according as men will lye far off the Road is called the Rammell road When men lie in the road of Palma they may see the Pieck of Teneriffe lie eastsoutheast from them The Island Palma is very high and full of trees whereby it is easy to bee known On the southwest side of la Palma is another place where men lade wines called Tassa Corda About 5 leagues west from the west end of Teneriffe lieth the Island Gomera which hath on the n. e. side a good haven of 10 fathom deep where is good lying almost for all windes better then in any of the other Islands but there is nothing to lade Men may alsoo anchor without before the haven in 20 fathom but they must shift roads there as at Garrichica The road of Adessa in Teneriffe lieth right over against it east off from it about 5 leagues The road of Palma lyeth from this haven in Gomera northwest and by north 16 leagues The Island Ferro lieth from the Island Palma south and by west distant 13 leagues Of the Tydes On the Islands of the Canaries maketh at the most places the natural tyde to wit a southwest and northeast Moone the highest water Of the Courses of the Sunne From the west point of Forteventura to the Island of great Canaries east and west 19 or 20 leagues From the north poynt of the Canaries to Punte de Nago the northeast point of Teneriffe westn w 21 leagues From Punte de Nago to Garrichica westsouthwest and southwest and by west 8 or 9 leagues From Teneriffe to Isle de Palma w.n.w. 18 leagues From the west end of Teneriffe to Gomera w. 5 leagues From the Palma to Ferro south and by west 13 leagues From great Canaries to Salvages northn w 40 leagues From Garrichica to Salvages northnortheast and north and by east 30 leagues From Teneriffe to the Isle de Madera north 72 leagues From great Canaries to the east end of Madera north by west 85 leagues From la Palma to Madera north and by e. 60 leagues From Salvages to the Serters of Madera n. 46 leagues The outermost of the Serters lyeth from Madera 4 leagues From Madera to S. Michaels n. w. 136 leagues From the west end of Forteventura to the C. de Bajador south and south and by west 20 leagues From Lancerota to the Cape S. Vincent northnortheast 180 leagues From great Canaries to Cales northeast 240 leagues From great Canaries to the C. S. Vincent northeast and by north 210 leagues From great Canaries to Roxent northnortheast somewhat easterly 240 leagues From great Canaries to C. de Finisterre northnortheast somewhat northerly 307 leagues From Teneriffe to the Lizart northnortheast distant 467 leagues From the Palma to Cape S. Vincent n.e. 224 leagues From Madera to Cape de Geer eastsoutheast 128 leag From Madera to Saffia east 130 leagues From Madera to Cales eastnortheast 200 leagues From Madera to Roxent northeast 178 leagues From Madera to the C. Finisterre northeast by north somewhat northerly 245 leagues Heights The Island Lancerota lieth in 28 degrees 35 minutes The north end of the great Canaries lieth in 28 degrees 14 minutes The north end of the Teneriffe in 28 degrees 40 minutes Isle de Palma in 28 degrees 10 minutes Salvages in 30 degrees The southermost part of Madera in 32 degrees But the northermost in 32 degrees 30 minutes Porto Santo in 33 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Hil with the Mizen Thus sheweth the south-coast of Forteventura when the hill with the white Mizen is northwest and by north about a-league from you Thus sheweth the northwest side of great Canaries Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is westsouthwest from you and then you are open before the Roade of Saint Cruz. Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is southeast from you and then are you open before the Roade of Garrichica When la Palma is about east from you 16 or 17 leagues then it ariseth thus When Porto Santo is s and by w. from you about 9 leag then it sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Palma being south and south and by east nine or ten leagues from you Thus sheweth the Island Palma being southwest by south 4 or 5 leagues from you When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it sheweth it selfe thus When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it ariseth thus When Porto Sancto is about south 5 or 6 leagues from you then sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Madera when you come from the northwards that the middest of the Island is 10 or 12 leagues from you the southeast end is very ragged when you are neere by it the northwest end is a steep point going sloping downe Thus sheweth the Island Madera being southwest from you When Madera is westsouthwest from you 13 leagues it ariseth thus When Madera is south from you 16 leagues it sheweth it selfe thus FINIS
the riffe when that poynt is southwest and by south from you then you are right thwart of the poynt but when it is southwest and southwest and by west from you then you are about the riffe and then you may bouldly goe on southeast towards Rye Domesnes and the Deep of Rye lye southeast northwest twenty leagues distant About eight leagues to the eastwards or to the southwards of Domesnes runneth off another riffe from a poynt which you may sound about in five six fathom The land betwixt Domesnes and that poynt lyeth about southsoutheast and northnorthwest but to the southwards of it it falleth away to the south so that betwixt this poynt and the Deep of Rye there is a great bay which is called the Kowerwyck Kowerwy ke somewhat to the southwards of this poynt in the bay lyeth some high land which lyeth from the Deepe of Rye w. and by s and e. and by north It must be very cleare weather when you can see it lying at anchor before the deepe of Rye When as comming from Rye you shall be somewhat to the southwards in the Koperwike and come running out there by the shoare this foresayd poynt hath thus oftentimes been mistaken for Domesnes because that then you can see no Land without it but when as you come about the point you shall againe see the Land out a head then you are yet about 8 leagues from Domesnes Under the poynt of Domesnes you may anchor on both sides as well to the westwards as to the eastwards If you will anchor to the westwards of it then anchor in 6 7 or 8 fathom there you have good sand ground and sheltred for east and southeast winds If you wil anchor to the eastwards of it then anchor in 6 or 7 fathom a little within the poynt of the land so that the poynt be north or north and by west from you there is good sandie ground good lying for a southsouthwest westnorthwest and northnorthwest winde the point of the riffe lyeth then from you about northnortheast a league and half If you will anchor further from the shoare so that the poynt of Domesnes be northwest or northwest by north from you there it is eighteen and twentie fathom deep soft ground If that you are comming off from Rye against the riff of Domesnes you will sail about it Road under Dosnes then you must runne farre enough about without it or if you will take it somewhat near you must be exceeding carefull in using your lead It is as hath bene sayd verie steepe on the east side with a northwest waye which runneth thwart into the riffe you shall have the one cast twelve nine or eight and the next cast four or three fathom if you fall within the poynt of the riffe But if you have been at anchor under Domesnes and set sayle from thence and will sayle about the riffe then you may the better runne about it by your lead Goe from thence northnortheast and northeast by north that runneth most alongst by the riffe When the point off Nesse commeth about west from you then it will be by little and little somewhat shoaler you must not spare your lead but must sound often With a northwest course come not nearer it then in nine ten or twelve fathom When the poynt of Nes commeth to be southwest from you you may run about sound it so in five sixe or 7 fathom then you come to the east side of the riffe when that is southwest by south from you then you are right thwart of the point of the riffe but when it is southsouthwest from you then you are about the riffe go then west southwest or more southerly towardes Coerland and runne alongst by it in five sixe or seven fathom according as the winde shall be toward Luseroort If you sayle from Rye with an east or northeast winde shall saile by night about the rif then set your course so that you be sure you run farre enough alongst to the n. wards or without the Riffe keepe that course untill that you come neare the grounds of Ambroock or Oesel in 15 or 16 fathom then you shall be without doubt past the riffe then goe on a while southwest untill that you reckon the poynt of Domesnes to be southeast or somewhat more easterly from you then edge up to the coast of Coerland by your lead and runne alongst by it in four five sixe or seven fathom as hath been beforesayd East and by north somewhat easterly eight leagues from Domesnes lyeth the Island Round Round you may runne round about it by your lead in six or seven fathom All alongst the southwest side it is all foule and sharp rockie ground therefore come not nearer the shoare there then in 6 fathom Southsoutheast about a halfleague from the south poynt lyeth a little plate where upon it is not deeper then six foot there hath once a man beaten off his rudder It lyeth betwixt seven and eight fathom deepe for to avoyd that take thereabouts the sounding of the shoare in five or sixe fathom and then you run through betwixt it and the shoare or els if you keepe in eight or nine fathom then you runne about without it If you will anchor under Round Road under Round for a southsouthwest southwest or westsouthwest winde then runne about the southeast poynt untill you come to the east side there is a little bay where stand a few houses with a chappell which you can see when you come somewhat neare to the shoare anchor thwart of it in five fathom so that the chappell doe stand southwest from you there is the best road under Round being clean sandy ground but when it bloweth hard the sea commeth rouling in At other places it is not very cleane The fareway betwixt Round and Domesnes is two and twenty and three and twenty fathom deepe and betwixt Round and Duynemond three twenty four and twenty fathom From Round to the Deepe of Rye it is southsoutheast 15 leagues Before the Deepe of the river Duyn you may anchor in tenne fathom either to the southwards or the northwards of it where you please The Deep of the river of Rye The Deep of the river of Rye is Pilots water as well in sayling up as sayling off How men shall sayle there in or out it is not possible to describe so that men might relye upon it for by reason of the continuall scowring of the stream and especially by some extraordinarie great freshuts and strong drifts of yce the depths and shoales do there often shift and change where of every one that is bound thither may be mindfull of From the Deepe of Rye to Parno the course is northnortheast and northeast and by north five and twenty leagues betwixt them both about fourteene leagues from Rye lyeth a little towne called Lemsael Lemsael or Sales there goeth in a
little deepe of eight foot water Before that Deepe lyeth a banck which you may sayle about on both sides and come within it there it is three fathom deep The Island Kyn Kinne lyeth from Sales northwest and by west 7 leagues from Round east and east and by north seven leagues and from the Deepe of Rye north and by east about 14 or 15 leagues It is a little low Island about 2 leagues long hath round about it most foule ground Betwixt Kyn the coast of Lyfland it is 7 leagues broad and the right deep betwixt them both is 8 and 9 fathom deep Northwest eight leagues from Round and north and by east seven leagues from Domesnes lyeth Ambrook Ambrook that is a little Island which is round about foul with sharpe stony ground and lyeth two leagues distant from the coast of Oesell Betwixt Round and Ambrook but nearest Ambrook lye many uneven Dwael-grounds Dwael-grounds of three four and five fathom Ambrook and the south end off Oesell lye eastnortheast somewhat northerly and westsouthwest somewhat southerly about five leagues distant Under the south poynt off Oesell Roade under Oesell on the east side is a good roade for westerly winds If you will anchor there then anchor in eight or seven fathom so that the white Church which standeth somewhat within the southermost poynt doe stand west and by south from you there is good soft clay ground and you shall lye sheltred for a west westsouthwest winde The ground is there very even slatte when as you get the seven fathom and sayle towards to land it continueth long all one depth of 7 fathom untill you come very close by the shoare before it will be shoaler It is there all alongst by the east coast of Oesell flatt ground of three four and five fathom For to sayle from the south end of Oesell unto Arentsbergh through within Ambrooke you must leave two thirds of the water on the larboard side towads Oesell and one third part on the starboard side towards Ambrooke there you shall have about seven fathom water and soft claye ground towards the Coast of Oesell it is full of uneven Dwale-grounds alongst by the west side of Ambrooke you cannot lightly take hurt Arentsbergh Arentsbergh lyeth from the south end of Oesel northeast distant eight leagues but from the Island Ambrook northnorthwest four or five leagues Upon the west side of Oesel the coast lyeth off from the south end unto Hondsoorte with divers bayes about northnorthwest southsoutheast twelve leagues betwixt them both lye two lade places Wyke and Reeck Alongst this west coast of Oesell lye very manie uneven and soul grounds where of men must take very good heed Hondtsoort the northwest poynt of Oesell and the poynt of Dagerorte lye northnorthwest and southsoutheast about 8 leagues distant Betwixt them both is a great haven there runneth also a channell through but it is so shoale that no ships can go through and all over sharpe and uneven ground Upon Dagerorte Tower upon Dagerorte standeth a high tower which the Wor. Counsell of the towne of Revell caused there to be builded for to know the land by which men may see on both sides of Dagerorte farre into sea and also may see it over the land farre in the foresayd baye Under the poynt on the south side of Dagerorte is good lying for north and northeast winds and cleane sand groundâ— you may sound about by the poynt of Dagerorte in seven or eight fathom on the north side of the poynt is good road for southerly winds From Dagerorte to Syburghnes the coast lyeth eastnortheast seven leagues Betwixt them both to witt three leagues from Dagerorte and four leagues from Syburghnes lyeth a ground going flat off thwart from the land northwest into sea at least five or sixe leagues almost in manner as the great luttish riffe is first of three four five sixe and seven fathom deep and waxeth deeper by little and little towards the Finnish Scheers where at last it runneth to nothing About three leagues without the land of Dagerorte north and north and by east from the high tower there lyeth a sunken rock which is very steep whereupon there is no more then ten foot water A man of Ossanen hath beaten upon it which went no deeper then eleven foot and a half presently after the stroke he cast the lead and found five fathom depth The tower of Dageroort was then from him south and south and by west Syburghnes Syburghnes is an out poynt with two poynts from each of which shooteth off a riffe betwixt these two riffes is a faire flat sand strand where you may anchor so neere the shoare as you will in six five or four fathom A little to the westwards of the westermost poynt of Syburghnes not farre from the land lieth a shoale under water about so great as a shipp whereupon it is not deeper then twelve foot From Syburghnes to Oetgensholm the course is e. by n. 7 leag betwixt them both goeth in the Moensound To the southwards of Oetgensholm goeth in a great bay into the land where in lyeth an Island and behinde it a little towne called Hap-sael there you may anchor where you will On the southwest side of this baye runneth off a great shoale or ledge of rocks at least a great league into the sea which is very broad you may runne in alongst by it into Moensound Eastnortheast and w. s.w from the east hoeck of Oetgensholm a league in sea lyeth a cliff under water whereupon in the yeare a man of Harlingen is cast away From Syburghnes to the Oxeholm Oxeholm the Grasholm Grasholm the course is southsoutheast 4 or 5 leagues the Grasholm are two little greene Islands and the Oxeholme lyeth about a league to the northwards of the Grasholm about which you may sayle and anchor round about a little league northeast from the Oxholm lyeth a ground loose from the land which you must avoyde called the wester Grasground Grasground there are two shoales which are called the Grasgrounds the other Grasground which is called the eastermost lyeth over against the Grasholm towards the riffe of Hapsael upon which there is no more then five footwater He that will sayle into the Moensound must take heed thereof He that will sayle off from Oetgensholme through the Moensound Moonsound must goe on southsouthwest to the Grasholme and sayl in close by it for to avoyd the Grasground which lyeth to the eastwards over against it From the Grasholme to the poynt off the Oesell where the great tree standeth upon the course is east five or six leagues From the Grasholm towardes Oesell lye four little Islands each about a league one from the other When as you sayle from Grasholme towardes Oesel you must sayl alongst by these little Islands leaving them lying about two or three cables lengths on the
of 5 6 7 and 8 fathom depth and runneth to the southwards towards the land of Bulleyn West and by south from Callice-cliffe and south and south and by east from Dover is the shoalest of it at low water not deeper then sixteene or seventeene foot On both sides of this banck as well alongst to the eastwards as to the westwards of it it is 20 22 23 and 24 fathom deepe Men may anchor before Dover for a north and northwest wind right against the Castle in tenne fathom is the best road and cleane ground For to sayle into the Downes from the southwards you must run about by the south Forland within two cables length alongst by the land and anchor thwart of the middlemost Castle in 7 or 8 fathom The southermost poynt of Gooding and the south Forland lye n. e. and s w. asunder Betwixt Goodding Goodding and the Valley in the land off the north Forland called Ramsgat lye two shoals whereof the westermost is called the Quernes and the eastermost the Brakes For to sayle from Dover through within the Goodding betwixt the Goodding and the Brakes to the north Forlant you must goe on north and by east so long untill that the mill upon the north Forland come to the west side of the Valley in the north Forland then goe yet north and by east and northnortheast untill that the little steeple upon the North Forland come to the East-side of the foresayd valley then you shall bee to the northwards of the Brakes and then the little flat steeple on the south Forland commeth too or right over the third white Chalck-hill to the Northwards of the south Forland that is a direct long marke for to sayle through betwixt the Brakes and Goodding as well when you come from the Northwards as from the South-wards For to sayle through within the Goodding from the Northwards you must not come nearer the Brakes Brakes then in seven fathom and set the south Forlant southsouthwest from you and sayle then so right with it and then you shall runne alongst the best deepe When as the flat steeple upon the North Forland standeth in Ramsgat ot the Valley then you shall be thwart of the Brakes and when the mill commeth in Ramsgat you shall be to the southwards of the Brakes When you lye in the Downes and that the inner poynt of the cliffe of the south Forland lye southsouthwest from you then the Quernes Quernes lye north and by east from you and the end of Goodding n. e. from you The north end of Goodding and the poynt of the north Forland lye southeast and by east and n. w. and by w. a league a halfe asunder For to come from the northwards into the Downes through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes For to saile through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes there standeth a Church upon the high land of the south Forland to the northwards of it which is a flat steeple the church somewhat great of body there are 3 Castles upon the strand of the Downes you must bring the foresayd Church with the flat steeple right in the middest betwixt the two southermost Castles and then you are in the fareway in the middle of the channel and that wil serve for a leading mark to run through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes and the course lyeth through s s west If the winde bee southerly that you must turne to windwards through runne not further over to the eastwards then that the foresayd church come within 2 ships length of the southermost castle for if you should bring them neerer or together then you should run upon the brake and being cast about run not further over the westwards then that the foresayd church come within two shippes length of the three for if you should bring them neerer or together you should run upon the Quernes and these markes will serve to turne to windwards through betwixt the Brakes Quernes either from the northwards or the southwards The Brake is steep being 5 s close alongst by the side of it and in the middle of the channell is but 15 foot at low water soo that it is deeper by this side of the Brake then in the middle of the channell As you turn to windwards and run over to the eastwards towards the Brake as soon as you must cast about or els you should be against the Brake the Querne is flat but neverthelesse as soon as you finde it shoaler in running over to the w. wards the Querne then 15 foote you must cast about again Thwart markes of a tayle of sand lying of from the Goodding and so turn through About halfe a league from the north end off the Goodding to the southwards lyeth of a flat tayle or spit of sand to the westwards from the Goodding a great musket shot of and falleth dry a good wayes of at low water which maketh the channell there betwixt the Goodding and the Brake very narrow the thwart markes of this tayle of sand are these up within the land a litle to the southwards of Ramsgate stand 3 or 4 high trees together when these trees doe come right over the southermost end of the cliffe that lyeth alsoo a litle to the southwards of Ramsgat then you are thwart of this foresayd tayle of sand as soon as you shall bee past it then you shall have more roome to turne to windwards and may run further over to the Goodding For to run about a seaboard of Goodding For to sayle from Dover without the Goodding to the north Forland you must keepe the poynt to the westwards of Dover without the south Forland and goe on northeast untill that the north Forland come n.w. and by west from you then you may boldly run to the north Forland and anchor before Margate or where that you shall think it best but thwart of the steeple where the mill standeth by is the best roade Or when the poynt of the north Forland lyeth southsouthwest and southwest and by south from you there is alsoo good riding in 8 or 9 fathom Betwixt Margate the Reculvers mē may anchor every where in sixe or 7 fathom at halfe flood Betwixt the Querns the north Forland men may also run through to Sandwich there runs of a litle stone-banck from the shore called the Fourefoot betwixt that and the Quernes it is at halfe flood two fathom deepe The Quernes are lately growne much lesse and shifted soo that the north ende of them is allmost gone Of the tydes courses of the Streames Alongst the coast of Flanders on the Land a south and north moone maketh full sea In the fareway without the Flemish banckes in the sea a s w. moone maketh high water In the middest betwixt the heads a s w. Moone At Dover a south north moone In the Downes a southsouthwest moone At the n. Forland a south n. moone Alongst the Flemish